IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 # 
 
 €/. 
 
 .% 
 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 
 
 f/. 
 
 t/j 
 
 'W 
 
 1.0 
 
 hduu 
 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 |M 
 
 2.2 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 % 
 
 V] 
 
 
 / 
 
 /^ 
 
 >JV'^ 
 
 C;^ 
 
 Sdences 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBS'ER.N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 ,\ 
 
 (V 
 
 a. 
 
 •sj 
 
 :\ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 ^<b 
 
 N^ ^ >!U "^r;\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^1.^ 
 
 ». ^ 
 
 -<c^ ^ 
 
 
 ',^-v^" 
 
 if^^* 
 
:w . ^^s 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
 O' 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniquas at bibiiographiquas 
 
 Tha Instituta has attampted to obtain tha bast 
 original copy available for filming, f-aatures of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 n 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 r~n Covers damaged/ 
 
 D 
 
 Couverture endommagie 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture rostaurte et/ou pelliculie 
 
 r~~] Cover title missing/ 
 
 Ls titre de couverture manque 
 
 I I Coloured maps/ 
 
 D 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 Cartes giographiquas en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue cu noirel 
 
 I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reiii avac d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 alony interior margin/ 
 
 La re Mure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distorsion le long de la marge intiriaura 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissant dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela itait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas iti filmAes. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppldmentaires: 
 
 L'Institut a microiTilmi la meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a iti possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mithoda normale de filmage 
 sont indiquAs ci-dessous. 
 
 n 
 n 
 n 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdas 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pagas restauries et/ou pelliculies 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages dicolories, tachetdes ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages d^tachies 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of print varies/ 
 Qualiti intftgala de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel suppl^mentaire 
 
 □ Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure, 
 etc., ont M filmies d nouveau de facon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est filmi au taux de reduction indiqu^ ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 ' ■■■■■— ■ 1 — ^-^— ^^_^^ _^^^ ^m^^^m mmm^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^m ^^^^H ^^^^m 
 
 J ^^ ' ' ' ■ 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
Th« copy filmed her* has b««n r«produc«d thanks 
 to tha ganarosity of: 
 
 D. B. Weldon Library 
 University of Western Ontario 
 (Regional History Room) 
 
 Tha Imagaa appaaring hara ara tha bast quality 
 posaibia considaring tha condition and lagibility 
 of tha original copy and in Icaaping with tha 
 filming contract apacificationa. 
 
 Original copiaa in printad papar covers ara filmad 
 beginning with tha front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the bacic cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copiaa are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or iliuatratad imprea- 
 sion. and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impreasion. 
 
 Tha last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol «-^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever appliaa. 
 
 L'axampiaire filmA fut raproduit grdca i la 
 ginirositA de: 
 
 D. B. Weldon Library 
 University of Western Ontario 
 (Regional History Room) 
 
 Lee imeges suivantea ont 4ti raproduitea avac la 
 plua grand soin. compta tenu de la condition at 
 de la nettetA de I'exempiaira filmA. et 9n 
 conformity avac lea conditiona du contrat de 
 fllmnge. 
 
 Lea axempiairea originaux dont la couverture 9n 
 papier eat Imprimte sont fi!mte an commandant 
 par la premier plat at en terminant soit par la 
 derniAre page qui comporte une amprainte 
 d'Impreasion ou d'iilustration. soit par la second 
 plat, salon la cas. Tous lea autfaa axampiairas 
 originaux sont filmte an commandant par la 
 premiere page qui comporte une amprainte 
 d'impreaaion ou d'liluatration at an tarminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un dee symboiaa suivants apparaitra sur la 
 demiAra image de cheque microfiche, seion le 
 caa: le symbols — »> signifie "A SUIVRE". le 
 symbols V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Mapa. piatea. charts, etc.. may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratioa. Thoaa too large to be 
 entirely Included in one expoaura are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand comer, left to 
 right and top to bottom, aa many framea aa 
 required. The following diagrama illuatrate the 
 method: 
 
 Lea cartea. planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 filmim d dea taux de rMuction diffirents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seui clichA, il est filmA i partir 
 de Tangle sup4rieur gauche, de gauche i droite, 
 et de haut •!% baa. an prenant to nombre 
 d'imagea nteassaira. Les diagrammes suivants 
 iliustrant la m^thode. 
 
 1 2 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
m: 
 
 V^er. 
 
 Th« Copp. Clark Company, Ltd. School and Col leg* Books. 
 
 HENDERSON'S CLASSICS. 
 
 The following Clasaios with Notes, Vocabulary, etc. 
 
 By JoQN Hbnderson, M.A. 
 
 CAESAR'S BELLUM UALLIOUM. (B. I.) 
 
 With Life of Caesar— Notes and Vocabulary. 
 
 Prio« . . . 50o. 
 
 CAESAR'S BELLUM BRITTAmOUM. 
 
 With Life of Caesar— Notes and Vocabulary. 
 
 Price . . . 60(x, 
 
 CICERO IN OATILINAM. (B. I.) 
 
 With Life of Cioero — Notes and Vocabulary. 
 
 Price, . , . SOju 
 
 CICERO IN OATILINAM. (R II.) 
 
 With Life of Cicero— Notes and Vocabulaiy. 
 
 Price, . . . 60o^ 
 
 VERGIL'S AENEID (B. I.) 
 
 With Life of Vergil— Notes and Vocabulary, 
 
 Price, ... 500. 
 VERGIL'S AENEID (B. V.) 
 
 With life of Vei^U -Notes and Vocabulary. 
 
 Price, . . . 60<k 
 
 CAESAR'S BELLUM GALLIOUM. (B. I. and II,) 
 
 With life of Caesar— Maps, Jfotes and Vocabulary, etc 
 
 Price, . . . 750, 
 
 (also in separate volumes, each 50o.) 
 
 W'ton ^ohsr 
 
 t 
 
 ^1 
 
 ■1 
 
 i! 
 
The Copp, ClarkXJompany, L;d. School und Colle|^ Bo'okf 
 
 \ FASQUELLE'S FIRST LESSONS IN FRENC 
 New on 1 Revised Edition. Enlarged by Prof. E. Itoubaud 
 
 Si>ccial Canadian Authorized Edition • • 63c. 
 
 GOODWIN'S CHEMISTRY FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS 
 By W. L. Goodwin, D.So. (Edin.) 
 
 Trice, . . ^1.75^ 
 This book comprises not only theoretical but practical Chemistry, and may 
 thus serve as a Text Book for the wliole course followed by student* of medicine 
 
 GREEN'S SHORT HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 
 
 PEOPLE. 
 
 Special Canadian A; ' irized Edition • • $1.5ft 
 
 HIGH SCHOOL ZOOLOGY. 
 
 By B. Ramsay^ Wright, M.A., B.Sc. University College, Toronto. 
 
 Authorized by Education Department. Price, • . 75c.. 
 
 MACMURCHY AND BROWN'S ELEMENTARY 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 Price, - . 25c. 
 
 MAGNUS' LESSONS IN ELEMENTARY MECHANICS 
 
 Price, . . ^I.OO 
 
 MOIR'S MAP GEOGRAPHY. 
 Coutaing 12 Coloured Maps. Price, 
 
 25c.. 
 
 MOIR'S BRITISH HISTORY NOTES. 
 
 Price, 
 
 15c^ 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 ' r >■ 
 
 %U: 
 
practical Bjrcrcisca (n Conipoeitton, 
 
 liy H. I. Strang, B.A. 
 25 Cents. 
 
 ^MATHEMATlCa 
 
 Elem^ttavv O^rtfloitometr?, 
 
 31V J. n. LOCK, M.A., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College 
 
 Cambridge. * ' 
 
 Special Oanadia Edition, .... $1.00. 
 
 ffiooJi-ftccpina S5Ianft0, 
 
 (For use with McLean's High School Book-keeping.) 
 
 26 Oenta 
 
 First Reader— Part I 
 
 " Part II. *.'.'.*.' ]°^T' 
 
 SEcr.iD Book, * ' ' * ^ 
 
 Third « -25 
 
 I-ES Grand Inventions ^^ 
 
 ' * • 50 " 
 
 Authorized by Education Department of Ontar 
 
 Cbriatlait Catecbtein, 
 
 the American S. S. Union. ^ 
 
 ^'^'"^ j _^ - - - $3.00. 
 
 THE OOPP. CLARK CO., LTD., TORONTO. 
 
 I 
 
 CJ 
 
ClsBfiical ^[txt-goofe ftritB. 
 
 CAESAR'S 
 
 BELLUM GALLICUM, 
 
 (BOOKS I. & II.) 
 
 IMTRODUOTORY NOTICES, NOTES AND COMPLETE VOCABULARY, 
 
 ME TBI van or 
 
 ClJlSSES READING FOR DEPARTMENTAL AND UNIVERSITY 
 
 EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 vr 
 
 JOHN HENDERSON, M.A., 
 
 BIAS UABTKA, BT. OATHARINIS OOUKeUTI INSTITIITI. 
 
 TORONTOi 
 
 THE OOPP OLARK COMPANY, LIMITED, 
 
 9 FRONT STREET WEST. 
 
 1890. ** 
 

 ^ \ 
 
 *'' 
 
 Entered aooordlng to Act of the Parliament of Canada. i„ the year on. thou^nd 
 %ht hundred and ninety, by THE CX)PP. CLARK COMPANY. LIMITED 
 Toronto, Ontario, in the Office of the Minister of ARriculture. 
 
/^'<^>'«' 
 
 /<'C^f^^ 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 This Edition is similar to the others of the same series of 
 Classical Texts. While attempting to avoid giving too much 
 help, the Editor has never refrained from assisting the Student 
 in all passages in need of explanation. The grammatical 
 references have been made very full. The only way to teach 
 Latin Syntax is through the living language, and this can be 
 successfully done if the Student carefully and studiously gets 
 up the references to the grammar and applies them to the 
 examples in the Text. 
 
 St. Catharinks Com<koiatii Instituti 
 Mwch let, 1880 
 
 t 
 
 1 
 
 « » — 
 
 
 y 
 
I 
 

 1( 
 
 of 
 
 q» 
 
 b« 
 to 
 w« 
 re 
 
 M 
 
LIFE OF CAESAR. 
 
 OalUfl Julius Oaesar* was bom on the 1 2th of July, B. C. Bmm 
 
 Hit family. 
 
 lOO.' He was thus six years youn«er than Cicero and Pomjiey. 
 His family {getts Juiia) was not merely one of the oldest, but 
 was also one of the most respected of the patrician families of 
 the capital. It traced its descent to iQlus, son of Aeneas, and 
 thus through Venus claimed to be of divine origin. It also 
 embraced amcig its members many who distinguished them- 
 selves in the service of the state. 
 
 Little is known of Caesor's father, r xcept that he held at some fjaetat't 
 time or other the offico of praetor, and that he died suddenly at/a<A«r. 
 Pisa, B.C. 84. The education of young Caesar seems to have 
 been directed chiefly by his mother, Aurtlia, who was a woman 
 of lofty ambition and a firm believer in the noble destiny of her 
 son. Hia early training, according to the fashion of that day, 
 consisted in acquiring a knowledge of numbers, grammar, music, 
 and in practising physical exercises. He is also said to have 
 devoted considerable time to verse making.' 
 
 Kwh Roman citizen had uniaify three nam^: called the praenor^ 
 (marking the individual), the nomen (designating the gen, or elan), and 
 the cofftwmen (telling the family). Thus Calus U a praenmum, Julius U 
 a nomen. And Caosar, a coffnomen. Bometimes an agnatnen waeadded for 
 honorary distinction as A/riaanut to P. Cornelius Sc'iplo. 
 
 J«r""?/"*'.*- °' *^™*' ^'"- '"•• 16.) »"•»"«• that Caesar was bom 
 T. u J! T '^"*'" ''"■ **"'«"«"» this date is that the lex annalit. 
 
 which prescribed the minimum age at which a citizen could hold certain 
 offl^s was observwl in Caesar's case. Hy this law no one could hold the 
 Jr^ r? Ik ?ir! **• **"" '^"^'^'"P »•«'«" 87. the praetorship 
 
 ^W-J ' , Zr'''**'^ *^'""' ^- ^^ ''''"^''« *« *he chronologic! 
 table the plausibility of the argument would appear. In answer to this 
 
 we may say that: (1) the law was not always observed ; (2) Suetonius 
 
 represents Caesar a. 16 year, of age when his father die^ ; (i) Piut^r;^ 
 
 a^na^" "^^"'"' "^'^ ""' *^'**'""" *" "** ^^"'^ °' ^ *»>«'» »»" ''•• 
 « Lmua4, HerfmU, and Oedipv were among hi. youthful poma 
 
yi 
 
 LIFE OF CAE8AB. 
 
 Related to 
 Mariut. 
 
 Betrothed to 
 Cossutia. 
 
 Marries 
 Cornelia. 
 
 G.-^et to the 
 East, and 
 serves his 
 first cam- 
 paign. 
 
 Returru 
 home. 
 
 Tactics of 
 Caesar. 
 
 Comfmsition 
 of the 
 SentUe. 
 
 The three 
 parties at 
 Borne. 
 
 His aunt Julia was married to C. Marius. To his relation- 
 ship may be ascribed the fact that Caesar at the early age of 14 
 was appointed to the office of priest of Jove {Jlamen dialis), by 
 virtue of which he was a member of the sacred college and 
 received a handsome income. We may also ascribe to his con- 
 nection with Marius the bent of his political opinions. Caesar 
 after the death of the great dictator led the popular or democratic 
 party as opposed to the senatorial or aristocratic party. 
 
 He was at first betrothed to Cossutia, a wealthy heiress, but 
 he broke off the engagement on the death of his father. In the 
 following year (83 B.C.), he marrietl Cornelia, daughter of L. 
 Cornelius Cinna, the leader of the popular party and the avowed 
 opponent of Sylla. This union was displeasing to Sylla, who 
 ordered Caesar to divorce Cornelia. This Caesar refused to do. 
 Through the intercession of Aurelius Cotta, Caesar was at length 
 pardoned. 
 
 In consequence of having thwarted the will of Sylla, Caesar 
 incurred his enmity and found it unsafe to remain at Rome. 
 He went to the East, and served his first campaign under M. 
 Minucius Thermus. He seems to have remained in the East for 
 about four years, distinguishing himself for personal bravery at 
 the siege of Mitylene and in the war agamst the Cilician pirates. 
 On the report of Sylla's death, 78 B.C., he came home. 
 
 The tactics that Caesar adopted at this time to further the 
 interests of his party showed his consummate skill as a political 
 leader. The Roman Senate had become utterly powerless to 
 deal with the duty of administering properly the government. 
 The lower classes thronged with turbulent crowds the cities, in 
 consequence of the free labour of the Italian provincirxls being 
 in a great measure supplanted by slave labour. Ever since the 
 days of the Gracchi opposed to this democratic element was the 
 Senate, conservative in its nature, being composed of men whose 
 interests were likely to suffer if the democratic element should 
 get any power in the state. In the midway between these two 
 forces we have the wealthy class led by such men as Crassus, 
 without any aristocratic antecedents, on the one hand opposed 
 to democracy as men of affluence naturally are, and c>n the other 
 opposed to the old families who simply prided themselves in 
 
 Kfivirtfr thpir flescent tliriju"n a loniT line of snccHtors 
 
 Trk fn£^^ 
 
 the history of Rome from the middle of the second century, 
 B.C., down to the time of Augustus, presents little more than 
 
LIPB OF CAB8AB. 
 
 Vll 
 
 Though «;J„^ 
 
 the intrigues of wily politicians who by unscrupulousness 
 endeavoured to supplant each other in the favour of the people. 
 Caesar attempted to show that the Senatorial government of the ?««««' 
 provincials was thoroughly corrupt. He indicted Cn. Dolabella nS&ia 
 
 (78 B. C.)and C. Antonius (77 B. C) for extortion. ^.. 
 
 Caesar lost these eauses, he really gained a triumph, since he 
 proved the utter corruption of the courts which were filled by 
 the Senatorial faction. To improve his style in oratory, lie g^^ ^ 
 went to the school of Molo, at Rhodes. On the voyage thither J^^. 
 Caesar's vessel was captured by pirates at Pharmacussa (now Captured 
 Fermaco), one of the Sporades. He was detained for forty '^ -*^»'"*«« 
 days, and was not released till a ransom of $50,000 had been 
 paid. During his detention, he is said to have joined with 
 these marauders in their sports, and to have jestingly told them 
 that he would, when liberated, have them crucified. This 
 threat he afterwards made good. Landing at Miletus, he col- 
 lected a small fleet, captured them, and brought them So 
 Pergamus, where they were executed. He stayed at the school 
 of Molo for two years. 
 
 When absent from Rome, Caesar was elected pontifex. This -fa-i^ 
 office could be held only by one residing in the capital, andS^?*. 
 thus he was compelled to return. A reaction had meanwhile iteao«f,m 
 set m opposed to the policy of Sylla. With t .v Consulship of S?"***** 
 Pompey and Crassus (70 B. C.) a reform had bj-n introduced 5K' 
 by restoring the rights of the tribunes and the oeasors, and by 
 remodelling the Senate, Both Pompey and Caesj.r supported 
 these reforms. In 68 B. C, Caesar became quaestor, and by EUctM 
 virtue of this office he was entitled to a seat in the Senate. He *''"<**'***'• 
 went soon after his election with Antistins Vetus into Spain, 
 and took up his residence at Corduba (now Cordova). One of 
 the chief duties of the quaestor was to attend the provincial 
 assizes (conventus), and settle the disputes that arose between 
 provincials. In this office he displayed a spirit of equity and 
 moderation in striking contrast to the policy of his predecessors. 
 His popularity gained for him many adherents, who, in after 
 days, flocked to his standard at the battle of Munda. It was 
 during this year that he lost his wife Cornelia. 
 
 Caesar married Pompey's cousin, Pompeia, in the followin.r „ . 
 No doubt this union was concluded for political reasons! P^j^. 
 
 year 
 
 Pompey was now in the height of his fame. This very year he 
 was appointed by the Gabinian law (lex Gabinia) sole com. 
 
VIU 
 
 Bbeted 
 
 cuntU 
 
 aedUe. 
 
 Caesar 
 
 ponti/ex 
 
 maximun. 
 
 EUtUd 
 praetor. 
 
 Propraetor 
 0/ Spain. 
 
 First Tri- 
 umvirate. 
 
 Julia, 
 
 Caesar's 
 daughter, 
 married to 
 Pompey. 
 
 Gofsto 
 Gaui. 
 
 Oallic 
 campaigns. 
 
 B. C. 67. 
 
 LIFiS OF CAE8AB. 
 
 mander of the Roman fleet to clear the coasts of the Mediter- 
 ranean of the pirates who invested it. Next year he was equally 
 successful in defeating Mithridates, king of Armenia. 
 
 In 65 B. C, Caesar was elected curule aedile. While holding 
 this office, he increased his popularity, as well as his debts, by 
 the costly gladiatorial shows he gave to gratify the depraved 
 tastes of a Roman populace. He also showed his devotion to 
 the memory of Marius by causing the trophies of that great 
 commander, which had been destroyed by Sylla, to be replaced. 
 Many a veteran, reading the inscriptions recounting the victories 
 of Campi Kaudii, Aquae Sextiae, and over Jugurtha, would 
 recall the memory of the greatest soldier of the age, tlie deliv- 
 erer of Italy, and the sturdy supporter of popular rights. In 
 the year 63 B. C., a year noted for the conspiracy of Catiline, 
 Caesar became /ow/j^jr maximus. On the trial of the conspira- 
 tors, Caesar advocated the penalty of perpetual banishment, 
 while Cato advocajted the death penalty. Subsequent events 
 proved that Caesar was right. 
 
 In 62 B. C, Caesar was elected praetor, and while in this 
 oflBce he openly opposed the party of the Senate. On resigning 
 the office, he went as propraetor to Spain, when he managed 
 to gain money enough to pay off his enormous debts. On his 
 return, he united with Pompey and Crassus to form the coali- 
 tion called the First Triumvirate. Pompey may be said to 
 have been the representative of the aristocratic classes, Caesar 
 of the democratic, while Crassus was an exponent of the 
 moneyed party. In the next year Caesar was Consul. To 
 further cement the union, Pompey married Julia, Caesar's 
 daughter. During his Consulship he brought up several re- 
 forms, especially a bill for the division of the lands among the 
 people. Before laying down his Consulship he procured the 
 passage of a bill by which he was invested for five years with 
 proconsular power over the Gauls and lllyricum. 
 
 Nine years were spent in the subjugation of the Gauls. In 
 the first campaign, Caesar at Bibracte (now Autun) drove back 
 the Helvetii who were moving westward, and attempted to sub- 
 due Gaul. In the same year he defeated at Basle Ariovistus, a 
 German king, who at the instigation of the Arvemi and Sequani 
 
 had Vlf>f>n invit-Ml in falrf thoir narf an-aimcf t\\^ A ^^..i 
 — . — — .— .- ^».. .. «^... ...-., ^sf.^ ia.wtfil. 
 
 In the second campaign, Caesar defeated the Belgae at the 
 river Sabis (now Sam6re), 
 
LIFE OF CAESAR. 
 
 IX 
 
 Caesar in the third campaign broke np a coalition of the tribes B.C. 56. 
 of the north-west of Gaul, which had united against him. Dur- 
 ing this year, he renewed the agieement with Pompey and 
 Crassus, who covenanted that his command should be extende«l 
 to five years further. 
 
 In his fourth campaign, Caesar crossed the Rhine, but remained s^c. 65. 
 only eighteen days on the German side. Later on in the same 
 year he crossed over to Britain. 
 
 The next campaign was chiefly against Britain, which, how- B.C. 6U. 
 ever, he only partially subdued, being recalled by a sudden up- 
 rising in Gaul. 
 
 He in the next campaign crushed the general revolt, under bq 6S 
 Vercingetorix, of the subject tribes in Gaul. With the fall of 
 Alesia, the power of the Gauls was crushed for ever. 
 
 In his eighth campaign, he was complete master of Gaul, B.C. St. 
 having reduced the tribes one after another to subjection. 
 
 The last campaign is uneventful. He remained in Cisalpine „ « « 
 Gaul, and returned to Transalpine Gaul for a short time in the ' ' 
 summer to review his ttX)ops. 
 
 During Caesar's ateence in Gaul, Crassus was slain at the channe$ 
 battle of Carrhae, B.C. 53. This redly broke up the Trium- whileCaeHar 
 virate. Pompey began to view Caesar's career with distrust and *~**" ®""'" 
 alarm. He entered into a league with the aristocracy and the 
 Senate. A demand was finally passed by the Senate that Caesar 
 should disband his legions. This Caesar refused to do, unless 
 Pompey followed the same course. Finally a decree '• that the 
 Consuls should provide that the State should receive no hurt,*' 
 was passed. This order was equivalent to a declaration of war 
 and was regarded as such by Caesar. 
 
 With one legion he crossed the Rubicon, the boundary between 
 Gaul and Italy. Soon Italy came over to his side. Pompey ^^Zthe 
 and the party of the Senate fled to Greece. Caesar marched to ^"^«»^ 
 Spain, defeated the party of Pompey at Ilerda, and took Massalia 
 in Southern Gaul. 
 
 Caesar then prepared to follow Pompey. For some time both 
 armies encamped on the Ar -t- >s in Illyricum. Fmally the decisive 
 battle was fought August 9^11, B.C. 48, at Pharsalia. Though ^. 
 Caesars forces were but one-haif the numbe.- of those of Pompey, "* 
 the superior generalship and the courage of despair won the day,' 
 and Pompey's troops were completely routed. Forapey fled to 
 
 PhxtrstsMQk, 
 
UFB OF CAESAR. 
 
 STkMMM* 
 
 Munda. 
 
 Death 0/ 
 Caesar. 
 
 Caesar's 
 
 E^ypt, where he was treacherously murdered by an emissary of 
 the king. Caesar followed and became involved in difficulties 
 in settling the succession to the throne. 
 
 Soon after he crushed the Pompeian party at the battle of 
 Thapstu, in Africa, 46 B.C. Caesar was now the master of the 
 Roman world. He returned to Rome, celebrated his three 
 triumphs, and published a general amnesty to his opponents. 
 He reformed the calendar, and introduced many useful measures 
 for the internal economy of the State. 
 
 In 45 B.C., the two sons of Pompey had collected a force in 
 Spain. Thither Caesar marched, and at Munda totally defeated 
 it. The Senate conferred on him nearly all the offices of State, 
 and thus the whole authority was centered in one man, 
 
 A conspiracy, headed by Brutus and Cassius, vras formed 
 against him. They were actuated partly by mistaken patriotic 
 motives, and partly by personal jealousy and hatred. Caesar 
 fell March 15th, 44 B.C., pierced by the daggers of the assassins 
 just as he had entered the Senate house. 
 
 ^v^... . Caesar was tall, and of commanding aspect ; his features well 
 
 appearance, marked and prominent ; his complexion fair ; his eyes keen, 
 black, and expressive. In latter life he was bald, which he 
 somewhat concealed by wearing a sort of diadem. His robust 
 frame was inured to hardship, and exhibited remarkable powers 
 of endurance. With regard to dress he was very fastidious. 
 His private life was singularly free from many of the vices of 
 the age. 
 
 II. 
 
 THE WORKS OP CAESAR, 
 (l) Extant: — 
 
 (a) Comnientarii de Bella Gallico, in seven books. This 
 work contains an account of the conquest of Gaul, from B.C. 
 58 to B.C. 52. In the first book we have the conquest of 
 the Helvetii mentioned, and in the seventh book the death of 
 Clodius is referred to as lately having taken place. As the 
 death of Clodius happened B.C., 52, we may assume that the 
 events recorded happened between these two dates. An eighth 
 book was added by Aulus Hirtius 10 complote the events to 
 51 B.C. 
 
 (h) Commentarii de Bella Civili, in three books. This 
 jtjives .m account of the civil wars down to the time of the 
 
LIFE OF CAE8AB. 
 
 
 Viexandrine war. The history of the Alexandrine, African, 
 and Spanish campaigns were afterwards added. Hirtius 
 probably wrote the account of the Alexandrine campaign ; 
 Oppius, that of the African ; the account of the Spanish 
 war was written probably by a centurion of Caesar's army, 
 according to Niebuhr, who discovers a change in style and 
 expression from that of the other two accounts. 
 (2) Lost Works: — 
 
 (a) Anlicato. A reply to Cicero's panegyric on Cato 
 Uticensis, who fell at Thapsus, B.C. 46. 
 
 (b) De Aaalogta, or as Cicero calls it, De Rat'wne Latine 
 loqueudi. Dedicated to Cicero, and written when Caesar was 
 cro.ssing the Alps. 
 
 (c) Libri AuspUiotum or AugurtUia. Published B.C. 63, 
 when Caesar was Pontijex rnaximus, 
 
 (d) De A sir is. Published also B.C. 63. 
 
 (e) Apothegmata, or Duta Collectanea. A collection of 
 witticisms made at different times. 
 
 (f) Poemata; nearly all written in his youth. To these 
 belong Oedipus^ Laudes Herculis, and Iter (describing his 
 journey from Spain, B.C. 46). 
 
 III. 
 THE CONQUEST OF GAUL. 
 In the year 600 B.C., the Greeks of Phocaea, in Asia Minor, (^^^^^ 
 emigrated and settled at Massilia (now Marseilles). On the»««fe"'<^^ '' 
 conquest of Asia Minor by Cyrus, the Great, many of their 
 countrymen joined the Phocaeans ; and soon the young Greek 
 colony rose to power. The inhabitants of Masailia became the 
 leaders in learning and commerce, and established colonies 
 along the neighbouring coast of the Mediterranean. As the 
 Greek colonies encroached on the wild barbarians, wars naturally 
 arose. In 154 B.C., the Ligurians besieged AntipoHs and 
 Nicaea, two dependencies of Massilia, when the Massiliots called 
 in the aid of the Romans, by whose aid the Ligurians were 
 defeated, and part of the territory of the Ligurians given to the """""'^• 
 Massiliots. Another attack soon after (125 B.C.) was made by 
 the Ligurians, who were reduced a K^mnH 
 
 :.\ 
 
 n'5c 
 
 '■■•I. 
 
 iiic army 
 
 of C. Sextius Calvinus. after three campaigns, plundered their 
 territory, and reduced the inhabitants to slavery. Near Massilia, 
 
 ■>■«-- 
 
xU 
 
 LIPB OF CAESAR. 
 
 Aqwm 
 SeaUa*. 
 
 Feudti. 
 
 he founded the town of Afuaf Sextiae (now Aix), which ob- 
 tained its name from the hot springs of the neighbourhood. 
 About this time, the Aedui and Allobroges were at war. The 
 Arverni, the most powerful of the Galiic tribes, aided the Allo- 
 broges, while the Aedui concluded a treaty with the Romans. 
 In 121 B.C., Cn. Domitius defeated the Allobroges at Vinda- 
 lium, a little above Avigtwn ; and in the same year the Gallic 
 confederates were defeatetl by the united armies of Cn. Domitius 
 and Q. Fabius Maximus, near the junction of the Iscre and the 
 Rhone. The country of the Allobroges was reduced to a Roman 
 province, and received the name Provincia. Massilia, however, 
 still retained her independence. Within the next succeeding 
 years, the Romans enlarged the boundaries of the original 
 Provincia, which extended at first from the Alps to the Rhone, 
 by reducing that portion of Gaul from the Rhone to the Pyre- 
 nees, thus keeping open the road to Spain. 
 
 TmiAmM. In 1 13 B.C. the whole of Italy was thrown into consternation 
 by the invasion of the Cimbri and Teutones. After wandering 
 about the Northern Italy, they entered Gaul and attacked the 
 
 Sxueti^vt ^<"|'*" Province. In 109 B.C. they defeated the Consul, M. 
 
 d<(/«o<#o/tA« Junius Silanus. The Romans sustained another defeat two 
 years later when they attempted to keep back the Tugurini, one 
 of the Helvetic cantons who were attempting to enter Gaul. In 
 this battle fell L. Piso, the grandfather of Caesar's father-in-law. 
 In 106 B.C., Q. Servilius Caepio sacked Toulouse, which had 
 formed a league with the Cimbri and Teutones. This temporary 
 gain was followed >y a crushing defeat inflicted on the Romans 
 near the banks of the Rhone by the Cimbri and Teutones. 
 
 The Cimbri separated from the Teutones and laid waste all 
 the land between the Rhone and the Pyrenees. While the 
 Teutones remained on the East of the Rhone, the Cimbri turned 
 back from the Pyrenees, joined the Teutones, and then passed 
 the Alps. Marius, who ha.1 gained great glory in the Jugurthine 
 war, was sent against the mvaders. He hastened to Southern 
 Gaul, and defeated the Teutones at Aquae Sextiae, IC2 B.C. 
 
 li\m\aiM. 
 
 Cttn^rt and 
 TtvAontt 
 
 Defeat vif 
 
 and Cimbri, I" the following year he met the Cimbri at Vercellae and crushed 
 
 them in battle. 
 
 During the civil \var, Sertorius, a follower of Marius, stirred 
 
 up the Aquitani to revolt. The revolt, however, was unim' 
 
 Intritiwt qf portant. During the C\>usuisinp of Cicero, Catiline attempted 
 
 CatattM. to carry out his nefarious conspiracy. He and his associates 
 
 , 
 
 
LIPR OF OABSAB. 
 
 xiil 
 
 attempted to gain over the deputies of the Allobroges, who were 
 on some mission at Rome, to join the conspiracy. These 
 deputies betrayed the proposals to the Consul. The Allobrogei 
 not being successful in Iheir mission, and perhaps instigated by 
 the representations of Catiline, took up arms and defeated 
 Manlius Lentulus. In a second battle, however, they were 
 defeated by Pomptinus. 
 
 The Aedui, proud of their allianee with Rome, began to lord 
 it over the other tribes. The Sequani formed an alliance with 
 the Arverni. These two tribes invited Ariovistus, a German, ^yj^j^f^^ 
 to assist them against the Aedui. Soon the Aedui were reduced invited. 
 to submission. Their chief, Divitiacus, went to Rome, and 
 implored the aid of the Senate. The Sequani meanwhile found 
 out that Ariovistus from being an ally turned to be their mrster. 
 He demanded a third part of the territory of the Sequani, and 
 being refused, defeated them in battle at Magetobriga. After 
 this he ruled them with unbearable insolence. 
 
 In B.C. 60, a report reached Rome that the Helvetii, like the Emigration 
 Cimbri and Teutones, were preparing for a grand emigration. ^^ ^«'W*<- 
 
 The plan was under the direction of Orgetorix, a wealthy 
 Helvetian noble. Seeing the fertile plains of Gaul, they were 
 dissatisfied with their otvn land. In the previous year a decree 
 had been passed at Rome, that the Governor of Gaul for the 
 time being should protect the allies of the Roman people. In 
 the next year 59 B.C., Julius Caesar was Consul. During his c^JSrf. 
 Consulship, P. Vatinius proposed a law giving Caesar the 
 government of Gaul and Illyricum for five years. Caesar's 
 object was to complete the conquest of Gaul. He remained at 
 Rome till after the exile of Cicero. Soon after this B.C. 58, he 
 hastily set out for Gaul, on the report that the Helvetii were SST" ** 
 on the move westward. 
 
 IV. 
 THE ROMAN ARMY. 
 In ancient times of Rome, the army was drawn in a solid 
 mass {phalanx)t a method very common among the Macedonians, 
 and perhaps derived from them. Camillus (circa, 390 B.C.) 
 is said to have broken up the phalanx into smaller bodies, called 
 manipuii, capable of acting independently and also in concert. 
 The whole legion was arranged in three lines. In the first 
 {kastati) were the youi^est men, in the second {principes) were 
 
Kir 
 
 LirX or 0AS8AR. 
 
 mm In the fall rigor of life, and in the thinl (frtarii) were the 
 veterans. Each line contained fen manipuli, arranged in the 
 following fiuhion : 
 
 Hastati: —---- — — — -_ — -«__ 
 
 Principa: — — — 
 
 TriarU: __ _ ________ 
 
 Each manipulM of the two first lines contained i^o ctitturiae, 
 each commanded by a tentnrio. The centuriaii commanding 
 the right century of the manipuli was st) led centurio prior, the 
 one commanding the left century, centurio posterior. Light 
 armed troops (velites) were attached, twenty, to each century 
 Thus we have : 
 
 Hastati: lo manipuli, 120 men=i20 centuries, 60 men= 1,200 
 Principes: lo " 120 " =20 •• 60 " = 1,200 
 TViarii: 10 " 60 '« =20 " 30 " = 600 
 
 — J — 
 
 30 60 3,000 
 
 To every century, 20 velites= 1,200 
 
 Offieen. 
 0$nturiong, 
 
 4,200 
 
 This was the trip/ex acies referred to so often by Caesar. To 
 each legion were attached 10 turma, or squadrons of cavalry of 
 30 men each, each turma being sub-divided into tAree decuriae 
 of 10 men each ; each decuria was headed by an officer called 
 deeurio. 
 
 To Caesar or Marius is ascribed the custom of drawing up the 
 legion of cohorts. Each legion, when complete, had regularly 
 6,000 men, divided into 10 cohorts {cohortes), each cohort divided 
 into 3 maniples {manipuli), and each maniple into two centuries 
 {centuriae). The spear {Aasta) was given to the triarii, who also 
 seem to have been armed with the pike (pilum). Hence the 
 two first lines were sometimes called ante-pUani, 
 
 The officers of the army weret 
 
 (a) Centurions {Centuriones) : These were the leaders of the 
 centuries, two in each maniple, six in each cohort, and 
 sixty in each legion. There was a regular system of pro- 
 motion in tne Roman army. The higliest centurion was 
 the first centurion of the first mauiple of 'Jie first cohort, 
 so the lowest would be the second centurion of the third 
 
 (1 
 
 The 
 
 (I 
 
 (b 
 
 (2 
 
 ■ ! 
 
LIFR OP CAKflAR. 
 
 «▼ 
 
 maniple of the tenth cohort, 
 the centurionn carried a staff. 
 
 At a badge of authority 
 
 (b) Military Tribnttes (Tribuni Militum) : These were six 'IWHauum. 
 
 to each legion : hence ten centurions were under each 
 tribune. 
 
 (c) Lteutenants (Legati) : These were next the general in Ittgaii. 
 
 command. The cavalry were under the command of the 
 pnufecti equitum and decuriotus. 
 
 The weapons of a Roman soldier were of two kinds : 
 
 (1) Offensive weapons. The ordinary soldier (m/7<fj/(fjfyV>»ariW)ilrm«. 
 
 was armed with (a) the javelin. Of this there were four 
 kinds : pilum, jaculum, /lasta, lancea. The pUum was 
 a strong heavy pike, consisting of a square shaft of wood 
 four feet lung, to the end of which was a strong sharp 
 iron point about two feet long attached. The jaculum 
 was a lighter dart used for hurling, while the htuta was a 
 long spear used for stabbing. The lancea was a light 
 spear with a broad point. The infantry used the /i/mw, 
 while the cavalry and light armed troops, \}nt jaculum) 
 hasta, and lancea. Some of the latter carried bows (arcus, 
 and arrows (sajfittae)^ slings (fundae). 
 
 (b) The sword (gladius) was short, broad, double>edged and 
 pointed more used for stabbing than for slashing. It 
 was kept in a light scabbard fastened to a belt {balteus)* 
 
 (2) Defensive weapons. The soldier of the l^on had : (a) 
 
 a broMcn helmet {cassis), surmounted with a crest ; (b) a 
 cuirass {lorica), made of leather, or of strips of metal 
 fastened on the leather, or of metallic scales, or of brazen 
 plates ; (c) greaves {pcreae), reaching as high as the knee : 
 (d) a shield, either oblong, made of boards, covered with 
 leather and surrounded with a broad metallic rim (scutum)^ 
 or made of bronze and of an oval shape {clipe$ts). The 
 light armed troops had a small buckler {parma) and a 
 helmet of leather {galea). The soldier had beneath his 
 armour his tunic {tunica), a thick, woollen under-garment 
 reaching nearly to the knees. His cloak {sagum) was of 
 heavy, woollen stuff, fastened by a brooch on the shoulder. 
 
 tnhfdeuftiiHtuiit, 
 
 TV.-^ -.1 1. _r ii I 
 
 Cauca 
 
XTl 
 
 UfK OV 0AI8AR. 
 
 Mu$ieal in- 
 itruinenti. 
 
 SUmdmda. The standards of the Roman army were: («) Aquila, or 
 eagle, the standard of the legion. This was of gold, silver, or 
 bronze, with expanded wings. It was generally borne by the 
 first centurion {firimpilus). To lose the eagle was a great 
 disgrace. The standard of ths maniples was called (b) si^num, 
 and was of various designs, sometimes a wolf, dog, horse, 
 serpent, figure of victory, &c. (c) TJJie vexilium was a square 
 or oblong banner carried by the ca\'alry. 
 
 The musical instfumtnts of the army were : {si)tuda, trumpet, 
 was straight, and deep-toned. This was used for the signals of 
 advance and retreat for infantry ; (b) cornu and buccina were 
 crooked, and had a shriller note, and generally used to indicate 
 a change of watch ; (c) lituus, was formed like an augur's staff, 
 and used for cavalry. 
 
 V. 
 THE ARMY ON THE MARCH. 
 The army on t^e march may be divided into three divisions : 
 (a) agmett primum, or van ; (b) exerciius, agmen legionum^ or 
 main body ; (c) agmen novissimum, or rear. '1 he van was 
 generally composed of light armed troops of infantry or cavalry. 
 Their chief duty was to find out the force of the enemy, or to hold 
 the enemy at bay until the main body should arrive. The main 
 body with the baggage train (impedimenta), followed. The 
 rear generally consisted of cavalry or light armed troops. 
 
 The average march {iter justum) was from six to seven hours, 
 or from fifteen to twenty miles a day. On the forced march the 
 soldiers often covered fifty miles a day. 
 
 On the march, the soldiers carried two Roman pecks of grain 
 {frumentttm), cooking utensils (wora), his arms, blanket, and 
 two rampart stakes (vtUli). The private baggage of the soldier 
 was called sarcinae. 
 
 VI. 
 THE ARMY IN CAMP. 
 When the army was on the march, men (metatores) were sent 
 forward to select a suitable place for a camp. If possible, a 
 high ground {locus superior) was sought. 
 
 The camp was usually square or oblong. An embankment 
 <«'. -u 'm), formed from the ground thrown up from trench {fossa\ 
 s,u- )u«'^f;d the camp. The camp had four gates: (l) porta 
 piMioria, near the praetorium, or general's tent, faced the 
 
 en 
 
 pr 
 on 
 
 Pr 
 Co 
 
 pr, 
 
 nij 
 po 
 
 do 
 th< 
 fro 
 
 
LIPK OF CAK8AR. 
 
 zvli 
 
 enemy ; (2) porta decumana was opposite to this ; (3) porta 
 principalis sinistra on the left ; and {4) porta principalis dtxtra 
 on the right. Connecting these two latter gates was the via 
 principalis^ and parallel to the street was the via quintana. 
 Connecting the porta p, letoria and porta decumami was the via 
 pTculoria. 
 
 The pickets were generally called excubitores ; vigiliae were 
 night watches ; custodiae were sentinels to guard some particular 
 post. 
 
 'i'he avenge pay was about 6^ cents per day. Caesar 
 doubled this. A centurion received 25 cents a day. Besides 
 their regular pay Caesar often gave them the money that accrued 
 from the sale of booty. 
 
XVIU 
 
 LIFE OP CAESAR. 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 _30 1^^ 30 
 
 98 
 
 SB 
 
 97 
 
 L'.-rTarr 1 2.v'f 2f, p' 
 
 93 
 
 93 
 
 33 
 
 o _ 
 
 ai T 
 
 aa 
 
 99 31 
 
 30 
 
 10 
 
 93 
 
 bruEHT. 
 
 eeEJHHue 
 
 ai 
 
 23 
 
 30 
 
 EBHFn; 
 
 98 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 IB 
 
 10 
 
 sa 
 
 _ia 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 (0 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 IS 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 
 in 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 
 13 
 13 
 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 ts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 9 
 
 a 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 e 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 s 
 
 D 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 19 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 » 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 n 13 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 14 
 
 10 
 
 IB 
 
 28 
 
 _30 (sgJ 
 
 30 
 
 ' 
 
 DIAGRAM OF CAMP. 
 
LIFE OF CAESA&. 
 
 XIX 
 
 
 EXPLANATION OF DIAORAM. 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 L PrMetoriutn, or Gmen\'» tent. 
 
 t. Ground for horses and baggage of the Tribuni mtiUum, 
 
 3. Tenta of the Tribuni tnilitum. 
 
 4. Ground occupied by horses and baggage of pra$/ecti $ociorum. 
 6. TmtM ot prc^fectt sociorum. 
 
 6. Street, 100 feet wide called prineipia or via prineipaUi 
 
 eA«Th?«e!'' ""•*'"****•*"• ^* "^"^ °' *"***•" the fntaof the Ro«,an 
 
 8. 111. tquUes of two Roman legions, in 10 turmae or troops eaoh 
 street?" '''**'^* °' *^° '^'""" '^«'*»"'' *" ^0 '»«»*^< «««*. 'orming on two different 
 
 10. Two streets, each 60 feet wide, between the triaHi and pnncipes of two legions 
 
 11. The pnnctpes of two Roman legiona, in 10 manipuli eaoh. 
 
 12. The haatatiot two Roman legions, in 10 manipuli eaoh. 
 
 13. Two streets, eaoh 60 feet Wide between the hastati of the two Rnm.n i-^ 
 
 the horse (equites) of the allies. ««•"**» oi me two uomao legions and 
 
 14. The hcrse of the alliee. 
 16. The infantiy of the allies. 
 
 16. The quintona via, a street 50 feet wide. 
 
 17. Quaestorium, the quaestor's tent. 
 
 la The tenta of Itgaii ; in front of them and the auiuuttnri,,^ «.-_ *•. ^ 
 things were sold. '"° grumtorium was the /orum where 
 
 19. The veteran horse (Moeott eqttttes). 
 
 20. The veteran foot («ooeati pedites). 
 
 21. The horse of the oonsolar life guards (ablecti equite$y, 
 
 22. The foot of the consular life guards (ablecti peditaa). 
 
 23. A cross street, 100 feet wide. 
 
 24. A street, 50 feet wide. 
 
 25. ExtraordinariiequU4», a part of allied horse to serve in consul's body .ruanl 
 
 26. Extraordinanipeditu, a part of allied foot to serve in consul's body LaH 
 
 27. Quarters for strangers coming into camp. »"•"«. 
 
 28. A span of 200 feet between tents and rampart 
 20. Rampart (voZ^umX 
 
 SO. Ditch ifosta), 9 feet deep. 12 feet wide. 
 
 31. Porta prineipalit dextra. 
 
 32. Porta prinoipalia tinistra. 
 38. Porta dacumana. 
 
 84. Porta praetoria. 
 
 86. A transverse breastwork protecting the gatea. 
 
i I 
 
C. JULII CAESARIS 
 
 DE BELLO GALLICO 
 
 COMMENTARIORUM. 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 !? 
 
 I. Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt 
 Belgae, aliam Aqiiitani, tertiam qui ipsorum lingua Celtae, nostra 
 GalH, appellantur. Hi omnes lingua, institutis, legibus inter se 
 diflferunt Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, a Beiges Matrona 
 et Sequana dividit. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, prop- 
 terea quod a cultu atque humanitate provinciae longissime absunt, 
 minimeque ad eos mercatores saepe con^meant, atque ea quae ad 
 eiTeminandos aiiimos pertipent important ; proxiniique sunt Ger- 
 manis qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum continentcr bellum 
 gerunt. Qua de causa Helvetii nuoque reliquos G^Uos virtute 
 praecedunt, qu9d fere quotidianis proeliis cum Germanis conten- 
 dunt, quum aut suis finibus Veos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum. 
 finibus bellum gerunt. Eorutw una pars, quam Gallos obtinere 
 dictum est, iniTium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur Garumna 
 flumine, Oceano, finibus Belgarum ; attijjgit etiam ab Sequanis et 
 Helvetiis flumen Rhenum ; vergit ad septentriones. Belgae ab 
 extremis Galliae finibus oriuntur ; pertinent ad inferiorem partem 
 tluminis Rheni ; spectant in septentriones et orientem solem. 
 Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos montes et eam partem 
 Oceani, quae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet ; spectat inter occasum 
 solis et septentriones. 
 
 IL— Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus et ditissimus fuit Oige- 
 
 torix. Is, M^rco Messala et Ma r co Pisone consulibus, regni 
 
 cupiditate inductus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit ; et civitati per- 
 
 ^ftksit ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent ; perfacilc esse, 
 
 •1 
 
 'iA 
 
 Ai*/*'*^ 
 
r 
 
 92 
 
 C. JUMI CAKSARIB 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 qiium virt.Ue ornnibt.s prarstarent, totius (lalliae Impcrio potiil. 
 Id ^ faciluis eis persuasit quod undique loci natiira Helvetii 
 contineimir : una ex parte flumine Rheno, latissimo at(iue altissimo, 
 qui agrum Ilclvetium a Gcrmanis dividit : altera ex parte nionte 
 Jura altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et Helvctios • tertia, lacu 
 Lemanno et flumine khodano qui Provinciain nostram ab Helvetiis 
 dividit His rebus fiebat ut et minus late vagarcntur et minus 
 tacile finitmiis bellum inferre possent : qua de causa homines 
 bellandi cupidi magno dolows afiiciebantur. Pro multitudine autem 
 hommum et pro gloria belli atque fortitudinis anRustos se fines 
 habere arbitrabantur qui in longitudinem millia passuum ducenta 
 el quadraginta, in latitgdineni centum et octoginta patebant 
 
 III.— His rebus adducti et auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti con- 
 stituerunt ca quae ad profisciscendum pertinerent comparare, 
 jumentorum et carrorum quam maximum numerum coemere, 
 sementes quam maximas facere ut in itinere copia frumenti suppe- 
 teret, cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam confirrnare. 
 Ad eas res conficiendas biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt ; in ter- 
 tium annum profectionem lege confirmant. Ad eas res conficien- 
 das Orgctorix .deligitur. Is sibi legatipnem ad civitates suscepit. 
 In eo itinere pcrsuadet Castico, Catamantaloedis filio, Scquano, 
 cujus pater regnum in Scquanis multos anQos obtinuerat et a sen- 
 atu populi Romani amicus appellatus erat ut regnum in civitate 
 sua occuparet quod pater ante habuerat ; itemque Dumnorigi 
 Aedoo, fratri Divitiaci, qui eo tempore principatum in civitate 
 obtinebat ac maxime plebi acceptus erat, ut idem conaretur, per- 
 suadet, elque filiam suam in matrimonium dat. Perfacile factu 
 esse illis probat conata perficere^ propterea quod ipse suae civitatis 
 imperium obtentuiuS essct : non esse dubium quin totius Galliae 
 plurimum Helvetii posSent : se suis copiis suoque exercitu illis 
 legna conciliaturuni confirmat. Hac oratione adducti inter se 
 fidem et jusjurandum\lant, et regno occupato per tres potentissimos 
 ac firmissimos populos totius Galliae sese potiri posse sperant 
 
 IV.—Ea res ut Helvetiis per indicium enuntiata, moribus suis 
 Orgetongem ex vinculis causam dicerc coegcrunt : damnatum 
 poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur. Die constituta can--, 
 (tictionis Urgetorix ad judicium omnem suam familiam ad h^ 
 
 
 1 
 
■ iT;t« HW T— <■ ! 
 
 UK BELLO GALLICO, LIB. I. 
 
 23 
 
 niim nnllia dcccin iiiuli(|uc cocKit ; et otnncs clientes obaeratosquc 
 suos, quorum magnum numcrum hiibebat, codem conduxit : per 
 COS ne causam diceret se eripuit. Quum civitas ob earn rem in- 
 citata armis jus suum exscqui conaretur, multitudinemque homi- 
 num ex agris magistral us cogerent, Orgetorix mortuus est : neque 
 abest susi)icio, ut Hdvetii arbitrantur, quin ipse sibi mortem 
 consciverit. 
 
 v.— Post ejus mortem nihilo minus Hclvetii id quod con- 
 stituenmt facere conautur, ut e finibus suis exeant. Ubi jam se ad 
 earn rem paratos esse arbitral! sunt, oppida sua omnia numero ad 
 duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos, reliqua privata aedificia incen- 
 dunt, frumentum omne praeler quod secum portaturi erant com- 
 burunt, ut, domum redilionis spc sublata, paratiores ad omnia 
 pencula subeunda esseiit ; trium mensium molita cibaria sibi 
 quemque domo effcre jubcnt. Persuadent Rauracis et TuUngis 
 et Latobrigis finitimis uti codem usi consilio oppidis suis 
 vicisque exiistis una cum lis profisciscantur ; Boiosque, qui trans 
 Rhenum incolucrant et in agrum Noricum transierant Noreiamque 
 oppugnarant, receptos ad se socios sibi adsciscunt. 
 
 VI.— Erant omnino itinera duo, quibus itineribus domo exire 
 possent : unum per Sequanos, angustum et difficile, inter montem 
 Jurara et flumen Rhodanum, vix qua singuli carri ducerentur; mens 
 autem altissimus impendebat ut facile perpauci prohibere possent : 
 alterum per Provinciam nostram, multo facilius atque expeditius^ 
 propterea quod inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrogum, qui nuper 
 nacati erant, Rhodanus fluk isque nonnullis locis vado transitur. 
 Kxtremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvetiorum 
 finibus Genava. Ex eo oppido pons ad Helvetios pertinet. Allo- 
 brogibus sese vel persuasuros, quod nondum bono animo in Popu- 
 lum Romanum viderentur, existimabant ; vel vi coacturos ut 
 per suos fines eos ire paterentur. Omnibus rebus ad profec- 
 tionem comparatis diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam Rhodani 
 omnes conveniant : is dies erat ante diem quintum Kalendas 
 Apriles, Lucio Pisone Aulo Gabinio consulibus. 
 
 VIL— Caesari quum iji nuntiatum esset, eos per Provindam 
 .4jpstram iter facere conari, maturat ab urbe profiscisci et quam 
 
< 
 
 Ki. • 
 
 U 
 
 C. JULII CAESARIS 
 
 !5*>-^:; 
 
 maxim,, potest .tmcribus in Galliam ulteriorem contendit et ad 
 Genavam pervenit Provinciae tot. quam maximum militum 
 numerum .mperat : erat omnino in Gallia ulteriore legio una • 
 pcmcm qui erat ad Genavam jubef rescindi. Ubi de ejus adventu 
 
 ^<^1 \."^"k ^^'''°'''' ^"'"^^'"^ ^' Verudoctius principem 
 tocum obtmebant, qui dicerent,' Sibi esse in animo sine ullo 
 
 r.W.;? "T. ^"" P^^"'"^'^"^ ^^^^--^^ P-'-terea quod aliud iter 
 haberent nullum : rogare ut ejus voluntate id sibi facere liceat. 
 Caesar, quod memoria tenebat Lucium Cassium consulem occi- 
 sum exerctumque ejus ab Helvetiis pulsum et sub jugum missum 
 amcedendum non putabat : neque homines inimiio'animo daT.' 
 in, fi^' Provmcam itineris faciundi temperaturos ab injuria 
 e tmalefico existimabat. Tamen, ut spatium intercedere posset, 
 d.I rin H ,r' T"'"""^'^' convenirent, legatis respondi 
 fZfn f ^^^''^"'■^"^""^ sumpturum: si quid vellent, ante diem 
 Idas Apriles reverterentur. 
 
 n-Ji'T'"'— "^ ^^"""^ ''"*" ''^"™ •'»''«''»' militibasque 
 
 H«l«fi» Av,d.t, m,ll,a passu.... decern novem murum in al.i- 
 udmem pedum sedecim fossamque perducit. Eo opere Z. 
 fecto praesidia d.sponit, castella communit; quo facilius, si se 
 mvito trans.« conarentur, prohibere posset. Ubi ea dies ouan^ 
 conswuera, cum egatis venit, e. legati ad e«m reverterun" nZ 
 
 dare ct si vim facere conentur prohibiturum ostendit. Helvetii 
 
 "^•■^Bv!!!"''"^'"*"' J'"'"'^ "•"•"«J"« compluribus factis, alii 
 vad.s Rhodan,. qua minima altitudo flumi„is era., nonnunquara 
 mterdiu, saepms noctu, si perrumpere possent conat" oper" 
 mumu„nee.m.l,.„m concursu et telis repulsi, hoc conat'u destU 
 
 IX^Relinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua Sequanis invitis 
 propter angusfas .re non poterant His quum sua sponte ~r 
 suadere non possent. legatos ad Dumnorigem Aeduum mtonT^t 
 eo deprecatore a Sequanis impetrarent Dumnori, ...ati^ « 
 Mugmune apua Sequanos plurimum poterat, et Heivetiis erat 
 
DE BELLO GALLICO, LIB. I. £5 
 
 amicus (|Uod ex ea civitate Orgetorigis filiam in matrimonium 
 duxerat et cupid.tate regni adductus novis rebus studebat et 
 quam plur.mas civitates suo sibi beneficio habere obstrictas vdcbat 
 Itaque rem suscipit, et a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos ire 
 Helvetios patiantur obsidesque uti inter sese dent perficit • 
 bequam, ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant ; Helvetii, ut sine 
 maleficio et mjuria transeant 
 
 X—Caesari renuntiatur Helvetiis esse in animo pe: agrum 
 Sequanorum et Aeduorum iter in Santonum fines facere, qui non 
 onge a Tolosatmm finibus absunt, quae civitas est in Provincia. 
 Id si fieret mteMigebat magno cum provinciae periculo futurum ut 
 hommes bellicosos, Populi Romani inimicos, locis patentibus maxi- 
 meque frumentarns finitimos haberet. Ob eas causas ei munitioni 
 quam fecerat Titum Labienum legatum praefecit : ipse in Italiam 
 magnis itmeribus contendit duasque ibi legiones conscribiL et 
 tres, quae c.rcum Aquileiam hiemabant, ex hibernis educit, et qua 
 proximum uer in ulteriorem Galliam per Alpes erat ^um his 
 qumque legionibus ir^ contendit Ibi Centrones et Graioceli et 
 Caturiges locis superioribus occupatis itinere exercitum pro- 
 hibere conantur. Compluribus his proeliis pulsis, ab Ocelo 
 quod est citerioris provinciae extremum, in fines Vocontiorum' 
 ultenons provinciae die septimo pervenit, inde in AUobrogum 
 tines, ab Allobrogibus in Segusianos exercitum ducit Hi sunt 
 extra provmciam trans Rhodanum primi. 
 
 XI -Helvetii jam per angustias et fines Sequanorum suas copias 
 transduxerant, et m Aeduorum fines pervenerant, eorumque agros 
 populabantur. Aedui, quum se suaque ab iis defendere non 
 possent, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt rogatum auxilium • Ita se 
 omn, tempore de Populo Romano meritos esse ut paene in con- 
 spectu exercitus nostri agri vastari, liberi eorum in servitutem 
 abduc, oppida expugnari non debuerint. Eodem tempore Aedui 
 Amb^rn, necessani et consanguinei Aedorum, Caesarem certi- 
 orem faciunt sese depopulatis agris non facile ab oppidis vim 
 hostium prohibere : item Allobroges, qui trans Rhodium vicos 
 possessionesque habebant, fuga se ad Caesarem redpiunt,et demon- 
 stiant^ibi^praeter agri solum nihil esse reliqui. Quibus rehu. 
 auua..u. v,aesar non exspectandum sibi statuit dum omnibus 
 fortunis sociorum consumptis in Santonos Helvetii pervenirent. 
 
2C 
 
 C. Jl'LII CAKHAUIH 
 
 .Ai 
 
 
 11 
 
 XII.— FItimen est Arar, (mod por lines Acduorum et S<fP|nanorutn 
 in Rhodaniiin influit incrcdihili lenitale, ita lit ociilis in utram 
 partem fluat judicari non possit. Id llelvcfii ratihiis ac lintribus 
 junctis transib;mt. Ubi per exploratores Caesar certior factiis est 
 tres jam copiarum partes Hclvetios id flumen trunsduxisse, 
 quartam vero partem citra flumen Ararim reliquam esse, de 
 tertJa vigilia cum legionibus tri])us e castris profectus ad eam 
 partem pervenit quae nonduai flumen transierat. l-Ios impetlitos 
 et inopinantes a^Rressus magnani eorum partem concidit : 
 reliqui fugae scse mandarunt att|ue in proximas silvas abdiderunt. 
 Is pagus appellabatur Tijjurinus ; nam omnis civitas Helvetia in 
 quatuor pagos divisa est. Hie pagus unus quum domo exisset 
 patrum nostrorum memoria, Lueium Cassium consulem intcr- 
 fecerat et ejus cxercitum sub jugum niiserat. Ita sive casu, sivc, 
 consilio deorum immortaliuni, (|uac pars civitatib Helvetiae insig- 
 nem calamitatem I'opulo Koniano intiderat, ea princeps pocnas 
 persolvit. Qua in re Caesar non solum pul>liias sed etiam privatas 
 injurias ultus est, (|uod ejus soceri I.ucii I'isonis avum, Lueium 
 Pisonem legatum, Tigurini eodcm proelio Jltfo Cassium interfece- 
 rant. 
 
 XIIL— Hoc proelio facto, reliquas copias Helvetiorum ut conse- 
 qui posset pontem in Arare faciendum curat, atque ita exercitum 
 transducit. Helvetii repentino ejus adventu commoti, quum id 
 quod ipsi diebus viginti aegerrime confecerant, ut flumen transirent, 
 uno ilium die fecisse intelligerent, legates ad eum mittunt, cujus 
 legationis Divico princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux Helvetiorum 
 fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare egit : Si pacem Populus Romanus 
 cum Helvetiis faceret, in eam partem ituros atque ibi futuros Hel- 
 vctios ubi eos Caesar constituisset atque esse voluisset : sin bello 
 persequi perscveraret, reminiscerelur et veteris incommodi Populi 
 Romani et pristinae virtutis Helvetiorum. Quod improvise 
 unum pagum adortus esset, quum hi qui flumen transissent suis 
 auxilium ferre non possent, ne ob eam rem aut suae magnopere 
 virtuti tribueret aut ipsos despiceret : se ita a patribus majoribusque 
 suis didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo aut insidiis niterentur. 
 Quare ne committeret ut is locus ubi constitissent ex calamitate 
 Populi Romani et internecione exercitus nomen caperct aut mC' 
 nioiiam proderct. 
 
I»K m.U.O UALLiro, LIH. I. 
 
 27 
 
 XfV.-His Ca 
 
 fS 
 
 .ir ita rcspon.lit : Eo sibi minus dcibitation 
 
 IS 
 
 feneu'!''' ''' M'^'^s legati Mclvctii , ommemorassent memoria 
 tene.ct, at.,,.c eo ^^ravuis fcrre quo minus merito Populi Romani 
 accidissent; (,ui s. alicujus injuriae sibi conscius fuisset, non fuisse 
 difficlc caverc ; sed eo deceptum quod neque commissum a se 
 mtelhgeret quare timerct, neque sine causa timendum putarct 
 Quod s. veter.s contumeliae oblivisci vellet, num etiam recentium 
 injuriarum, quod eo invito iter per Provinciam per vim tentasient 
 quod Aeduos, quod Ambarros, quod Allobrogas vexassent, memo- 
 nam deponerc posse ? Quod sua victoria tarn insolenter gloria- 
 rcntur quodque tamdiu se impune tulisse injurias admirarentur 
 codem pertmere : consuesse enini deos immortales, quo gravius 
 homn.es ex commutatione rerum doleant, quos pro scelere eorum 
 ulcsc. vehnt h.s secundiores interdum res et diutarniorem impuni- 
 tateni concedere. Quum ea ita sint, tamen, si obsides ab iis sibi 
 demur uti ea quae polliceantur facturos intelligat, et si Aeduis de 
 injuri.s quas .ps.s sociisque eorum intulerint, item si Allobrogibus 
 safsfaaant, sese cu.n iis pacem esse facturum. Divico respondit : 
 Ita Helvctios a majoribus suis institutes esse uti obsides accipere 
 non dare consuciint : ejus rei Populum Romanum esse testem' 
 Hoc responso dato deccssit. 
 
 Xy Postero die castra ex co loco movent. Idem facit Caesar 
 equ.tatumque omnem ad numerum quatuor millium, quern ex 
 
 Zl>r'""' "'. ''''^"'' "'^"^ ^^^""^ ^«^"^ <^«^«""^ h-bebat, 
 praemuft qu. v.deant quas in partes hostes iter faciant. Qui 
 
 cupidius nov.ss.mum agmen insequuti alieno loco cum equitatu 
 Helveliorum proelium committunt ; et pauci de nostris cadunt 
 Quo proeho sublati Helvetii, quod .quingentis equitibus tantam 
 mulftudmem equ.tum propulerant, avdacius subsistere nonnun- 
 quam et nov.ssimo agmine proelio nostros lacessere coeperunt 
 Caesar suos a proelio continebat, ac satis habebat in praesentia 
 hostem rapmis, pabulationibus populationibusque prohibere. Ita 
 dies crcter qumdecim iter fecerunt uti inter novissimum hostium 
 agmen et nostrum primum non amplius quinis aut senis millibus 
 passuum mteresset. "'uuuus 
 
 XVI.— Interim auotidiV C 
 publice pollici,, flagUare. Nam propter' mgor;;;;;;;d"'GXrb 
 
 — «-'-v.vtv/3 irumemum quod essent 
 
28 
 
 U. .iUi.ii (JAKHAIIIB 
 
 septentrlonibus, ut anlc dii turn est, positii est, non mkuIo fruineiit« 
 in ttgris matura uon crant, scd nc pahuli <iiii(loin satis magna copia 
 suppctehat : e<» auteni fjunicnto qiuKl flinnine Aiaic navibus sub- 
 vexeiat, proptoica uti minus potcral (piod iter ab Araie Helveui 
 uvcrterant, a quibus distx'dorc noicbat. Diinn ox die duceie Aedui ; 
 conferri, comportari, adossc diccre. Ubi se diutius diici intellcxit, 
 et diem instaro, quo tlie frumentum militibus nictiri oporteret, 
 convocatis eoium piincipilms, (piojum magnam copiam in castris 
 habebat, in his Divitiaco et Lisco, (|ui summo magistratui praeerat, 
 quern Vergobretum appellant Aedui, i|ui creatur annuus, et vitac 
 necisquc in suos habct potestatem, ginviter eos accusal quod, 
 tjuum neque emi ne(pie ex agris sumi posset, tain necessario tem- 
 pore, tarn propinquis hoslibus, ab iis nun sublevelur ; praesertim 
 quum magna ex4)arte eorum precibus adductus bellum susceperit, 
 multo etiam gravius, cjuod sit destitutus, queritur. 
 
 XVII. — Tum demum Liscus oratione Caesaris adductus quod 
 antca tacuerat proponit : Esse nonnullos, quorum auctoritas apud 
 plebem phirimum valeat, qui privati plus possint quam ipsi magis- 
 tralus. Hos seditiosa atque iniproba oratione mullitudtnem 
 deterrere ne frumentum conferant quod praestare deheant. Si 
 jam principatum (lalliae obtinere non posscnt, Gallorum quam 
 Komanorum imperia pcrferre satius esse, neque dubitare debere 
 (piin, si Helvetios superavcrint Romani, una cum reliqua Gallia 
 Acduis libertatcm sint erepturi. Ab iisdem nostra consilia quae- 
 que in castris gerantur hostibus enuntiari : hos a se coerceri non 
 posse Quin etiam c[uod necessario rem coactus Caesari cnun- 
 tiarit, tntelligere scse quanto id cum periculo feccrit, et ob earn 
 causam quamdiu potuerit taguisse. 
 
 XVIII.'— Caesar hac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fra. 
 trem, desij'nari senticbat : sed quod pluribus praescntibus eas res 
 jactari nolebat, celcriter concilium dimittit, Liscum retinet: quaerit 
 ex solo ea quae in conventu dixerat. Dicit libcrius atque audacius. 
 Eadem secrete ab aliis quaerit ; reperit esse vera : Ipsum esse 
 Dumnorigem, summa audacia, magna apud plebem propter liber- 
 alitatem gratia, cupidum rerum novarum : complures annos por- 
 toria reliquaque omnia Aeduorum vectigalia parvo pretio redempta 
 habere, propterea quod illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo. His 
 
DM OELL.U QALhWO, LIB. I. 
 
 29 
 
 rebus et suam rem fnmilia.cm auxissc ct facilitates ad larRiendum 
 'nagnas comparassc : Juaj-n,,,,, nni.uMnin i'<|iiitalus suo miinptu 
 semper alere el , i.cum se l,al,eie : neque sol.m. .lomi sed etiam 
 apud f.mtimas civilates laiKiter posse, at(,ue hujus potentiae causa 
 matrem m HlturiKnbus homini iUic nobilissimo ac potentissimo 
 collocasse : ipsum ex Ilelvctiis uxorem habere : sororem ex matre 
 et propmquas suas nuptum in alias civitatcs collocasse : favere et 
 cupere Melvetiis propter earn affinitatem : odisse etiam suo no- 
 inine Caesarem et Romanos quod corum adventu potcntia ejus 
 demmuta et l^ivitiacus fratcr in antiquum locum gratiae atque hon- 
 oris sit resuiutus. Si cjuid accidat Komanis, summam in spem 
 per Hclvttios rcgni obtinendi venire; imperio Populi Romani 
 non mode, dc regno sed etiam de ca (,uam habeat gratia despe- 
 rare Ropcnebat etian» inquirendo Caesar, quod proclium egul-s- 
 tre advorsum paucis ante diebus csset factum, initium ejus fugae 
 factum a Dumnorige atque ejus c.iuilibus ; nam equitatui quern 
 auxdio taesari Aedui miserant I )umnorix pracerat ; eorum fuira reli- 
 quum esse equitatum perterritum. 
 
 XIX.-Quibus rebus cognitis, quum ad has suspiciones ccrtis- 
 smiae res acccdercnt, quod per fines Scquanorum Helvetios trans- 
 duxisset, quod obsides inter eos dandos curasset, quod ea omnia 
 non modo injussu suo et civitatis sed etiam inscientibus ipsis 
 fecisset, quod a magistratu Aeduorum accusaretur, satis esse 
 causae arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse animadverterct aut 
 civitatem animadvertere juberet. His omnibus Vebus unum 
 repugnabat quod Divitiaci fratris summum in Populum Romanum 
 stud.um, summam in se voluntatem, egregiam fidem, justitiam 
 temperantiam cognoverat : nam ne ejus supplicio Divitiaci animuni 
 ofTenderet verebatur. Ita,,uc prius<iuam quicquam conaSTur 
 Divitiacum ad se vocari jubct et quotidianis interprctibus remotis 
 per Caumi Valeruun Frocillum, principem (Jalliae provinciae fa 
 mUarem suum, cui summam omnium rerum fidem habebat cum 
 eo colloquitur : simul commonefacit, quae ipso praesente !„' con- 
 ciJto(,allorum de Dumnorige sint dicta, et ostendit quae separa- 
 
 tim QuisQue de eo nmiH csa rUvn,;* . ^^*u _* . . ' 
 
 ' a- ' ■ ". T ~ '- H^"*^ .uquc nonaiur ut sine 
 
 ejus offensione ammi vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat vel 
 civitatem statuere jubeat. 
 
30 
 
 0. JULII CAESARIS. 
 
 I r • 
 
 
 XX.--Divitiacus multis cum lacrimis Caesarem complexus 
 obsecrare coepit Ne .luid gravius in fratiem statueret : scire se 
 illa esse vera, nee quemquani ex eo plus quam se doloris capere 
 propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua 
 Galha, ille minunum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crevisset ; 
 quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam sed 
 paene ad perniciem suam uteretur : sese tamen et amore fraterno 
 et existimatione vulgi commoveri. Quod si quid ei a Caesare 
 gravius accidisset, quum ipse eum locum amicitiae apud eum 
 teneret, nemmem existimaturum non sua voluntate factum; qua 
 ex re futurum uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur. Haec 
 quum plunbus verbis flens a Caesare peteret, Caesar ejus dextram 
 prendit ; consolatus rogat finem orandi facial ; tanti ejus apud se 
 gratiam esse ostendit uti et reipublicae injuriam et suum dolorem 
 ejus voluntati ac precibus condonet. Uumnorigem ad se vocat ; 
 fratrem adhibet ; quae in eo reprehendat, ostendit : quae ipse 
 mtelligat, quae civitas queratur, proponit ; monet ut in reliquum 
 tempus omnes suspiciones vitet ; praeterita se Divitiaco fratri 
 condonare dicit. Uumnorigi custodes ponit ut quae agat qui- 
 buscum loquatur, scire possit ' 
 
 XXL— Eodem die ab exploratoribus certior factus hostes sub 
 monte consedisse millia passuuiu ^^b ipsius castris octo, qualis 
 esset natura montis et qualis in circuitu ascensus qui cognoscerent 
 misit. Renuntiatum est facilem esse. De tenia vigilia Titum 
 Labienum legatum pro praetore cum duabus legionibus et iis 
 ducibus qui iter cognoverant summum jugum montis ascendere 
 jubet; quid sui consilii sit ostendit. Ipse de quarta vigilia 
 eodem itmere quo hostes ierant ad eos contendit equitatumque 
 omnem ante se mittit. Publius Considius, qui rei militaris 
 pentissimus habebatur, et in exercitu Lucii SuUae et postea in 
 Marci Crassi fuerat, cum exploratoribus praemittitur. 
 
 XXII.— Prima luce, q^iip summus mons a Tito Labieno tene- 
 retur, ipse ab hostium castris non longius mille et quingentis passi- 
 bus abesset, neque, ut postea ex captivis comperit, aut ipsius 
 adventus aut Labieni cognitus esset, Considius equo- admisso 
 aa cum accurrit, dicit montem quern a Labieno occupari voluerit 
 ab hostibus teneri ; id se a Gallicis aimis atque insignibus cog- 
 
 TW 
 
DB BBLLO GALLICO, LIB. I. 
 
 31 
 
 novisse. Caesar suas copias in proximum collem subducit, ariem 
 instruit. Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum a Cacsare nc proelium 
 commiteret, nisi ipsius copiae prope hostium castra visae essent 
 ut undique uno tempore in hostes impetus fieret, monte occupato 
 nostros exspectabat proelioque abstinebat. Multo denique die per 
 exploratores Caesar cognovit et montem a suis teneri et Helvetios 
 castra movisse et Considium timore perterritum quod non vidis- 
 set pro viso sibi renuntiasse. Eo die quo consuerat intervallo 
 hostes sequitur, et millia passuum tria ab eorum castris castra 
 ponit. 
 
 XXIII.— Postridie ejus die!, quod omnino biduum supererat 
 quum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret, et quod a Bibracte 
 oppido Aeduorum longe maximo et copiosissimo, non amplius 
 milhbus passuum octodecim aberat, rei frumentariae prospicien- 
 dum existimavit, iterab Helvetiis avertit ac Bibracte ire contendit 
 Ea res per fugitivos Lucii Aemilii, decurionis equitum Gallorum 
 hostibus nuntiatur. Helvetii, seu quod timore perterritos Romanos 
 discedere a se existimarent, eo magis quod pridie superioribus 
 locis occupatis proelium non commisissent ; sive eo quod re 
 frumentaria intercludi posse confiderent, commutato consilio atque 
 itmere converso nostros a novissimo agmine insequi ac lacessere 
 coeperunt. 
 
 XXIV.— Postquam id animum advertit, copias suas Caesar in 
 proximum collem subducit, equitatumque qui sustineret hostium 
 impetum misit. Ipse interim in colle medio triplicem aciem 
 mstiuxit legionum quatuor veteranarum, ita uti supra se in summo 
 jugo duas legiones quas in Gallia citeriore proxime conscripserat et 
 omnia auxilia collocaret, ac totum montem hominibus compleret • 
 mterea saicinas in unum locum conferri et eum ab his qui in 
 supenore acie constiterant muniri jussit. Helvetii cum omnibus 
 suis earns sequuti impedimenta in unum locum contulerunt ■ Ipsi 
 confertissima acie rejecto nostro equitatu phalange facta sub 
 pnmam nostram aciem successerunt. 
 
 XXV.— Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium ex consnectu r... 
 motis equis, ut ae ,ato omnium periculo spem fugae tolleret 
 cchortatus suos pn-elium commisit. Milites e loco superiore pilis 
 missis facile hostium phalangem prefregerunt. Ea disjecta 
 
 ^^ 
 
 / 
 
 T- / 
 
 /■ 
 
33 
 
 0. JULII CABSARIS 
 
 K'ladns destnctis in eos impetum fecerunt. Gallis magno ad pue- 
 nam erat .mpedi.nento c,uod pUuihus eorinn scutis uno ictu pilo- 
 
 evd ere neque sinistra .mpedita satis commode pugnare potcrant ; 
 multi ut dm jactato bracchio praeopt-^rent scutum manuemittere 
 et nudo corpore pugnare. Tandem vu.neribus defessi et pedem 
 referre, etquod mons suberat circiter mille passuum eo serecipere 
 coeperunt. Capto monte et succedentibus nostris, Boii et Tulingi 
 quihommum m.Uibus circiter quindecim agmen hostium claude- 
 bant et nov.ssuDis praesidio ernnt, ex itinere nostros latere aper.o 
 aggress, c.rcumvenere, et id conspicati Helvctii, qui in montem 
 sese receperant, rursus instate et proelium redintegrare coeperunt. 
 Romam conversa signa bipartite intulerunt : prima ac secunda 
 acies ut victis ac summotis resisteret, tertia ut venientes exciperet. 
 
 XXVI.-Ita ancipiti proelio diu atque acriter pugnatum est. 
 Umtms quum nostrorum impetus sustinerc non possent, alteri se 
 ut coeperant m montem receperunt, alteri ad impedimenta et 
 carros sues se contulerunt. Nam hoc toto proelio, quum ab hora 
 septmia ad vesperum pugi\atum sit, aversum hostem videre nemo 
 potuit Ad multam noctem etiam ad impedimenta pugnatum est, 
 propterea quod pro vallo carros objecerant et e loco superiore in 
 nostros venientes tela conjiciebant, et nonnuUi i^ ter carro. rotas- 
 que mataras ac tragulas subjiciebant nostrosque vulnerabant 
 Dm quum esset pugnatum, impedimentis castrisque nostri potiti 
 sunt Ibi Orgetorigis filia atque unus e filiis captus est. Ex eo 
 proelio circiter millia hominum centum et triginta superfuerunt. 
 eaque tota nocte continenter ierunt : nullam partem noctis itinere 
 mtermisso in fines Lingonum die quarto pervenerunt, quum et 
 propter vulnera militum et propter sepulturam occisorum nostri 
 riduum morati eos sequi non potuissent. Caesar ad Lingonas 
 literas nuntiosque misit ne eos frumento neve alia re juvarent • 
 qu. SI juvissent, se eodem loco quo Helvetios habiturum. Ipse 
 triduo mtermisso cum omnibus copiis eos sequi coepit 
 
 XXVII.-Helvetii omnium rerum inopia adducti legatos de 
 deditione ad eum miserunt. Qui quum eum in itinere convenis- 
 
 sent seque ad oedes nrni#»(-icc«»ru- „.,^^u^u i .. ^ 1 
 
 ' " tr'-j -5 ^«i--pisuiici4uc loquuii neiues 
 
 pacem petissent, atque eos in eo loco quo turn essent suum adven- 
 
DE 8ELL0 GALLICO, LIB. I. 
 
 33 
 
 mm exspcctare jussisset, paruerunt Eo postquam CaesarVrvenit 
 obsides, aima, servos qui ad eos pet fut,Mssent poposcit. Dum ea 
 conquiruntur, et conferuntur nocte intermissa circiter hominum 
 millia sex ejus pagi, qui Verbigenus appellatur, sive timore per- 
 territi ne armis traditis supplicio afficerentur, sive spe salutis 
 mducti quod m tanta multitudine dedititiorum suam fugam aut 
 occultan aut oinnino ignorari posse existimarent, prima nocte ex 
 castns Helvetiorum egressi ad Rhenum finesque Germanorum 
 contenderunt. 
 
 XXVIII.— Quod ubi Caesar resciit, quorum per fines ierant, 
 his uti conquirerent et reducertnt, si sibi purgati esse vellent, 
 imperavit : reductos in hostium numcro habuit ; reliquos omnes 
 obsidibus, armis, perfugis traditis in deditioncm accepit. Hel- 
 vetios, Tulingos, Latobrigos in fines suos unde erant profecti 
 reverti jussit, et quod omnibus frugibus amissis domi nihil erat 
 quo fomem tolerarent, Allobrogibus imperavit ut iis frumenti 
 copiam facerent ; ipsos oppida vicosque quos incenderant resti- 
 tuere jussit. Id ea maxmie ratione fecit quod noluit eum locum 
 unde Helvetii discesserant, vacare, ne propter bonitatem agrorum 
 Germani, qu. trans Rhenum incolunt, e suis finibus in Helvetiorum 
 fines transirent et finitimi Galliae provinciae Allobrogibusqr.e 
 essent. Boios petentibus Aeduis, quod egregia virtute erant 
 cogniti, ut in finibus suis collocarent concessit ; quibus illi agros 
 dederunt quosque postea in pareia juris libertatisque conditionem 
 atque ip i erant receperunt 
 
 XXIX.— In castris Helvetiorum tabulae repertae sunt literis 
 Graecis confectae et ad Caesarem relatae, quibus in tabulis nomina- 
 tim ratio confect? erat, qui numerus domo exisset eorum qui 
 arma ferre possent, et item separatim pueri, senes, mulieresque 
 Quarum omnium rerum summa erat, capitum Helvetiorum millia 
 ducenta et sexaginta tria, Tulingorum millia triginta sex, Lato- 
 bngorum quatuordecim, Rauracorum viginti tria. Boicrum triginta 
 duo : ex his qui arma ferre possent ad millia nonaginta duo 
 Summa omnium fuerunt ad millia trecenta et sexaginta octo 
 Eorum qui domum redierunt censu habito, ut Caesar imperaverat 
 repertus est numerus millium rpnfnm *>f H«/>or« * 
 
 XXX.— Hello Helvetiorum confecto totius fere Galliae legati 
 
34 
 
 C. JULII CAESAIilS 
 
 principes avitatum, ad Caesarem gratulatum convenerunt : Imd- 
 Iigere sese, tamctsi pro voteribus Helvetiorum injuriis Populi 
 Romam ab us poenas bello repetisset, ta.nen earn rem non minus 
 ex usu tcrrae Galliae quam Populi Romani accidisse, propterea 
 quod eo consilr^ florentissimis rebus domos suas Helvetii reli- 
 quissent, uti toti Galliae bellum infenent imperioque potirentur 
 ocumque domicilio ox magna copia deligcrent, quem ex omni 
 (.allia opportuni.simum ac fructuosissimum judicassent, reliquas- 
 que civitates stipendiarias habcr- . Po.ic.unt, Uti sibi conci- 
 hum totms (]alliae in diem certam i... idque Caesaris voluntate 
 
 facere hceret : sese habere quasdam .cs quas ox communi con- 
 sensu ab eo petere vellcnt. Ea re permissa diem concilio consti- 
 tuerunt, et jurejurando no quis enuntiaret nisi quibus communi 
 consilio mandatum esset, inter se sanxerunt. 
 
 XXXI.-Eo concilio dimisso. iidem principes civitatum, qui ante 
 fuerant ad Caesarem, revcrterunt petieruntque uti sibi secreto in 
 occulto de sua omniumque salute cum eo agere liceret. Ea re im- 
 petrata sese omnes flentes Caesari ad pedes projecerunt • Non 
 mmus se id contendere et laborare ne ea quae dixissent enuntia- 
 rentur, quam uti ea quae vellent impetrarent ; propterea quod, si 
 enuntiatum esset, summum in cruciatum se venturos viderent Lo 
 quutus est pro his Divitiacus Aeduus : Galliae totius factiones esse 
 duas : harum alterius principatum tenere Aeduos, alterius Arvernos 
 Hi quum tantcpere de potentatu inter se multos annos contenderent 
 factum esse uti ab Arvernis Sequanisque Germani mercede arces' 
 serentur. Horum primo circiter millia quindecim Rhenum tran- 
 sisse : posteaquam agros et cultum ei copias Gallorum homines 
 fen ac barbari adamassent, transductos plures : nunc esse in Gallia 
 ad centum et viginti millium numerum : cum his Aeduos eorum- 
 que chentes semel atque iterum armis contendisse ; magnam cala- 
 mitatem pulsos accepisse, omnem nobilitatem, omnem senatum 
 omnem equitatum amisisse. Quibus proeliis calamitatibusque 
 fractos, qui et sua virtute et Populi Romani hospitio atque amicitia 
 plunmum ante m Gallia potuissent, coactos cssv: Sequanis obsides 
 dare, nobilissimos civitatis, et jurejurando civitatem obstringere 
 sese neque obsides repetituros neque auxilium a Populo Romano 
 
 ••••i •"•" ' "^^•i«'L, ii,^u3aiuiu3 quommus perpetuo sub iliorum 
 
 ditione atque imperio essent. Unum se esse ex omni civitate 
 
DK BKLLO OALLICO, LIB. I. 35 
 
 nis q«a,n Aedu.s v.ct.s acc.disse ; propterca quod Ariovistus rex 
 
 Sequan,, qu, csset op.i.nus totius Galliae, occupavisset « nTcT 
 altera paree tenia Sequanos decedere jubere, prltea „., t 
 paucs ^ensibus a„,e Harudum .niUia hl^J^V,sZ"Z.oZ 
 cum vemsscnt quibus locus ac sedes panuen.ur/ Fut C esse 
 
 German, Rhenum transirent : neque enim conferendum esse 
 
 .^ rurrco"""""?" "^~' ■"=""'= -^- consue.:':!:: 
 
 tus cunx ilia comparandam. Ariovistum autem ut sen,^i r^n 
 r«mcop,as proeUovicori., qu«. proelium fa .1 s U "d M^e „" 
 nam, superbe e. crudeli.er imperare, obsides noblissimi IXt 
 beros poscore et in eos omnia exempla cruciatusque edTe • 
 qua res non ad nueum aut ad volmuatum eius facta T i, ' 
 esse barbarum, iracundum. temerarium : nl tsse tins imn?"' 
 dmtms sustinere. Nisi quid i„ Caesare Popul "ue Ta^^ 
 aux,l„, omnibus Gallis idem esse faciendum quod HelvSerin 
 u. dome emtgrent, aliud domicilium, alias sedes remota a 2. ' ' 
 mants petant fortunamque quaecumque accidT experiantur' 
 Haec s, enunttata Ariovisto sin,, non dubitare quin ^omnibus 
 obsidtbus qu, apud eum sin. gravissimum suppliciumTma, 
 Caesarcm vel auctor tate sua ataue exerri.„= „., . "'■ 
 
 vel nomine Populi Rcnani deterrL n^ " ""°"''' 
 
 ssrposi^rn—-^^^^^^^ 
 
 ^.^o^^^ira'^Sir:^^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 s:--— — e-: d^:isr;:"rari:f:ri^^^^ 
 
 p',°fr:ri? !!?!" '^'i'"'^ '-"■: p"— . Quum lb iis ;::. 
 
 ni.":,-'' » "j "'"^""' "'""' °™"""' "-"cem exprimere posset idem 
 
 D,vmacus Aeduus respond,, : Hoc esse miseriorem gSmque 
 fortunam Sequanorum quam reliquorum quod soli L ^3 
 
36 
 
 C. JULII CAK8ARIS 
 
 / 
 
 (luidem queri neqiie auxilium implorare auderent, absentisque Ario- 
 visti crudelitatein velut si coram adesset horiercnt, propterca quod 
 reliciuis tamen fugae facultas durctur, Sequanis vero, qui intra fines 
 suos Ariovistum recepissent, quorum oppida omnia in potestate ejus 
 essent, omnes cruciatus essent perferendi. 
 
 XXXIII. — His rebus cognitis Caesar Gallonim ^pi ^^ s v ^ rhk y'jiju. 
 confirmavit^ pollicitusque est sibi earn rem curae futuram : magnam 
 se habere spem et beneficio sue et auctoritate adductum Ariovistum 
 finem injuriis facturum. Hac oratione habita concilium dimisit ; 
 et s ecundum ea multae res eum hortabantur quare sibi earn rem 
 cogitandam et suscipiendam putaret ; in primis, quod Aeduos fra- 
 tres consanguineosque saepenumei o ab Senatu appellatos, in servi- 
 tute atque in ditione videbat Germanorum teneri, eorumque obsides 
 esse apud Ariovisturn ac Sequanos intelligebat : quod in tanto im- 
 perio Populi Romani turpissimum sibi et reipublicae esse arbitra- 
 batur. Paulatim autem Germanos consuescere Rhenum transire et 
 in Galliam magnam eorum multitudinem venire Populo Romano 
 periculosum videbat ; neque sibi homines ferqs ac barbaros tem- 
 peratures existimabat quin, quum omncm Galliam occupassent, ut 
 ante Cimbri Teutonique fecissent, in provinciam exirent atque 
 inde in Italiam contenderent, praesertim quum Sequanos a Pro- 
 vincia nostra Rhodanus divideret. Quibus rebus quam maturrime 
 occurrendum putabat. Ipse autem Ariovistus tantos sibi spiritus, 
 tantam arrogantiam sumpserat ut fcrendus non videretur. 
 
 XXXIV. — Quamobrem placuit ei ut ad Ariovistum legatos mit- 
 teret qui ab eo postularent uti aliquem locum medium utriusque 
 coUoquio diceret : velle sese de republica et summis utriusque rebus 
 cum eo agere. Ei legationi Ariovistus respondit : Si quid ipsi 
 a Caesare opus esset, sese ad eum venturum fuisse ; si quid ille se 
 velit, ilium ad se venire oportere. Praeterea se neque sine exer- 
 citu in eas partes Galliae venire audere quas Caesar possideret, 
 neque exercitum sine magno commeatu atque emolimento in unum 
 locum contrahere posse : sibi autem miram videri quid in sua 
 Gallia quam belle vicisset aut Caesari aut omnino Populo Romano 
 negotii esset. 
 
 XXXv^ — His responsis ad Cacsarcm rclatis, iterum ad eum 
 Caesar Jegatos cum his mandatis mittit : Quoniam tanto sue 
 
 e 
 I 
 
 P 
 n 
 
Srbi& ic>4^i4^ 
 
 DK BELLO OALLICO, LIB. I. 37 
 
 t'opulique Romani beneficio aflectus f..,„m : 
 
 atque amicus a Senaf,, nnn;n T ' ^ '" consulatu suo rex 
 
 sr= FES" J=="^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 Hcae fjicere nn<;..o^ a„^ "onneret, quod cominodo reipub- 
 
 XXXVI.-Ad haec Ariovistus respondit • Tus #.«. K^ir * • 
 vicisspnt lie ni.^o • • v-o^yujiuu . JUS esse belli ut qui 
 
 yicissent us quos v.cissent quemadmodum vellent imoerirJi 
 Item Populum Romanum victis non ad altorin. n . ""P^'^^'^e"^ : 
 
 suum arbitriumimperare consue se si pTe p' XlC "' '' 
 praescriberet quemadmodum suo jure utereL Ton ^^ """ 
 
 a Populo Romano in suo jure impcdirf Aed " J W ''^''''"'" '"'' 
 fortunam tentassent et arLs con^tssi ^t^^t^^^:::^ 
 anos esse factos. Majrnam rap«r^r« ; • • r ^^"^' stipendi- 
 
 rum „„„ esse, neque his neque eor^m socHsf^; I £C]Z '"' 
 
 ^:ubr:;ir^rrs-^;S^^^^^^^ 
 
 non neglecturum, neminem secum stair™ '"J"™^ 
 Quum vene. co.',r.a.r.Z inXr.U'JSr'ijr"''"- 
 excercitatissin,, .„ arn,is, qui inter annos qua rd cL eSr^' 
 subissent, virtute possent. "™<:<:im tectum non 
 
 Harudes qui nuper in Galliamrnsno't;,,'':!";^^™ /'"'''' 
 
38 
 
 O. JULII CAESAIUS 
 
 Rheni consedisse qui Rhenum transire conarentur ; iis praeesse 
 Nar.uam et Cimberium fratres. Quibus rebus Caesar vehementer 
 commotus maturandum sibi existimavit, ne, si nova manus Sue- 
 vorum cum veteribus copiis Ariovisti sese conjunxisset, minus facile 
 resist! posset. Itaque re frumentaria quam celerrime potuit com- 
 paratamagnis itineribus ad Ariovistum contendit. 
 
 XXXVIII.- Quum tridui viam processisset, nuntiatum est ei 
 Ariovistum cum suis omnibus copiis ad occupandum Vesontionem, 
 quod est oppidum maximum Sequanorum, contendere triduique 
 viam a suis finibus profecisse. Id ne accideret magnopere sibi 
 praecavendum Caesar existimabat. Namque omnium rerum, quae 
 ad bellum usui erant summa erat in eo oppido facultas, idque na- 
 tura loci sic muniebatur ut magnam ad ducendum bellum daret facul- 
 tatem,propterea quod flumen Alduasdubis ut circino circumductum 
 paene totum oppidum cingit : reliquum spatium, quod est non am- 
 plius pedum sexcentorum qua flumen intermiftit, mons continet 
 magna altitudine, ita ut radices ejus mentis ex utraque parte ripae 
 fluminis contingant. Hunc murus circumdatus arcem efficit et cum 
 oppido conjungit. Hue Caesar magnis nocturnis diurnisque itineribus 
 contendit, occupatoque oppido ibi praesidium collocat. 
 
 XXXIX.— Dum paucos dies ad Vesontionem rei frumentariae 
 commeatusque causa moratur, ex percuntatione nnstrorr.m vocibus- 
 que Gallorum ac mercatorum, qui ingenti magnitudine corporum 
 Germanos, incredibili virtute atque exercitatione in armis esse prae- 
 dicabant, saepenumero sese cum his congressos ne vultum quidem 
 atque ac.em oculorum ferre potuisse, tantus subito timor omnem 
 exercitum occupavit -U non mediocriter omnium mentes aninios- 
 que perturbaret. Hie primum ortus est a tribunis militum, prae- 
 fectis reliquisque, qui ex urbe amicitiae causa Caesarem sequuti 
 non magnum in re militari usum habebant : quorum alius, alia 
 causa illata, quam sibi ad profisciscendum necessariam esse diceret 
 petebat ut ejus voluntate discedere liceret : nonnulli pudore ad- 
 ducti ut timoris suspicionem vitarent remanebant. Hi neque vul- 
 tum fingere neque interdum lacrimas tenere poterant : abditi in 
 tabernaculis aut suumfatum querebantur,' aut cum familiaribus suis 
 commune periculum miseral)antur. Vuigo totis rastris testamenta 
 obsignabantur. Horum vocibus ac timore paulatim etiam ii qui 
 
 1 
 s 
 r 
 r 
 s 
 fi 
 a 
 
DE BEttO OALLICO, LIB. 1. 39 
 
 TaX'!!^" '*""' "'"■" ''••'''*••»"'•"'"!'« centuri„„e,q„e,quiq.,e 
 cquu..eu, praooran,, pcnurbaban.ur. Qui se ex his minus im L e^ 
 
 ^umar, volebant, „„„ se hostem vereri scd angus.ias i.ineris e. 
 
 Z T u f™'"""='"™ "' ^th commode supportari posse. 
 
 Xmr '• ■''°"","'" "^'""" <^»^^^" renumiabant, qui 
 casera mover, ac s.gna ferri jussisset, non fore d-cto audien.e 
 m.lites nee propter timorem signa laturos. auaientes 
 
 .m^o^HTTr ""'™*'="i"«. ™n™ca,o consilio omnium 
 OS t,^c sa^t P ""'■"■""/<">»'!'- ceneurionibus vehemen.er 
 eos mcusavt ; Pnmum, quod aut quam in partem aut quo con- 
 s, ,0 ducerentur sibi quaerendum au, cogi.andum putare,^ aTo- 
 
 c rhun^K^f """'"■'"^ '''""'" """-i ™-'iamappe.7s« ; 
 .ihi " V "". ".'""'"'"" "■' °'«<^'° di'cessurum jud caret 
 
 Mb, quidem persuader! cognitis suis postulatis atque aequTaic 
 cond,t,onum perspecta eum neque suam neque Populi 70^ 
 grat,am repud.aturum. Quod si furore atque amemia imp^su 
 belum,n,ul,ssc,,quid tandem vererentur? au. curde sua Wrm"e 
 au de ,ps,us d,l,gent,a desperarem ? Factum ejus hostis pericu 1 
 patrum nostrorum memoria, quum Cimbris e, Teu.onis "c2 
 Mar,opuls,s„o_n minorem laudem exercitus quam ipse impera^r 
 mentus v,deba.Jr : factum etiam nuper in Italia sej^ili Tumul u 
 quos taraen ahqu.d usus ac disciplina quam a nobis accepTssen; 
 sublevarcnt. Ex quo judicari posset quantum habere, in se bo" 
 constanfa ; p,opterea quod quos ali. .a,ndiu inermes sine causa 
 .,mu,ssent, hos pos.ea annatos ac victores superassent. Denique 
 hos esse eosdein quibuscum saepenumero Helvetii congress! non 
 solum ,n su,s sod et.am in illorum /inibus plerumque superarint qu" 
 .amen pares esse nostro exercitui non potuerim. Si quos adver^um 
 proehum et fuga Gallorum commoveret, hos si quaererent rlpetl" 
 posse d,uturn,tate belli defatigatis Gallis Ariovistum, quum m„ l.os 
 .nenses cas.ns se ac paludibus tenuisset neque sui potestatem fee is 
 set, desperantes jam de pugna e. disperses subi.o adortum ^«.is" 
 rations e. consiho quam virtute vicisse. Cui ration! contra homi 
 ne5 barbaros atque imperitos locus fuisset, hac ne ipsum quidem 
 spe,are nostros exercitus capi posse. Qui suum timorem in re 
 
 i!..-t,^n..m aiiiiUMiiisquc lunetum conferrem facere 
 
 arroganter, quum aut de officio imperatoris desperare aut praescH 
 
40 
 
 C. JULLII OAHARItl 
 
 IZZ'- 1 f; " ""^'r'""'- ■'■•""1"' -« i" "Kris frumc„« 
 ma ura . e it.nere >psos brev. tempore judicaeuros Quod non fore 
 
 c^oTeT"'"' ''"""'r "*"" '"'"" "---. nihil :™ 
 
 u^r r „ , ™™ •'"l""'™'"'!"" '^«'-«<u» dic...a„die„s non 
 fuer,., aut male re gesta forluna,,, defuissc, aut aliquo facinor. 
 comperto avar,.iam esse convic.am. s„am innoccn.il n^^^ZZl 
 
 o^^TnTT"" ""■" ''•"''""■"' f"'"" ■•epraesen.a.urL ct 
 prox ma node de quaria viKilia casira moturum, „. <|„am primum 
 
 Heli^li ^ """r*-'^ """" "''"■■""• •^™™ '« """ sola 
 
 H,r. l!^?"' ,"""" '" '''"' "°" "'"'''"''« ■ ^i''"!"' «'" P™to. 
 
 iZ!? ? "■'""■ ""'" "^'''"' '•'^'"^"■•o' indulscra. prae. 
 <.ipue et propter virtutem confidebat maxime. 
 
 XU.-Hac oratione habita mirum in modum conversae sunt 
 
 est pnncepsque decma legm per tribunos militum ei irratias eirit 
 quod de seoptmium judicium fecisset, sequeessead bellum geren- 
 dum parat,ss,mam confirmavit. Deinde reliquae legiones cum tri- 
 bunis mdttumet primorum ordinum centurionibus cgerunt utrd" 
 sar, sattsfaceren. : „ neque unquam dubi.asse neque .irauisse, 
 neque de summa bell, suum judicium sed imperatoris esse existi' 
 mav,sse. Eorum safsfactione accepta, e, i.inere exquisite per 
 Divtiacum. quod ex al„s ei maximam (idem habebat, ut miUium 
 amp bus qumquagmta circuitu locis apertis exercitum duceret, de 
 quarta v,gdm, ut d.xerat, profcctus est. Septimo die. quum iter non 
 .ntermmeret ab exploratoribus certior factus es, Ari^vis.i c™ 
 nostris millibus passuum quatuor et viginti abesse. 
 
 XLII.— Cognito Caesaris adventu Ariovistus Watos aH .,™ 
 mm,t : Quod antea d, con«,uio postulasset id perTferi ,i r" 
 quomam prop.us accessisse. . seque id sine perkulo facere p" e 
 exisfmare. Non respuit conditionem Caesar: jamq e eum ad 
 santtatem revert, arbitrabatur q„„m id, quod antea petenti dene 
 gasse, ultro polhceretur; magnamque in spem veniebat pro suU 
 an„s Popuhque Ro,nani in eum beueficiis, cogni.is suis postular 
 .Q.. uw penmaca aeslsleiet. Dies colloquio dictus est.ex eo die 
 
DR BBLTX) GALLICO, LIB. I. 4| 
 
 quintun. Interim quum saepe ultro ciiroquc le^'ati inter eos n.it- 
 terentur, Ar.ovistus postulavit ne que.n peditem ad colloquium 
 Caesar adduceret : Vereri se ne per insidias ab eo circumvenire- 
 tur : uterque cum equitatu veniret : alia ratione se non esse ventu- 
 rum. Caesar, quod neque colloquium interposita causa tolli vole- 
 bat neque salutcm suam Gallorum equitatui committere audebat 
 commodissunum esse statuit omnibus equis Gallis equitibus detrac' 
 t.s eo eg,<)nar.os milites legionis dccimae, cui quam maxime con- 
 fidebat, nnponcre, ut presidium cjuam amicissimum, si quid opus 
 facto essethaberet. Quod quum f.eret, non irridicule quidam ex 
 m.lu.bus decmiae legionis dixit, Plus quam pollicitus esset 
 Caesarem facere ; pollicitum se in cohortis praetoriae loco deci- 
 mam legionem habiturum nunc ad e<iuum rescribcre. 
 
 ..w-""Ti^-'''f'" "■*' ""^^"^"^ '" ea tumulus terrenus satis 
 g.andis. Hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris utrisque aberat 
 i-o ut erat dictum ad colloquium venerunt. Legionem Caesar* 
 quam equis devexerat, passibus ducentis ab eo tumulo constituit' 
 Item equites Ariovisti pari intervallo constiterunt. Ariovistus ex 
 equis ut colloquerentur ct prae^er se denos ut ad colloquium addu 
 cei-ent postulavit. Ubi eo ventum est, Caesar initio orationis sua 
 Senatusque m eum beneficia commemoravit, Quod rex appellatus 
 esset a Senatu. quod amicus, quod munera amplissima missa : quam 
 rem et pauc.s cont.gisse, et pro magnis hominum officiis consuesse 
 r.bui docebat : illum quum neque aditum neque causam pos u- 
 land. justam haberet, beneficio ac liberalitate sua ac Senatus ea prae 
 ni.a consequutum. Docebat etiam quam veteres quamque justae 
 causae necess.tudmis ipsiscum Aeduis intercederent ; quae Senatu! 
 consulta, quoties quamque honorifica in eos facta essent : ut onini 
 tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent. prius etiam 
 quam nostram amicuiam appetissent. Populi Komani banc esse 
 consuetudmem, ut socios atque amicos non modo sui nihil deper- 
 dere, sed gratia, dignitate, honore auctiores velit esse : quod vero 
 ad amicitiam Populi Romani attulissent. id iis eripi quia nati 
 posset? Postulavit deinde eadem quae legatis in mandatis dedJ- 
 rat ne aut Aeduis aut eorum sociis bellum inferret ; obsides 
 
 redderet: si nullam oartem r.PrmnnMr.,.« a,,^., •.. 
 
 _^ „^ ,. ', " ' ^'^"^'^•" tciniucre posset) 
 
 at ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur. 
 
42 
 
 0. JULII CAESAR IS 
 
 ^L'V-— Ariovistus ad postulata Caesaris pauca respondit, de 
 suis virtutibus multa pracdicavit : Transisse Hhenum sese non 
 sua sponte, sed rogatum et arcessitum a Gallis ; non sine magna 
 spe magnisque praemiis domum propinquosque reliquisse : sedes 
 habere in Gallia ab ipsis concessas, obsides ipsorum voluntate 
 datos ; stipendium capere jure belli quod victores victis imponere 
 consuerint. Non sese Gallis, sed Gallos sibi bellum intulisse ; 
 omnes Galliae civitates ad se oppugnandum venisse ac contra se 
 castra habuisse ; eas omnes copias a se uno proelio pulsas ac supe- 
 ratas esse. Si iterum experiri velint, se iterum paratum esse decer- 
 tare ; si pace uti velint, iniquum esse de stipendio recusare, quod sua 
 voluntate ad id tempus pependerint. Amicitiam Populi Romani 
 sibi omamento et praesidio, non detrimento esse opertere, idque se 
 ca spe petisse. Si per Populum Romanum stipendium remittatur 
 et dediticii subtrahantur, non minus libeoter sese recusaturum 
 Populi Romani amicitiam quam appetierit. Quod multitudinem 
 Germanorum in Galliamtransducat,id se sui muniendi, non Galliac 
 impugnandae causa facere ; ejus rei testimonio esse quod nisi 
 rogatus non venerit, et quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit. 
 Se prius in Galliam venisse quam Populum Romanum. Nunquam 
 ante hoc tempus exercitum Populi Romani Galliae provinciae fines 
 egressum. Quid sibi vellet cur in suas possessiones veniret.? 
 Provinciam suam banc esse Galliam, sicut illam nostram. Ut ipsi 
 concedi non oporteret, si in nostros fines impetum faceret, sic item 
 nos esse iniquos qui in suo jure se interpellarcmus. Quod fratres a 
 Senatu Aeduos appellatos dicerct, non se tam barbarum neque tam 
 imperitum esse rerum ut non sciret neque bello AUobrogum 
 proximo Aeduos Romanis auxilium tulisse, neque ipsos in hiscon- 
 tentionibus, quas Aedui secum et cum Sequanis habuissent, auxilio , 
 Populi Romani usos esse. Debere se suspicari simulata Caesarem 
 amicitia, quod exercitum in Gallia habeat, sui opprimendi causa 
 habere. Qui nisi decedat atque exercitum deducat ex his regionibus, 
 sese ilium non pro amico, sed pro hoste habiturum : quod si cum 
 interfeceril, multis sese nobiliDus principibusque Populi Romani 
 gratum esse facturum ; id se al> ipsis per eorum nuntios compertum 
 habere, quorum omnium sratiiim atque amicitiam ejus morte 
 redimere posset. Quod si deccssissct, et liberam possessionem 
 Gaiiiae sibi tradiuibsei, ma-no se ilium praemio remuneraturum, et 
 
 -r 
 
I>li rJKLLO GALLKJO, LIB. I. 43 
 
 iTrr. ''"' '"' ""'' ^"^ ""° ^j"^ '^^"^^ «' p«"-'« 
 
 XLV.--Multa ah Caesare in earn sententiam dicta sunt qimre 
 negotio des,stere non posset. Et nec,uc suam neque Popt.U Ro- 
 mani consiietud.nem pati uti optime mcritos socios desereret 
 neque se judicare Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam Populi 
 Roman.. Bello superatos esse Arvernos et Rutcnos ab Q. Fabio 
 Maximo. qu.busPopulus Romanus ignovissot neque in provincim^ 
 redegisset neque stipendium imposuisset. Quod si antiquissimum 
 quodque tempus spectari oporteret, Populi Romani iustissimumess" 
 n Galha.mpcr.um : s, judicium Scnatus observari oporteret, libcram 
 debere esse Galham quam bello victam suis legibus uti voluisset 
 
 XLVI -Dum haec in colloquio geruntur, Caesari nuntiatum est 
 equites Anov.st. propius tumuium accedere et ad nostros adequi- 
 tare lapides teluque m nostros conjicere. Caesar loquendi finem 
 
 telum in'Ltt '""' ''''P'' f'^^' ''"P-avit ne quod omnino 
 telum m hostes rej.cerent. Nam etsi sine ullo poriculo legionis 
 delectae cum equ.tatu proelium fore videbat, tamen committendum 
 non putabat ut pulsis hostibus dici posset eos ab se per fidem in 
 colloqu.o c.rcumventos. Postcaquam in vulgus militum elatum est 
 quaanogantiam colloquio Ariovistus usus omni Gallia Komanis 
 mterdixisset, mipetumque in nostros ejus equitcs fecissent, eaque res 
 colloqumm ut dirennsset, multo major alacritas studiumque pug- 
 nandi majus exercitui injectum est. 
 
 ^ XLVIL-Riduo post Ariovistus ad Caesarem legatos mittit : Velle 
 se de h,s rebus quae inter >os agi coeptae neque perfectae essent 
 agere cum eo : ut, aut iterum colloquio diem constitueret, aut si "c 
 mmus vellet ex suis aliquem .-id se mitteret. Colloquendi Caesa.l 
 causa visa non est, et eo magis quod pridie ejus diei German" 
 retmeri non poterant quin in nostros tela conjicerent. Legatum ex 
 sms sese magno cum periculo ad eum missurun, et honunibus feris 
 objccturum ex.stimabat. Commodissimum visum est Caium 
 Valenum Procillum. Caii Valerii Caburi filiun. summa !irtute e" 
 humamtate adolescentem. cujus pater a Caio Valeric Flarm L'! 
 tate donaus erat, et propter fiden, et propter linguae (iallicae 
 sc.ent.am, qua multa jam Ariovistus longinqua consuetudine utcba- 
 
44 
 
 C. JULII CAESARIS 
 
 tur, et quod in eo peccandi Germanis causa non esset, ad eum mit- 
 tere, et Marcum Mettium qui hospitio Ariovisti utebatur. Hi» 
 mandavit ut quae diceret Ariovistus cognoscerent et ad se refer- 
 rent. Quos quum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset, cxer- 
 citu suo praesente conclamavit : Quid ad se venirent? An 
 speculandi causa? Conantes dicere prohibuit et in catenas 
 conjecit. 
 
 XLVIII.-Eodem die castra promovit et millibus passuum sex a 
 Caesans castns sub monte consedit. Postridie ejus diei praeter 
 castra Caesans suas copias transduxit et millibus passuum duobus 
 ultra eum castra fecit, eo consilio uti frumento commeatuque, qui 
 ex Sequanis et Aeduis supportaretur, Caesarem intercluderet Ex 
 eo die dies continues quinque Caesar pro castris suas copias pro- 
 duxit et aciem instructam habuit, ut, si vellet Ariovistus proelio 
 contendere, ei potestas non deesset. Ariovistus his omnibus diebus 
 exercitum castris continuit, equestri proelio quotidie contendit 
 Genus hoc erat pugnaf- quo se Germani exercuerant. Equitum 
 milha erant sex, totidem numero pedites velocissimi ac fortissimi 
 quosexomni copia singuli singulos suae salutis causa delegerant' 
 Cum his m proelus versabantur, ad hos se equites recipiebant • hi 
 SI quid erat durius concurrebant : si qui graviore vulnere accepto 
 equo deciderat, circumsistebant : si quo erat lon^ius prodeundum 
 aut celenus recipiendum, tanta erat horum exercitatione celeritas 
 ut jubis equorum sublevati cursum adaequarent. 
 
 XLIX.-Ubi eum castris se teneie Caesar mtellexit, ne diutius 
 commeatu prohiberetur, ultra eum locum, quo in loco Germani con- 
 sederant, circiter passus sexcentos ab els castris idoneum locum 
 delegit acieque triplici instructa ad eum locum venit. Primam et 
 secundam aciem in armis esse, tertiam castra munire jussit Hie 
 ^cus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos, uti dictum est, aberat 
 Eo circiter hominum numero sexdecim millia expedita cum omni 
 equitatu Ariovistus misit quae copiae nostros perterrerent et muni- 
 tione prohibei-ent. Nihilo secius Caesar, ut ante constituerat, duas 
 acies hostem propulsar*^, tertiam opus perficere jussit. Munitis 
 castiis duas ibi legiones reliquit et partem auxiliorum. auatuor 
 leiiquas in castra majora reduxit. 
 
 

 DE BELLO GALLICO, LIB. I. 45 
 
 L.-~Proximo die institute suo Caesar e castris utrisque copias suas 
 l^duxit paulumque a majoribus castris progressus aciem instruxit, 
 hostibusque pugnandi potestatem fecit. Ubi ne turn quidem eos 
 prodire mtellexit, circiter meridiem exercitum in castra reduxit. Turn 
 demum Ar.ov.stus partem suarum copiarum quae castra minora 
 opugnaret m.s.t. Acriter utrimque usque ad vesperum pugna- 
 tum est. Sohs occasu suas copias Ariovistus multis et illatis et 
 acceptis vulneribus in castra reduxit. Quum ex captivis quaereret 
 ^aesar quam ob rem Ariovistus proelio non decertaret, banc repe- 
 nebat causam, quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut matres 
 familae corum sortibus et vaiicinationibus declararent, utrum proe- 
 hum committi ex usu esset necne ; eas ita dicere ; Non esse fas 
 Germanos superare, si ante novam lunam proelio contendissent. 
 
 Ll.-Postridie ejus diei Caesar praesidio utrisque castris quod 
 satis esse Visum est reliquit ; omnes alarios in conspectu hostium 
 pro castris mmoribus constituit, quo minus multitudine militum 
 legionariorum pro hostium numero valebat, ut ad speciem alariis 
 uteretur. Ipse triplici instructa acie usque ad castra hostium 
 accessit. Tum demum necessario Germani suas copias castris 
 eduxerunt generatimque constituerunt paribusque intervallis Haru- 
 des, Marcomanos, Triboccos, Vangiones, Nemetes, Sedusios 
 Suevos, omnemque aciem suam rhedis et carris circumdederunt ne 
 qua spes in fuga relinqueretur. Eo mulieres imposuerunt, quae in 
 proehum proficiscentes milites passis manibus flentes implorabant 
 ne se m servitutem Romanis traderent. 
 
 LII. -Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos et quaestorem 
 praefecit, uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet. Ipse a dextro 
 coinu,quod eam partem minime firmam hostium esse animum ad 
 verterat, proelium commisit. Ita nostri acriter in hostes signo 
 dato impetum fecerunt, itaque hostes repente celeriterque procur- 
 rerunt ut spatium pila in hostes conjiciendi non daretur. Reiectis 
 pihs comminus gladiis pugnatum est. At Germani celeriter ex con 
 suetudme sua phalange facta impetus gladiorum exceperunt Re 
 perti sunt complures nostri milites qui in phalangas insilirent et 
 scuta man.bus revellerent et desuper vulnerarent. Quum hostium 
 
 " ■ ^'"" i'""^ ai4iicm lugam couvcrsa esset, a dextro 
 
 cornu vehementer multitudine suorum nostram aciem premebant. 
 
4G 
 
 0. JL'Lir OAESARIS 
 
 W quum animadvertissct Publius Cra^miQ ..^.i 
 
 una Sueva nm.one cjuam ab domo sccuin cduxerat • -,1^; M ' 
 reu,s V„c.i..„is sorer, qua,,, i„ Callia d.lr" a 'fnU ,,r,:r: 
 .. raeque ,„ ca fu^a pericrunt. l,„ae ,iliae haruJXrTZZ' 
 a .eracapta est. Caius Vai=rh,s IWillns, q„u„, a c od.bu Tn 
 fuga trims catenis v nctus traheretnr in JnJ,„» n "''^""''^"^ '" 
 e,.Ua.„ pe,,e,„c„..,„ incMi^'g.r^r trc^ar "^ 
 nunorem quam ipsa victoria voluptatcn, utulit mm,!! 
 ho„es,issi„,u,„ provinciae C.aNiac suu„: fam ';er bZ'.r 
 ereptum e man.bus hos.ium sibi res.itu.um videbat, „«,„?"„' 
 calam„a.e de tan.a volupm.e e. gratulatione quicquam fortZ 
 dem,n«era.. Is se praes.nte de se .er sortibus conXLtbaT 
 utru,n .gn, s at.m nocarcur an in aliud .empus reservare ur sor 
 m,mbenebc,„ se esse i„col„n,e„,, I.em Marcus Me.du ^por.;; 
 et ad eum reductus est. reperius 
 
 Rl.VnT'""'^ '"T"" '""' '*'"■'"'"" ■"=»"'"». Suevi, qui ad ripas 
 Rhem veneram, domun, reve«i coeperunt : quos ubi i qui proS 
 
 occrircrs?"'""" '"""""" ■"»«'»""« his nLz:. 
 
 occderunt. Caesar, una aestate duobus maximis bellis confectis 
 n,a,ur,us paulo quam .cmpus anni postulabat in hiberna in Sequ2; 
 exerc. unn dedu,,, : hiberais Labienuu, praeposuit : ipsein dteri 
 oremGalliamadconventusagendosprofeclusest *'""""""■ 
 
n 
 
 •-i*- 
 
f 
 
i 
 
 J,--* 
 
 / 
 
 f 
 
 rjra^Hi 
 
 -A 
 
1 
 
 / 
 
 DE BELtO GALLIOO, LIB. II, 
 
 4/! 
 
 LIBER SFXUNI)^. 
 
 I.~Qi;UM esset Caesar in citeriore Gallia in hibernis, ita uti 
 
 supra demonstravimus, crebri ad eum rumores afferebantur, lite- 
 
 mque Item Ubieni cer^r figbat omnes Belgas, quamli^.am esse 
 
 Oalhae partem dixeranlus/. contra Pop«lum Romanum conjurare 
 
 obsidesque mter se dare :yc onjuvand i has esse causas : prim^^ 
 
 quod vererentur ne omni pajatTG-a^lla ad"l^s exercitus nested 
 
 add^uce^ur ; demde, quod ab nonnullis Gallis solicitarentur, partim 
 
 qui, ut Germanos diutius in Gallia versari noluera^Mi^^puli Ro- 
 
 mani exercitum hiemare atque inveterascSTTn' Gallia mokste 
 
 fereb^, partim qui mobilitate et levitate animi novis imperiis 
 
 studebgnt ; ab nonnullis etiawi, quod in Gallia a potentioribus aTque 
 
 his, qui ad co nducendft s homines facultates habebant, vuigo reena 
 
 ""otli^"'' "*"' ™'""' ^^"""^ ^"^ '^"^ '"' ^"^P^^^^ostto cons^ai 
 
 IL-fJis nuntiis literisque commotus Caesar duas Irenes in cite- 
 nore Galha noyas c6nscri£sit, et.inita aestate in interiorem GaUiam 
 qui d^et Qumtum Pedium legatum misit Ipse quum primum 
 pabuh copiaesse inogeret ad exercitum";;^: dat negotium Se- 
 nonibus mhquisque Gallis, qui finitimi BeTilT erS, uti ea quae 
 apud eos g erantur cognosfiant seque de his rebus certiorem fadant ^ 
 Hi cc^stanter omnes nu.i tiaverun t manus Cogi, exercitum inlSS 
 locum owduci. Turn veirTOtandum m^Txistimavit qmn ad 
 eos pro fiqsccr^u r. Refrumentaria comparata casuTmrvet diebus- 
 que circiter quindecim ad fines Belgarum pervenit. "7^ 
 
 IIL-Eo quum de improviso celeriusque omnii^epinione venis- 
 set, Remi qmiproximi Galliae ejc Belgis sunt, ad eum I,^tos 
 Iccmm et Andoc.umborium primos'civitatis mjserunt qui dicerent Se 
 siiaque omnia in fidem atque in potestatem Populi RomamJ^it- 
 teip .^neque se cuip Belgis reliquis co nsensiss e neaue contra Pw, 
 ism nomanum omnino cwijurasse, p gratosq^u e esse et obsides dare 
 
 1 
 
 ^. I 
 
48 
 
 M 
 
 C. JIJLII 0A88ARIS 
 
 ctimpcrataf%j;ia2?.et<W«<1«s rccigcrc ct frumento cctcilsque rebus 
 JiUair : rehquos ornnes llclgas in armis cshc, (ieima.iosque quic- 
 Khenum xnjmlaj^ sese cum his conjj^iase, taruumque csbe eorum 
 omnium furorem ut ne SijBssiones quidem, fratres consanguineosque 
 suos, qui eodem Jm-e JFeisdem legibus utantur. unum impeiium 
 unumque magistratum alift ip^ habeant, d^t^rere potuerint quin 
 cum his con&cBtirent. /^ "" ' " — " — 
 
 IV.->QiftMti ab his q uacre ret quae civitates quantaeque in 
 armis esserU et qaid* in bello posscnt, sic reperiebat : plerosque 
 BelgascssfiortosabGerinanis Rhenuinque ant^Ss transductos 
 propter loci fertilitatem ibi consedisse, (;aIlosque qui ea l^HaTnco- 
 lengflt expulisse, solosque esse qui patrum nostrorum memSm 
 omni GaUia v^aita Teutonos Cimbrosque intra fines suos ingredi 
 prohibuerint.^ Qua ex re fieri uti earum rerum memoria ma^HSITi 
 sibi auctoritatem magnosque spiritus in re militari sumerent.v De 
 numero eorum omnia se habere explorata Remi digebant. prop- 
 terea quod propinquitatibus affinitatibusque coimincti quantam 
 quisque multitudinem in communi Hdgarum concilbia id bellufti 
 polUcUus sit cogqaj^ejjnt. Plurimum inter eos HelJovacos et vir- 
 tute et auctoritate et hominum ni|hiero v jilere ; hos posse con/icere 
 armata millia centum, p ollicito s bx eo nu^ro electaT^^illial^Ta- 
 ginta, totiusque belli imperium sibi postulare. Su^ielones suos 
 CMC finitimos ; latissimos feracissimosquT^os possidere. A^d 
 eos fiy^ regem nostra etiam memoria Divitiacum, ttotius GaHiae 
 potcnti^5imum, qui quum mignae partis harum regionum, turn etiam 
 Britaimi^ imperium obtmuerit : nunc esse regem Galbam : ad 
 hunc V propter justitiam pFUaentiamque totius belli summam 
 omnium voluntate deferri ^oppida haiifite numero duodecim, polH- 
 c^millia armata quinquagmta : totidem NerVios, qui maxime feri 
 inter ipsos hab.^tur longissimeque absijit : qnindecim millia Atrc- 
 bates ; Ambj^nos decem millia, Morirtos viginti quinque millfa, 
 Menapios h<»Vem millia, Caletos decem millia, Velocasses et 
 Veromanduos totidem, Aduatucos A^^iWtrnovem millia; Condru- 
 sos, Eburones, Caeraesos, Paemonos, qui uno nomine Germani 
 appellantur, arbitrari ad quadraginta millia. 
 
 V.^Ga«sar Remos cohortatus liberaliterque oratione prose 
 quutu* OET' MIL senatum a3 se conv^nir#» r^rin^in,.. 
 
 •"'H-= 
 
 111- -, 
 
Ol BBLLO QALLIOO, LIB. II. 
 
 49 
 
 sque rebus 
 L|ue qui c'" 
 !S8e eorum 
 j^uineosque 
 impeiitim 
 icrin t quin 
 
 taeque in 
 
 plerosque 
 
 ransductos 
 
 locaTnco- 
 
 memona 
 OS i ngiedi 
 I magnani 
 ■renj.^ De 
 |nt, prop- 
 
 quaatflkm 
 id bellum 
 xjs et vir- 
 ■ conficere 
 lillia sexa- 
 ones suos 
 hifc Apud 
 us GaUiae 
 turn dtiani 
 ^am : ad 
 summaxrt 
 c»m, poHi- 
 ixime feri 
 illia Atre- 
 ue milfla, 
 casses et 
 
 Condru- 
 Germani 
 
 e prose 
 
 ob«.dcs ad se adduci juwit. Quae omnia ab his diligenter ad 
 d em fa^a sunt. Ipse D.v.tiacum Aecluum ma«no opere cohorta- 
 (tus docet quanto opere reipublicac commuimque salutis li^^^t 
 manus Fast.um cliHtinm, ne cum tanta m-witudine u^,o tempore 
 confljgenlum s.t. Id fieri posse si suas cop.HS Aedui in fines liello- 
 vacorum .ntr^odupint et eorum agros p opulari coeocrint. His 
 n.andat.s eum ab se cHmittit Postquam c;^ lielgiFum copias 
 m unum locum coactas ad se venire vidj^t, neque jam longe abesse 
 Ab h.s quos nijsem^ expbratoribus et ab Remis cognovit , flumen 
 Axonam, quod est in extrc.nis Remorum finibus, ei;^; trans- 
 du£ere ma^turay't atque ibi castra posuit. Quae res et Jatus';;;.;;^ 
 castrorum np.s Huminis numiebat et post e-um q. ,e essent ZZ 
 hostibus red^ebat et commeatus ab Remis reliquisque civitatibus 
 
 pons e at Ih. praes.d.um £^^^1 et in altera parte fluminis Quin- 
 tum Titunum Sabmum legntum cum sex cohortibus relinguit. Castra 
 
 -iS"S '''"" '"'"'" ""' '°''''"' cluodeTi^nli pedum 
 
 mrnil'"^^ his castris oppidum Remorum nomine liibrax aberat 
 mdha passuum octo. Id ex itinera magno in^etu Belgac op^. 
 n^ecoepojnt. Aegre eo die sustsutatum est. Gallorum eS 
 
 hom.num totis moenibus, undique lapides in murum jari coemi 
 sunt, murusque defensoribus nudatus est, testudine fac^p^ 
 succecUmt murumque subruunt. Quod tum facile fieb^ ^am 
 
 tTnlnotr^r "r'^I•^'l" ^^ '''^ ^Onu^tjn =conr 
 ensl. potestas ej-atnulh, Q„um finem oppugnandi nox feSS. 
 Icaus Remus, summa nobilitate et gratia intpsuos, qui tum^ 
 p.do piaesat, unus ex his qui legati de pace ad Caesarlm venL u 
 nunuos ad eum ruutk ; Nisi subsidium sibi submittatur, ses^dSs 
 sust inere non posse. "«unus 
 
 VII.-^Eo de media nocte Caesar iisdom ducibus usus qu nuntii 
 b Icco vetierant. Numidas et Cmas sa^ittarios"' Ldito" 
 Baleares subs.d.o oppulanis mittit ; quorum rdventu et Remis cum 
 .pe defensioms stud.um proeuiinaadi accessit, et hostibus eadem 
 de causa spes poUundi oppidi discessLt.^aau^ nnnKc... .1. 
 app.aum morat, agrosque Remorum de^gogjjlatiomnibus vwk aedi! 
 
 r^- ,,a 
 
»0 
 
 O. JULII CABSARIi 
 
 ficiisque quos adire potiierant in ccnsia> ad castra Caesaris omnibus 
 fopiis «^<)ntcmlc4:imt ct ah inilllhus passmim minus duobus castra 
 p pstieiuni ; <|iiae castra, ut fumo al(|ue i);nibus significabatur, 
 anipHus millibus passuum octo in latitudinem patebant. "~ 
 
 yi 1 1.— Caesar primo et propter inultitudinem hostium et propter 
 eximiam opinionein virtutis proelio sup ersed ere statuit ; quotidie 
 tamen equestribus proeliis quid Iiostis virtute""pos(>ererquid nostii 
 auderent so li ri tntionib ui pe riclitabatu r. Ubi nostras non esse infe- 
 riores in£ellexit, loco pro castris ad aciem instruendam naturaoppor- 
 tuno atque idoneo, quod is collis, uhi castra positajrant, paululum 
 ex planitie editus taitum ad versus in latitudinem paleb at quantum 
 loci acies i nstructa occupare p otera t. atque e:^ utraque parte lateris 
 dejectus habebat et in fronte Icniter fastkatus paulatim ad plani- 
 liem reciibat, ab utroque latere ejus collis .transvcrsam fossam ob- 
 dii3dt_ circiter passuum quadringentorum, etad extremas fossas 
 castella c onstitu it ibique tormenta c ollocav it. ne, quum aciem in- 
 struxisset, "Kostes, quod tantum multitudine poterant, ab lateribus 
 pugtjantes-suosVircumvenire possent. Hoc fiicto.duabus legioni- 
 bus quas proxime conscripserat in castris relictis ut, si quo opus 
 esset, subsidio dud^possent, reliquas sex legion^ pi^ castris in acie 
 ^^^^l^l^*' ^o^**s i*^"* suas copias ex castris eductas ins truxera nt. 
 
 IX.— Palus era^non magna inter nostrum atque hostium exerci- 
 tum. Hanc si nostii t ransire nt hostes exspectabant ; nostri autem, 
 si ab illis iniiium transeundl fieret , ut imp'editos aggrederentur 
 parati m armis erant. InterinrpToelio equtstri inter d^HITacies 
 con tendebat ur. Ubi neutri transeundl initium faciunt , secundiore 
 equitum proelio nostris Caesar suos in castra reduxit . Hostes 
 protinus ex eo loco ad fluraen Axonam co ntenderun t, "quod esse 
 post nostra castra demonstratum est. Ibi vadis re^ertis partem 
 suarum copiarum trans3ucere conati sunt, eo consilio ut, si possent, 
 castellum cui praeerat Quintus Titurius lega'tus ex|)Ujgnarentpon- 
 temque intersci nderent ; si minus potuissent, agros Remorum 
 popularentur. qui magno nobis usui ad bellum g erendum erant, 
 commeatuque nostros p rohiberen ti. ' '— — ^ 
 
 X.— "Caesar certior factus ab Titurio omnem equitatum et levis 
 armaiarae Numidas, funditores sagittariosque pontem transducit 
 
nil BRM/) QAtllOO I.in. II. «J 
 
 i-tq... ad -o, ,-2;tem!j. Acriter in « loco pugn«„m e„. Hosees 
 
 (leiiUit. Ut «.iu.,i corpora reliTTos „u,Ia. issime Iransire , on,:;;^ 
 
 ^arom^venw, m.crfecjnm,. H„,tcs, „bi .. de i;;?;j;rJdo oppl 
 et de flun„„e traaseyndp spem se fefeliisse uMi^^ Zt 
 .ios.ro, ■„ ooum miquiurem progredi pugnandi causaTid^m 22 
 ipso, r« fru,„«,aria d.Rc^7%ci>a,-S;„tiL con.ocl^o;,! 
 
 m^s pr„„„m Roman, exercitum in.™iuxis,e„,.-^, defendendos 
 und,q.,e co„m>irent, « po.ius in slHs q.7am in - alieni, IfSf 
 certaro,. e. do.nesticis copiis rei frumauaria. urere^ur Ad e"^ 
 senten nam cum reliquis cau»is haec quoque Ti-tiTeo, deduT 
 •luod D,v„,acuma.que Aoduo, Hnibus llcllovacorum appro^^ ' 
 cosnoyerant. His persuaden ut diu.ius moraren.uSe^su s 
 auxihum f errent non jbterat . '"'■ ^ 
 
 XI -Ea re constilma secunda vigilia magno cum strt'pim ac 
 tumultu cas,r,s cg^e5sj\ullo cerlo ordine neque impel ouumsihi 
 qu.sque pnmum ifmeris Ipcum pejeret e. dolum X ni'e pi r 
 WU feccrun, ut consimifo fugae profectio vide"^ S^I 
 sta.,m Caesar per speculatores cognia insidias v-^lfsq uo^ qu! 
 de causa d,5ceriaent nondum perspexerat, cxercitu-S^d^atumaue 
 castns continuit Prima luce co>SSSS re ab expTorrribuTr 
 nemequitatum qui novissimum agmen'moraretar pr em ft H 
 Qumtum Pedium e. Lucium Auru„cul..„mTSnS^^^eS~ef "i' 
 1. u,u Lab.,„um lega.um cum legionibus tribu, subs'q'S' 
 Hi novissimos adorn ct multa millia passuum nroseau.^i n, — "- 
 multitudinem eorum fugienton conciderun" "qS-lb 2uZ 
 aginme ad quos ventuHT^ consWteTS, f^i, ' .^"'^'n'o 
 
 nostrorum miii.um ilTMlneren. prS^;^!^,:^ 'Sr 
 v.d«en«n;, „eque uMa n-JSsitate neque rm^no'Srewur « 
 au^lOTrmore p erturbatis ordinibus omnes in fuga siSS^'"^ 
 POaepn.. Ita sinT^HI^^ricuIo tantam eorum 3.^5^^,^ 
 mterfec^nint quantum fuit diei snatiun, «„K ™ """""•»«" np»tri 
 'it^^Sr^ue in castra^n e.^ '^^^^t' "^^ 
 
 \ 
 
 Xll^Postridie ejus diei Caesar, priusquartt se^hostes ^ « 
 a. augu rcoEereni, .„ fines Suessionum, qui proximi Reir.is 
 
 - A^'^ " 
 
SMiKKini^pi^piip 
 
 52 
 
 C. JUUI CAB8ARIS 
 
 
 exeicitum dtixit et magno itinere' confecto ad oppidum Noviodu- 
 nuin contcndit. Id ex itinere oppugnar e conatiu_s, quod vacuum ab 
 defensoribus esse audiebat, propter latitudinem fossae murique 
 altitudinem paucis defendentibus ex pugnar e non potuit. Castris 
 munitis vineas agere quaeque ad op pugna ndum usui erant compa- 
 rare coeeit. Interim omnisex fuga Suessionum multitudo in oppi- 
 dum proxima nocte conv£nit Celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis, 
 aggere jacto turribusque constjtutis, magnitudine operum, quae 
 neque viderant ante Galli neque audifmiU, et celeritate Romanorum 
 peraipti legates ad Caesarem de deditioae mittunt, et petentibus 
 Remis ut co nservarenti ir i mpetraivt ^^t- 
 
 XIII.— Caesar obsidibus accepti s primis civitatis atque ipsius 
 Galbae regis duobus filiis, armisque omnibus ex oppido t radlitis. in 
 dedkionem Suessiones accepi t exercitumque in, Bellovacos ducit 
 Qui quum se suaque omnia in oppidum Braftispantium co«mli§§gnt, 
 atque ab eo oppido Caesat cum exercitu ci -jiter millia passuum quin- 
 que abesset, omnes majores natu ex oppido egressi manus ad Caesa- 
 rem tendere et voce signi^qare c oeperun t sese in eji s fidem ac potes- 
 tatem venire neque contra Populum Romanum armis contendere, 
 Item, quum ad oppidum accessisset castraque ibi poneret, pueri 
 mulieresque ex muro passis^manibus suo more pacem alTRomanis 
 petienmt 
 
 XIV.— Pro his Divitiacus, nam post disce«^'ium Belgarum dirnis- 
 sis Aeduoriim copiis ad eum r everterat . facit verba : Bellovacos 
 omni tempore ia fide atque amicitia civitatis Aeduae fiiisse : jm- 
 pulsos a suis principibus qui djcerent Aeduos a Caesare in servitu 
 tem r edacto s omnes indignitates contumeliasque jfeerre, et ab 
 Aeduis defccisse et Populo Romano bellum intuiisse!^ ?^ui hujus 
 consilii principes f uissent , quod intelligerent q'uantam calamitateni 
 civitati i ntulissent , "^in Mritanniam profagisse. Petere non solum 
 Bellovacos sed etiam pro his Aeduos ut sua dementia ac mansue- 
 tudine in eos utatu|-. Quod si fecerit, Aeduorum auctnrltaiem apud 
 omnes Belgas amgliftcatiirijn? ; quorum auxiliis atque opibus, si qua 
 belia inciderint, sustentare consuerint. 
 
 ■BHHB ^ 
 
 •>> 
 
 Hi' 
 
 
 HI 
 
 
 Wm% 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 |i« 
 
 i 
 
 H 
 
 i. 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 -Caesar honoris IJivitiaci atque Aeduorum causa sesc* ens 
 in liueili r ecepturii m et co nservaturu m dixit: quod erat civita^ 
 
DB BELLO QAtLICO, LIB. II. 53 
 
 eTippido-colIatis i^bV^I^^^' 1 ^^' omnibusque amis 
 bant: quorum de r>^t^ra^Su^cI^Z "" ''^^^■ 
 
 rebus rZTs^ranl'r*"- P.^^^SSfe?' i^^S. <i^ hi 
 quos Belgas qui se Pnnnlo l ' '^H^eitare atque in^agarg l^dT 
 
 ullamconditionempadT^^ol ^ legato, nmsuros neque 
 
 ca^.rvl;;?brc:rab ca"s:ri'''r"" '"■■ ''■^' '""'-^^^ - 
 
 decern aijsse: tZs id flum» omT " „ «":?'-■"«"» passuum 
 
 =s?2rr" -w^ r-r :s^ -:; 
 
 belli fortunamZSntr: LTTi «SS^h^' ^^"'•'■" 
 copias a^ue5sifhnS^.e: n.Sf;-^^,*^^?'" 
 nam mutiles viderentur in eum I'r^.l . T "^'»'*'" "d pug- 
 paludes exercituildtaTno" e^ "°-^^'^^' '*'"' P"P'" 
 
 Te-u,uis,ue Gaiiis ci;r;'i^L'^rri^r^^^ 
 
 quidam ex hi., .ut postea ex captivis cosiS IT ^-"KOJ. 
 consuetudine ieineris nostri exe'ci.J S^^aTN ™"' 
 pen^^enmt atque iis demons..^™. in^iT^iaTLo J""°^ 
 dimentorum magnum numerum intercedere nl. 7 ^ - '"'^" 
 nego.ii,quum prima legio in cast a vSu';. rel ' uff ''J"^"''?™'" "' / 
 • magnum spatium ate«en..hanc sub srSd^rSr 7"""' 
 Ped,men,isque direptis fujaru^ „. r4:.l^- ^0^'- 
 auder5Bt«AdJs3bat etiam eorum consilium qu, rem^^t ° 
 quod Neryii antiquir.s, quum equi.atu nihil pS ^!'"^''T' . 
 
 :2r :rFr-/i e^-- ='« i-^cqu'-id St::r,r ■ 
 
 ^. creb.^ in U^titudinem ramis e, rubis sen.ibuV?T^i?i"' 
 
 •' 
 
 
51 
 
 V. JULIi (JAKMARIH 
 
 ®^*^*^*y!'Bn* "* instJir niiu'i Ime sepes munimontu pr aeberen t. quonon 
 modo intrari, sid no p^rspjci ipiidein posset. His rebus (|iuin» iter 
 UKininis nostri iuyjyUuetur, non oinittciulum sibi consilium Nervii 
 existimavcrunt. " ? 
 
 XVIII.— Loci natura erat haec, quern locum nostri castris dele- 
 Kcrant. Collis ab summo aetpi.-iliter declivis ad flumcn Sabim, 
 (juod supra nominaviuuis, ver^d>at. Ab eo lliunine pari acclivitatu 
 collis nascebatur adversus huic et contrarius piissus circiter 
 iluoentos, infimus apertus, ab superiore parte silvestris ut non focile 
 introrsus pers|Hd p osset . Inter eas silvas hostes in occulto seso 
 c<)ntifiebjint : in aperto loco secundum flumen paucac stationes 
 ctiuituni videlmntur. Kluminis crat altitudo pedum circiter trinin. 
 
 XIX.— Caesar equitatu pr acmiss p subsc quc^^atur omnihim rnpik • 
 sed ratio oido(|ue aj minis aliler se hal)eHat ac Helgae ad Nervios 
 d etulerap t. Nam quod ad hostes apim)]iiiiquabat, consuetuditie 
 sua Caesar sex lej?iones cxpei'itas dticcba t : post eas totius exercitus 
 impedimenta collocara t : inde duae legiones quae proximo cor^- 
 .^;5!lEl^P «*■»"* tot"n^ agmen cla udet>an t praesidioque impedimentis 
 gfant . Equites nostri cum funditoribus sagittariisque flumen 
 t ransgressi cum hostiuin equitatu proelium commiserufit. Quum 
 se illi identi^em in silvas ad suos r ecipcrci it ac rursus ex silva in 
 nostros impetum facerent , neque ' nostri longius quam quern ad 
 fmem porrecta ac loca aperta pertineljant cedente s insequ i audc- 
 rgifc. interim legiones sex, quae primae vencrant, opere dimenso 
 castra munire c oepcrun t. Ubi prima impedimenta nostri exercitus 
 ab his qui in silvis abditi l atebant visa sunt, quod tempus inter 
 eos commjttendi proefiT^nvM;;asi:a^t, ita, ut intra silvas aciom ordin- 
 csque constituerant alque ipsi sese conjimiaverant, subito omnibus 
 oopiis proyolaverunt impetumcpie in nostros equites fecerunt. His 
 facile pulsja ac prot^urbatis incredibili ce!eritatc ad flumen decucur- 
 rerunt, ut paene uno tempore et ad silvas et in flumine et jam in 
 manibus nostris hostes vi deren tur. Eadem autem celeritiate adverso 
 colle ad nostra castra atque eos qui in opere occupati erant con- 
 tenderunt 
 
 XX. — Caesari omnia uno tempore erant ajjcnda: vexillum pro- 
 ponci>dum , quod erayt insigne quum ad arma c oncurr i oportere|| 
 
 IP^- 
 
IHO UKLLO UALLICO, MB. II. 
 
 55 
 
 signuin tuba UjUiiluai, ab opere r evocand i milites, qui paulo Ion- 
 KH.8 aggcris petsfliij caus.i p roccshcnuU a rceBsciid i. acies instru- 
 £S^ nuhtes cohorUndi, ^ignurajS- Q"arum rcrum m.lj;;;;?, 
 partcnueiupor.8 hrevUas et successus ei incursus hostium impedie- 
 ^ His d.W.cuItatibus duae res emnt subsidio, scientia at^IITu^s 
 militum, quod supeiioribus proeliis exercitati, quid fieri oporterct 
 non minus commode ipsi sibi praescribere quam alTaliis dc";;rri 
 poterant et quod ab opere singulisque le^onibus singuW Ic^^ 
 eacsar d|scedere, nisi inunitis castris vetuerat. Hi propter oro- 
 pmquuatem et ccleritatem hostium nihil jam Caesaris imperium 
 cx51i£ctabaat, scd per se quae viUelmntur admin istrabant. 
 
 XXI.- Caesar necessariis rebus i mpcrati s ad cohortandos milites 
 qiiam m pa. tern fors oi»tulit decucmrit et ad le-Ji^meirdecimam 
 ^.^XlE^lli: ^.htes non longiore "Sn^H'c c oju.rtatu s quam uti suae 
 pr.stn.ae v.rtut.s mcmo.iam rctii^mt ncr^jhTrbarenlur animo 
 lu)stu.mque nnpetum fortitcr s^ustinerenj. quod .. ,n Io^T^hIis hostes 
 aidant «|tiam quo tchun adiifii posset, prodii cominittoidi signum 
 flediJ^ Atque m alteram partem item C()hortandrcausa"profectu8 
 l'iliE2Elill"s Qcctirrit. . Temporis tanta fuU. exiguitas hosTK^e 
 tam paratus ad dnnicandum animus, ut non modo ad insigni a accom - 
 nH>danda,sedetiamad galeas i i\duen(hts scutisque tegumemTdL 
 ™^^ tempus defug£it^ Quam quisque in partem ab ,opere casu 
 devenit quaeque prima signa conspe^^jt, ad haec constitit, ne in 
 ^"f^''^""'^ ^"'* £"g"andi tempus dimitteret. "T^ 
 
 XXII.— Instructo cxercitu magis ut loci natura dejectusque coUis 
 et ncccssitas temporis quam ut rei miiitaris ratio atque ordo nos- 
 XiilalHlt, quum diversis locis legion.s aUae alia in parte hostibuT 
 •S-'i^l^l^nt' sepibusque densissimis, ut ante demonstravimus inter- 
 jectis prospectus iini)<iilirg.Uu-, neque ccrta subsidhn;;i:;cr^i/;;;r^ 
 quid in quaque parte opus csset provider!, neque "^ril^ omnia 
 impena administrari poterant . ItaqueTn tanta rerum iniquitale 
 fortunae quoque cventus varii scqucba^t^y. 
 
 XXIIL—Legionis nonae et decimae milites, ut in sinistra oarte 
 
 r.^ I 
 
 i.'iHSituuiitC v.-Aail1iu«ltU!$ 
 
 acie constiterant. nilis «>mioeio /^n 
 
 vulneribusque cqnfectQg Atrebates -nam his ea pars o bvenera t --> 
 celeriter ex loco supcriore in flumen c ompulerun t et Tran^;^ 
 
 iH 
 
 K 
 
■n-^, i^t^^^i w ^\ yij £.i 
 
 S^ 
 
 5(3 
 
 C. JULII CAESARIS 
 
 nantes insequuti gladiis magnam partem eorum impeditam inter- 
 fecerunt. ^[^1 transire flumen non dubitavemnt, «t in \^^ 
 miquum progressi rnrsus regresses ac resistentes hostes redintegrate 
 proelio m fugam dederunt. Item alia in parte diversae duae-TiilSireT 
 undecima et octava, proflkatis Veromanduis, quibuscum crant con- 
 gressi, ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis proeliabantur. ""aT 
 tum totis fere a fronte et ab sinistra parte nudatis castris, quum in 
 dextro cornu legio duodecima et non magno ab ea intervallo septima 
 constitisset, omnes Nervii confertissimo agmine duce Boduognato 
 qui summam imperii teneba^ad eum locum contenderunt : quorum 
 pars aperto latere legiones circumvenire. pars summum castrorum 
 locum petere coe pit 
 
 XXIV.-Eodem tempore equites nostri levisque armaturae pedi- 
 tes, qui cum us una fuerant, quos primo hostium impetu pulsos 
 dixeram, quum se in castra reciperen t, adversis hostibus oc^IiiTiT 
 bam ac rursus aliam in parte^JTfui^ petebant : et calones.^J^dlib^ 
 decumana porta ac summo jugo collis nostros victores flumen 
 tm^sii^conspexerant, praedandi causa egressi^quum respexissent 
 et hostes m nostris castris versari vidissent, praecipites-fbii^siiT 
 mandabant S-mul eorum qui cum impedimentis veniebant 
 clanior fremitusque onebatut, aliique aliam in partem p^PJ^^Hd 
 fereb^r. Quibus omnibus rebus permoti equites Treviri, quorum 
 inter Gallos viriut.s opinio est singularis, qui auxilii causa ab civi- 
 tate miss, ad Caesarem venfimftt, quum multitudine hostium castra 
 nostra compkn^legiones grerm et paene cjrcumventas teneri,caIones 
 equites funditores, Numidas, diversos dissipat'^^ucS omnes 
 partes fugere vidissent, desperate nostris r^Big^S^n, contende- 
 runt : Romanos Riilsos.su2eratosaue, castris impedimentisqOFi^PSli, 
 hostes potitos civitati r enuntiaverunt 
 
 XXV.-Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortationt ad dextrum 
 cornu profec^s, ubi suos urgeri signisque in unum locum collate 
 duodecimae legion.s confertos milites sibi ipsos ad pugnal^e 
 impedimento vidii^quartaecohortis omnibus centurionibus oc"!! 
 sigmferoque v^Hefita. signo amisso, reliquarum cohortium on;S^ 
 fere centunonibus aut vulneratis aut oncosis, in his primipilo Puhl^ 
 oexuo x^acuio, romssimo viro, muitis gravibusque vulnerbus con^ 
 fecto ut jam se s_ustinere non gosset ; reliquos esg^ tardiorc^ 
 
 A 
 
DK BELLO GALLICO, LIB. II. 57 
 
 w™q«e atere maa«. « rem essoin angusto vidiTnique ullun, 
 e^ub,^ quod sutoitti. posset, scu.o ab noviss mis uni ™UU 
 d^. quod ,pso eo sine scu.o venerat, in primam aciemt" 
 ^t centunombusque nomina.im ■^eTb.H re.iquos cohojl 
 
 « ™" ^ " "-'P-'o^la^lia., quo faciliSTiMTs 
 jm p22SSat. Cujus adventu spe illata mili.ibus ac redinlLralo 
 ammo, quum pro se quisque in co^ctu imperat.ris et jam n 
 
 ;rrzs'r """^ "-2^^ '-^"^ »-'- •>-""» ™ 
 
 itl^7/'~'^tT' ''""? "P'i™" legionem, quae juxta constiterak 
 ..em urgenab hos.o vjdissej, .ribunos mili.um monui. ut "^uTaita 
 sese leg,o„es cqniungsren.e. conve^a signa in hoISThTferrent Quo 
 fecw, quum alms alii subsidium ferret, neque .imerentTiraiersi ab 
 E^ C,r5™vemr«,.u3 audacius re^siere ac forliiir^naii^pe 
 mat, ntenm m.htes legionum duarum, quae in nov^^a£5£ 
 praesidio .mpedimemis fumnj, proelio nunJiaJa cursu ZcZZ 
 summo CO le ab hostibus coj!s£idebantur7-Et Titus-rafcus 
 casms hostmm potKu^ et ex loco superio^e quae res in nostri 
 castris geiHSSJutconsEicatu^decimam legionem subsidionos 
 mjsrt Qu, quum ex equuum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res_esset 
 quamoque m penculo et castra et legiones e. imperator versaTS^ 
 cogftovi^ent, n.h.l ad celeritatem slbi reliqui fecerunt — — ^ ' 
 
 XXVII—Horum adventu tanta rerum commutatio facta est nt 
 nostn, et.am qu, vulneribus confecti procubuissent, scutis tnix 
 proehum redm.egrarent, tum calones per.erritos hos.es consS 
 e.™ mermes armatis occurrerent, equi.es vero, ut turpitud^^' 
 fugae vrtute de.eren, omnibus in locis pugnae se egionlritmil tT 
 bus praeferrent. At hostes etiam in ex.rema spe salutis taml 
 virtutem praestiterunt ut, quum primi eorum cec'diss n tpS 
 jacenfbu. ms.steren. atque ex eorum corporibus pugna^en. hu 
 dejecset coacervatis cadaveribus, qui superessen. u. « "umuto 
 tela m nostros conjicerem et pila intercepta remitterem : ut Zn°. 
 
 quiquam tantae virtutis hominp. ;„^;oo..: ^„u . . "" "^ 
 
 UtiMimum flumen, wcendere altissimas ripas, subire iniqui«taum 
 locum ; qua. facili. ex difficillimis animi mag^itudo «d«le«r 
 
 % 
 
58 
 
 C. JUUI CAESARIS 
 
 XXVIII.— Hoc proclio facto et prope internecionem gentc ac 
 nomine Ncrviorum nxlacto ma,jorcs natii, quos una cum pueris 
 mulieribusque in aestuaria ac paludes collectos clixeramus, hac 
 pugna nuntiata, quum victoribus nihil impeditum, victis nihil tutum 
 arbitrarentur, omnium qui supererant consensu legatos ad Caesarem 
 miserunt seque ei dediderunt, et in commemoranda civitatis cala- 
 mitate ex sexcentis ad ties senatores,ex hominum millibus sexaginta 
 vix ad quingentos qui arma fene possent sese redactos esse dixe- 
 runt. Quos Caesar, ut in miseros ac supplices usus misericordia 
 videretur, dilligentissime conservavit suisque finibus atque oppidis 
 uti jussit, et finitimis imperavit ut ab injuria et maleficio se suosque 
 prohiberent. 
 
 XXIX.— Aduatuci, de quibus supra scripsimus, quum omnibus 
 copiisaux^lio Nerviis venirent, hac pugna nuntiata ex itincredomum 
 reverterunt ; cunctis oppidis castelliique desertis sua omnia in unum 
 oppidum egregie natura munitum contiilerunt. Quod quum ex 
 omnibus in cir-.Miu partibus altissimas rupes despectusque haberet, 
 una ex parte leniter accHvis aditus in latitudinem non amplius du- 
 centorum pedum rehnquebatur : quem locum duplici altissimo muro 
 munierant, tum magni ponderis saxa et praeacutas trabes in muro 
 collocarant Ipsi erant ex Cimbris Teutonisque prognati, qui, 
 quum iter in provinciam nostram atque Italiam facerent, iis impedi- 
 mentis, quae secum agere ac portare non poterant, citra flumen 
 Hhenumdepositis custodiam ex suis ac praesidio sex millia homi- 
 num ^renqnerunt. Hi post eorum obitum multos annos a finitimis 
 exagitati, qui- mi alias bellum inferrent, alias illatum defenderent, 
 consensu eorum omnium pace facta hunc sibi domicilio locum 
 delegerunt. 
 
 XXX.— Ac primo adventu exercitus nostri crebras ex oppido 
 excursiones faciebant parvulisque proeliis cum nostris contcnde- 
 bant ; postea vallo pedum duodecim in circuitu quindecim millium 
 crebrisque castellis circummuniti oppido sese continebant. Ubi 
 vineis actis aggere exstructo turrim procul constitui viderunt, pri- 
 mum irridere ex muro atque increpitare vocibus, quod tanta machi- 
 natio ab tanto spatio institueretur : Quibusnam m;>rubus aut quibus 
 viribus praesertim homines tantulae staturae. nam <>lpriimni,« v,^rni 
 nibus Gallis prae nuignitudine corporum suoruni hrevitas nostra con- 
 temptui est, tant» cneris turrim in muro sese coiiocare confiderent? 
 
 
.:. 
 
 DE nKLLO GALLICO, LI 15 n. 59 
 
 XXXr.~Ubi vero moveri et appropinquare m.,enil,us viderunt 
 nova atquc inusitata specie commoti Icj^atos ad Caesarem de pace 
 
 sme ope d.vma bellum gerere, qui tantae altitudinis machinationes 
 anta edentate promovere et ex prnp i„ ip . itM i t pug««. possent, 
 se suaque omnm eorum potestati permittere dixerunt. Unum 
 petere ac deprecari : si forte pro sua dementia ac mansuetudine 
 quam ipsi ab ill.s audirent, statuisset Aduatucos esse conservandos ' 
 ne se armis despoliaret : sibi omnes fere finitimos esse inimicos ac 
 suae virtuti ,nv.derc, a quibus se defcndere traditis armis non 
 possent. S,b, praestare, si in eum casum deducerentur, quamv " 
 fortunan. a Populo Romano pat! quam ab his per cruciatim inter: 
 fici mter quos dommari consuessent. 
 
 n„f,^!l"-7"'^ haec Caesar respondit : Se magis consuetudine sua 
 quam mento eoriun civ.tatcm conscrvatunmi. si prius quam murum 
 anes att,,.sset se dcdidisscnt : sed dcditionis nullam esse coZ 
 tionem n,s, arm.s traditis : se id quod in Ncrviis fecisset facturum 
 finunmsque UTiperaturum, no quam dedititiis Populi Romani inju- 
 riam mferrent. Re nuntiata ad suos, quae imperarentur facere 
 dixerunt. Armorum magna multitudine de muro in fossam quae 
 era ante opp.dum jacta sic ut prope summam muri aggerisque 
 altitudmcm acerv, armorum adaequarent, et tamen circiter parte 
 tertia, ut postea perspcctum est, celata atque in oppido retenta 
 portis patefactis eo die pace sunt usi. 
 
 ^.^^".^•~^"^. ^esperum Caesar portas daudi militesque ex 
 oppido exire jussit ne quam noctu oppidani ab militibus injuriam 
 accperent. 111. ante inito, ut intellectum est, consilio, quod dedi- 
 tione facta nostros praesidia deducturos aut denique indilirrentius 
 servaturos crediderant. partim cum his quae retinuerant et celaVe 
 rant armis, partim scutis ex cortice factis aut viminibus intextis, quae 
 subito, ut temporis exiguitas postulabat, pdlibus induxerant 
 tertia vigilia, qua minime arduus ad nostras munitiones ascensus 
 videbatur, omnibus copiis repentino ex oppido eruptionem fecerunt 
 Celeriter, ut ante Caesar imperarat, ignibus significatione facta ex 
 proximis castelliseo concursum est. DnfTnnM,m«.,« .k u._.:,- . . 
 acriter ut a viris fortibus in extrema spe"salutis Iniquo bco contra 
 eos qui ex vallo turribusque tela jacerent pugnari debuit, quum ii, 
 
 
60 
 
 C. JULIl 0ABSAR18 DB BKLLO OALLICO, LIB. II. 
 
 una virtute omnis spes salutis consisteret. Occisis ad hominum 
 milHbus quatuor reliqui in oppidum rejecti sunt. Postridie ejus 
 diei refractis portis, quum jam defenderet nemo, atque intromissis 
 militibus nostris sectionem ejus oppidi universam Caesar vendidit- 
 Ab his qui emerant capitum numerus ad eum relatus eat miliium 
 quinquaginta trium. 
 
 • 
 
 XXXIV.— Eodem tempore a Public Crasso, quem cum legione 
 una miserat ad Venetos, Unellos, Osismios, Curiosolitas, Sesuvios, 
 Aulercos, Rhedones, quae sunt maritimae civitates Oceanumque 
 attingunt, certior factus est, omnes eas civitates in ditionem potes- 
 tatemque Populi Romani esse redactas. 
 
 XXXV.— His rebus gestis omni Gallia pacata tanta hujus belli 
 ad barbaros opinio perlata est uti ab his nationibus quae trans 
 Rhenum incolerent mitterentur legati ad Caesarem, qui se obsi- 
 des daturas, imperata facturas pollicerentur ; quas legationes Cae- 
 sar, quod in Italiam lUyrlcumque properabat, inita proxima aestate 
 ad se reverti jussit. Ipse in Carnutes, Andes, Turonesque, quae 
 civitates propinquae his locis erant ubi bellum gesserat, legionibus 
 in hibema deductis, in Italiam profectus est : ob easque res ex 
 Uteris Caesaris dies quindecim supplicatio decreta est, quod ante id 
 tempus accidit nuUi. 
 
 f-i 
 
 "**^.: 
 
ii^^CC'^^r- ,, ^JV^ 
 
 pj. 
 
 ^ 
 
 /<J^/ 
 
 y 
 
 NOTES 
 
 J^ 
 
 j> 
 
ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 a. or act. . . . active. 
 
 abl ablative. 
 
 *oo. accusative. 
 
 '''JJ mljective. 
 
 anv a<i\erl). 
 
 comin. vr<Mi. . . common },'en(l<r. 
 
 c<""P comparative (l(>,'re<'. 
 
 oonj conjunction. 
 
 op (ionipare, 
 
 dat d.ativc. 
 
 def. cU'f(>(t. . . defective. 
 fleni. (Icmonsir. . (Unionstrative. 
 
 dep deponent. 
 
 dissyll. . . . diffsylLiblo. 
 
 ety>" etyniolo<,'y. 
 
 ' feminine. 
 
 'r from. 
 
 ''■cq freciuentative. 
 
 ^ut future. 
 
 Ken Renitive. 
 
 Or. Greek. 
 
 imnerf. . . . imperfect 
 uid. or indie. . indicative. 
 
 Jndecl iiideclin;il.le. 
 
 mdef indefinit.'. 
 
 inf. or infln . . Infinitive. 
 
 |n<*rj interje( fion. 
 
 uiterro;;. . . . intenoyidive. 
 irr. oririey. . . irrej-ular. 
 
 Where the etymoloyy i.s not fjiven, the 
 
 >u. . . 
 
 n. or nout 
 
 noni. 
 
 num. . 
 
 olisol. . 
 
 ord. . . 
 
 1'. or part, 
 
 piuss. 
 
 perf. 
 
 pers. 
 
 plui>erf. 
 
 plur. 
 
 pos. . . 
 
 poss. 
 
 prep. 
 
 picS. 
 
 prob. . 
 i>ron. . 
 rel. . . 
 Sans. . 
 semi -de) 
 sinsj. 
 suhj. 
 sup. 
 V. a. 
 v. dcp. 
 V. n. 
 
 voc, 
 
 . masculine. 
 
 . neuter. 
 
 . nominative. 
 
 . nunierivl. 
 
 . obsolete. 
 
 . ordinal. 
 
 . parliciple. 
 
 . passive. 
 
 . perfect. 
 
 . person, personal. 
 
 . pluperfect. 
 
 . plural. 
 
 . positive degree. 
 
 . pi).ssessive. 
 
 . preposition. 
 
 present. 
 
 probably. 
 
 pronoun. 
 
 relative. 
 
 •Sanscrit. 
 
 semi-deponent. 
 
 s'liffular. 
 
 subjunctive. 
 
 supeilutive ; supine. 
 
 verb active. 
 
 verb dejioneiit. 
 
 verb neutci . 
 
 vocative. 
 
 equal to. 
 
 uord is of very uncertain or unknown origin. 
 
 82 
 
NOTES. 
 
 -• — 
 
 //■ f'T^^f- 5"'"""""''' '^f'^'^"^''' ««•« '« 'he sections of Warkness's Latin Caimmnr 
 (Standard Ld.t.on. ,88.), and to Allen and GroenouRh's Latin Grammar. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Qallia-trea: " Gaul, as a whole, is divider! into three parts » Oallia 
 
 pe/toe. In this passage Caesar refers to Oallia TramalpirLX^ido^^'Z 
 
 means "the land of the warriors" : derived from qalUi, a Celt c wo d 
 sigmfymg "a battle ;" hence gaUit, "a warrior." AccorcHng'o others 
 Celtue and Qalh are different forms of the same word and are both orohahW 
 of Celtic origin. Max Miiller says (Science of Lan JirVoI I n ^11^ 
 note 22) the wonl Keltos may have meant in the aSenHang4e 'of Ga J 
 elevated, uj^-ight, proud, like the Lntin celsm and excekus^U^nceKe^ 
 may poas.We be simply " highlanders." For the intercha ige " k (or c)S 
 g: cp.: ^^e, n^c guhernator : hnee, y6w, ye««.-dm.af'here vir uallt 
 a predicative raljective expressing the result of the action : H. 550 N L • 
 A. &G. 291, b According to Caesar, the Belgae occupied from \L 
 and Meuse to the Rhine, the Aquitani from the Pvreneei toH.l T, 
 .n^ih.OauU proper inhabited'the rest oHhe cou^ntij'with he except^ 
 of the Roman province (Provincia, modern Provence) in the Jnfh fr 1 
 Au^t^. Oallia Transalpina ^.^ divM iZTam"^^^^^^^ ^a^T 
 
 lanta, Uallm Lugdunevsi., Oallia Belgica. [See AncienfAZs 1 
 
 unam: soil, partem; so with alteram., tertiam understand /,arfcm. 
 
 (jui: I.e. fit vncolnnt) tertiam (partem) qui. .appellantur. 
 
 3 ; A. & G. 205, b.— Distinguish in meaning 
 
 ber of dividit : H. 463 
 viatr&na, MMrSna. 
 
 <'Zc^!Z'^ ir'^'^r'-''^'^^'' ^ '^''"^' """ "^^^"""t o^ this, tha, Skc " i e 
 because, the ea being an antecedent of the clause introduced \^anod 
 
 euUu-humanitate: the former refers to the external marks nf .d;..L- 
 of ^"'Sers. ' '"'""""' '''■' *^' i*«er suggests learning, culture ^refin^mS;; 
 
 63 
 
'n-_',~-^^f^ 
 
 6i 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 pravinciae, i.e., the Roman province in Southern Gaul, 
 lives in the modern Provence. 
 
 The word still 
 
 253. 
 A. &G. 
 
 79. c. 
 
 minime—Hoepc ^rarisHivie : " very seldom." 
 J^'^rmtores : often mentioned l)y Caesar. The traders were mainly from 
 Masstha (Marseilles) ami were probably Greeks and Italians who followed 
 th Koman camp. The Helvetii and Belgae lay out of their route. 
 
 quae— pertinent : " which tend to weaken their courage ; " for the const, 
 of the gerundive : see H. 544, 2, Note 2.; A. & G. 300. a. 
 
 proximique—GermaniM : "and they are next the Germans:" for the 
 const, otproximus : H. 391, I. II. 2,; A. & G. 234, u. e. 
 
 quibuscum: see H. 187, 2 ; A. &. G. 104 e. 
 
 quoque : as well as the Belgae, " the Helvetii also." 
 
 virtute : " in valour ; " for the const. ; H. 424 ; A. & G. 
 
 finihua : distinguish in meaning Jinia and Jinea: H. 132 ; 
 The indie, prohibent, because cum is purely temporal. 
 
 eorum, eon, refer to the Germans. 
 
 eorum = horum omnium : referring to the A» om«e« above : "one division 
 of their country, which, it is said, the Gauls occupy." The reference is to 
 the people of Central Gaul. 
 
 initium—capit : "begins at." Note that Caesar uses the apposition be- 
 fore or after its noun Jlumvie Rhodano, Qarunma flumine, though in Greek 
 we say 6 Ev<l>pdTrjc norafidg, rd Tl^hov 6pog. ^ 
 
 vergit—septentriones. "it slopes towards the north ; " that is all the 
 rivers of Gallia proper, as the Loire, Allifr, &c., run in a northerl'y direc- 
 tion. -«f/)tew<r»onc« : the word is used in the singular and in the plural 
 ITie two constellations, the Greater and Lesser Bear were called by the 
 name trionas. The Greeks called the Greater Bear apKrSg {Bear) and aua^a 
 iWatn). This latter constellation consists of seven stars, four of which 
 form a quadrangle, and the other three lie in a right line attached to the 
 quadrangle. A line drawn through the two extreme stars of the quad- 
 rangle passes through the north polar star, which is in the constellation of 
 the Lesser Bear. The word trio = .^trio : cp. Sans. tarH, "stars," properly 
 
 strewers of light ;" cp. Eng. star ; Germ., stern ; Lat. Stella { = ster-ula) 
 all from the root star {cp. sterno) "to scatter." Varro (L. L 7 7^) de 
 nves the word from septem " seven," trio-^hos " an ox," so that according 
 to him the words signify the "seven ploughing oxen." 
 
 extremis : compare this adj. 
 
 ad'. " at " or " near." 
 
 occasum—septentriones: the Belgic rivers, the Sambre, Schledt &c 
 run N.E., those of Aquitania, the Garonne, Adour, N.W. ' "' 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 ditissimw : compare this word. 
 
 OrgeioHx : Thierry says the word signifies, "king of a hundred moun- 
 
 mS. Zf'US': n#>nv#»<! \f fmm nn.rt «< f.-. r.U,. ,»> X. n ,1 1 ,, 
 
 tains 
 
 •Ji 
 
 ciii;c "' the slayer. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 65 
 
 H^',7*r^A^^ "in th* consulship of M. Messala and M. Piso-" 
 
 archon(dp;r-i.^S. xL'^t^^^^^^^^^ "S.^^j'^e chief 
 
 occupying the Province of Spain ' ^''*^ ^*^^*^ ^a* 
 
 7 T&^Sl!:^;^ " "•'•^ ^'^^ ^-- ^0' -P-- power :» H. 416. IV.. 
 
 c,':^r '' "* '^^^"^ • ' '^^^ "°^ — ''y --» in a bad sense : 
 
 dvUati: what verbs govern a dative? H. 385, II.; A &G 227 
 im5i;Jt^.ia,^'^"* ^'*"" "' ^'•*"-"- -The subject of exigent I cives, 
 
 .IS^Sr*^"^"'' '• *"^''''* ^"'^^"'■^^ ' ^- ''^^ •• H. 532-524 ; A. & G. 
 
 ^*<aren< : why b this subj.? H. 517, 524 ; A. & G. 326. 336 
 
 A^^^^"^'^'- '^*'** "^^ '"^y ^^^*^ govern? H. 4,0 V ,. .,. 
 A. « Or. 223, a ; 249. • ^'"» ''• 3; 420 : 
 
 Aoc : what case is hoc f H. 416 : A. & G. 245 
 coX/^"'"^ "'^ '^"' "^^"^^^ ^^^-'i*'"'" "V the character of the 
 
 Iwni Lemanno : the Maritime and Co tian Aim ca,.-,..* a .t. ^ 
 provinces from the Helvetii as far as Genevr. from fhl ''^.^''%?°'"^n 
 the boundary of the Roman province tookTsoutlTei'iVSn''^ '^'^"''^' 
 
 h»-^os8ent: literally, "for these reasons it happened thaf th u ^ 
 wandered less widely, and less easily were thev ThU f« ^^^^ ^^ 
 
 against their neighbours," i.«., than they wished ^ *° "^'"^ °° ^*'- 
 
 res^t/^ """ = " '" *'" '■^"" ^^^- --^ ««« e. parte :uy^^ 
 
 anf^iTfe^^f • for'^rrTnd for'S 'tv^T * °/ ^^ P^P"^'^"- 
 limited territories, which extendS^ i^'lS', ^ J fcf^ ^^^^.^d (too) 
 m breadth one hund-red and eighty mil?s »-Xi-^Lf ^ ^^^^ "^^^' 
 "to hear;" hence, " renown. "-laLS^. th? dosS t .k ' '°°' '''«' 
 tive; cp. Xen. Mem. 3, n. 7 .T!yX* j! J^^'H^^J?'' *¥ compara- 
 distance from the point where the '^mIritl.Tll ^'""''^°'' ^'^riv. The 
 
 near Geneva, to Breg^ o'Slf" ^ Sat" ^he^reX 
 have a northern course, is 180 English mili' and IL Hi f ^'"^^eg^n^ to 
 L'Ecluse to the junction of the Sr aLd treRhjl • **f '^"ce /rom Fort 
 miles.-«ii«ta : H. 379 ; A & G 2« tL P ' "* ^Vp"* »6o English 
 
 pace=.5RC;aa,.^'^feetftJi^:^es,^£;iSmS^^ 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 Tran«1ftf<> mtn T af;^ . Ti- ^_^i..._ . ^^ ' *» -^^'''^j A. « (jr. 271. a 
 
 6 
 
6G 
 
 KOTES. 
 
 pertimrmt : Caesar Is giviii)^' the thoughts of the Hdvclii rather than 
 his own ; II, 528, i; A. ikC. m, a. 
 
 carrontm: many of the words signifying a carriiuje were of Gallic 
 origin : cp. rhe</a, petorritnm, carruH, eHmlum. The carrm was a four- 
 wheeled car. 
 
 mam maximum— tarn magnum quam maximum: "as large as pos- 
 sible: " H 170, 2, 2) ; A. & G. 93, b. «. t- 
 
 rnnerUes—faeere : " to sow the greatest possible breadth of com." 
 
 ut—suppeteret : "that they might havesupplies of corn for the ioumev:" 
 H. 497, II.; A. &G. 317. ' 
 
 ad~duxerunt : " they thought that a space of two years would be 
 sufficient for them to carry out these plans."— con/Jricnrffw : H. 544, I. • 
 A. & G. 296. ' ' 
 
 in — confirmatU : " by a formal enactment they appoint their setting out 
 for the thirtl year." in—annvm: predetermination of future time \? ex- 
 pressed by in with ace. Traaslate : He called tot/ether the senate en the 
 third day ; He called to<fet/ier the senate for the Uiird day. 
 
 permadet: historical present : H. 467, III., i; A. & G. 276, d. 
 
 rrgnum — obtinuerat : " had held sovereign power." 
 
 amieua : not unfrequentiv the senate of Rome conferred the title amiaiH 
 on a foreign chief or ruler for the purpose of gaining his influence. 
 
 occuparet : imperfect subjunctive after the historical present persuadct • 
 so also conaretur : H. 495, II.; A. & G. 287, e. ' 
 
 obtinehat : give the force of the imperfect : H. 469, TI.; A. & G. 115, 2, b. 
 dare in mairiinonium, sr.iu of a father ; ducere in matrimonium, ducere 
 vxorem, said of a husband ; ntiftcn: viro, said of a woman. 
 
 perfacile — poaaentt indirect discourse depending on pro6a< : "he shows 
 them that it was a very easy matter (lit., very easily to be done) to carry 
 out their plans, because he himself was likely 10 obtain the sovereign rule 
 of his own state."— facta : H. 547, i ; A. & G. 303, R. For obUnturus 
 eaaet: H. 496, II., 2 ; A. & G. 129, i. 
 
 i.on—po8sent : " that there was no doubt that the Helvetii possessed the 
 greatest power of all Gaul ; " possum is here used absolutely " to be 
 powerful," not prolatively, " to be able to do a th\ng."-plurimum : neut 
 ace. used adverbially ; strictly the cog. ace: H. 304, i, 3 ; 371 jj /,)". 
 A. & G. 148, d ; 240, a. j/ . \ ; , 
 
 se—conjirrnat . "he assures them that he would gain for them the 
 sovereign power by his influence and his army." Explain the cases of 
 copiis and illis. 
 
 Jidem et ju^urandum : "an oath-bound pledge of good faith*" 
 fiendiadys : fl. 636, III., 2 ; A. & G. p. 298. BecVme jw^jurandum. 
 
 et—sperant : " and if they can seize the royal power they expect by 
 means of three n ost powerful and strong nations to be able to gain the 
 sway of alK ; ' \."—reiinooccupato : conditional =r«i regnum occupavissent • 
 H. 431, 2 ) ; A. & G. 2SS.~trea popuha : Helvetii, Sequani. Aedui -^ 
 Oallia : H. 410, V. 3 ; A. & G. 249, a. 
 
NOTES, 
 
 67 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 la rcjt 
 si'iise of 
 i:icy,"etc. 
 
 " this deslf^'n ;' 
 "occurrence," 
 
 explou, 'movement," "design." "conspf. 
 
 <'t^rvi t so 
 
 per indicinni=per indices : •« by informere .» ^ . •.• 
 
 ^^"^o covjurafiozzcoT^uraii. '^X >n'ormer» ; $o tervtttum 
 
 moribiM HuiH : " according to their custom • " oKl e 
 'V (jr. 248 kemark. «c""a . ri. 419, ijj^ notes ; A. 
 
 .'.S;ttj. E;^ '°'^« ^^-- ^'^"^ — ^i--. compare cau.^ 
 
 f^^^ punishment that he 
 
 ,/'•':"*«*'''<"»• in apposition with 7>o«mw« ' H co?' irj ^'a* o^-^^92.--ttf 
 liiirniiur at tiie stak<» for fr«. V^«nw>n. H. 501, m,. a. & G. ^12 f 
 
 Gauis.i/^„.-rp:;,t;/rioSr. "i^H.rr"'".!' •"'"^'""^"" -"°4 '/« 
 
 went by sea." -wcauve, m the fire ;" so «a(;t~j»roce««i< : "he 
 
 in.? H. 129 ; A. & G 73 """^ = 'P' '"'^"^'=« ^«"««- I« ^i^* usually 
 
 /awiZia : in a Roman sens*.- this word included the slaves {H^>i\ a ^ 
 
 ,„e°f4 '^''"'■'^"'' ' " ^"°°'-" Wha. other .dverb ,, ,hu, used wi.h „„. 
 m,^£"=;a™.''"*"''""'' ' " "^ =■•"• •' "> "-' ;" !.="« " to obey ," cp. 
 
 3m~,^jui : •■ to maiutair, it, ri|-ht," J.e. its right to punish traitor, 
 ^cona^^-co<,ere.t: explain these subjunctives! nJZuXTl 
 
 neque—cmscinerU : " and suspicion is not wanfinrr M,nf v, 
 
 "f .he (probably arises from confmctS^iSSh .^JSt^"?'',™"'* 
 ^icJo. Parse cansciverit. ^»»i«"guisn tmpfcio and mm- 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 ni^ito mintM : for the const, see H. 423 ; A & G 250 
 
 er^rf^^'^c^. ^"/i'J^f V??l"^« in. apposition with id ^-co„.,^,. 
 J—, -, ... .^ ^. j*y, xj -10 leave their territories." 
 
68 
 
 NOTB8. 
 
 opplda ittta : " walled towns ; " vicoa, " villages," groups of houses in 
 the open country. The root VIC may be seen in FoiKof, vicuH, vicinus ; 
 English -VHik in such names as Ipaiinck, Hatvick. 
 
 incendtmt — comburmU : accemlere, to light from without ; inoencUire, 
 to light Irom within ; comburere, to burn down with a burning heat, 
 as causative of ardere ; cremare, to consume with bright flames, as the 
 causative of Jlagrare. 
 
 vi is used for quo, because so many words intervene between it and the 
 comparative : H. 497, II., 2 ; A. & G. 317, b. 
 
 domuvi : ace. of limit of motion. The idea of motion is implied by 
 redUionin = redeundi : H. 380, II., 2 ; A. & G. 258, b, d. 
 
 ad—subeunda : "to undergo all dangers :" H. 544, 2, Note 2 ; A 
 & G. 296. 
 
 eaeent : explain this tense : H. 495 ; A. & G. 287, e. 
 
 tHum—jvbent I "they order each one to take with him from home 
 ground provisions which will last for three months.'" -trium viensium ; 
 gen. of description. The word me/ww .• Greek, /i'^ i Sans., wi^a, month; 
 mds, moon; German, rtwnd, all point to a root MA, " to measure," the 
 moon being considered by the ancients the measurer of time. — domo: H. 
 412, II.; A. & G. 258, a. 
 
 tUi—proficiscaiUur : lit. " that adopting the same plan they may set 
 out along with them after setting fire to their towns and villages."— oppirfi/* 
 exudtis : H. 431 ; A. & G. 255. Why is not oppidis the abl. of motion 
 from a place? H. 412, I.; A. & G, 258. 
 
 Noreiam oppugnarant : the Boii were expelled from Italy 161 B.C. by 
 the victories of Scipio Africanus. They then occupied the modern Styrki. 
 Distinguish in meaning expugno, oppugno. 
 
 Boioa receptoa — adsciscunt = Boios ad se recipiunt et (Boioa) aocios a//- 
 sciacunt : " they join to themselves the Boii and unite them as allies :" H. 
 549» S ; A. & G. 292. Give the parts of adsciaco. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Uiner'ibua : not to be translated. The repetition of the antecedent with 
 the relative is frequent in Caesar when exactness is required. Caesar says 
 there were two roads and only two by which they could get out of their own 
 land. 
 
 domo : H. 412, II.; A. & G. 258, a. 
 
 poasent : potential subjunctive . " routes (of such a character that) by 
 them they (the Helvetii) could go out :" H. 503, i ; A. & G. 320. 
 
 unum — atterum, scil , iter, in partitive apposition with itinera : H. 
 364 ; A. & G. 184. The first of these journeys was along the right bank 
 of the Rhone. The narrowest part of this route is at Pas de I'Ecluse, 
 about 18 English miles below Geneva. 
 
 vke qua aingu.li=qua ute ainguli : hyperhaton ; note the emphasis 
 caused by the inversion : " where waggons .scarcely in single file could 
 pass." For the mood of ducereiUur ; see poaaent above, 
 
N0TE8. 
 
 69 
 
 atter«m : the other journey would be along the roaf? leading to Vienna 
 {y*enne) and Lugdunum (Lyons), by way of G/utmb.ry. They would 
 thus easily reach the Provincia. ^ mey wouia 
 
 mtftto : really abl. of difference : H. 423 ; A. & G. 250, N. i. 
 
 A r^T*^^'' n " "^^'^ recently reduced to submission." They were 
 defeatedby C. Pomptinus, 61 B.C. *"cy were 
 
 nonnullU, loci$ : " in several places :" H. 425, II., 2 ; A. & G 2<;4 a 
 •Distinguish ,n meaning mnnulli, nulli non ; nonnuLuam, nunQumi 
 non; nonnmquam, nusquam non ; nonnerno, nemo non ; loci, hca For 
 const of mrfo: H. 420 ; A. & G. 248. At present the Khon^ s fordab^ 
 in only two places, a few miles below Geneva. 'wraaDie 
 
 tran8itur=transiri potest. 
 
 fxtremum : cp. iaxarov -. "a border town." Compare this adjective. 
 
 pr^mum^Jinibua: give the different constructions of »ro»g : H ^loi 
 I , II., 2 ; A. & G. 234, a, e. ^ i- - .wi, 
 
 AllobrogVmg: what verbs govern a dative? H. 385, II.; A. & G. 
 
 Jz.rrH.'?4'f'A,fa!i3^. «• *"■ "" ^- * «• '^'- ^- 
 
 mtos, referring to the Ailobroges ; eoa to the Helvetii. 
 
 patermtur : subjunctive for two reasons : H. 498, II.; 524 • A. & G 
 33'» * i 33^' 
 
 qua die: see note above on itineribm. The feminine here expresses the 
 day as a fixed period, a day fixed by authority, h dies is simply - he 
 day," ««the natural day," " the time." ^^ 
 
 conveniant: H. 497, i ; A. & G. 317. 
 
 ante diem quintum Kalendas Apriles: ante reallv aovtmy Kalendan 
 Apnles, qmntum diem being attracted from the ablative by (he DositioiTof 
 artte. The whole should be 7MiH<o (iie a«/e Kalendas Apriles le *' dZ 
 days before the first of April," or March 281)1. For the comnuta'-'.. If 
 time: H. 642-644; A. & G. 376. Derive Kale^uiae^Nor^^Mm^'' °^ 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 nuntiaium—esset : for the mood, see H. 521, II., 2 ; A. & G. 325. 
 eos—conari : in apposition with id: H. 539, II,; A. & G. 329, 1. ' 
 
 to Athens'" ^''"^ *' " ^^^ "'^'" ^^ "^^^ ""^ distinction : cp. aarv, applied 
 
 quom-itinerihm : for quam ; H. 170, 2, {2) ; A. & G. 93, b. Caesar 
 must have crossed the Alps, though he does not mention the fact He 
 travelled with great rapidity, sometimes according to Suetonius IC, sar 
 57) at the rate of 100 Roman miles a day. uciomus (i.....sar, 
 
 Galliam cUeriorem : distinguish Gallia exterior, Gallia ulterior. 
 ad Oenavam : u ad necessarv ? 
 
 H. 780. IT I (il • A Jf. r? -_o 
 
 J, fv. 
 
70 
 
 NOTBg. 
 
 f'^vo.m, derived frj/m the Celtic word gmn, "mouth," because the lake 
 
 m!,u Fw ^' '"""r*^* "V^'^ "^'"''^^ *=°"'''^*^- Plutarch states that Caesar 
 marie the journey from Rome to Geneva in eight days. 
 
 an^^^f '"^r^* -J: ^5> I ; A. & G. 227. Distinguish the meanings 
 and constructions of tmpero. 
 
 legio una : probably the tenth. 
 
 certiorea sunt : " were informed," lit , " were made more certain. " 
 
 legationis=^(ef/atorum : the abstract is here put for the concrete. 
 
 qui dicereni : " to say :» ff. 497, I. ; A, & G. 317. The rest of the 
 
 H IITaTITg lz6-^\ For ti.e construction of om^i^ o..%«a, see 
 
 G 'S^*" ^"''*'*^ ' " "*^ remembered ; " for m^rtioria, see H. 420 ; A. & 
 pel^^Z' ^"** *^* * ^"^ ^^^° "^'^^ P«^/», mmum, concedendum, tern- 
 sub jugum : two spears wera set up and a third placed over the top • 
 this was the "yoke ' under which conquered soldiers were made to S' 
 as a token of submission. The defeat here referred to took place 107 B C 
 concedendum . " that this request ought to be granted." 
 neque-existimabai : " and he did not think that people of an unfriendlv 
 disposition, when once a permission of making a"^ journey through the 
 province was given them, would refrain Irom committing wrong and vio^ 
 lence."—nequer^et non.—animo : H. 410. II • A & G^cT—J? 
 /acuUate=.nMuUas data esset : H. 549,^2 ; A.' & G. 292 ^^^ -^"^ 
 spatiuin I here = tempm. 
 
 convenirent: for the mood, H. 519, II. 2 ; A. & G. 328. 
 dternsstempus. 
 si quid—reverterentur: "if they wished anything, he told them to 
 
 n. 455, I , A. & G. 105, d.~vellent : for mood see H. i:24- A & G 7^fi 
 337.-arf, here=" about." Translate from si-revertereMur into 'direc[ 
 narrative. uirci,t 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 legioiui, militibuB : an instrument, rather than agent, because the legion 
 was looked up as a kind of warlike instrument : H. 420 ; A. & G. 248. 
 
 qui^-inJluU: as a matter of fact, the Rhone flows into the lake at the 
 upper end and out at the lower. 
 
 decern novemsnundeviginti. 
 
 pedum : gen. of description t H. 396, V. ; A. & G. 215, b. 
 
 murum fossamque : the probabilities are that Caesar fortified merelv 
 places which were without any natural defence. The wall and ditch would 
 be hardly wore than three miles long. ""um 
 
MOTBt). 
 
 ri 
 
 praandtadisponU'. "here and there (dis-) he places garrisons " Ac 
 cording to Napoleon II f.. these lines consisted bf a se^LTof redoubS 
 ica^tella) defending the left bank ol the river, and connected together W a 
 palisaded entrenchment cut into the bank itself. i^gemer oy a 
 
 quo/acilius : when is quo usej for tit / H. 497, 11. 2 ; A. & G 31- b 
 ^^invUo : "without his leave," "against his will : " H. 43,, 4; a'. & 
 
 A To'^'aSy e^^""*"'^ co»n"»«n«'< is in effect a past tense : H. 495, II. ; 
 vinit: distinguish in meaning vHnit, vSnU. 
 reyerterunt: from reverior ; the tenses derived from the present are 
 
 ?'r7etJm"Tf *^"" T" '^' ^''^'''' ^''''''- Generall/ releX! 
 joi?nJy ' "' '° '■'*"'■" ^^'''' ^^con^Pli-^hing one'^ 
 
 t<cr : *' the right of way." 
 
 comntiir : for the mood, H. 524 ; A. & G. 336. 
 
 prohibUuriim=se prohibkurum esse. 
 
 spe : H. 414 ; A. & G. 243. 
 
 2 ('^fr"&G:%5."^^^°'"'"^ ^°^^' ^""^ ^"""'"^ '^^*''*' '■*^*' •" ^'43'' 
 a«»: we should have expected alii before nariftwa, to balance alii before 
 
 vad^si ''som, . . others." The use of the latter aWih^wstLm^^^ 
 
 of the Helvetii attempted to cross in the way first mentioned 
 «i-C07Mw5i : " in the hope that tliey by their attempts were able to force 
 
 a passage :" H. 511, Note 3 ; A. & G. 307, f. ^^ 
 
 operis-destiterunt: "they gave up this attempt, beng repelled by the 
 the strength of the work, the massing of the soldiers, and the dartJ"-! 
 concursu here refe^ to the i.-.id massing of the forces on a particular 
 point.— ctwiaiM : H. 414 ; A. & G. 243. Funicular 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 relinquebat^ir-via: "the only way that remained was through the 
 Sequam." The only way left was that by the north bank of the Rhone 
 
 quapoterant: " by which they were unable to pass on account of 'the 
 narrow defiles m case the Sequani were unwilling. "i-owa : either adverlS 
 or abl. of relative ^vo.-Sequanis invitis==si sZ^ 
 augmtim; what words in Latin are used in pi. only? The Pas d^PErhZ, 
 IS referred to, where a few men could prevent a passage «^ ^^^^ 
 
 .poT/''n?«-l'I'^^'i!:""^- ^ " "• 4^° ^A- * G. 248. Decli. 
 
 and 
 
 their own a j >(. 
 
 iUvn^'^r.^mt: "that by his intercession they might obtain their re- 
 quest."-. '. deprecaiore : H. 431, 4 ; A. & G. 255 a. ^ 
 
 T>umniAix~poter(^: " Dumnorix had the greatest influence amone the 
 Sequ.-,ni by reason of popularity and iiberality/'-i/miui : H. 4301! | 
 
 la spome : " Dy their own influence :" H. 420 ? A. & G. 248. Declii ^ 
 ite Donaldson supposes the word spmiie, a collateral form of pondm 
 that V- niea.ungs were "by their own influence," (as here), and-S^f 
 
72 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 m 
 
 \m 
 
 Jlliam dueere: cp. iyiadai ymalm: see dare tn matrimonium, chap, iii 
 not;M-»<|^e6a<; "he aimed at a revolution "; cp. novae tabulae; "a 
 remission of debts." \\ ithnoi^is rebus studere : cp.vecnepl^ecu. For the 
 dative : H. 385 ; A. & (J. 227. *^ h<» . ror mc 
 
 ei-volehat : " and he wished to have as many states as possible attached 
 li^. ^y r^r^^'^o.*^^ ^** ^'"^ ^^^^ towards them."— «i6» eoverned bv 
 ohstnctas : H. 386 ; A. & G. 22^.-sfio benejlcio : H. 413 ; A & G ^45 
 
 ut-patitmtur : " that they may allow tae Helvetii to go through theiJ 
 territory " ; this clause is the object of impftrant : H. igS I • A AG 
 331 c. The clause v(i dmt is the object oiperjicit. ' 
 
 Seqvam, ffelvftii, scil. o6»tWe« rfoni. 
 
 prohibeant, trarueant ; H. 497, II.; A. & G. 317. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 renurairUur ; "word Is brought back." The subject is really the sub- 
 sequenc mf. clause. There is implied in 7^-the fact that Caesar had sent 
 out men to enquire. 
 
 voh^iT'^ ~"'""^' "*^^* '^^ "^'''^'" intend;" cp. in animo versari, 
 quaecivUas=etea civUasi H. 453. 
 
 id. referring to /acere iter. The principal verb of the indirect discourse 
 K/utummJesse), the subjec. of which is the clause ut-haberet : H 7oi 
 I, I ; A. & G. 319, 332, a. ^' 5°^' 
 
 fuMirum (esse)-, the periphrasis with /w^uram <ww, or /ore with trf and the 
 subjunctive for the future inf. indicates that a certain result will follow from 
 causes unspecified Hence the meaning is, "if this thin^ were to tak^ 
 place he knew that it would be fraught with great danger to the province 
 m Its having men famed for war, enemies of the Roman people, border n^ 
 upon places open and very fruitful in com:'— tocis : H ^01 1 • A * r 
 234 a. ■ ^^ ' ^ f n..a. ^. 
 
 eimunitioni-prae/ecU: "he appointed T. Labienus lieutenant over 
 that line of defence which he had built." For the dative H ^86 • A A r 
 228. T. Labienus w^ one of the best officers of Caesar''s army. ' U^^ 
 trihunus plebts in 63 B.C. On c:ae^ur's invasion of Italy 40 B C heH^ 
 serted his old commander and fought on the side of Pompey; * ' 
 
 in Italiam : is the preposition necessary? Translate : he went home - 
 he went to the W of Caesar; h^ went to Bonu ; he we^u> 
 Italy ; he went to Rome, a great city of Italy. Italy prooer ^^^aIa 
 to the Rubicon. 1 hen Caesar included Gallia GisalptnL ^ ^^^ended 
 
 magnis Uinerihis x ''by forced marches." The regular day'a march 
 (xterjmtum) was from six to seven hours long and usually began at sunrise 
 The distance crdinan y traversed was from fifteen to twenty English mUes 
 On forced marches {Uinera magna) ol eight to twelve houre, a much 
 greater distance was covered. ' "tu^u 
 
NOTB& 
 
 73 
 
 the 7th, 8th. 9th ' The iSh wJ af r.n^'"'" f ^^""^ ** ^r"«** ^«re 
 legions.' Wh2 was the numb^^of 2T' ' , ^*\'*"" ''^^ '" "^^ «« 
 siSns of a Romanlegion. ™'" "" ^ '^^lon? Give the divi- 
 
 inr-OalUam=in Oaltiam Transalpinam. 
 
 M^-4n Alpibtis. Caesar's route lay bv wav nf Tt,ri« m* r- r 
 Bnancon and Embrun The rrxr.^t Ait^. ^ . • ^*- Gendvre, to 
 
 ^If^P-^ : ".he heights having b.™ p„,i„„s„ »ei.M :'• H. 43,, 
 
 «^«ri(»rM provinciae^Oalliae Cimlpinae. 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 ?<«'i*^-iratuduxerarU ; " had already led." 
 anguaticu : decline this word. 
 
 Ih. ejs. of the MiHle £^^ Bil^traS th*" "«'»»"'« on 
 aipital, and Noviodonnm (Smersi weT^n /dj^T'' ■ 8^^?' ""'Wio'l 
 find the generic name « S^wir^he ,pX nZe"! ^'!^''^-"'""'' 
 
 OKemarii-amtanguintt : the former denotes those wl,„ .„ t j ^ 
 a permanent connection whether of an olRcW ki„d^ cbZ.Z^"'^ '"'' 
 of a private nature, u miux,. familiari,. mAn^J,^^''^'''"^- °' 
 ^n<^'-» denotes a relatL derived I'm T^ZiS^oriST^; 
 
 «^JXh^°'?rd\:j,t"ree?Xf,iir'.h'^'''. '""^ "•''"^ •«" 
 
 ,'t:'Sr' """'"^"•' '-*/'-• '^'«'-. *^ 2«s."3.-: 
 
74 
 
 MOTES. 
 
 i 
 
 thdf^d^'^Disiin^lh*' il"™ "'^S^'"^ "^ "«^ ^'^ '^^'r>t the soil of 
 
 ,,9'^''-P^^^rerU: «' Caesar resolved, after all the resources of hk 
 
 tones of the SantGni."—«x«perf«H(/ttm«6t: H. ^88 • A &G 22^ InZ 
 vemrent: for mood : H. 519, II., 2 ; a. & G 328 ''''^^' ^^^-P^' 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 is'^to^jT.r!, .r^r'u'' ^ "^«r (called) Aran" The word Avar 
 
 = "sIo:'^Tor^"'"%%P^''^'"^^-'» ^^^ *0.WT tjt" 
 ^ A ' u ^''\ ^ J'^*"^ °^ '^® <=o»''s<^. at least, the Arar form^ the 
 
 boundaries between the territories of the Aedui and Sequani 
 
 ir^redrbil^lenUate : "with such incredible smoothness :" H. 419 m . 
 A & G. 248. As compared with the Rhone, Po, Adiire and Tiber river.' 
 well known to Caesar, the Sadne would appear very s uclnsh Ho hnH n J 
 yet seen the rivers of Britain, notably the Thames ^^ ^ "°' 
 
 & G^ti dependent question, therefore, the subjunctive: H. 529, I.j A. 
 possit : for the mood : H. 500, II.; A. & G. 319 
 
 ,i^ tap.*c< Where .h/klvk^f 'cj„sted*h?s LTrtln Z" 
 bably a few miles norlh of its junclion with the Rhone ' ^ 
 
 copiarum: ■- of the forces," What words have a different meaning in 
 
 79, c. 
 
 the smgular and the plural ? H. 132 ; A. & G. ^y, v-. 
 partes— Jlumen : explain these cases : H. 376 ; a! & G 239 b 
 
 «f SiHriiS ' "^^ • l!"^ ^°"'?' ''^^ "^^'^ ^^y •''^g^" ^t midnight and ended 
 at midnight as wuh us; the natural day be^an with the fvvil^riff ^ 
 
 aided at dark. The day and night were dividt^inTo twelve tlfeadf 
 the ength of each hour depending on the season. The night was also fi; 
 military purposes divided into four watches (vigiliae), of three hours each 
 The expression de tertia vitjllia means, - in the course of the third waSh'' 
 imp ying that the third watch had already begun. What would Sl 
 vtgtlm mean ? H. 429 ; A. & G, 256. ^ 
 
 aggre^ms : what prepositions prefixed to intransitive verbs of motion 
 may make them transitive? H. 372 ; A. & G. 228, a. 
 
 concldU : distinguish this in meaning from concidit. 
 
 in—aMiderunt : " they concealed themselves bv fleeintr ;«». *u ■ l 
 boring woods." What wLld in pro.Un^^uZ^'^^t mlV? ' ""^^" 
 
 pagm : properly a country district of enclosed or cuhivifeH Ur^A 
 PAG, -to bind together:" cp. naocah,,, "rpef." Si "1'/°° 
 r^T'. ^' Z^"^*^- ,^i'h%ai,»« : cp. <J^/.of VromX'^' to bind'"') 
 l^nghsh toi«», A. S. tun, from ^ynan (tie), " to enclose. " The ZxdpaJ^ 
 
NOTES. 
 
 75 
 
 S'SVa"JSr ^^^"^^' ^y-' -'-^^ - oii.. used in the san.. sense ; cp. 
 
 dome exissei : " H. ^2,. II.. 2 ; A. | G. 33, '** 
 
 "•«^.- " within the recollection :" H. 429; A. & G. 21:6 
 L. Casnum : in the year 107 R C » h» t- • • ^ 
 
 tory of the Allobroges iSer the comn,nn7^T"T^- ^^''^ ^"*° ^^^- ^^'ri. 
 ginus who marched against them wi skin TnH V ''°- ^^- ^^'"^''^^ L«"- 
 ousl^y forced to pass under the yoT^eTnfw^htrH f'i.f'"J. ^^ 'g-^omini- 
 of Cassius, and grandfather of Cae;a 's ^ShSfnlt V r""/' * "^"^*^"«"^ 
 i^a^er.o/.i.; "therefore, whether by 1^; ^ ''""^'"' '*'^"- 
 
 the immortal Gods, that nart of Th^ h T ■ ""^ "" ^^"'^n on the part of 
 signal defeat on tl^^ZlT ^L^: ^^f^^^^^^^^^ inflicted 
 
 cam: H. 416 ; A. & G. 245._;JIt „ ',V f ^. '?5 Penalty."^ 
 c.i.« : H. 443, N. I ; A. & G 191. ■ "• ^^^ J A. & G. 228. -Vm- 
 
 quod—irUerfecerant : construe oun^ T>i^.,^;.,i j 
 
 Pismia, ejus [U. Caesar's) so^ri TucLoZ ^' ^'^"J^"^ «^"* ^«^« 
 58, was the father of Caesar's second wT S^ P"™\"« f'^o, consul B.C. 
 readers of Shakespere's -^uliL^STst."!!!^^^^ 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 hoc proelio facto=post hoc proelium: "after H,. k—i 
 H. 431 ; A. & G. 255. ^"^"^ "^* '^"'e was fought:" 
 
 reliquas—curat : "he has a bridge built ov^r fT,^ a 
 overtake the remaining forces of the HeS "N^?.^^^^^ ^« ""ay 
 
 words of this clause is heightened by invers on -ZnfJ^^ '"'^^^''' ^^ '^' 
 historic present : H. 49c II • a & G '"^f ^j^*^-— P0*««< because curat is a 
 
 /aci^nrfJm curat ; life^rilly' " he ta^es cL o7T brit ''^^ ^^'}^\-Pontem 
 makng." The gemndive^as orfgba ly actl'(ifl?L:f i" ^^' "'^'•^^ 
 verb ; cp. agitaiidum est mauin'iTr Sfiol " t v. ^"^"^^^ from an active 
 The active force is still retainedTn secunl^s Then'.f ''If '''?^ ^uard." 
 wasdevetoped through that of futurity eTl,, J/- 5*/ '"^f '"^ "*^ necessity 
 mean, " a plan of a city bdng7e t ^oU"?' ,7"*f^7^^«^^«^^«« ^^r6i« would 
 tion),then "about to ' 3 destroyed ''di en "to V^^ ?'°^^^^ ^««t™<=- 
 destroying a city : H. 544. note 2TA. &G. 294 *? ^^^^''^y^^'" '^en " of 
 
 r^^^-^l^kll^:^^^ h -\^.^y''^^accom. 
 selves with the greatest diStVVd takenT™ ^'"^ »hey them- 
 
 qumnMligertnt: for the mood : H C2T ^7"'^ ^jy^iV^'^^P"^*^- "- 
 ject of /ecme and explained hy nt-traLi;e J V H L 2 I^i'?''^ '*^- 
 2-dvebu8 mgmh : explain the case : H. 429. A & G «fi v/^' ^-^^ ' 
 Goesarem: cp. sKelvog. ^^' ® '^' 256.— iZ/^^/i^ i^ 
 
 cujus lcgationis=.qaorum legat<yrum. See Note lo. Chapter VII 
 
 6e^feCa««««o.-" in the war against Cassius:" H 3qc M 2 A * r^ 
 190. Smce the defeat of Cassius took place io7 R r '.« i V ^- * ^• 
 
 in command 58 B.C.. Divico must hav. lE-en ri v-i- ri^' "'^ ^^^"^"^ ^*« 
 
 . -la cn e; Very uiu man. 
 
76 
 
 N0TS8. 
 
 nr—jMcem: irdirect discourse foratio obuiuai • him thi. . ^j » j- 
 
 r t a m '^ '^°™"" '•«'«^.'-«™"«'re.- H. 523, III. 
 
 *w» — niterentur ; "he should not on Rrroimt- ^r fv.-* ^- 
 
 T\'^'T ""'"""s i^-"- of hh"owrriour * dSsr,he"r ",t; 
 
 they had been instructed by their fathers -.nH ariL~; ^ ^"^™ ' ^"*^ 
 
 ««j^w«H,-.<^s»«. sou.. n^;'L^^z.j;s;^^i^ !° 
 
 <?«ore-prorf«rrt: "wherefore let him not so act that the nl«.. 
 |h«r am,,... Explai,. fuu/X.":?.^."^" Cl^jr.? i^'=i„^Sr Za"' 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 hit, soil. legaHBi "to these envoys." 
 
 c^mstances which the HelvetU jfd rS'^^lilts^ll^iirrtlfat ^o" V'^.' 
 the clause^-Zenerei refers. -rfuAtoonfe : for the gen [ive H 5i', 
 3 ; A. A G, 216, a. 3.-cJan : H. 523, L; A. & 0,33! ' ^^7' 
 
 cK^-occidwwni : "and he was more indignar^ fat thU^ K^ 
 
 TX^'ir::^ y-/cpr.^^ 4;:...^;i!,^:^^ t^f^:; 
 
NOTES. 
 
 77 
 
 qu%~cavere: if they had been conscious to themselves of any wrong 
 doing, It would not be a «lifficult matter to he on their I'uard "~mii i e 
 pomdiM Ii(,manuH. hijnriac: (or the jienilive : H. 399, i 2- A A G 
 218, ^.—Hihi coHHcinH e»m ; cp. invT(;i aweuUvat.—cavere : distinmiish 
 cavereattquern, caverealicui : H. 385, II. i. *" 
 
 eo—putaret: " Ijut (he said) that the Roman peopl. were aisled bv 
 thw, because they were not aware thaf anything had been dune by then. Jn 
 accotint of whi<h they should fear, nor did they think that they .ught to be 
 feared with- i reasm "— eo decepium : i.e., populum Homanum eo 
 aeceptum. — commtemm, scil. aliquld. 
 
 qu^injunarum: " now if he were willing to forgei their former insult 
 could he also lay aside the remembrance of their late wrongs r'~quod 
 pr erlv an adverbial ace. referring to the thought of the preceding sen' 
 tence ; literally, "as to which :'' II 378, 2; 453, 6j A. & G. 240, a. 
 rhese wrongs are specified in the clause beginning with quod - H ida 
 IV.; 363, 5 ; A. A G., 329, 3. ^ ' ^^' 
 
 eo invUo : " though he (i.e., Caesar) was unwilling :" H. 431, 4 ; A. A 
 
 L». 255> *• 
 
 tentassent: fo ood : H. 524 ; A. A G. jj6. 
 
 quod—pertinere: "as to their boasting in such insolent terms of their 
 victory, and as to thoir wondering that they had so long done wrontr with- 
 out suffering tor It, (the two things) had both one meaning:" i.e., pointed 
 m the same direction.— (/«o(i.- the two clauses begimiiiig with ouod stand 
 as the snhi^ct of pertinere : H. 516. II., 2 ; A. A. G. 333, a. -^a : i.e., 
 Helvetii. The victory is th one referred to above in which the Romans 
 under ( assius were defeated. 
 
 consueaser—roncedere : " for the immortal gods are accustomed in order 
 that men whom they intend to punish for their crimes may be more severely 
 paifted by a change in circumstances, sometimes to grant to these a more 
 prosperous fortune and a longer exemption from punishments."— conwme • 
 a perfect present ; cp. odi, novi, coepi, memini.—quo: when is otto used 
 for utF H. 497, II., 2 ; A. A G. 317, b. ^ 
 
 quum-facturuvt : " since these things are so, still, if hostages are given 
 to him by these s.. that he may know that they would do these things 
 which they promise, and if they make amends to the Aedui (and) likewise 
 to the Allobroges for the wrongs which they have inflicted on them and 
 their allies, (he declares) that he will make peace with them." Observe 
 the tenses in subjunctive in oblique narrative are those used in the indicative 
 of direct narrative.— Jiedt/is : sc. mtia/aciant : H. 385, I.; A. A G 227 
 e, — ip8is=:Aeduis. ' • /» 
 
 Ua—testem : "that the Helvetii had received an established custom from 
 their ancestors, that they were accustomed to receive, not to give hostages " 
 —comuerinti H. 500, II.; A. A G. 319. * ' 
 
 CHAPTER XV.- 
 
 movent: wciL Helvetii. 
 
 c<MCium kabebat i H. 388, i N. ; A. A G. 292, c. 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 & 
 
 // 
 
 
 
 ^^■> 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 |50 '™^== 
 ■ 40 
 
 ■UUu 
 
 1.4 
 
 6" 
 
 2.5 
 22 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 V] 
 
 ^ 
 
 n 
 
 ^/,. 
 
 i. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 c;/^ 
 
 FhotDgraphic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 « 
 
 
 \ 
 
 '"h 
 
 # 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. M580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
) 
 
 fe. 
 
 W^ 
 
 ^ 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
78 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 /odan/ .- subj. of indirect question : H. 529, 1 ; A. & G. 334 
 aHeno foco; "in an unfavourable place ; » literally. " in a olace nicked 
 ^rfe^no«<r»», scU. mimihus=.nostrorum militum : H. 397, 3, N., 3 ; A. & 
 
 A.Tg*^/*^''^'* ''^°" ^' ^" instrument rather than an agent : H. 420 ; 
 
 avdwHns-coeperunt: "they began more boldly to make a stand and 
 )metimes to provoke to battle our trooDs on fh.i™. "ly^LT:^^'.^^ 
 
 ..^.^ cv y^.y,,^^,^n, i ^a^a; sometimes even ; " the et expressed i«: 
 
 not tne conjunction but the adverb=e^iam. For the case of JjmZ U 
 
 425, II., 2 J A. & G. 258, f : for that of proelio : H. 420 ; A & G 248 
 
 suof, scil., militea. ' ^ ' 
 
 ac-pro7iibere: ''and was content for the moment to keep the enemv 
 from plundermg, from foraging and from ravaging. »_mp?a6^,^fS 
 praesenU tempore: "for the moment," "for the time b^iTg.^ SThe 
 case of rapmis: H. 414, i ; A. & G. 243, a. ** ^ 
 
 ita correlative with utL 
 
 dies: for the case : H. 379 ; A. & G. 256. 
 
 non-^nieresiet : " not more than a space of five or siv mil^ r^^^u a k 
 was distant"; for the abl. millibm : H. 379 N 2° A /p ,1, K "^^/^ 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 interim: "meanwhile," denoting merely a short duration- hiterea 
 meaning a period more extended; quotidie, said of daily reoedtoT^^n 
 dies, of daily mcrease or diminution. ^ «epetition ; m 
 
 Aeduoa frumentum : for the two accusatives : H. 374 • A &G 210 
 qw>d-pollicUi: "which they had promised in the name of the state "The 
 subjunctive here is the subjunctive of oblique narrative : H c L • A * r 
 336, or It may be equivalent to quum id polliciti esaent. " ^ ^ ' -^^ « ^. 
 
 Jlagitare : the historical infinitive. " keot asking " «« oci,«j 
 again" : H. 536, 1 ; A. & G. 275. ^ ^' ^^^ ^S**" «"d 
 
 nam-mppetebai: "for on account of the frosts, because Gaul is situated 
 beneath the north as has been mentioned above, not only w^?he coJn ^^ 
 ripe in the fields, but not even was there a suffic'-ntlv lar^rahn^So i 
 fodder at hand." Explain the difference in m^^^t^t^ 
 
 Chapter I.-ante. see Note on Chapter l,~frumenta, why plural ?Thi 
 
NOTES. 
 
 79 
 
 satement shows that a remarkable change must have taken place in the 
 climate of Prance since the clays of the Roman occupation of that country. 
 Caesar waied till after the 24th March at Geneva. He crossed the Alps 
 evied two legions, and mustered three more at Aquileia. In carrying oul 
 these pians, he must have spent at least two months. The date If his 
 arrival at Lugdunum must have been as late as June 6th. The Helvetii 
 after this occupied twenty days in crossing the Seine, so that on the 26th 
 ot Jane the spring had not much more than begun. 
 
 u ^tr^^^^^C "^«'^^d?s, he was unable to make use of the com which 
 he had brought up the nver Arar in vessels, for the following reasons r/>ro»- 
 ttrea) because the Helvetu, from whom he was unwilling to depart had 
 turned asid^ their line of march from the Arar. »-.o /nr7»./,io gov;rnS 
 by u<». What verbs govern the ablative? H. 421.1 ; A. & G zlo - 
 
 H.^1:. & S*? ^48"^^' "P'" '"'*"" * ^""^^^ P'^*^" '° * higher.-iumin. : 
 
 dunn-ducere : - they (the Aedui) kept putting off (Caesar) from day to 
 day ; they kept saying that corn was being collected, was on the road 
 was ready for dehwery." -diem-Aedui : fully, Aedui rf«ccrfi (historical inf 
 =ducebantj Caeaarem ex die in diem; so dicere=:dicebani: H <;^6 i • 
 A. & G. 275. We have a climax in conferri, comportari, adesse. ' ' 
 se duct : " that he was being put off too long."-^iutiu8 ; A. & G. 93 a 
 et—oporteret : " and that the day was at hand on which he had to mea^ 
 
 "cltTr %7 ^ '^lf^''''T'^^ •' "?f '-^^"^'^^^d ^««« Note on itineribtcs. 
 Chapter VL).~metin : not necessarily a passive deponent: scii. eum 
 before mettrt. Gram to the extent of two pecks (modii), about half a 
 bushel of our measure was served out to the army every fifteen davs 
 This the soldier kept in a sack, and when he required flour he ground ud 
 the gi-ain by means of hand-mills (molae manuales). ^ 
 
 eonvocati8-poiestatem : " after collecting together the chiefs of these 
 of whom -lehad a large number in hw camp, (and) amongst these Divitiacus 
 and Liscus who held the highest office, which officer the Aedui called Verso- 
 bretus, and is elected annually, and has the power of life and death over 
 his own people. '-conwca<M-^/,u;i/w6zis: H.43i; A. & G. 255. -copiam- 
 distinguish copia and copiae m meaning ; also castrum and caatra -dZ- 
 ttaco et Ltsco, fic\l, convocatia. Why is magiatratui in the dative? H 
 ^ J. -w' ^. ^' ^^^:-Y^Opbretum: said to be from the Celtic Fear'. 
 go-breith " a man for judging "; or Ouerg-breath, " strong in judgment " 
 Caesar (8.33) states that the person holding this office could not l^ve the 
 state during his temi of office, and that no one could be elected, if a living 
 memberof the family had held the post. The Celtic ady guerg Zy 
 be connected with the Aryan root kur, " powerful ;" cp. qvJrcuTihe oak 
 t.e., the strong tree ; Qmrttea, " the powerful » as holding the franchise • 
 qutrta, Kvpos, KvpioCt Koipaveli). ** ' 
 
 graviter-aublevetur: "he severely reprimands them (saying), that 
 though gram corn could neither be bought nor obtained from the fields in «I 
 urgent a crisis, the enemy being .so near at hand, he was not assisted bv 
 them, —poaaeti szil.,frumerUum.~tempore--ho8tibu8; abL absol : H 
 
 prMaertim—querUur: "especially does he complain with stUl greater 
 
N0TI<:8. 
 
 vehemence of his being eft unaided (by them) since he mainly (ex manna 
 parU-) influenced by their entroaiics had undertaken the war."_mm,«<i m 
 
 S U }L VFf^^ measure. " Give the (ovms o( precibus. For 
 multo : U. 423 J A. & G. 250. 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 quwi-propomt: "states publicly (that) which he had left unmen' 
 tioned. —qu„d, referrmg to td understood, object of propontt The rest 
 of the chapter is in oblUjue narration : H. 524 ; A. & G. ^16 Turn this 
 chapter into tlirect narrative. jj • " • ""» 
 
 e$i»-^affistratua : "there are home whose influence with the common 
 people is very great who in their private capacity have more influence 
 than the magistrates themselves."— /j/MnniMW, phis (see Note on plurimum 
 Chapter m).—privatim, others read private. The influence of the chief- 
 tain was paramount m all Celtic communities, from the days of Caesar till 
 comparatively late times. In Britain we find the same state of matters as 
 here depicted, till the end of the 17th Century. 
 
 hoa—perferre: "these by their seditious and disloyal speeches deterred 
 the peoiile from supplying the corn which they had engaged to supplv • if 
 now they were unable to hold the supremacy of Gaul, they had better 
 endure the government of the Gauls than that of the Romans "~ne eon- 
 ferant; the plural of the verb arises by a seme construction from the olural 
 implied in niuUttudinia : for mood : H. 498, II.; A. & G. 331 e With 
 perfcrre, scil., malle. Another reading is praeferre, instead of perferre • 
 the meaning then is : " if they were unable then to hold the supremacy of 
 Gaul, they thought the rule of the Gauls better than that of the Romans " 
 
 . *!!!J"!r*^'1"""" 'V"'''/*'^'^'^. ^^^y *° *'°"^* ^'^^t' »f the Romans de- 
 feated the Helvetii, they (the Romans) would deprive the Aedui as well 
 as the rest of Gaul, of their liberty." What meaning and construc'tion has 
 dubitare in an affirmative sentence ? What in a nerative ? H co^ i io\ • 
 A. & G. 332. g.-Aeduis H. .86.2 ; 385. II., 2 ; A. & G. 2Trl: 
 ereptun stnt : more emphatic than eripiant : H. 501 II 2 • A & G 
 319, d. •» . • V*., 
 
 quaeque—gerantur : " and whatever is done in the camp." 
 
 a «e S3 aJ!> Lisco. 
 
 qmn—tacuiaiie'. " moreover, in that compelled by necessity, he has told 
 this matter to Caesar, he knew at what risk he did this and for this reason 
 he had been silent as long as he could be."— gworf: H. 516 II 2 N • 
 A. & G. 333, a.— W refers to the clause, guod—enuntiarit, * ' * » 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 Co^«ar-^r«n<»e6a«: "Caesar felt by this speech of Liscus that Dum- 
 norix, the brother of Divitiacus, was meant :" literally, " was pointed at " 
 
 sed-retineti "but since he (i.e. Caesar) was unwilling that these matters 
 should be discussed, when many were present, he quietly dismisses the 
 meeting, (and) detains Liscus."— ywod nolebat. When does quod take the 
 indie, and when the subj. ? H. 516, I., H.; A, & G., 333 ; s^i.-^luri- 
 
N0TB8. 
 
 91 
 
 hna praesentibtu ; abl. absolute : H. 431.4 ; A. A G. 255, a. (Jive the 
 present indic. of prae^m.— concilium ; the usual distinction between con- 
 ailtum, and concilium, that ths former means "advice," "plan" while 
 the latter nieans " an assemblage," does not always hold good thoueh the 
 distinction holds here. Concilium : con. = cum . root cal, in calare, op. 
 Crk. Ka^lu to call together;" consilium : con. root sel; cp. solium : "a 
 throne, "to sit together"; root sed ; for interchange of d and /• cd 
 dd/rpw temma; dingua^ lingua.— dimittit, retinet. What figure? H* 
 467, III.; A. & G. 276, d. 
 
 quaerU~dixerU:''he (i.e. Caesar) inquires from him in private about 
 those things which he (i.e. Liscus) had mentioned in the meeting " Dis- 
 tmguish in meaning rogo, quaero, interrogo. 
 
 eademr-quaerU : " he makea inquiries about the same things from others 
 in secret." * 
 
 esM vera : soil. A<iee. 
 
 ipaum—novarum : "that Dumnorix was the very man, of the greatest 
 boldness, of great influence among the common people on account of his 
 liberality, eager for a change of government."— »;wum ; ipse has often this 
 meaning. Translate trij/mta dies erant ipsi, quum has daham liUeras 
 summa audacta, scil., virum: for the case of audacia gratia ■ H 410 II '• 
 A. & G. 251 '•*:*< ** . 
 
 complures- nemo: "that he (i.e., Dumnorix) had farmed for manv 
 years the rcr.^imes arising from the harbours and all the other taxes of the 
 Aedui at a low rate, because, when he was bidding, no one dared to bid 
 against him.' —annos r H. 379. , A. & G. 256. -portotia. The different 
 kinds of taxes were : (1) tributum, which was (a) either a tax so much a 
 head {in capita) ; (6) or a tax according to the valuation of the estate 
 {ex eenm) ; (c) or extraordinary, exacted in cases of necessity {temerarium) • 
 (2) portorium, money paid at the port for goods imported or exported ' 
 the collectors of this tax were c&\kd portttores ; (3) decimae, tithes, oi 
 a tenth part of com and a fifth of other fruits, which were exacted from 
 all those who tilled the public lands {ager publicus) either in Italy or out- 
 side of it ; (4) scriptura was a tax paid from the public pastures or woods 
 Vectigal was a general term applied to anything brought into the treasury 
 {veho. yectuJf).~parvo pretio : H 422 , A, & G 2S2.~~redtmpea habere- 
 redemme: H. 388.1. N ; A, & G. 292 c. The revenues were farmed 
 out, that IS, the privilege of collecting them was sold at auction to the 
 highest bidder who collected them through agents {ptiblicani). The 
 persons who farmed these guaranteed the state a certain sum and pocketed 
 the remainder -ilh Hcente: H. 431 ; A. & G 255. The verb Uceor 
 (middle deponent) is from the same root as linquo ; first meant " to cet a 
 thing lefl to oneself," hence "to bid for it." The intransitive lieeo has 
 the meaning, " to be let," i.e. " sold '' at a given price 
 
 ^—comparasse : "by this means he had both increased the wealth of 
 his own family and had obtained great means to carry out his liberality "- 
 auxifse : distinguish augere, transitive, and crescere, intransitive —laraien 
 dum: H. 542. III. N 2, A & G. 300.— compai-asse, scil., eum. 
 
 auo—alere : " at his own expense he always mainta-ned."— «Mm»<M • H 
 420; A. & G. 245. '^ ' 
 
i ;i 
 
 li :l 
 
 62 
 
 N0TE9. 
 
 imive—poaaf. : "and not only at home, but also jimong the neighbou»ing 
 states did he exercise a powerful influence " — neq:ie ~ et non.--domi : H. 
 426.2 ; A. & G. 258. d. 
 
 atque—collocasse ; '* and for the sake of (maintaining) this influence, 
 he had given in marriage his mother to a mau among the Bituriges there 
 the 7 jst noble and most powerful, (while) he himself had a wife from the 
 Helvetii, (and) had given in marriage a (half) sister on his mother's side, 
 and bis own near relations to be married among the other states. "—<at«a : 
 H. 416, foot note 2 ; A. & G. 245 c. Biturigibua : the Bituriges were a 
 Celtic people separated from the Aedui by the Loire. Their chief town was 
 Bouryes. — collocassc, scil., nuptum; for construction of nupfum : H, C46.1 ; 
 A. & G 302. — ipsum : Dumnorix, who had married the daughter of Orge- 
 torix (see Chap. vi.). — sororem ex matre, scil., partam. 
 
 f avert — affinitatem : *' that he was friendly and well disposed to the 
 Helvetii on account of that relationship."— /:/eZwg<tM : for the case : H. 
 385. 1 : A. & G. 227. The full phrase is : cupere omnia Heh' tiorum 
 cau8d, or evpere omnia quae helvetii cuperent. 
 
 odiate — restUutm : " that he further hated Caesar on his own account, 
 and the Romans, because with their approval his power had been curtailed, 
 and his brother Divitiacus had been restored to the old place of influence 
 and of power (held by him i.e. Dumnori>l." — kuo nomine : H. 416 ; A. 
 & G. 245. — diminuta, scil., aU. Divitiacus was a Druid of great influence 
 and high position. We may infer that he was a man of refinement He 
 had spent some time at Rome, B.C. 63, trying to get the aid of the Ro- 
 mans agamst Ariovistus. 
 
 «t— ventre • "if anything adverse should happen the Romans, he had 
 the greatest hope of obtaining the sovereign power by the help of the Hel- 
 vetii." Distinguish accidit, evenit ; said of favourable or unfavourable 
 things, the former applied to things that are unexpected, that take us by 
 surprise, the latter, to things that are expected and foreseen ; eontigit, 
 obvenit, obtingit, applies to things that are fortunate, the first referring to the 
 favours of fortune, the other two to things that fall to one's lot— si quid 
 accidat : euphemism, a mild way of saying anythmg ill-omened ; cp. It n nd- 
 Boiev for el Gdvotev 
 
 imperii— deaperare: "so long as the empire of the Romans lasted, he 
 despaired not only of (obtaining) sovereign power, but even of (retaining) 
 that influence which he had." — Tor imperio : H. 416 or 429 ; A & G 24c 
 or 256. ' ■ ^^' 
 
 reperiebat — equitibus : " Caesar found out further in the course of his en- 
 quiries in regard to the unsuccessful cavalry skirmish which had taken place 
 (that) a beginning of the flip[ht in it (i.e. in the battle) had been commenced 
 by Dumnorix and his cavalry." Distinguish reperire, said of things found 
 out with difficulty, after a search ; invenire, of things accidentally dis- 
 covered. — quod is attracted into the case of the relative clause, while its 
 proper place in the antecedent clause is taken by fugae. — ^us, either (i) a 
 prominent adjective, "of that flight," or (2) referring to proeUum. 
 
 auacilia — CaeaatH: H. 390, II.; A. & G. 233. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 88 
 
 CHAPTER XrX. 
 
 quilm»-<ognUia : "after these things were found out ": H .4 } i ; A. & G. 255 
 Quumr-^iderent: "when the most undoubted facts were* add^ to 
 these grounds of suspicion." Distinguish in meaning ausplcio, niaptcio 
 3«oj^-^rad«XM.rf : " the fact that he had led": for the mood: H. 
 
 ?s^weVi:kn^ownt;;thefea^der'.^'''' "^'^ '"'^""^^'^^ ^"^P^^ '"^^^ ^^- ^-^ 
 
 ch^r^^es. "''^ '^'^ *''* *•* ""^^ ^^''^^ ^^ »« P-— -^ ex- 
 
 nan modo-ipais: "not only without his (Caesar's) own oixiers, and 
 hose of the state (of the Aedui), but even without the knowledge of 
 the latter. Dechne mju88U.—ip8is=Gaesare et Aeduis. 
 
 a maifittrcUv, i.e., by the Vergobret, Liscus. 
 
 causae : depending on satis, which is used as a noun : H. W7 a- A * 
 G. 216, 4. What other adverbs are similarly used ? -> . a. « 
 
 quart-juberet : " why either he himself (i.e. Caesar) should punish him 
 or ordwr the state to punish {him),"— ajiimadverteret, a mild way of speak- 
 ing. With an ace. only animadvertere, means, "to see " or "observe " 
 With ace. with in, " to punish." For mood : H. 524, 529. I.; A. <b G. 
 334- 
 
 hiH-^ebus : "to all these considerations " : H. 385, I.; A. & G. 227. 
 
 hi8-~sogmverat: "the one objection that was in the way of all these 
 considwations was the fact that he knew that the good will of his brother 
 Divitiacus towards the Roman people was very great; that his affection 
 towards himself was very great ; that his loyalty, his -a.'-artl for right his 
 self-control, was pre-eminent." Divitiacus, though belongine to' the 
 Druids, was one of the most Romanized of all the Gauls. Coming to 
 ^°™^:.,?-^- P' ^^^1, *^f ^^^?t« was engaged in crushing the consoiracy 
 of Catilme, he was detained for some time, frequented the best sbcietv 
 and enioyed the friendship of Cicero, who consulted him, as a Druid on 
 the subject of the treatise, De DivinaUow. His name is said to be 
 denvtd from the Celtic dui, "a god." —volunUiiem—fidem—jusmam— 
 temperanttam. Note the asyndeton. 
 
 nam verebatur: " for he was afraid that by punishing him (literally bv 
 the punishment of him i.e. Dumnorix) he would wound the feeUnes of 
 Divitiacus. Explain the use of ut and ne after verbs of " fearing " • H 
 498, III. ; A. & G. 331, f. 5 . «. 
 
 prtusquam—conaretur. "before he made any attempt." For the 
 mood : H 520, n.; A. & G 327. Explain the use of priusquam, with 
 the Indicative and with the subjunctive. » ' « 
 
 fuotidianig—remotia: " dismissing the ordinary interpreters " • H ^21 ■ 
 A. & G. 255. ^ ^J* ' 
 
 «ui—habebat: " in whom he had unbounded confidence in all things." 
 ^mul dixerit : "at the same time he reminds him of those things which 
 Hd been said in the council of the Gauls in his (Caesar's) presence about 
 } 'umnorix, and he points out what each one individually had said about 
 
84 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 li :i 
 
 'l 
 
 hiin(».<. Dumnorix) before him {Caesar)."— dicta aitU . H. 529, I ; A A 
 G. 334 ; so also dixerit. Distinguish quisque and uterque. 
 
 petit- juheant : "he asks and advises that without wounding his (Divi- 
 tiacus s) feehngs, either that he (i.e. Caesar) should decide (the matter) 
 regarding hiin, after the cause had been heard, or that he should order the 
 state to do so." Coynoacere cawaaw, is "to hear a cause. "—ewitotew 
 scil., Aeduorum. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 ne atatuant : " that he would not come to any decision too severe 
 against his brother."— (/miV/; when is quia use^l for aliquiat U 45? — 
 ffraviua: H. 444, I ; A. & G. 93, a. What mood would this atateinentht 
 in direct narration ? From ne to averterentur we have oblique narrative 
 Change this to direct: H. 523, III.; A. & G. 339. 
 
 ae scire : scil. , dixit. 
 
 plus doloria : for partitive genitive : H. 397, 3 ; A. A G. 216, a, 3. 
 
 propterea qaod-creviaaet : "because, at a time when he (Dilitiacus) 
 himself had very great influence at home and throughout the rest of Gaul 
 (while) he (Dumnorix) had very little on account of his youth, he (Dumno- 
 rix) had grown (m lufluence and power) through his (Divitiacus's) means " 
 gratia : H. 416 ; A. & G. 2^s.—plurimum, minimum; strictly speaking 
 cognate accusatives : H. 304, i. 3 ; 37i, IL, (2) ; A. & G. 148, d ; 240 a 
 With creiHsaet, soil., optbui ac nervia ; opes, refers to resources of anv 
 kind ; nervt, to power, strength, originally physical, then political 
 
 quibu^-^Ueretur : " wherefore he (Divitiacus) would employ these re 
 sources and this power not only to lessen his (Dumnorix's) influence but 
 almost to his own destruction." With uteretur, scil. , propterea ouod ' Fm 
 mood : H. 524 ; A. & G. 336. ^ ' 
 
 quod— factum : "but if any punishment too severe should befal him 
 (Dumnorix) at the hands of Caesar, while he (Divitiacus) held such a decree 
 of friendship with him (Caesar), no one would think that this had not been 
 caused without his (Divitiacus's) consent."— « quid accidiaaet : a euphem- 
 tarn i cp el u wdffot.—accideret ; distinguish in meaning contiait. accidit 
 evenit, obvenit : see Chapter xviii, * 
 
 qua ex re-av^tereniur : " wherefort, (he said) the result would be 
 that the eyes of all Gaul would be withdrawn from him."— Totius Oalliae 
 =omn%um Qallorum. What figure ? 
 
 peteret : for the mood : H 521, II., 2 , A. & G. 325. 
 faciat : note the omission of ut after orat H. 499, 2 ; A. & G. 331 t. R 
 tanti—condonet ; " he points out that his (Divitiacus's) influence with him 
 (Caesar) was of such weight, that he (Caesar) would not remit the wrongs 
 done to the state or his (Caesar's) own personal annoyance in return for his 
 (Divitiacus's) good will and in accordance with his prayers."— ton<» • H 
 404, 405; A. A G. 215, c; 252, a.—condonare, means ' originally " to 
 remit sume debt (ace.) m consideration for something" (dat ) Here it 
 meK.is, to remit a me-'ed punishment, not to the guilty person, but reason 
 ably to another, for the beneHt of the guilty. ' "" 
 
N0TR8. 
 
 86 
 
 fralrem mfhibet : *' he has his brother as a witness." 
 
 nupicimfs : •• grounds lor suspicion. " DistinRuish »uspicto, mupMo, 
 
 agat, loquatvr: H. 529, 1 ; 529, II ; A. A G. 334, 342. 
 
 chapti<:r XXI. 
 
 *^^■;f*^**Tr^ "'??** '•*" «"*^'"y *•»«* encamped at the base of the 
 mountam. Ihe Helvetn were now in the valley of the Licer (Loire) a 
 short distance north of Bibracte (Aitlm.) ** [^otre), a 
 
 mialis misit • " he sent out scoutP to ascertain the character of the hill, 
 and the chance of a-^cendmg it on its various sifles."—4>»«g^ H wo i • 
 A. k G. 3.]4--7«'» ch-cuiiu : literally, " in the going round/'' i.e.. '"on the 
 other side. Caesar intended to make a flunk movement so that he miirht 
 get on the other side of the height and occupy the summit above the heads 
 
 of the enemy. co(juoscf.rent ; for the mood : H. 407. i : A A G 117 — 
 
 miiif., scil., exploratotea. ^^'* ' '^' "■ ^' 3<7 — 
 
 fofXlum. eBM, scil., aHcenaum. 
 
 de-vigilia : distinguish this from tertia vigilia ; see rote on de viailia 
 Chapter Xii. What were the divisions of the nijjht? See Chapter xii. 
 
 Ugatnmpropraetoret " lieutenartl, with th-; power of commander " or 
 as we should say, ;• lieuienani.-general."~-/,ra«-i<or, the one who Roes 
 l>efore," or "leads, was properly the "geiuTul,"uud was often vsedfor 
 consul m oiden times. 1 he »erm prixetor and proconsul were uo-d indif- 
 ferently in tlie Provinces. Ubieims was next to Caesar in command. 
 
 ducibua : apposition to Mh : " with these (men as) iruides. 
 
 cotuilii . H. 397, 3 : A & G. 2i6, a, i. 
 
 itip»re • H. 420, i, 3); A. & G. 258, g. 
 
 quo ; "as :" H. 451, 5. 
 
 q\ii—habehaiur'. "who was consu'ersd very well versed in militai^ 
 matters j" for the genitive: H, 399, I, 2 ; A. & G. 218, a. 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 prima luce: H. 440, 2, N. i i A. « G. 193, It was now midsummer, 
 and daybreak would be about 4 a.m. 
 
 summusmon$: distinguish this from flu/^rewus mon^ : distinguish also 
 imtu mons and irifimus mona. 
 
 teneretur : why subjunctive? H, 521, II,, 2 ; A. & G. 325, 323. 
 
 paaaibua : for ablative : H. 417 ; A. it G. 247. What was the lencth 
 of a Roman paasus f See Note at the end of Cha[)ter 11. 
 
 comperit : distinguish comperio, I find out by inquiry ; reperio, I find 
 out by search something concealed ; invenio, I come upon a thing suddenly 
 or unexpectedly without any effort. 
 
 eqm — admiaaox abl. abs., "with his norseat full speed," 
 
 velUnt : dependent clause in oblique narration : H. 524 ; A. & G. 336. 
 
86 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 Oallicis insignihw: the devices on their shields and helmets. He-e Oal- 
 licii = Helvetiis. 
 
 dicU — aubducit — itutruU ; note the force of the presents. 
 
 vt : give the different uses of at : see Vocabulary. 
 
 eommitteret . H. 498, i ; A. & G. 331, a. 
 
 viaae esssent : H. 529, II.; A. & G. 342. 
 
 proelio : for ablative : H. 414, i ; A. & G. 243. 
 
 mullo — di^i "at length when the day was far advanced j" al-l. abso- 
 lute. 
 
 per exploratore$ : distinguish this and ab exploratoribm : H. 41 q, i, 
 1, IV. 
 
 proviso: "as (something) seen." Considius in the dim light of the 
 morning had supposed the detachment of Labienus on the height a Gallic 
 force. 
 
 irUervallo : for ablative : H. 445, 9 j A. & G. 200, b. 
 
 milUa : H. 379 ; A. & G. 257. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 postridie : posteri die, cotidie are locatives merged in a dative ; cp. in 
 old Latin, die quinii, die crasfAni. Others take posteri die as ablative and 
 compare poatea and ar^a. — diti is a pleonasm • for the case, see H. xqZ. k ■ 
 
 . k G. 214, g. 
 
 qtiod — supererai: "because two days in all remained." Wh^n doej 
 quod take the indicative, and when the subjunctive? H. 516; A. ft G. 
 321. — biduum, the quantity of the i is accounted for by the fact that 
 biduum—bidivum, the second i is omitted, the first » is long by position. 
 
 quum — oporteret : " within which it was necessary that he should mea- 
 sure out corn to the army." — quum marks the time at the end of which the 
 com had to be given out ; and the time is determined by biduum : H 
 521, II , A. & G. 320, 323. 
 
 amplius — octodecim : millibua is ablative of measure, not governed by 
 ampnus : H. 417, 2 ; A. & G. 247 c. For the length of a Roman ^««m, 
 see at the end of Chapter 11. What other word may be used for 
 octodecim ? 
 
 rei—^ldstimavil: "he thought it necessary t» provide for a supply of 
 corn." What cases may p-oyit/ere have ? H. 385, i, II.; A. & G. 228. 
 
 Bibracte: what case? H. 380, II.; A. & G. 258, b. 
 
 decurionis: the cavalry of a Roman legion was divided into 10 lur- 
 mae, each turma numbering generally SO; each of these turmae was 
 divided into three decuriae, each decuria numbering 10 The com- 
 ihander of a decuria was called decurio. 
 
 quod — existiinarent : for the mood : H. 516, II.; A. & G. 341, d, 
 on this account: H. 416 ; A. & G, 245, R. 
 
 pridie ; traces of a locative in e are found j as cotidie, hodie. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 67 
 
 quod—conJideretU : "because they trusted that they could not be pre- 
 fented from obtaining a supply of corn."— re: H. 414, I ; A. & G., 243. 
 Conjugate coi\fidert. What verba are semi-deponeiU ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 id—advertit : the usual construction with animum advertere " to notice," 
 IS ad ahquam rem. The two accusatives with advertere, animum and a pro- 
 noun id, hoe, illvJ, though common in Sallust and Caesar is unusual in 
 other classic Latin writers. Cicero used the form animadoertere which 
 Caesar also sometimes uses. Animum is governed by the verb and id 
 by the prep, ad : H. 376 ; A. & G. 239, b. See also Note, C. Xi'x. 
 
 subdueU : "he leads up close"; cp. subaequor, 
 
 qui titstineret : " to keep in check": for the subjunctive : H 407 i • 
 A. & G. 317. The battle was fought to the west of Bibracte. ' ' 
 
 interim— medio : "meanwhile, half way up the hill"; interim, implying 
 a short duration ; iiUerea, "meanwhile" signifying a longer period occi^ 
 pied.— <n;}/tcem aciem : a legion in Caesar's time numbered 6,000 men, and 
 consisted of 10 cohorts. Four of these cohorts formed the first line ;'then 
 three behind the first four; then three behind the fiist three, 'fiach 
 cohort is supposed to have been sepaiated from the other by an interval 
 equal to the length of the cohort. 
 
 legionum—veteranarum : for the genitive : H. 396 V. ; A. & G. 211; 
 The regular time of service for foot soldiers was twenty years ; for cavalry- 
 men, t«n. They were then discharged (emeriti), or they re-enlisted and 
 served not with the other soldiers, but under their own flag They were 
 then called v^rani, vexillarii, subaignani, or evocati. 
 
 ita—coUocareti " in such a way that he posted above himself on the top 
 of the ridge the two legions which he had very lately enrolled in further 
 Gaul, and all the auxiliary troops."— «tpm se ; Caesar was with the four 
 legions.— «Mmmo : H. 440.2, N. 1.2 ; A. A G. 193— grwcw; see Note on 
 duaaqw eonscribit.— Chapter x. Distinguish CAixi/ium and auxilia in 
 meaning. Here auxilia were troops that were not Italian. 
 
 hominibua — eompleri : " to be manned," 
 
 interea : see note on interim, above. 
 
 gareinae, the indvidual baggage of a Roman soldier consisted of 
 provisions for fifteen days (dbaria), utensils {utensilia), a saw {serra) a 
 basket (fiscm) a hook (falx), a thong (lorum), a chain {catena), a pot 
 and stakes (xxnUi) ; the whole amounting to sixty pounds in weight : hti- 
 pedimenti, the general baggage of the legion. 
 
 conferiissima — acie . .this ablative seems to be adverbial of manner after 
 succesaerunt : "after repulsing our cavalry, and forming their phalanx, they 
 advanced in very close order to our van." — acie : H. 419, III.- A.'& G. 
 2^%.— phalange, any compact body of men went by the name of phalanx. 
 The Helvetii probably locked their shields together. The Helvetian wa.s 
 f^uite distinct from the Macedonian phalawf. 
 
88 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 I: 
 
 liiii i 
 
 ! 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 reajon, however, lo suDiXKe i?.. il. „ ? ?. "" '^"°"- There ii no 
 
 tions .hat CeS-, inTnS hS h,^^, ," "^ dl»mo„med. Plui.rch men- 
 
 . broHgh. back for'the pu^lf. Xr'Ihe'eS^ S^r^^:! ""' " "-"M >- 
 
 H.T,V4S"%5:'"" '"°'" "' "' '"'"'= """' ">"•>"> •»'■ ••»• = 
 
 abT: H?rj?fi::'|'^.''-;^' = •' »"■" "■« *« ""nd w.. disI«ig«L» abl. 
 gladiia dfstrictis ; "withdrawn swords" 
 
 quod—coHigatii : '* that when several r.f ♦!,-• V\ ,* ^^ 
 
 pinned together by one blow of ?he kj^ in, t" "''^' ^f* ^''''"''^ «"d 
 put (the javelin), L. in consequenrof hVr K '° P"" 
 
 its movement, to fight with sufficient adv^n^j ^ ^.'"^ ^ampe'ed in 
 
 the javelin) hkdbee^ bent (irfhrsWdd)T^S%ftL' '"" ^"' ^°' 
 
 «c;«<M- ■eoUigatis : for the abl abs H ah a a n 
 KWKW, the oKong shield, abo-,t four kitLemiZj'il, . ?¥l!*"'? 
 madeofwocl, pinned tocelhsr wi'h litt!. nl JS..» '' ^ "'''' ''"««'. 
 
 covered with bull's hide, from di^.l'ii^ "fj'T' ""'' "« »*ole 
 generally of meW.-«^.,S^?f^: •~"";^ fj;''* "V:S«'■^ """•^l!'' 
 
 r^i™x^.s^h'en'??,s^rl^fr?*:" 
 
 ^deavouHng to p„„ „„, „. ,i,,.„ -T£tp^"'?^!re^i^,r,>^ 
 
 andfSs-tKTtiirr'abtt z??;^'^^" .'i:"> •» ''^'. 
 
 i.* he„ a noun depending rJlS.? .""h ^^^7^-.^ : 
 
 o„rrr;^r^s;/„;3Ss?b*h\TrB"oi^,i.,'r,'^*i!' •»* ""«" 
 
 imf to nearly fifteen tKoosand n^n closrt ih, 1 ■ T'. "■■«•. •°>»»ne. 
 
 novtssimis—erarU : "were a defence tn th^ ««. 7, f ? 
 H. 390 ; A & G. 233.-m ,W^ " "„ the tlT"' i±J^' '^ S^"^« " 
 unexposed flank ;" probably the rieht side »» Ji. S^ "^^'''- «» t^e 
 shield7on the left. ^ ^ * *'"**' " *•»« ^o'd.ers carried their 
 
N0TS8. 
 
 (the Helvetii) conquered and dislodjrrd • the thlrA l.'n. /.• l 
 
 that they kept in \heck (the Boii and TuHn«d) coJw In • "'r' ' ''^^^ 
 
 stgnu discedere, colkUis aignin confiiaere siani, Zr^lZ- ' **Verre, a 
 The ide. here i. that the fi?st ^n^J^Z\'T^ cc^h^.t'Z^ 
 to oppose the men dislodged (tummotis) the hlrS .l- ^ u*"-"" 8^"?""^ 
 so a« to meet the enemy who aXffiL'ir flank rSr.^f 'i!"' P*^'"^" 
 sented two fronts to the enemy. ^**'' '=°^°'^ "o'^ P«- 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 atteri— eonitt/erunj : " some retreatMl tn fh« ».^..>» • 
 thebegimdng of the battlej otherfeH back in "l^"'*"" " Jhey did in 
 
 propierea—conjiciebant : " because they had placed \h^ »,„„ 
 rampart against (our men), and (thus) fro.^ a van^tage groundTonhr^ ' 
 mg their javehns agamst our men (who were) coming un''«? f ^ *" °^' 
 see Note. Chapter i -e-*u;,er.-oW. ^h^^^^^gf i^-^ZTSlrf'' 
 javelm was twenty-five yards. It would pain aSaf S, c ^** °^* 
 small an elevation as the height of the oTrts ^ ^^^^ ^'■°'" ^^*" ^° 
 
 S2i.II., 2; a: iaiaT'^" ""^ '""''' '"^^-bjuncti 
 
 ter"r:;p^.3^To?r.;t;;^r£^ 3?rry g ^le^^ %t--^ ^^^^-^^ - 
 
 night after the battle. ^^^ , a. a u. 256. This must mean the 
 
 truiuum-^raU : « having delayed for the space of three days : » with 
 
yo 
 
 N0TK8. 
 
 JrWijum, «cil., »patium. The fact that (he Romnng dckywl .o lonu aHer 
 the bAttle shows that it must have cost them dearly. ^ 
 
 othTfc''^*''ir"^I?""*, •''*'"^. "°^ /? *'^ "^^•'" ^''h corn or with any 
 other thttiK. For the subjunctive: II. 533, III.; A. & G. iio. What 
 would the mood l>e in direct discourse? ^"'^ 
 
 Hekttiit"f!?3^Klf';'^ '^ '^J ^^•'- ?''"«""«>') '•'^"W aid them {i.f. the 
 
 una SLf S "'''."'^V'-r J^««''"tive refers to fAnffonas, and is the Subject 
 and {€o») the o.yect of juviamU, i.e. eo» is oniitle<i— ^, scil., Aa W 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 9*ti--paru^rmt: "and when these met htm on his march and threw 
 
 tears be^ed for pence, and when he oniered them to await h s arrival 
 
 m .no same place n which they were, they obeyed," Snguish S 
 
 fT'u',"' ^?T"'^—r* '^''^••^'' »" nmbassadors ; eo,, to the main iS 
 
 H 529, Ir!";:.^^ 0/342; '""'' <=""«^ruction.-.;,«n^': why .ubrunctiTe' 
 
 oYJ^e^-mmcU: "he .lemanded (from them) hostages, arms and 
 
 dum-~eonfermtur: " while these were beinjr hunted up and collected " 
 Lxplaut he uses odium : H. 519 ; A. & G. 276. e.-«arno«l. n rrefcr- 
 
 Sf b r ..'iT"'-"'''"';; V- '♦^S. 3. N. , ; 439. a. N.; A. i G.Tqs, 
 Sl* ~ ^ ^ »nfermw«<i .• he l.ostajjes, arms and slaves were not all col- 
 lected m one day ; a niKht elapse^l. and at the boginninti of this uiLdi hose 
 SIX thousand menlioned escaped to avoid surrender. 
 
 {!?^'i^.,'*^ Note. Chapter xii.~ VerhigenuH: this canton at home dwelt 
 S'v^tleHa,^'.''*^''' '/%.^n««*. and occupied the n^odern district of northern 
 
 perterrUi : explain the gender of this word • H. 438, 6 ; A ^ G iSt 
 N "^'A^'^lk' r" "r °^ "^ '^"^ '^^^ *'^*'^ ^'^'^^''' **^ '"'■''^""^ • "• *9^' "'•' 
 
 ./uod-f xis^imam,/ ; *' becanse, though the number of those surrendering 
 was so great Miey thought (hat either their flight could be kept secret of 
 would be altogether unnoticed. V'r«orf~ftr«,VimamU ; for subjunctive 
 
 S16, .; A. AC. 341, d~in muUitudine : this would be regularly 
 expressed by the abl. absol. of the present part, of mw, if such a Dresent 
 mrt. existed.— «fcrfi<i7iorMWJ .- according to Caesar dedUitii are those who 
 have takei up armsagauist the Roman people, and, being vanquished have 
 surrendered [se dediderunt). i r » . k "^u'snea, nave 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 mcitt; "found this out" ; rescio is to find out a thing concealed („ 
 contrary to expectation. *^ wi«v.c«iwi, 01 
 
 quorum :- the reUijvc precedes the antecedent his 
 
 Mt-impemvU: "he ordered these to hunt aAerthem and bring ♦hem 
 
NOTMS. 91 
 
 oack if they wmhcl to be hold gviihl<^n."-cmfnth'ermt t H. 498, i- A 
 N ; H • i' ;""'''* ' '" I"' **'«'''' ^■'•- '" 'he siKhi of Caesar : H 184 7 
 in'thi if.,.,* ^ 23S..-r.jiuc^o« -fuzhuit : "he regarded those I rouKhf bict 
 be put fte ,Sr*' ' " ''"^'*"'*"^»*' ^'y °f Wing that they Cld aU 
 
 unde'^e quibm. 
 
 reverti : lee Note, Chapter Viri. 
 
 A.Tg''^^' ; the indicative m indicating the speaker's reason : H. 516 ; 
 
 ne-M/jf-n* ; " lest on account of the fertility of the land, the Germans 
 who dwel across the Rlnne, should cro«s from their own terr tory btoZt 
 < f the Helvctn and become neighbours to the Province of Gaul and to the 
 AlIobrogcs."~<m7Wimi< : H. 497 11.; A. & G. riiy Caesar hir^ olS,\ 
 to the great western oiain of Swi&rlan'd. The ^eLtii had beeTreS^ 
 to about oue-tlnrd of what they were before. There was a la?ge amoSn 
 of land unoccup-ed and .t .s reasonable to suppose that the Germans Sed 
 in Helvetia in great numbers. . ^^^'naim ■ciiieu 
 
 Boio»-~cmressit : "(Caesar) yielded this request at the instiMUnn or 
 the Aedui that they (U. the Aedui) should alloV thclii to seufeli thi 
 torntor.es. because they (•.«. the Boii) were noted for their p c eminenl 
 val(mr."--^«t^«w pHmUhns: abl. abs. H. 419, III.; A. & G 2« S 
 phrase «<-ro«ocri,T»<, depends, on the ablative absolute : Aeduis--^^ 
 tenlthus.-,rt,hns^eiH: qno,^.eos: H. 45.^: A. & G. 180, f. - m^a 
 after the re hdliop of Vercingetorix, told in Hook VlL-atnuex "as-'' h' 
 554.1.2, IV.; A. & G. 156, a. ^ "' 
 
 "to find," 
 a thing 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 tabulae— sunt -. " lists were found." Distinguish re»<?r»o 
 after search has been made ; invenio, to suddenly " come c 
 without searching for it. 
 
 Uteris— confectae : "written in Greek characters." No Gallic alohahpt 
 .« known, rhe Gauls probably loa. ne.l the mode of writing from the 
 (.reeks of Massiha, a colony established by the Phocaeans B C 600 Strahn 
 mentions that the Gallic contracts were made out in Greek.-7e/i6tM in 
 tahuha; for the repetition of the relative, see Note, Chapter Vi.: H. 445 
 
 ratio— est: " a computation is made."— g-wt: interrogative- H 188 IT 
 I ; A. & G. 104, fi.~dinno—fxiM8et: H. 529.1 ; A. & (}. -ioa • for «hn 
 latter, see H. 503. 1 ; A. & G. 320, a. ^ ' * ^^"^ ' ^°' '^^^ 
 
 (teparatim : " in separate lists." 
 
 jimrum—summai "the total of all these various lists was."—car)itum 
 miwtiorwn = Helvtiorum, by aynecdocM. We still say " head " of cattle 
 The sum total was 368,0001 the number bearing arms 92,000 j adding the 
 
93 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 IS i 
 
 number of those who left for home, li,ooo to the 32,000 of the Boii who 
 were spared, we find that 226,000 of the Helvetii perished in this four 
 months' campaign. 
 
 qui—po$9ent : H. 503.1 ; A. & G. 320 a. 
 
 eenw — habUo t *' after the enumeration was held ;" abl. abs. 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 
 totiua — OaHiae: "of almost all the whole of Gaul." By Oallia, the 
 land of the Oalli in a restricted sense is meant. 
 
 gratulatum ; for the construction of the supine in -urn : H. 546 ; A. & 
 G. 302. 
 
 intelligere, scil, dixerutUi for oblique narrative : see H, 523, 524; A. 
 & G. 336 : " they said that tlit-y were aware that though he, (Caesar), 
 in return for the former injuries done to the Roman peov>le by the Hel- 
 vetii, had inflicted punishment on the latter in war, this still had hap- 
 Sened no less to the advantage of the land of Gaul than to that of the 
 loman people." Helwtiorum — Populi: the former is the subjunctive, the 
 latter, the objective genitive. 
 
 propter ea — haberent: "because, when their affairs were most prosper- 
 ous, the Helvetii had left their homes with this design, (namely), to carry 
 on war against all Gaul, to become possessed of absolute power, to choose 
 for settlement from a gieat abundance (of places^ such a place as they 
 would consider the most favourable and the most fruitful, and to hold the 
 remaining states in subjection to them." — eo explained by the compound 
 clause introduced by tUi, which is in apposition to it. — imperio : what 
 two meanings and what two construction^i has potion-? See note, Chapter 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 petierurU — Ikeret : " they asked that they would be peitnitted to ap- 
 point for a fixed day a meeting of all the Gauls, and to do this with the 
 consent of Caesar." — sibi : why would ew be wrong ? — totiua — Oalliae = 
 omnium Oallorum. — voluntate : they wished to show that there was 
 nothing bad intended by their assembling. 
 
 habere: H. 523.1, N.; A. & G. 330, e. What is the usual difference 
 between consilium and conciliMm f See note, Chapter xviil. 
 
 tt — mnxeriint: "and they agreed among themselves by an oath that no 
 one except (those) to whom this duty was entrusted by their general con- 
 sent should divulge (what had been done at the council)." — jurfjurando : 
 decline this word. — mandatum esnet : plupf. subj. of indirect for fut. pref. 
 of direct discourse: H. 524; A. & G. 336. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI, 
 
 ad Caemrem : *' to Caesar." Explain the force of ad. 
 
 reverterunt : conjugate the verb. See note, Chapter viii. 
 
 «.<« lii^atf^t . « that thev would be allowed b^ themselves to treftt t^th 
 
 him with reference to the safety of themselves and of all." — wcrtJUi ; de- 
 rive the word.— ttcerrt : H. 538.1 (2) : A. & G. 270, a. 
 
HOTtt. 
 
 d8 
 
 C^^::?r^Z?;cW^'" '" *^^^^ ^^^^- ^''--^^ •» '^^e reet of 
 
 «on.mpe<rar«U:-" (they said) that they were as earnestly and as 
 eagerly anxious for this, (namely), that those things which Ihey said shouW 
 not be told as they were, that they would obtain these thing^which thiv 
 desirtd."-ui. m apposition to the clause beginning with «.-Tj/?ami;7 
 
 he2"^SJi;rSrn; ^.21^^''"^ ''' "'^'^ °' ^^"' *^^^^ -- *- p^«- Z' 
 
 W-arce««e»en<«r : "while they were eagerly striving for supremacy for 
 manyyears among themselves, it had come^to pass that the Germ's We 
 
 Suf) "' twr^'n""^ *^^^13r ' ^°^ P^y (^° ^'<' them agaTnst the 
 Aedui). -^vctdt : H. 422 ; A. & G. 2^2.—arctm€re^u.ur : H 408 II 
 
 orcerw : ar --= od, as m arvena. = advena ; arvocatus = advoc^tuM - 
 and as we have capesao from capio, so we have cmo from root ci incisr/ 
 Aorttm-^iwm: "at first about fifteen thousand of them had crossed the 
 Rhine. After these savage and barbarous men had grown foJd 5 he 
 lands and manner of living, and abundance of the Ga?ls, a greater num- 
 ber had been brought over." Decline millia.-tranaisae' what or "no 
 s^ons added to intransitive verbs of motion render these verbs transS 
 ti;:Eivef?rce 'rr^' •" ''' ^^"^^ '^^^ given?- „rfa^.e«. r'^o^tl 
 
 eumr-amiaisse: "with these the Aedui and their dependants repeat- 
 edly had engaged m battk ; being repulsed they had met with greaXss- 
 they had ost all their nobles, all their senators, all their cavalry "IS^,' '. 
 dependants m the tributary states ; root CLU, " to hear," hence " to obev-'' 
 cp audtre m phrase dicto audire.—calamitatem ; perhaps Irom cad " tn 
 fall ; " hence, calamitaa^cadamitas. ^ ' *° 
 
 quibus-potument : "by these battles and losses their power having been 
 broken, though they held formerly, both by their own valour and by the 
 kind and friendly re ations with the Roman people, the greatest power in 
 Gaul."-/racto,, soil se-hoapites, referring to the fact tha frSsh u 
 had existed between the Romans and the Aedui as nations. '"^nasnip 
 
 et~repetituroa : "and by an oath he binds the people of the state that 
 they would not demand the hostages they had given;" aeae, referring to 
 civea, implied m civttatem.—quo minua—aub. : "liom being under •" H 407 
 
 Joiiteiha^'.L''- ^'^' '• '" ""^ ''^ ^'^ P"""*' ^^ -»"^ - --e 
 
 unvm-daret: "that he was the only one of the whole state of the 
 Aedui, who could not be influenced to take the oath, or to give his chil 
 dren as hostages."— /)0<M6/i<, in direct discourse, the subjunctive would be 
 used : H. 503, II., i ; A. & G. 320, h.—utjuraret : H. 408 II • A A f ' 
 331 e.-Romam: H 380. II.; A. & G. 258, b.-^o.<:LWused as a 
 law terr.., " to claim," as a legal right. . « « 
 
 aed—accidiaae : " but a worse fate had befallen the Sequani than the 
 conquered Aedui. Ariovistus, derived by some from aar " an eaele " 
 and viatua a Latinized form of £rst=zhnrsL '*a nest*" the w'-d h' 
 means eyry : but see prop, names. » «« 01 men 
 
 paueU—ante : expresses this in various forms. 
 
94 
 
 K0TB8. 
 
 Iiil: 
 
 ftUwrum—pellerentnr: '-the rosult would be within a few years, that 
 all would be driven out of the land of Gaul ;" the subject is the clause 
 beginning with uti. — paucis nnis : express this in another way : H. 429 ; 
 A. & G. 256. 
 
 neque — comparandam : Caesar means that Gaul was superior to Ger- 
 many both m fertility and in cultivation ; "the soil of Gaul was too good 
 to be compared with that of Germany." 
 
 ut — semel: "when once for all." Distinguish aimul, "once," "at 
 once," and semel which brings out the idea of completeness. Mage' 
 tobria, from maith, Celtic for Latin inagnus, Greek /iiyag ; and brig or big, 
 " a fell." It is not known where this place v/sis.—exempla cruciatmque : 
 hendiadys. 
 
 hominunn : distinguish in meaning, homo and vir ; iratua, iracundua. 
 
 nisi—experiantur: "unless, indeed, they could get some help from 
 Caesar and the Roman people, all the Gauls would have to do what the 
 Helvetii had done, (namely), to leave home, to seek out another place of 
 abode, another habitation, apart from the Germans, to meet and endure 
 whatever fortune might befall them." — auxilii : H. 397, 3 ; A. & G. 216, a. 
 3. — idem, subject of /ac»«ndMm css« explained by the ut clause: H. 50I' 
 III.; A. &G. 332, f. 
 
 haec — aumat: "if these things were told Ariovistus, he (Divitiacus) 
 had no doubt but that he (Ariovistus) would inflict the severest punishment 
 on all the hostages that were in his hands." — dubitare, scil., «e. Distin- 
 guish poenaa dare, poenaa aumere. 
 
 vel — victoria : described in Chapters xxiv.-xxvil. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIl. 
 
 
 magno—fletu : H. 419, II.; A. & G. 248, R. 
 
 aniinadvertit : see Note, Chapter xxiv. — unoa, ** alone,*'— facerent x 
 H. 524 ; A. & G. 336. 
 
 aed—intueri: "but with sullen faces, with heads bowed down, they 
 gazed on the ground." Distinguish fris^ia, "of sad countenance ; " maes- 
 tua, " sad at heart." 
 
 reapondere : H. 536, I ; A. & G. 275. 
 
 cum — poaai't : " when he repeatedly asked them and was not able to 
 extort any reply at all." — quaereret : H. 521, IT., 2 ; A. & G. 325. 
 
 hoe — qneri : "on this account the lot of the Sequani was more wretched 
 and sadder compared with (the lot) of the others, because not even alone 
 in secret did they dare to lament." — hoc i abl. of difference or of cause. — 
 preie, scil., forttma. 
 
 propler^a — daretur : " because to the others the opportunity of escape, 
 at any rate, was granted."— rciigMw, scil., Qallia. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 95 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 
 his~cognUia : ablative absolute. 
 
 etr-putareti "and next to these things, (which he had heard), many 
 considerations influenced him why he should conclude that this matter 
 ought to be considered and undertaken by hi:..."— putaret : H Kox i ■ 
 A. & G. 320, a. ^ J J. . 
 
 quod—videbat : the indicative, as giving Caesar's own reason. 
 
 qitodr-arhUrabatur : " and while the empire of the Roman people was 
 so great, he thought this the basest thing to himself and the state ^' The 
 preposition WIS often used as a substitute for the ablative absolute, as 
 iM "participle of sum does not exist— quod =et id. 
 
 paukUim-^bat: "moreover, for the Germans to become accustomed 
 to cross the Rhine, and for a great number of them to come into Gaul, he 
 saw tliat this was fraught with danger to the Roman people." The first 
 two clauses are subjects of esse understood. 
 
 sibir-temperaturos : give the different meanings and constructions of 
 tempero.—ante, referring to the events of loi B.C. and 102 B.C. 
 
 praesertim—dmderet : " especially since the Rhine only separated the 
 bequani from our pro vince."—c?jt;t«fcre<: H. 517 ; A. & G. 326. 
 
 ipse—sumerati "moreover Ariovistus had put on such aire, (and) 
 assumed so proud a bearing. "~/erenc?i«»o»: "unbearable," 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV 
 
 quamobrem—deligeret i " wherefore he (Caesar) resolved to send envoys 
 to Anovistus to ask him (Ariovistus) to name some spot midway between 
 both m which they might hold a conference."-«/— mV/^,-^/; subject of 
 ^''T^iS • f'i I^ ' J A. & G 332, ■x.-quipostularent^uteipostularent, 
 r J?I' l''^-^ G 317. -meamm utriusque : H. 399, [. 3, note 2 ; A. & 
 Vj. 2I», d. bo we find me(/ms with genitive in Caesar; Dg Beli Gall 
 4, 19 j mtdtum fere regionum earum : " about the middle of that dis- 
 
 velle—agere: " (stating) that he wished to discuss with him a question 
 attectmg the state and matters of the highest importance to both of them." 
 
 ei legattoni=eislegatis : the abstract noun is put here for the concrete • see 
 note B. I., chapter vii. 
 
 si—oportertx " if he himself (Ariovistus) should want anything of Caesar 
 (he said) that he (Ariovistus) would l)ave come to him (Caesar) : if hefCae 
 sar) wanted anything of him (Ariovistus), he (Caesar) ought to come to him 
 (Ariovistus). Thi» sentence well illustrates the exactness of tiie Latin de- 
 monstratives and reflexives, an exactness that we do not possess in Endish 
 Ihe demonsfrative.s eum, tile, ilium, refer to Caesar : while the reflexives' 
 Ipse, ^ese, se, to Ariovistus. The first quid is subject of opus esset the se- 
 co ..'. ".^ well as se is governed hy poscere to be supplied with velii : H via- 
 A. i»t ,. 239, c. What is the usual construction oi opus esl? H aia IV 
 N. 4 : A. & G. 2A7. e. -t ^, m.^. 
 
 praeterea— posse : " besides he neither dared to come into those parts of 
 
 -3 
 I 
 
96 
 
 MOTU. 
 
 
 ! 
 
 Gaul which Caesar occupied without an array, nor could he muster an army 
 in one place without a larye commissariat and much trouble besides. 
 There is implied here that Ariovistus was some distance from Caesar, pro- 
 bably between the Rhine and the Vosges. We havehere read etnolnnirnfo 
 which sometimes means " gain," "profit," derived from grinding com: («, 
 prep.: mola, "a mill," hence, "the corn" the miller gets for grmding 
 wheat). It may also express the toil and trouble given in compensation for 
 gain. Some recognizing the difficulty read etnoliviento for moliri " to toil. 
 
 audere : what are semi-deponent verbs? Give a list of them. — contrahere : 
 
 often used in this sense : Caesar : De Bell, Gall, 5, 22 : navibus circUer octo- 
 j;inta onerariis coactis totitractisque. 
 
 sibi—esset'. •* moreover it seemed a strange thing to him, what business 
 at all either Caesar or the Roman people had in his part of Gaul which he 
 had won by conquest."— f«iV/—««,v/«i: partitive genitive ; H. 397, 3; A. 
 ft G. 216, a. I. Explain the subjunctives in the dependent clauses from 
 si quid io end of the chapter : H. 524 ; A. & G. 341, a. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 
 mandatis : " instruction " ; mandatum is properly wh-t one person 
 instructs another to do for him gratuitously, and is technically what an 
 agent does for another. Hence a message sent by messengers. 
 
 quoniam—postularet: *' seeing that, though treated with such kindness by 
 himself and the Roman people, since in his (Caesar's) consulship he had 
 received the title of king and friend at the hands of the Senate, he was 
 showing such gratitude to him and the Roman people that when invited 
 to come to a conference he objected, and did not consider himself under 
 obligation to discuss and investigate, a matter of common interest, these are 
 the demands which he made."'— i« sua consulatu : Caesar was consul 
 CO ^.C— rex— amicus ; though the Romans professed friendship for 
 Ariovistus after the battle of Magclobria, fearing possibly an alliance 
 between him and the Helvetii, they still were constantly professing re- 
 gard for the Aedui and championed their cause against Ariovistus.— 
 %-aliam referret : distinguish gratiam habere, *' to feel thankful " ; gratistn 
 %-e/erre, "to return a kindness"; gratiam agere, "to express thanks in 
 words" ; gratiam facere, " to do a favor." 
 
 ne—transduceret ', " that he would not any more lead any body of men 
 across the Rhine into GsiVLl."—quam = aliquam : note that quia=:aliqttts 
 after si, nisi, nutn, ne, quo, quanta : H. 455, I. ; A. & G. 105, d. 
 
 voluntaU ejus ; *' with his consent " : ejus refers to Ariovistus. Had 
 sua voluniate been used, sua would tiave referred to Caesar. 
 
 injuria • " wrongfully." For th subjunctives transduceret, redderet, 
 permitterei, lacesseret, in/erret: H. 523, HI. ; A. & G. 339- What would 
 the mood be in direct narration ? 
 
 si—futuram : expressed in direct narration this would be si id ita 
 feceris, mihi populoque Romano p.rpetua gratia atque amicitia tecum erit. 
 Give rules for change of pronouns when changing from indirect to direct 
 narrative. 
 
NOTK8. 
 
 97 
 
 si—impetraret — non rugUctuium {esse) : in direct narrative this would 
 be si non impetrabo — non ne}:;H'^atn. 
 
 censuisset : censere, placere, were technical words applied to resolutions 
 of the Senate. 
 
 Marco Messala Marco Pisoue consulibtts : B.C. 6i. 
 
 uti defenderet % "that, whoever held (Jaul as a province, should defend 
 the Aedui and the other allies of the Roman people as far as he was able 
 to do so in the interest of the stale." — uti^ut. — quod-=qnantum. 
 
 commode : an ablative of manner as in Caesar, De Bell. Gall. 5, 46 : 
 scribit Labieno si ret publicae commodo facere posset cum Ut^ione cut fiues 
 Nerviorumveniat: So. 6, 33: II. 419, III. Note 2; A. &G. 248, R. — reipub- 
 licae : objective genitive : H. 396, III. ; A. & G. 217. 
 
 facere=rdefendere : fcuere^ like do in English and "Koika in Greek, is 
 often used as a substitute for other verbs. 
 
 sese : repeated because of the long clause, quod — defenderet, intervening 
 between the subject and infinitive. 
 
 Aeduorum itijuricu : " wrong^ done to the Aedui " : objective genitive. 
 What would the subjective genitive be in English ? 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVI. 
 
 jus — imperarent: " the rule of war was that those who gained a victory 
 should rule those whom they had conquered just as they wished." The 
 tense of respcndit affects that of vicissent. If respoudit were present what 
 would vicissent be l—vellent-. subjunctive for what two reasons? 
 
 item—consuesse : "(and) 'hat the Roman people, in particular, had been 
 accustomed to rule the conquered, not according to the dictation of another, 
 but according to their (the Koman people's) own wish ."~t/?V/w : H. 441 • 
 A. & G. 188. ^ ' 
 
 si^-impediri '. " if he did not give any order to the Roman people as to 
 how they should exercise their rights, he ought not to be hampered by the 
 Roman people in exercising his x\^\s,."—pmescriberet: note the force of 
 the imperfect, implying from time to time. — sito—suo : the first refers to 
 the Roman people, the second to Ariovistus. 
 
 Aeduos—factos : " (that) the Aedui had been made to pay the war tax by 
 him, since they had tried their fortunes in war, had met him in battle and 
 been beaten." — amiis congressi, scil. secum. — stipendiarios : subject to pay 
 the stipendium, a fixed sum {vectigal certum), an amount payable whether 
 there was a crop or not. 
 
 magnam — faceret: note the emphatic position of magnam : H. 561, I. ; 
 A. iSc G. ; 344, \.—qui, causal =^m/>>/^ qut : "since he": H. 517 ; A. & 
 G. 320, e. — Note that sua refers to Caesar : sibi to Ariovistus : H. 449 ; 
 A. & G. i<)6.—deteriora : "less profitable": dtterior, "worse," "in- 
 ferior to " something good, a descending, just as melior is an ascending 
 comparative of bonus : pejor worse than something bad (malus). — injuria : 
 " without a just cause" : H. 419, III. N. 2 ; A. & G. 248, R, 
 
 si — petuierent'. "if they continued to adhere to the terms which the had 
 agreed upon and if they continued to pay yearly the tax." — coiivetiis^ci, : not 
 
 T 
 
98 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 li!^ 
 
 I 
 
 Rl i 
 
 from fom'f ft to, but from the impersonal r<»«z/«///. — Distinguish pendeo and 
 pendo in meaning. The use of pendo points to the custom of money being 
 paid originally by weight in uncoined metal : cp. Greek rd^vrov : English, 
 pound. 
 
 hn^e—abfuturum: "that the title of brothers of the Roman people 
 would be of little avail to them," literally, " would be a long way off for 
 them." Some have here his ; others its, which is perliaps the better read- 
 ing, as including all those mentioned before. In his or iis we have a 
 dative : cp. Tibullus, I, 5, 2 : at mihi nutu longe gloria abest \ Vergil's 
 Aen. 12, 52 : longe illi dea mater erit. 
 
 quod—contendisse\ "as tar as Caesar's threat was concerned that he 
 would not overlook the wrongs donn to the Aedui (he, i.e. Ariovistus, 
 would simply say) that no one had ever fought with him without bringing 
 destruction upon himself."— fJf^w': H. 516, II., 2, N.; A. & G. 333, a.— 
 sibi refers to Ariovistus : sty to Caesar. So again we have confusion in 
 secum referring to Ariovistus ; sua to the person implied in netninem. 
 
 quum — possent : "let him come on whenever he wished ; he would find 
 out what the (iermans, hitherto invincible, well drilled in the use of arms, 
 could do in valorous deeds, who, for the bst fourteen years, had never 
 been under a roof." What mood would congrederetur be in direct narrative ? 
 — intellecturum scil. dixit Caesaretn esse. — inter annos quatuordecim in what 
 other way may this be expressed ? In expressions of time inter expresses 
 a continuous space, " all through the space of fourteen years," while intra 
 limits the space, i.e. fixes a beginnine: and an end. An excellent exercise 
 for the stuaent will be to translate this chapter into direct narrative ; see 
 H. 522-531 ; A. & G. 336-342. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVIL 
 
 haec eodem tempore — et ; the two events are expressed co-ordinately, liter- 
 al ly, "this message at the same time was reported to Ciiesar and envoys 
 from the Aedui and Treviri came." In English, we should make the 
 former statement subordinate and say, "while this message was being 
 reported to Caesar, envoys, &c." 
 
 Aedui questum : scil, veniebant : H. 546 ; A. & G. 302. 
 
 transportati essent, scil. ab Ariovisto : H. 528, I. ; A. ft G. 34O1 
 
 ptpularentur ; H. 516, II.; A. & G, 341, d. 
 
 ne — daiis : " not even by the giving of hostages : " abl. abs. 
 
 Treviri, scil. veniebant qtustum. 
 
 ne — minus facile resisti : scil. illi : " (fearing) that if the new force of the 
 Suevi should be added to the old forces of Ariovistus they w luld be irre- 
 sistible." Before ne scil. metuens. — r^fij// : impersonal : scil. i/lis: "re- 
 sistance could be made less easily:" H. 301, I ; A. & G. 146, c. There 
 is here a litoies. 
 
 masnii itinenbus '. See note on B. I., chapter X. 
 
NOTiCS. 
 
 99 
 
 CHAPTER XXXVIII. 
 
 tridui scil, >ipatii=lrium dieruin; H. 396, V. N. i • A. & G. 215 b 
 triduum is n shoritned form o( tritlivum : cp. bifiuum=hUliifum. 
 
 id~existimabat: "Caesar thought that he should take especial care 
 that this thing should not happen." Wiut is the antecedent of Ui ? Com- 
 pare magno opere. Explain the case of sibi. Distinguish caveo te, caveo 
 Mi : H. 385, II., I ; A. & C'r. 227, c. 
 
 idque—facultatem: "and rhis (town) was so strong naturally by the 
 character of the ground it occupied that it afforded an excellent means 
 lor protracting the war." The imperfect mimiehcUur denotes a permanent 
 condition : cp Cic. Verr. 2, 2: urbem—Syracusas quae-toci natura terra 
 ac man claudebatur. »•*'»» 
 
 Alduasdubls : properly the " river of the black rocks." The Dubis at 
 Vesontio (the Doubs at Bemn^oti) foi ins a sort of peninsula which is 
 occupied by a town, now called La Ville. It is said that many Roman 
 remains are at Besanfon. 
 
 amplim pedum «excentorum : for the descriptive genitive • H 306 V • 
 A. & G. 215, b. Note that ampUus, minuH, majas have no influence on 
 the construction : H. 417, i, Note 2 ; A. & G. 247, c. : cp. the use of 
 Uaaaav, irAelov m Greek : a^ixec nXslov oTadiovc Sina. As the actual 
 distance IS 1,500 Roman feet, D'AnviUe proposes to read MD. instead of 
 JJC m Mob. 
 
 internUttU : " breaks oflf" : "is interrupted." 
 
 mons—aUitudine: "a hill of great height fills up the space between" • 
 for the ablative of description : H. 419, II. ; A. & G. 251; 
 
 radicM: accusative after eontingant.—hunc. scil, montem.—areem : H 
 373 ; .373. I ; A. & G. 239, a. Some remains of the wall and ancient 
 amphitheatre are still to be seen at Besangon. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIX. 
 dum—moratur, scil, Caesar: H. 467, III., 4 ; A. & G. 276, e. 
 
 ex—no^rorum, scil. militum;] "from enquiries made by our men'', 
 subjective genitive. * 
 
 qui—praedicabant: explain the ablatives in this clause : H 419 II • A 
 & G. 251. What difference in meaning between the genitive and ablative 
 of characteristic ? H. 419. HI 2. ; A. & G. 257. a. The Germans are 
 often spoken of by the Roman historians as men of large frame. 
 
 aciemoculorum : " their keen glance :" trace the different meanings of 
 actes to the signification of the root of the word. 
 
 timor: "panic:" a cowardly fear of present, as metm is a "well 
 grounded fear " of impending evil. 
 
 mentes animosque : " their minds and spirits." 
 
 tribunis milUum : see Introduction, p w.—prae/ectis : these were not 
 the pmefecti equitum, but the praefecti sociorum, who held the sam*' 
 position among the auxiliary troops as the tribuni mUitum did tmong the 
 regular Roman soldiers. These probably were gentlemanly idlers or rela- 
 tives of Caesars creditors, or others whose favour he desired to court 
 
100 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 miorum—hcnet : ** of these, one nllopinji one cause, another another, 
 wliicli, they said, r.»:\<lf it indispeiisal.lt; lor them to dcpail, asked thai it 
 might' he left llicm to iiuit tlieii posts with his consent." Kor the construc- 
 tion o( alius alia cawiaillala : II. 459. !•» 5^3 ; A. & G. 203, c, ^|4. K-— 
 ilicerrt: for moo.1 : aee II. 528, I.; A. AG. 341, d. With ducvdere, 
 sc il. ab ordinibu», 
 
 nonnuUi : distinj;uish nounulli, nnlli non ; notinvwpinm, nuiiquam non ; 
 nimnuMiuam, nunquam mm. 
 
 mllum fiwirre : "to put on a cheerful look," i.«., to control their ex- 
 preHsion of "fear. Note the use of imperfects throughout this passage. 
 Kxplain fully their force. 
 abditi : " hiding themselves : " H. 465 ; A. & G. ill, b, N. I. 
 cum join this with commune : " they kept mourninR over the danger to 
 which they as well as their friends were exjKJsed." Distinguish miHfror, "to 
 express pity " in words and governing the accusative : miaereor, " to feel 
 pity," governing the t^ei.itive. 
 
 vulao—obaifinahaniur : " all among the men throughout the whole camp 
 wills were being sealed."— t'^u/f/o does not refer to place like paHMim. Why 
 htotiH cnnfris used without a preposition? H. 425, II., 2 ; A. & G. 258, I. 
 tedamenta • the will of a soldier just about to engage was said to be made 
 in urocinctn, when in camp, while he was girding himself or preparmg for 
 battle In the presence of his fellow soldiers he named his heir (nuncupavU). 
 The obniynatio was the sealing of the will with the seal of witnesses. The 
 description ol Caesar has in it a touch of the ludicrous. 
 
 Q"i—dicebant: '' those men of the latter class who wished themselves to 
 be reirarded as less timid (than the rest of the army) declared that they did 
 not dread the enemy, but feared the narrowness of the roads and the 
 extent of the forests vhich lay between them and Ariovistus, or else that 
 the corn could not be supplied with sufficient readiness."— </ui i.e. praefecti 
 wilitim et deinrio7ieH.—hi8=qni magnum in caatris usum Iiabebant.— 
 rem frumentariam : this is antiptosin, a figure by which the subject of the 
 subordinate clause is the object: of the principal clause : cp. no«<» Marcel- 
 lumauam tardus mt = nosti(/uam tardus MarceUus ait, Cic: so in i.ng- 
 lish • " 1 know thee who thou art :" Luke 4, 34 ; " Conceal me. what I 
 am :" Shaks. Twelfth Niyht. 1,2;" Didst thou not mark the King, what 
 words he spake:" Shaks. Rich. II., 5, 4- 
 
 ferri=inferri: explain the phrases, aigna inferre, convertere, efferre, re- 
 fJrrt eonferre, a sUinLs discedere, signis coUatis confiigere, signis infestia 
 ire a!ut incedere.-jnssisset : "he should give the order :" H. 525, 2 ; A. & 
 
 G. 336 
 
 dicta andientea : " obey his order :" H. 391, I ; A. & G. 234 ; a : cp. 
 the Scriptural " Ye will not hearken unto me. 
 
 CHAPTER XL. 
 
 nmnkimaue—centurionibua : " and admitting the centurions of all ranks 
 in the council " Usually the council of war was composed of the tmperator, 
 ,....(.- /v;/.yni militum and the -a; ceriivriovs of ihe Jlrat cohort of each 
 i "'i n There was a regular system of promotion in each legion. As the 
 
NOTES. 
 
 101 
 
 cohorts ranktvl from one to fen, go the centurions had rnnkcd from one to 
 «ixty. Caesar had six lej^ions, so there would he at least 360 centurions 
 thirty-six tribunes, and these with the leyati would swell the number to 
 upwards of 400. 
 
 (ruxl—putarent : " because they thought they had a riyht to enquire or 
 consider either in what direction, or with what (lesign they were beiim led " 
 —dueeretUur : subjunctive of dejiendent question ; H. 1:20 • A & G ^ia 
 putarent : H. 516, II. ; A. & G. 341, d. i ;> . «. a u. 334. 
 
 our—JHdimret: "why would anv one suppose that this one would so 
 rashly fail in hm loyalty. Distin},'uish qiiM/unm, uUuh ; tmiviH, quilihet • 
 11. 457, 458 ; A. & G. 202, c, 
 
 sibi—rfpudiaturum : " he (Caesar) at least was persuaded that after his 
 (Caesar a) demands were known and the fairness of his terms were under- 
 stocxl, he (Ariovistus) would disregard iicilher his kindness nor that of the 
 Roman people."-A%» : II. 384, 11, 5 ; A. & G. 230. Distinguish the 
 use of /mi, M, til*' in oblique narrative. 
 
 quod~de»peraref)t? "but if he, urged on by rage and frenzy, rfW attack 
 them, what m the world were they afraid of, or why should they total'lv 
 distrust their own valor or the accuracy of his arrangements ?" fiirvr mental 
 irritation, rage ; amentia, unreasonableness ; dementia, downright madness. 
 
 factum— videhatur : " a 'ri;il had been made of that enemy in the memori 
 of our fathers, when by the defeat of the Cimbri and Ttutoncs it was the 
 opinion that the army gained no less renown than the general himself " 
 We have here the original meaning ol pfriculum : cp. nelpa. The Teii- 
 tones were defeate<l in the fourth consulship of Marius, i02 ]{ C at Aquae 
 Sextiae (now ylJo;) and the Cimbri, in the following year, at Vercellae (now 
 VercelU). I le probably attributes the defeat as nnich to the bravery of the 
 soldiers as to the skill of the commander to gain over the irihuncs—vidi'- 
 hatur : in oblique narrative the only moods used are the infinitive and the 
 subjunctive. In direct narration the indicative would be used here and 
 is retained even in thf; trulirect to express a fact which could not be brouL'ht 
 out by the subjunctive. ** 
 
 factum etiam nu/H'r : anaphora.— «er«n« tnmultu: "at the time of tht 
 insurrection among the slaves." This was the gladiatorial war. in which 
 Spartacus resisted the Romans for three years, 73-71 H.C. As many of 
 these gladiators and slaves were Germans, Cae.sar speaks of the Gernians 
 experiencing the power of the Roman a.xms.—tumuUiM is applied to an 
 uprising in Gaul or Italy. 
 
 quos—mblevarent : " and though they were yet slaves, the skill and 
 training which they had received from us considerably aided tfiem "—uuoi ■ 
 the antecedent is implied in HerviU = nervorum : H. 441;, b ; A. & G 100 
 b. Here quoa tamen = et quamviH c.oa : concessive clause.— aWf/mrf ' arr 
 specification : H. 378 ; A. & G. 240, c. ' 
 
 ex ijuo—comtantia : " from this it might be inferred what an advantage 
 there is in steadfast courage."— 2)o««f< : potential subjunctive —AafiergJ • 
 dependent question; H. 529; A. & G. 334._6om: part, cen • H* 
 397. 3; A.&G. 216, a. r b .. 
 
 •uptraaaerUi "they would conquer. "—i/ier/rte« must not bs ♦"'--- 
 
_-- A 
 
 102 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 
 too literally. The glndijitors were not absolutely without »rm», though 
 they were |)oorly equipped. 
 
 Helvetii — qui -jmltierint : join these c'osely to^jelher ; "the Ilclvelii, 
 who were by no means a match for the soldiers of tmr army." Note that 
 fjuihuHCum depends on con\irfH>(i while HUperarint is left without an obji'ct, 
 but the accusative eon is easily supplied. 
 
 tiqutm — viriiHe: "if the defeat (of the Gauls by the Germ.ins) and the 
 rout of the (iaiiis alarmed any, these would be able to find out, if they 
 made enquiry, tliat Ariovistus, after the Gauls had been worn out by the 
 length ol^ the war, since for many mouths he had confined himself to his 
 camp and the marshes, and had given them no chance of coining to an 
 engagement with him, had suddenly attacked them already giving up nil 
 hope of battle and scattered, and had conquered them r.M'.er by his 
 stratagem and cunning than by his valour." — quoa : when is */'«'« », etl for 
 alvimnf H. 455, l ; A. & (J. 105, t\.—raHtrin-palvilihns: ai)lativcs of 
 place — iiuhiio adortum : in the battle of Magetobria : chap. XXXI. 
 
 cui poHM : "not even he (Ariovistus) himself expected that our enemies 
 could be entrapped by the same stratagem for the exercise of which an 
 opportunity had been given among a barbarous and rude people." — 
 nUioni : H. 445, 9 ; A, & G. 200, b. Ariovistus, as Caesar says, would 
 undoubtedly know that he could not employ the same tactics against the 
 Romans as he had against the Gauls. 
 
 qui — videreiilur : " those who ascribed their fear to a pretended anxiety 
 about the supply of corn anct the narrowness of the ro.id acted arrogantly, 
 since they appeared to him either to distrust him, or to dictate to him his 
 duties as commantler" 
 
 haec — curae: i.e., he had not neglected to supply com. 
 
 quoti — pcrapectam : " as to the report that the soldiers would not ol)ey 
 his command nor advance to meet the foe, by this he was not at all influ- 
 enced ; for he knew that either in consecjuence of some misman.igement 
 fortune had failed those commanders whose words of comniand an army 
 would not obey, or else, that the charge of peculation had been clearly 
 brought home to them by some flajjrant instance." — quod : If. 516, II. 2, 
 
 N. 
 subj 
 
 A. & G. 
 milites 
 
 333. a.— i«<Mri : H. 536, 2 ; A. & G. 272, h.—dicantvr, 
 H. 534. I., N. I, (2); A. & G. 330, I ~nihil=ne hilum, 
 
 "not a mark " ; or nejilnm : " not a thread," i.e., "not at all " : H. 378. 
 
 2 ; A. & G. 240, a : cp. the Greek use of ovi)kv for ov. 
 
 itaqfta—repraesenfaturuin : " therefore he would do at once what he had 
 intended to put off to a more dista;. lay.' Repraenenfnre is a legal term 
 to ante-date: cp. solutionem repra'acn'nre, "to pay > Jebt before it is 
 due." 
 
 decima Ugume : the legions were called first, second, etc., according to 
 the order in which they were raised. 
 
 praetoriam cohortem : this body guard, cohors praetoria, originally was 
 instituted by Scipio Africanus and consisted of i,ooo. They were generally 
 soldiers who had served with <listinction, and they received special privileges 
 in the way of extra pay and exemption from certain duties. Note that the 
 commander was callc I praetor, i.e., praeitor=qui praeit extrcitui : " the 
 one who kafb the army." 
 
MOTB8. 
 
 103 
 
 CHAPTER XLI. 
 imtata eM, «ciL tnetUihiut omnium. 
 «< flfro<Jrtii egU : •• leturned thanks to him i " di^tinBulnh ffnUiai, aofrf 
 
 (7aod-/«CM«f< ! •« because lie had formed a very high opinion oflti" for 
 the subjunctive : H. 516, 11.; A. AG. 341, d. "•«•«! lor 
 
 reluiuae-mlis/acerent : "the other le-ions as well as the tribunes of 
 the soldiers and the centurions of the highest ranks agreed to make amD?e 
 aooK-y to Caesar/ --^n,aora,« ordinuTu centuriones^„c the cent urTons 
 of the fii-Kt cohort of each of the other five legions. 
 
 te-existimmH^>ie:Kil dixerunt : "they said that they never had any heai- 
 tation <,r fear, nor <h,l they think that thev. but their generil should dedde in 
 regard to the general administration of the war." -tmmma is often uschI 
 with a genitive : cp. sunrna rerum.—mwn and imperatorig are predicates 
 
 Uiner'.-r^iBquisUo^reppent iter esse tale exqumlum: "he foand out 
 'K*^ *j;^;,?"'""*=y after bemg reconnoitred was of such a character. ''-«r niUH 
 sell. Oaflts or .xahis^ez ceteris amnibut, i.e., "more confidence in him 
 tlian in all the others." 
 
 milliwn,scx\ pasntum: note quinquagvUa millium is a descriptive ceni- 
 tive: H 396, v.; A. & G. 215, 6 Could it be the ablative? rf. 4i7r(i) 
 
 ^■/i'a'). ?• ^hu- ^' «ge""a»y supposed that the circuitous road 
 added fifty miles to the regular route. This distance is thouuht ♦o be too 
 much, hence there may be an error in the numbers. The Greek paraphrast 
 gives 1250 stadia, or about 156 Roman miles, a still greater distance 
 
 loda apertis- "through an open country : " literally, "in an open 
 country : local abl : ».e, free from the obstructions of woods and moun- 
 tains. Caesxr was marching N.E. from V^sontio. 
 
 ducer^=ducere poaset : "he was ^ble to lead." 
 
 «cp<»mo—e«<:" after an unbroken march, on the seventh day he wan 
 informed by spies." The ablative absolute would be the more usual 
 construction. ^utti 
 
 CHAPTER XLII. 
 
 quod--acce8«iMet: "as to his (Caesar's) former demand regardinir a 
 conference, this might now take place so far as he (Ariovistus) was con 
 cerned. since he (Caesar) had come nearer (to him i.e., Ariovistus) " 
 Note the force of per, in per se licet. Translate, «o/ar a» 1 am concerned 
 you may go. ' 
 
 arbitrabatur, soil. Caesar. 
 
 quumr-poUiceretur : " since he (now) offered, without being requested 
 what he formerly refused, to grant when he (Caesar) asked hun."—petenti 
 scil., Caesari. — denejasset : subjunctive of oblique narration • H <>2<4^A * 
 fJ. 336.— i^oWiceri : properly " to bid at a sale," hence " to make a oro- 
 posal." *^ 
 
 I 
 
 f! 
 
104 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 Il 
 
 ii 
 
 i 
 
 II 
 
 magnumque — desisteret : " and he (Caesar) began to entertain high hopes 
 that, for his (Caesar's) so great kindnesses and those of the Roman people to 
 him (Ariovistus), the result would be that he (Ariovistus) would desist from 
 his stubbornness." — in spevi veniebat-=-sperahat i anfl hence the future 
 inf. fwe.— desisteret: H. 535, I., 3 ; A. & G. 330, 3.— /Jcrrtnocio : H. 
 414 ; A. & G. 243. 
 
 coUoquio '. dative of purpose. 
 
 ultro citroque : " hither and thither," " to and fro," lit., "to the further 
 side and to this side," with reference to the position of Caesar who is the 
 narrator : cp. Frerxh par ci par Id, (a ei Id. We have also the various 
 forms of the exjiression, ultro ac citro, ultro et citro, ultro citro. 
 
 vcreri, scil., dixit: explain the use of ne, and jU after verbs of fearing : 
 H. 498, HI.; A. &G. 331, f. 
 
 utcrque — veniret in indirect narration would be uterque veniat in direct : 
 H. 523, III.; A. & G. 339. Distinguish uterque, and quisque: H. 458, 
 459, 4 ; A. & G. 202, d. 
 
 interponita — causa : "by allowing any excuse to intervene." For the 
 explanation of the abl. abs. : H. 431 ; A. & (J. 255. 
 
 Gallorum : refers to the Gallic cavalry in the army of Caesar. These 
 were taken mostly from the Aedui and their allies. Caesar did not trust 
 much to their loyalty. 
 
 omnibus — detractis : " after all the horses had been taken away from the 
 Gallic cavalry." — Notice equis detractis is ablative absolute ; Oallis equiti- 
 bus, dative : H. 385, II., 2 ; A. & G. 239. 
 
 eo=tn eo8, scil. equos. 
 
 legionarios milites: the regular troops of the legion, as distinguished fiom 
 the velites, "the light-armed," who acted merely as skirmishers. 
 
 imponere : when do verbs of determining and deciding take the infinitive, 
 and when, ut or ne with the subjunctive ? see H. 498, I. note 
 
 ^ — haberet : " that he might have guards as devoted as possible if there 
 was any need of their active services." — quid is nominative : for the con- 
 struction see H. 414, IV., note 3 ; A. & G. 243, e, R. 
 
 non irridicule : " a humerous remark :" literally, "a remark not with- 
 out some humour." 
 
 quidam : distinguish in meaning : aliquis, quis, quispiam, quidam : H. 
 455. 456 ; A. & G. 202, a, b. 
 
 in— loco— habere : "to regard as :" cp. Gk. expression : h apid/i^ not- 
 tiadcu. 
 
 ad eqmim rescribere : " he enrolled them among the cavalry." Soldiers 
 when enlisted had their names written [scribere) in tablets : rescribere means 
 to make an entry which shall have the effect of changing what is written or 
 done : here to enter the soldier in the roll of the knights in place of th«ir 
 present entry as foot soldiers. 
 
N0TB8. 
 
 106 
 
 CHAPTER XLIII. 
 
 aeqtio fare tqwHo t what is the usual position of fere ? What case is 
 gpatio ? H. 379, 2 ; A. & G. 257, 6. 
 
 vi erat dictum : "as had been agreed upon." 
 
 equia : ablative of means : "on horseback."— powMfttw: see above on 
 spaUo. 
 
 M : plural. — denoa : note the force of the distributive : H. 174, 2 ; A. 
 & Cr. 95, a— d. Translate : two huts, two camps ; he gave tlie soldiers two 
 spears, he gave ths soldiers two spears opiece ; he gave tJie man a pair of 
 goblets, he gave the man two goblets. 
 
 ventum est: impersonal : "they had came thither :" H. 301, i ; A. & 
 G. 146, c. 
 
 quod—esset : H. 528, 1 ; A. & G. 341, d. What the usual munera 
 were we learn from Livy, 30, 15 : a golden crown, a golden bowl, a curule 
 chair, an ivory sceptre, an embroidered gown, a tunic ornamented with 
 figures of palm branches. 
 
 quam rem : " this honour." 
 
 pattcis eontigisse : "had bt^en the good luck of few :" distinguish in mean- 
 ing, contigit, accidit, evenit. 
 
 et—ofjiciis : " and (only) in return for distinguished services on the part 
 of individuals." 
 
 ilium — consecutum, scil, docebat : "he (Caesar) informed him (Ariovistus) 
 though he (Ariovistus) had no right to obtain them, and had no just 
 ground for demanding them, by the kindness and liberality of himself 
 (Caesar) and of the Senate, he (Ariovistus) had received those honours." The 
 last clause would naturally imply that Ariovistus had sought for the honours 
 obtained — probably an unjust insinuation on the part of Caesar. 
 
 docebat — intercederent : "he then proceeded to inform him how old and 
 well groundeii were the reasons for the alliance that existed between them and 
 the Aedm."—Ipsis=Jiomatm: H. 386 ; A. & G. 228.— intercedereTU . 
 for subjunctive of dependent question : H. 529 ; A. & G. 334. The Aedul 
 were the first of the Gallic tribes that embraced the friendship of the 
 Romans: cp. Tacit. Ann. ii, 25: Primi Aedui smatorum in urbe jus 
 adepti sunt. Datum idfoederi aiUiquo, et quia soli Gallorum JratemitaUs 
 ruymen cum Populo Romauo tisurvant, 
 
 honorijka : compare this adjective : H. 164 ; A. & G. 89, c. 
 
 j» eos — esserU : " had been passed in their behalf " : for subjunctive, see 
 reference under intercederent. 
 
 vi—tenuisserU : "how during all time (past time) the Aedui had held the 
 sovereignty of Gaul." — ut=quomodo, hence the subjunctive tenuissent : H. 
 529 ; A. & G. 334. Explain the case of tempore: H. 429; A. &G. 256, b! 
 
 prim— quam- priutiquam : H. 524, 520, II. ; A. & G. 327, 341, a. 
 
 ut—ease : " that instead of wishing their allies and friends to lose any- 
 thing of their standing, they (the Roman people) wished them to be still 
 further increased in influence, dignity, and honor." — ut—velil : for the noun 
 clause introduced by ut i H. 501, I., 2 j A. & G. 331.— ««» nihil : H. 441 
 397, I.} A &G. a 16, a.; 188. ^ ' 
 
lot 
 
 NOTBS. 
 
 quott-'pount : *• who could bear to have that, indeed, which they 
 bitNlgfat with them when they obtained the friendship of the Romans, taken 
 away from them ? " The onier of the words is : quia poanet pati id (mod 
 —aUuliamU. Ein, for the dative : H. 385, II., 2 ; A, & G. 229, What 
 mo(Ki would poHset be in direct narrative? H. 486, II. ; 523, XL, I, N. ; 
 A. & G. 268, 338, R. 
 
 poatulavU — dedercU : "he then made the same demands which he had 
 instructed the ambassadors to make '' : for niandcUia, see note Chapter 
 XXXV. 
 
 i ferret — redderet — pateretwr : for the subjunctives, see H. 523, III. ; 
 A. & G. 339. 
 
 domum : H. 380, IL, 2 ; A. & G. 258, b. What other words are 
 construed like the names of towns ? 
 
 ai — paterftur : "at any rate he should not suffer any hereafter to cross 
 the Rhine."— </iio« : H. 455, I ; A. & G. 105, d. 
 
 CHAPTER XUV. 
 
 praedicavit : distinguish in meaning praedico, praedlco. 
 
 tra7UiUse, sciL, dixit : the direct form of this speech is in part given in 
 
 H. 531. 
 
 ropatum — arcesHitum : " but because he had been requested and sent for 
 by the Gauls," i.e., by the Arverni and Sequani to aid them against the 
 Aedui : see Chapter xxxi.: II. 549, I.; A. & G. 292. 
 
 nine — praemiili : a hen(/i(utys=mie ape matjnorum irraemiorum . H. 
 636, III., 2 ; A. & G. p. 29S :' or, as some translate : " not without high 
 hopes and inducements." 
 
 obaides, like nedes governeil by habere. 
 
 atipendium—comuer'nit : " (he said) that he exacted by the right of war 
 tribute which the conquerors were wont to impose on the conquered," 
 
 aeac : note the reflexive pronoun all through this passage referring to 
 Ariovistus. 
 
 omnea ciritatea : a piece of boastful exaggeration, as only the Aetlui and 
 their allies had fought against Ariovistus. 
 
 ad ae oppugnaiidum venisse: in what different ways may this be ex- 
 pressed ? 
 
 ac contra : "and further." In Cicero ac was not used before a vowel, a 
 guttural (c, g, q), or h. In these cases atqiie was used. Caesar, if the 
 best MSS. are to be trusted, never uses ac belore a vowel, or q, once before 
 g, and thrice in this passage and in H. G, 3, 75, 78, before c. 
 
 decertare : " to fight it out to the death": for the force of d« : cp. depug- 
 nare, deproelior : so KaTo. in Greek KaranoTiefdu. 
 
 pepvudcrint : " had paid and are now paying": notice the force of perfect 
 which here includes the present. Distinguish pemlire, pendere ; albere, 
 alb&re : aiilere, xtdilre ; dlcdre, dlriSre. 
 
 mtn : "their own," i.e., the Gauls. There is a very different story told 
 in Chapters XXXI., xxxvil. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 107 
 
 sibi omamento 
 
 idqwh-petme : -ana mat lie aimed at the whole thing with this 
 object : note the neuter id referring to the thought of the precedinc 
 cl&usQ^ut amicus esHH, not to avuciUam alone. 
 
 for the two datives : H. 390, I.; A. & G. 233. 
 "and that he aimed at the whole thing with 
 
 H. 415, I. N. I ; A. & 
 
 per : explain the use of^r with ace. of agent 
 G. 246, b. 
 
 qtKxl tramducat i " in regard to his bringing over :'* H. 516, II. 2 N.- 
 A. & G. 333» •^• 
 
 fjus—defeiulfHt: "it was a proof of this statement that he had not 
 come without being asked, and that he had not carried on an aggressive 
 but a<lefensive v!a.v.''~teHtlmonio : for the dative : H. 390, II., Note 2 '• 
 A. & G. 233. Note that defendere iti its primitive meaning' is equivalent 
 to propuhare "to ward off:" cp. Caesar, De Bdlo Civili, i, 7 : concla- 
 
 mani legioim, xiii., quae ndernt, militcH sme paratoa esse impera- 
 
 toris «ui trib tinor unique pklm injurirtfi defendere. 
 
 populum Romanum : populun RomanuH [veniaaet] would have been more 
 usual : H. 524, i, 2); A. & G. 336, a, R. 
 
 qu'id—veniret ? " what did he (Caesar) mean that he should come into 
 his (Anovistus ) possessions ? " There is a confusion of pronouns here 
 since fdhi refers to Caesar ; suos to Ariovistus. Often sihi, tihi are used 
 with velle to mark more emphatically thesuljject of the verb : ethical dative • 
 H. 389 ; A. & G. 236.— cwr— <yMare. 
 
 hane—illam : i.e. this part ot Gaul towards the Rhine, where they were 
 standing; that part over there, away to the south. 
 
 ut—interpellaremm: " as it would not be right to give way to him if 
 he were making an attack against our territories, so likewise were we acting 
 unjustly, in case that we molest him in the enjoyment of his rights " Supply 
 esse after se. The regular construction after interpeUo is quin ouominus 
 ne, or the infinitive as here. ' 
 
 quod -esse : "as to his (Caesar's) harping on the fiict that the Aedui 
 liad been called lirothers by a decree of the Senate, (lie, Ariovistus, would 
 inform him) that he was not so illiterate or so unskilled in political matters as 
 not to know either that in the late war against the AUobroges the Aedui 
 had brought aid to the Romans, or that they (the Aedui), in these recent 
 feuds which the Aedui had carried on with him and with the Sequanians 
 had enjoyed the aid of the Roman people."— quod—diceret : H. 524' 
 ; A. & G. 23^. —hello : B.C. 62: it followed immediately after the 
 revelation of Catiline's conspiracy. See Introduction pp. xii., xiii. 
 
 debere— habere : " that he had a right to suspect' that Caesar, havinc 
 pretended friendship (for the Aedui), in that he now keeps an army in 
 Gaul, keeps it there for the purpose of cm ling him ( Ariovtstus). " Explain 
 fully the number of *Mt opprimmdi : H. 542, I., Note i ; A. & G. 298, a. 
 
 qui-=et ille : the connective relative. 
 
 nobilibus—gratum : what adjectives govern the dative ? This is pro- 
 bably no idle boast on the jxart of Ariovistus. Caesar had many violent 
 political enemies in Rome. Ariovistus was evidently well acquainted 
 with the party politics at the Capital. ^ ->^-.»,..i^.« 
 
 'i 
 
 e; 
 
 l;l 
 
108 NOTES. 
 
 compertwn habuisse : nearly the same as comperme : H. 388, I. N. ; 
 A. & G. 292, c. I. 
 
 quorum— posset : "all of whose favour and friendship he (Ariovistus) 
 could purchase by his (Caesar's) death."— morte abl. of means : H. 420 ; 
 A. & G. 248. 
 
 0,-f}0 — confecturum : "he could carry out without any trouble and danger 
 to him," i.e., Caesar. Explain the genitive ejus : H. 398, II. ; A. & 
 
 G. 214. 
 
 CHAPTER XLV. 
 
 muUa— posset : " many arguments were urged by Caesar for the purpose 
 of showing why he could not desist from what he had undertaken." — qttare 
 —posset : for the subjunctive : H. 529 ; A. & 0. ii4.-negotio : the ablative 
 of separation : H. 414 ; A. & G. 243. Derive neifotium.— posset : H. 529, 
 I.;A. &G. 334. 
 
 pati ut-=pcUi uti : for noun clause introduced by ut ; H. 498, I. ; A. & 
 
 G. 331, c. 
 
 neqm sejtidicare : " nor could he admit." For the genitive Ariovisti : 
 H. 402 ; A. & G. 214, c. 
 
 Arvernos et Jluf.eno8 I this war occurred 121 B.C.; see Proper Names 
 under Q. Fabius Maximus. 
 
 redegisset, scil. eos from preceding quibm : " whom the Roman people 
 had pardoned, and had neither reduced to the form of a province 
 nor imposed taxes on them." The word provincia had not the meanmg 
 " a conquered territory," but "an administration " : it is a corruption of 
 providentia, being often corrupted into proointia in MSS. : cp. urbana 
 provincia : " the administration of a city." 
 
 antiQuissimum qvo<l<pie tempos', literally, "each earliest period " ot 
 possession: i.e., priority of time: cp. Cicero: antiqmmmae cmque 
 (emstolae) respondebo : " l shall answer each of your former letters m the 
 order in which I have received them : H. 458, I. ; A. & G. 93, c. 
 
 Quam—volnisset, scil. semUus ; " since it (the senate) wishes that it, after 
 being conquered in war, should enjoy its own laws."— quam=qmppe earn, 
 i.e., OaUiam.—suis : as referring to the subject ofutt. 
 
 CHAPTER XLVI. 
 
 dvm—geruntur : dum often takes the present indie, when the verb in the 
 principal clause is in a marked past tense : H. 467, 4 ; A. & G. 276, e. 
 
 propius tumulnm : prope, propirn, proxivie may take (l) accusative ; (2) 
 dative ; (3) joined with ad, the accusative : H. 437, I.; A. & G. 234, e. 
 
 quod—omnino : " any (weapon) at all." 
 
 legionis : "to his legion : " for the subjective genitive : H. 396, III. ; 
 A. &G. 217. 
 
 canmittendum : construe Ua me commiUendum : "he did not think 
 that he should act in such a way that any occasion ought to be given for 
 '! . »t.-» :., ««o.. iKo onpmxr ^x!Prp■ rpniilspfl thpv nan been en- 
 
 •nared, while the conference wa5 being held, at the tune when a pledge had 
 
NOTES. 
 
 109 
 
 8, 1. N. ; 
 
 Vriovistus) 
 : H. 420 ; 
 
 ind danger 
 I. ; A. & 
 
 he purpose 
 
 I." — quare 
 
 lie ablative 
 
 : H. 529, 
 
 I. ; A. & 
 
 Ariovisti : 
 
 )er Names 
 
 lan people 
 I province 
 le meaning 
 ruption of 
 ;p. urbana 
 
 period " of 
 lae cuique 
 ers " in the 
 c. 
 
 hat it, after 
 uippe earn, 
 
 verb in the 
 276, e. 
 iSative ; (2) 
 . 234, e. 
 
 .396,111.; 
 
 [ not think 
 e given for 
 I been en- 
 pledge had 
 
 been giycfu^—perjidem : this is probably the meaning of per here : cp. 
 /XT inducias " at the time of a truce." Others take the meaning to be : 
 contra Jidem, " in violation of his pledge," a force that per has in perfidm, 
 perjurus, perjuro. The Greek paraphrast translates ^r./?de?ii by ddTilft. 
 
 in vulffus milUum : for partitive genitive : H. 397 ; A. <kG. 216. De- 
 cline valgus. What othe»- nouns of second declension are neuter ? 
 
 qua—diremisaet : " with what arrogance in the conference Ariovistus had 
 forbidden the Romans the whole of Gaul, and (how) his (Ariovistus's) cav- 
 alry had made ah attack against our men and how this circumstance had 
 broken off the negotiations."— gua arrogantia mm- what verbs govern 
 the ablative? H. 421 I. ; A. & G. 2^^^.— Gallia Romania interdixisset : 
 itUerdico may take (i) abl. of thing, dat. of person, as here ; or, (2) ace. 
 of thing, dat. of person. For Gallia, H. 414 ; A. & G. 243 • 
 Romania; H. 386; A. & G. 22$.— interdkdaaent : dep. question: H. 
 529, I.; A. & G. 334. So ficisseni is governed ut=quo modo, understood 
 as diremiaaet is governed by ut expressed. 
 
 CHAPTER XLVII. 
 
 biduo '. for the ablative : H. 423, 430 ; A. & G. 250. 
 quae — coeptae—eaaent : explain fully the passive voice. Translate ; he 
 begins to diacusa theae things : tJieae thinga begin to be diacuaaed. 
 uti conatittieret, scil. egit cum Caesare : H. 498, I.; A. & G. 331, b. 
 auis—Caesaris. — se=iAriovistum. 
 cauaa — est : " the reason did not seem sufficient." 
 
 eo magis: "and the more so for the following reasons." Compare 
 magis. 
 
 pridie e^us diei : explain fully this phrase : see note on postridie B I 
 Chapter XXIII. ' 
 
 quin i what is the construction of quinf H. 504 ; A. & G. 319, d. 
 
 legaium—exiatimabat: "as to his (Caesar's) sending a commissioner 
 from his own (Caesar's) men, and exposing him to these barbarians, this he 
 thought would be a very dangerous course." 
 
 commodissimum visum est join this with ad eum mittere. 
 
 summa virtuie : for ablative of characteristic : H. 419, II.; A. & G. 251. 
 
 C. Valerium Procillum'. It was usual for foreigners who received the 
 right of citizenship (ius civitatis) to prefix the praenomen and nomen of 
 ) .eir patron {patronus). Thus Caburus took the name of C. Valerius 
 Caburus from C. Valerius Flaccus, who was governor of Gaul 83 B.C. 
 These names descended to the children, as in this case to the son C 
 Valerius Procillus. 
 
 qua — utebatur: "which Ariovistus now fluently spoke from his long 
 practice." MuUa refers to lingua, but muUum would do as well. 
 
 et — esaet ? "and because in his case there was no temptation for the Ger- 
 mans to do wrong." For esaet : H. 516, II.; A. & G. 341, d, R. 
 
 M. Mettium, scil. commodissimum visum est ad eum mUttrg. 
 
 apud se : "at his quarters! " 
 
no 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 quid — venirenl f Express this in dirrct narration. For case of quid : 
 H. 454, 2 ; A. & G. 240, &.— Venirmt ; H. 523, II. i ; A. & G. 338, 
 334. ' 
 
 an ! explain the omission of utrum: H. 353, 2, N. 4 i A. & G. 211, b. 
 
 CHAPTER XLVIII. 
 
 miUihuft : the ablative expresses here degree of diprence. The first 
 camp of Ariovistits is supposed to have been located at tlie fool of the 
 Vosges between the modern SouUz and Teldkirch at the place where the 
 present modem roads cross. His second camp was stationed directly south of 
 this to a hill near Reiningen. Between these two positions was the plam 
 occupied by the two camps of Caesar, a little to the east of Aspach. 
 
 potftridie ejus did : H. 398, 5 ; A. & G. 214, b. See note on postridie, 
 H. I., Chapter xxill. 
 
 castrafecU : so also cmtra locare, contra ponere, " to pitch a camp." 
 
 frumenio : abl. of separation : H. 414 , A. k G. 243. Tlie plan of 
 Ariovistus was to cut off Caesar's supplies so as to force liim to (i.ij;ht. 
 
 qtd — supporiaretur : subjunctive by attraction: H. 529, II., 529, II., 
 N. I, I ; A. & G. 342. 
 
 tU—deesset : " so that, had Ariovistus wished to engage in battle, he might 
 not lack an opportunity." 
 
 his omnibus diebus: ''on every single one of these days :" H. 379, I. 
 A. & G. 256, b. 
 
 castris : " within his camp :" H. 425, II., i, i) j A. & G 258, f. 
 
 numiero : H. 424 j A & G. 253. 
 
 quos — delegeraid : " whom they had selected from the whole force each 
 (horseman selecting) one (infantry soldier) for the sake of his own protec- 
 tion." 
 
 singuli: for the distributive : H. 174, 2, i); 172, 3 ; A. & G. 95, 95, a. 
 With this statement cp. Lacit. Germ. c. 6. 
 
 versabantur. "they were associated." Note that to, hos, hi refer to 
 the foot soldiers. 
 
 hi—concurrebant : ■" these, if any difficulty more serious (than usual) 
 aroscj used to rush to their aid." Note the force of the comparative : H. 
 444 ; A. & G. 93, a. 
 
 «t — qui=si qtdsi when is quis used for aliquis? see B. I., Chap. 
 
 XXXV. 
 
 equo: H. 414, I.; A. &G. 243, b. 
 
 si—adaeqyment : " and if they had to advance to any place farther than 
 usual or retreat with greater speed than ordinary, such was their agility from 
 constant practice that supporting themselves by the manes of their horses 
 they could keep up with the full gallop."— ^ao-e« eo.—subkvati : reflex- 
 ive force of perfect participle : Hi 465 ; A. & G. I U, N, I, 
 
NOTES. 
 
 Ill 
 
 CHAPTER XLIX. 
 
 eumsssArtomsttim : so also se as referring to the subject of fenere. 
 
 castria: abl. of place : H. 391, I. ; A, & G. 234, a. 
 
 ultra— locnm : Caesar's first camp was on the plain between the two 
 positions taken by Ariovistus. His second camp was a short distance 
 west of that occupied by the German. 
 
 acie—instructa : " after drawing up his line in triple order." What the 
 triplex acies was, see Introduction, page xiv. 
 
 castra munire : the Romans invariably fortified the camp with a rampart 
 {vaUu/n), on the outside of which stakes or palisades (valli) were firmly 
 dnyen m, and with a ditch {foam). They did so even if they rested for 
 a single night. I fence ccMtra munire has nearly the same meaning as castra 
 locare, castra jjonere. 
 
 hoTninum—expedita—sedecim millia hoininum expedltorum. 
 quae copiae—tit eae ropiae : H. 497, I. : A. & G. 317. 
 nihilo secim: "none the less": H. 417, 2; A. & G. 250. -seeiua : 
 also sequius, derived from aequor: o iginally meaning "after," hence 
 
 castra majora : the camp first pitched ; the second was cas^a minora. 
 
 CHAPTER L. 
 
 "according to his usual practice": H. 416^ 416, N. 2; 
 
 instituto 9UO 
 A. & G. 253. 
 
 //oieatotem/ccW : "gave an opportunity." 
 
 eos=Oermano8.—prodire, scil. ad pugnam. 
 
 quae—ut ea : as in the previous chapter quae eopiae. 
 
 proelio non decertareti "did not decide the question in a eeneral 
 engagement."— proeZio : abl. of means. Note force of de in deeertare • cu 
 deproelior, dejnignare; see notes ou deeertare, B. I., Chapter xuv ' ncc 
 Chapter XLIX. * 
 
 sortihua et vaticinationibtta : " from lots and responses." According to 
 Tacitus (Germ. 10), the Germans lopped off a twig (virga) from a frait- 
 bearing tree and cut it up into small pieces (mrculi). These were dis- 
 tinguished by certain marks and thrown on a white cloth. The person 
 drawing the lot looked upward, uttered a prayer, and took each bit of wood 
 three times and found a meaning according to the mark previously im- 
 pressed. The vaticinatio was the prophetic response. According to 
 Tacitus (Germ. 8), the Germans believed women to have something of a 
 divine nature and an insight into futurity. Plutarch (Caesar 19), says: 
 " The spirit of the Germans was still more blunted by the predictions of 
 their wise women, who, obsemng the eddies in the rivers and drawing 
 signs from the whirling and noise of the waters, foreboded the future and 
 declared that the army ought not to fight before it was new moon." 
 
 ex usu eaaet: "it was expedient." For subjunctive: H. -*'■* N. " • 
 A. & G. 21 1, What would utrum — neene be in a direct question ?' ** ' 
 
 faa I " the will of heaven." 
 
 mi 
 
 HI 
 
112 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 m 
 
 \ '■ 
 
 <i I 
 
 anU novam Innam: according to Tacitus (Germ, ii) the new and the 
 full moon were lucky days. The Spartans similarly believed it «n>".<Jy »" 
 engage in battle at the waning of the moon, and so refused to aid the 
 Atneniansat Marathon (Herod. 6, lo6). 
 
 CHAPTER LI. 
 
 postridie ejus diei: see note B. I., Chapter XXIII. 
 
 prae^iidio-castriH : the first is the dat. for which, the second the dat. to 
 ivhich: H. 390, H.; A. & G. 233. 
 
 alarioa: the allied troops (<Mw:»«a) formed the wings (alae) of the legion, 
 and hence they were called alarii. 
 
 (mo—tUeretur : " that he might use the auxiliaries for show, since he was 
 weaker in the number of common soldiers, considering the forces of the 
 enemy."— a/ar»w : what verbs govern the ablative ? 
 
 oMiris : H. 425, H., i. i) ; A. & G. 258, f. 
 
 yeneratim : "by tribes ;" what is the force of the ending ? 
 
 paribus intervalUs : H. 419, IH.; A. & G. 248, R. 
 
 rhedis • the rheda was a four wheeled wagon with a strong leathern 
 covering. In these the families of the Germans were carried, while the carri 
 seem to have conveyed their baggage and provisions. For cam, see note 
 on carri : B. I., Chapter 11. 
 
 eo : "on these :"=m eas, i.e. inrhtdas 
 
 passismanibvs: "with outstretched hands :" from panrfo. Another 
 reading is passis crinibus : " with dishevelled hair." There is authority for 
 both : cp. Caesar de Bell, Gall. 7, 48. 
 
 CHAPTER LII. 
 
 Caesar— praefecit. This probably means that Caesar appointed over 
 each of the six legions a kgatus, and a quaestor over the whole. The 
 leqatus had an eye on the common soldiers and subordinate ^fncel■s, while 
 the quaestor watched the legati. The duties of the qur^c, • were 
 
 to pay out moneys to the troops and keep regular account oi ■• and 
 
 to provide supplies. He was likely also available for commas f of 
 
 emergency. 
 
 a dextro conm l "on the right wing " : literally, " from the side of the 
 right wing." This was opposed to the left of the enemy occupied by the 
 Harudes. 
 
 Ua limits acriter just as ita afterwards limits repente and celerUer. 
 
 spatiumr-c&njiciendi : " time for hurling their darts against the enemy." 
 spatinm often means "time" as well as " space." 
 
 r^jectls pilis : " throwing aside their darts " : abl. abs. : H. 431 ; A. & 
 
 G. 255. 
 
 vhalanqe facta: the German phalanx resembled the Roman testudo, the 
 men beine in close array with their shields locked above their heads. As 
 the Germans here fought by tribes, there would be as many phalanxes as 
 tribes. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 113 
 
 i-d over 
 f. The 
 s, while 
 '' - were 
 '. and 
 f» of 
 
 wS^frr "^'^"^J^'^'^ • " »"? "y of our men » : decline fully comphires. 
 Would It be correct to say compluren nostroi-um militum f ^ *" '^• 
 
 qui—insilirent : H. 503, I. ; A. & G. 320, a. 
 
 co^u'Sve/"^""* "''" '*"" '"^' '''"«" °^ ^'^'^ ^^••'"*°'" see a ifertro 
 
 cIJ^r'T °''?,!f*'=«»V," *^*^ y°""e P- Crassus." P. Crassus is here 
 ^H^^r Bo^ Vh «'^'''r"'*/° <««ti"g»i«h him from his father, the 
 ! w^ • M f*'''". and son lost their lives at the unfortunate field of 
 Carrhae, m Mesopotamia, B C. 53. 
 
 quod-veraahantur "because he was more disengaged than those who 
 were occupied at the front." It is probable that Crassus saw where he n 
 was most needed better than those actually engaged in the bat de ^ 
 
 nottrii nOsidio : for two datives • H. 390, II.; A. & G. 233. 
 
 CHAPTER LIII. 
 
 ito— iwferun«: "bythis means the battle was renewed and then the 
 enemy were entirely put to flight." For the simple terya verterunt we of en 
 have tnfugam terga verterunt. r if * wc mien 
 
 prius-quam : by tmesis for priusquam. Some MSS. read perveniret 
 Why IB the mdicative correct here ? H. 520 ; A. & G 327 '^'♦♦^«»- 
 
 ijrfftu*: H. 42s. 11.. I. I). N.; A. & G. 254, b. ' Decline this word. 
 What verbs are semi-deponent ? w"«u. 
 
 tranare contenderunt ; "managed to swim over." 
 
 «a : " with it :" the abl. of accompaniment. 
 
 salutem reppererunt : " reached a place of safety." 
 
 reliquoa omnea : Plutarch states that 80,000 men were slaughtered in this 
 battle. Anovistus soon afterwards died, either through chagrin at his aI 
 feat, or of wounds received m the battle. The defeat and death of Ario 
 vistus was a terrible blow to Germany : cp. Caesar : de Bell. Gall c 20 ' 
 mcflfno me German%a dolori Ariovisti mortem. By the campaign of \% 
 B.C. the question was decided whether Rome or Germany should obtain 
 possession of GauL Not till after the overthrow of the Western Empie 
 did Gaul come under German rule. ^ 
 
 weorea : it was not usual for the Germans to have more than one wife 
 He probably married his None wife for political reasons : cp Tacit Germ' 
 18: nam prope soli bnrbarorum aingulia uxorihua contenH aunt excentia 
 ?ii ^""^ ^* """ libidine aed ob nobilitatem plurimia nuptiiaam- 
 
 duxerat, scil. in matrimonium. 
 
 duM filiae harum, aUera^-altera : that is the whole and part conatrur- 
 tion i cp. the Greek idiom oirroi fiiv &Xh)g &?L?ia Tiiyei. ^vnairuc 
 
 tr'mia cateids : as catenae is generally used in the plural, we have the dis- 
 tnbutive for the ordinal numeral : cp. terna caatra : H. 172, 3 ; A. & G. 
 
 in — incidit : " casually met with." 
 8 
 
lU 
 
 MOtfiS. 
 
 Hi 
 
 er^um-resUtatun, : it is n.,t usual to have J^o participles in the same 
 clausrwithout a connective : tiic former is adjccUval to the latter . re 
 stored to him saved from the hands of the enemy. 
 
 ne<iue-diminaeral : " neither by the sufferings of ^I'^.^^^X"-" taken 
 tune at all lessened the general pleasure and rejoicing : literally : taken 
 away anything from." 
 
 ter : a sacred number among many nations.— co/wuftaw, scil. ease. 
 
 gortiurr. : see not.' B.I., Chapter L. near the end. 
 
 ad eum i.e. ad Caesarem. 
 
 CHAPTER LIV. 
 
 proximi—Iihenum : what three constructions may proximi have? 
 
 occlderunt : distinguish in derivation and meaning occido, occtdo. 
 
 una aestate: "within a single summer/' The defeat of the Helyeti. 
 took place at the end of June or in the beginnmg of July , that of 
 Ariovistus about Septr. loth. . .. ^,.. . ,• .u . u« 
 
 in Sequanos : " into the territory of the Sequam." This implies that he 
 was previously out of it. en 
 
 citeriorem OaUiam : said with reference to the position of Rome. 
 
 ad convetUus afiendos. The Romans divided the conquered provinca 
 n,to circuitslrwSh they gave the name co,iventm or coaventus jundtc., 
 Cgh the acLtistratioii of justice was only one. among t'.e many duties 
 of the governor. The circuit took its name from the chief town Hence 
 °he word co^en/ua had four meanings : (l) the assembly held ; (2) terr.tojr 
 fronT which the people asseml>led ; (3) place where the assembly was held ; 
 iriudsdiction. At these circuits law suits were determined petitions 
 htU taxes regulated, and everything transacted that tended to the 
 general administration of the province. 
 
 In m 
 
 1 1 1ll 
 
MOXKS. 
 
 115 
 
 : "re- 
 
 lad for- 
 •• taken 
 
 te. 
 
 BOOK II. 
 
 >. 
 
 Helvetii 
 , that of 
 
 :s that he 
 
 provinces 
 juridici, 
 
 ,ny duties 
 Hence 
 
 I territory 
 
 wras held ; 
 petitions 
 
 d to the 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 esset : for subjunctive : H. 521, II., 2 ; A. & G. 323, 325. The date is 
 57 B.C., in the consulship of P. Cornelius Lentulus and Q. Metellus 
 Nepos. 
 
 in hibema : hibernia generally means the winter quarters of an army 
 engaged in a war. Here in hibemia may mean, at the place where he was 
 spending the winter. 
 
 ita ui : "just as." 
 
 quam : agrees with the word in the predicate rather than with its regular 
 antecedent : translate, however : " who, as we have said, form the third 
 part of rJaul." 
 
 conjurare : " had formed a league." There is no necessity to take this 
 word here in the sense of " to form a conspiracy " ; cp. Greek atwotfioaia, 
 "a league." 
 
 inter se dare : " were exchanging." 
 
 quod vererentur : the subjunctive shows that the rea^^ons were given on 
 the authority of the Belgae: H. 516, II.; A. & G. 341, d. 
 
 Oallia=Oallia Celtica i the central part of Gaul is meant. 
 
 partim qui: " some of whom "; partim-parlim refer to nonnullis Qallis, 
 who are classed in two divisions. Th6 word partim, though accusative in 
 form, is used by Caesar and Cicero as a word of distribution without any 
 respect to its case. 
 
 xU — ita: "as — so." 
 
 inveterascere : "should become settled " : literally, " should grow old. " 
 
 molente ferebant= x^2.ETro}: i<pipov -. " they were annoyed." 
 
 partim — sttidcbant : " (while) others of whom in consequence of their 
 
 instability and fickleness of disposition were aiming at a revolution." im- 
 
 jyeriis : H. 385 ; A. & G. 227. 
 
 ab nonyiuUis etiam, scil. quod soUicitarentur : "thirdly because they 
 were being instigated by a kw, since in Gaul constantly there were oppor- 
 tunities to gain dominion seized by the more powerful and those wlio 
 had wealth to hire men." Note the different clauses in opposition lo 
 causaa are introduced by primum, deindc, etiam. 
 
 imperio nostro : " under our sway "; abl. of time and cause : see note on 
 itnperioi B, I., Chapter xviii. 
 
>«•«■ 
 
 116 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 aut ia I H. 497, i ; 
 
 the abundance of 
 A. & G. 325, 323. 
 
 CHAPTER IT. 
 
 nurUm lUeri^qtie : 11. 416, I, 2), N. I ; A. & G. 245, b. 
 
 duos legioiieii: the Xlll. and xiv. Caesar ni)W had eiyht legions, 
 numbering from vu. to xiv. inchisive. The rtgu'.ar soldiers with the 
 auxiliaries in Gaul would now number about 60,000 men. 
 
 inita aestate: abl. absolute : H. 431 ; A. & G. 255. Join this to <iui 
 deduceret. 
 
 interhrem QaUiam: "into central Gaul": H. 440, 2, N. i; A. A G. 
 
 193- 
 
 qui deduceret, scil.ea*; "to lead them." For 7«j= 
 A. & G. 317. 
 
 quum — inciperet : the suljjunctive is used because 
 fodder was the occasion of his coming : H. 521, II., 2; 
 
 exercitum : probably now at Vesontio (BesaiK^on). 
 
 dot negotium. historical present: "he directs." What sequence of 
 lenses may follow a historical present? H. 498, I.; A. & G. 331, a. 
 
 finiiimi Belgia : what adjectives govern the dative? H. 391, I ; A AG. 
 234, a. 
 
 gerantur : for the subjunctive : H 529, II., 503. I; A. & G. 320, a, 342. 
 
 86 certiorem : why not eum cerliurem? H. 449, I.; A. & G. 196, a. 
 
 comttanter : "unilormly," "unanimously." 
 
 tumr—proj\<'M>:eretm: "then, indeed, he thought that he ought not to 
 delay about setting out against them": the negative qmn introduces the 
 dependent clause because of the negative character of the main statement. 
 This idiom is still preserved in Fuiich : je ne ihutait pas que voua n'euMsiez 
 raison: H. 500, II.; A. & G. 319, d. Note that non dubitare with in- 
 finitive denotes an act done without hesitation : cp. Caesar de Bell. Qall. 
 23 : transire fill men non dahltacerunt, while non dubitare quin with sub- 
 junctive, denotes a resolution made without hesitation. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 eo = ad fines Belgarum. 
 
 deimproviso: of the English colloquial phrase, "of a sudden": "un- 
 expectedly." 
 
 cekrius omni opinione : "more quickly than anyone had expected:" 
 literally, " than every expectation ": H. 417 ; A. & G. 247. 
 
 Remi : for the boundaries of these people, see Proper names. 
 
 proximi Oalliae : for the dative : H. 391.1 ; A. & G. 234, a. What other 
 constructions may proximi have ? 
 
 ex Bolg'is =-- inter Belgas. 
 
 qui—dicerent : qui=ut ei, hence the subjunctive : H. 497.1 ; A. & G. 
 317. In what other ways may this be expressed ? 
 
 ae : give chief rules for oblique narradon : H. 523, 524 ; A. & G. 336, 
 
 337- 
 
 neque 
 
 =et nan : H. 554, I-, 2 ; A. & G. 156 a. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 117 
 
 omninot note that omnino after ne{jatives»«« at all." 
 opjndii, : for the ablative : H. 425, 2, N. 2 ; A. & G. 258 f. 
 juvare, scil, eum, i.e., Caemrvm, 
 
 ciH Jthenum .Caesar is writing from the standpoint of the Roman Pro- 
 vmcta : cp. Gallia Citerior, Gallia Cisalplna. 
 
 Mt^Belgis.—eorum omuium==Bels,arum et Germanorum 
 qeTTlf 'T. ' A ^'r^'^'f J? word^comes between ne and quUem : H. 
 d^rere': ^' *' ^°'* ^^''^ Suensiones is tL object of 
 
 jurel^gihns • for ablative: H 421, I.; A. & G. 249. Juh is often used 
 h the sense of political rights ^^\^cr^:c^..juscivitalis,jusRl^manZ 
 lex IS properly an enactment made in the Roman comitia ^"'""""'^ • 
 
 "ttuTthe;e^joredT^'^'' "' ^''' "*' ''' '' ^' ^ ""' ^4^' 336 : 
 
 poiuerint -. governed hy ut : H 5cx), II., Note I ; A. & G. 319. Note 
 
 ityTdSu^abl';:''^"^'""' '"^" takes pluperfect subjunctfve': " th^! 
 
 he?e7l5?7Sl?' A'.'&a Jit'c.^'" "°"'' ^"^^■""' ^ ^^--•"^ 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 gtittm: H. 521, II., 2, A & G. 325. 
 
 Am : scil., legatis, mentioned in the beginning of the preceding chapter 
 easent-poaaent : for subjunctive of indirect question. H. 529, I A. & 
 
 tn'^^L%^'''"''*"'f- '^ '' PJ""^^^''^ ^^^^ C^^^^'-'s statement her. applies 
 n Ji ^"'gf °" y "^^i:, \h? German frontier. The main ho ly The 
 
 n^.;SLrLlt' ""' "^^^''=°"^^- ^'^^^ ^^ P-«^ ^•'^ ^'-Vncient 
 A.^&G^TiT^"'"^^''^*^* preposition <mn« in traductoa: H. 376. N.j 
 
 ibi: on the west bank of the river Rhine. 
 
 memoria • ablative of time within which : " within the memory of." 
 haJr'^il."'^'^ '' '^^' '^'- '• ^' ^^3^ ' ^ * ^- ^55 : " when all Gaul was 
 
 Teutones Cimhrosque ■ the Teutones and Cimbri appeared first i Noreia 
 on the extreme N.L. of Italy, about 113 B.C. AftercIevastatincrKhern 
 Italy, defeating seven consular armies, both were defeated by Marius the 
 former at Aquae Sext.ae (A^r) in Southern Gaul in 102 B.C.,^the "atter at 
 Campi Raudii near Vercellae in Northern Italy in loi B.c; 
 
 ingredi prohibuerint : for su))junctive : H. <co^ IT i • A * r ,«^ 1 
 What constructions may verbs of hindering like? H ''oru A^2' r 
 319, c, d. ^^' ^^•' ^- * <-'• 
 
 >n: the subject of this verb is the followincr rla,W . ,w^_^,_,.^.. . 
 H. 501, I., 2 ; A. & G. 319. 332, a. "° "" ' "^'-^^"^^^-"^ : 
 
•mMMHI 
 
 118 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 memoria : for ablative : H. 416 ; A it G. 24$. 
 
 omnia-habere : "that they had complete nformation." Properly 
 explorare is, to find out a person by calling out his name. 
 
 m-omnquHatihm aMnitatlh usque conjuncti : propinquitas, properly called 
 coqntUio, is "kinship," the relationship that springs from common parents : 
 Stasis that derived from intermarriage. The ajfi,u'^ of the w.fe are 1 e 
 cZgnati of the husband, i.e. the husband's father, brothers etc., while the 
 apL of the husband are the cognati of the wife i.e. the wifes father, 
 brothers, etc. 
 
 gut«3MC :" each representative." ^ 
 
 pollicitus sit : subjunctive of dependent clause in oblique narrative : H. 
 529,11.; A. &G. 334 
 cognoverint : H. 524 , A. & G. 336. 
 virtute : for the ablative : H. 424 '• A. & G. 253. 
 conficerei "to imstet" —armata millia centHm^millia centum anna- 
 torum hominum. 
 
 sibi: theBellovaci : suos refers to Rerai subject of dkebaut i H. 449 1.; 
 A. & G. 196. 
 ctm-'tum=^non solum- sed etiam .- H. 554, I- 5 . A. & G. 155, a. 
 Nervios . the na.nes of peoples in the chapter show how persistently 
 m.3ern Geography preserves even in a corrupt form Ihe memory of forme, 
 davs The Bellovaci were settled near Beauvais ; Suessiones, near Somom ; 
 Ambiani. near Amiens; Caleti, near Calais; Atrebales, near Arras; 
 Morinl Aear Bouk.jne ; Velocasses had a capital Rotomagnus. now^o.e« ; 
 Veromandi were settled at Vermandois on the upper O.se ; the Menapu 
 on the lower Scheldt; the Aduatuci, on the upper Meuse ; Go,idra..%, 
 near Codroz ; Eburones and Caeroesi in the Ardennes region ; the Paemani, 
 
 in Marche la Famine ,..,., 
 
 Qermani: the word is said to rnean in Celtic, "hill-men, high- 
 landers :" for other derivations see Proper Names. 
 
 CHAPTER V 
 Uberalit^^-proseeutm: "having dismissed them with friendly 
 
 words." . . , , , „ ^ 
 
 prosequi verbis is a technical term, "to bid good bye to a person 
 
 going into exile. ., r .u t> 1 
 
 genatum: Caesar applies a Roman term to the council of the Belgae. 
 So a1?o Cae«ar : de Bell. Gall. U. 28, he uses the word senatores. 
 diligenteraddiem: " punctually to a day." 
 
 mmnto-sit : "how important it is to the interests of the state and their 
 common saty that the^orces ol the enemy be kept apart that they 
 maTnot be cLipelled to fight at one time with so great a nnmben 
 rdlublicae: H. {06, III.; A. & G. 222 -intersU :Jor sulyunctive . H. 
 
 529. 
 
 I.' A. & G. ^^^.—conJl"j''ndt(m ait : 11. 49 
 
 IT A fir ft 11' 
 
 itUroduieri) 
 neque jam - 
 Awnen exercilum 
 
 for mood and tense : H. 527, I.; A. & G. 337. 
 
 jam nan. 
 
 H. 376 ; A. & G. 239, b. 
 
NOTKS. 
 
 119 
 
 *♦ high- 
 
 extremis : reckoning from the Marne where Caesar entered the territory 
 of the Remi. 
 
 quaeres'. " this position." 
 
 ripia : H. 420 ; A. & G. 248. 
 
 et reddebat : construe et redilebat (ea loca) quae esseitt post eum (esse) 
 tuta ab hoslibus. For mood o{ esstnt : H. 503, I.; A. & G. 320, a. 
 
 efficiebat ut: " made it possible that." 
 
 pedwn : H. 396, V ; A. & G. 215, b. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 jwmine : H. 424 ; A. k G 253. 
 
 ex Uinere marino : " while on a forced march ** ; cp. ex Uinere i 
 B.I., Chapter xxv. The expression shows there was no interruption of 
 the march when the attack was made. 
 
 eo die : the ablative is sometimes used for periods of duration so short as 
 lo be equivalent to a point of time. 
 
 eadem eUqiie ' "just the same as " : H. 451, 5 ; A. & G. 296, R. 1. 
 
 mH — mhruunt : '* when they have placed a continuous line of men all 
 along the fortifications and begun to shower stones from every side upon the 
 wall and (when once) the wall has been cleared of its detendere, then they 
 form a U'studo, push on to the wail and proceed to pull it down. ''- -c»»rM7n- 
 ieeta muUitudine : H. 431 ; A. & G. 255. — totis vioenibus : abl. of place : 
 H. 425, 11., 2; A. & G. 258, f. — coepti sunt: why passive?— mio-M* : 
 distinguish in meaning mociiia, murus, panes, macnia. — tfMndine : Caesar 
 gives the tactics of (he ^elgae a Roman name. In forming a tenttuh, the 
 Komao soldiere held their shields over their heads close to one another so 
 as to Utxm an unbroken defence against the missiles from above. It ob- 
 tained its name from the appearance the shield had to a tortoise shell 
 {iesliids). Note thai -que sometimes as here connects actions described as 
 happening at some distance of time from one another. 
 
 muUitudo—conjicereiU : the plural verb expresses numerous separate and 
 individual actions. Had the singular been used there would have been the 
 idea of unity : H. 517 ; A. & G. 326. 
 
 nulli : decline : H. 387 ; A. & G. 231 Note emphatic position. 
 
 fedsaet : H. 521, II., 2 , A. & G. 325. 
 
 summa noUlitate : ablative of description : H. 419, II.; A. & G. 251. 
 
 oppido : for dative : H. 386 ; A. & G. 228. 
 
 sibi—sese : Iccius. — 
 
 submUtatur : what is the force of sub in composition here ? 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 eo i i.e., to Bibrax. 
 
 de media nocU: "soon after midnight": so de tertia tngilia is, "aftei 
 the third watch was set :" see B.I.: chapter xii. 
 iisdem—venerant : " using as guides the same persons who had come n^ 
 
120 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 , , 
 
 jj 
 
 i ■' 
 
 I 
 
 il 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 f 
 i: 
 
 UJ 
 
 ,1 
 
 messengers." For pronouns in apposition to nouns, compare note on his 
 liudbua qui iter cognoverar.t : Caesar, B. I., Chapter xxi. 
 
 Numidcu, Gretas, Balearea -. those three nations supplied the light 
 skirmishers to the Roman armies. For an account of them see Proper 
 Names. 
 
 subsidio—oppidania: for the two datives; H. 390, II.; A. & G. 233. 
 Join oppidanu with aubaidio, not with mittit. 
 
 quorum— diseesait 1 " and at the arrival of these the Remi were inspired 
 with eagerness to ward off the attack, as well as with the hope of a 
 successful defence, while, for the same reason, the enemy 5;ave up all hope 
 of becoming masters of the town." — adventii : abl. of time and cause.— 
 et Bemia—accesait : literally, " there was both added to the Remi ": H. 
 386 ; A. & G. 22S.—ho8tihi(a » for case : H. 385, II., 2 , A. & G. 229. 
 
 potiundi oppidit the genitive implies that potior may govern the accu- 
 sative as it does in old Latin : Ter. Adelph. 5, 4, 22 : viiseriam omnem 
 egocapio, hie potitur gaudia : H. 544, 2, N. 6 ; A & G. 296. 
 
 morati, scil. hostea. 
 
 quoa : account for the gender of the relative : H 445, 3 N. I ; 439, 2. 
 
 cojnia: abl. of accompaniment : H. 419, III., i i) ; A & G., 248, a. 
 
 ab — poaiierunt • this con truction is best explained by hifperbaton (inver- 
 sion in order of words), the regular construction being : posuerunt caslra 
 minus duohm panmum ab (castria CaesariaJ. The abl. milfibus is ablative 
 of difference : H. 417 ; A. & G, 247. — mtnua, plus, amplius haye no in- 
 fluence on the construction : see note on B. I., Chapter XXXVIII. — millibus 
 ablative of measure ; H. 417, I., N. 2 ; A. & G. 247, c 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 propter — virtutia: "on account of their fine reputation for valour," 
 proelio supersedere . " to delay the haXtle."—supersedeo means primarily, 
 " to sit over " in the sense of a presiding judge • Cato R, R. 5, !.• viticu'a 
 litibus/amiliae tupersedeat : then " to sit over " a thing in the sense of 
 passing it over ; hence, " to delay."— pro««o : ablative: H 414, I; A & 
 G. 243. 
 
 equestribua proeliia—periclitabatur : " he kept trying to find out by 
 cavalry skirmishes what the enemy could do by their valour and what daring 
 our men had." — procliis • ablative of means . H. 420; A. & G 24& 
 poaset — auderent . dependent question : H. 529, I.; A & G. 334._pfir»'. 
 clitabatur=periculumfaciebat : for imperfect : H. 469, II.; A. & G. nc 
 b. The original meaning of pei-iculum is "a trial," " a test," 
 
 loco—idoneo : "the ground in front of the camp being naturally well 
 adapted and suitable for drawing up his troops." The present participle of 
 the verb esse being wanting we often find an adjective agreeing in predicate 
 relation with a noun in abl. absolute : H. 431, 2, (3)^ A. AG. 255 b N 
 —^d—instruendam : H. 544, I. ; A. & G. 296. * 
 
 QUod — redibai: "because that hill on which the camp was pitched 
 
 ri311l5 ri stitu-- I"' } •»»..,., .v'J :!S ttUiih IVVVUIUS IIIC CHCmy titf 
 
 enough to form an army in battle --j - 
 
 array, 
 
 both sides it had sieep 
 
NOTES. 
 
 121 
 
 H. 
 
 banks and in front gently sloping upward it gradually resumed a level " 
 ~uhv.^tnqm.-tantum: ace. sing. neut. of adjective : acc^rf « ent of 
 space --a^t;er«.. : predicate adjective after ;>a<eL<-fod H V97 T A 
 & G. 2l6, a, z.-laUria dejectm : literally, " slopes of the side '' ' 
 
 rec'fSrrthehir"' "'" intrenchment at right angles." to the di- 
 h^to^t^Z: "** ^^"^ ^""^ °^ *^* intrenchments : » H. 442, 2, N. i ; 
 
 —tormenta'. (from root torc, "to whirl") wa<! tht- fr».n«r,-,. »-,,~ a 
 which were included halistae, o^ayn^'SoLrXS "'""""'" 
 qmdr-poterant: "because they were so strong in numbers." 
 multUudtne : abl. of cause. 
 
 offhHub&tr = " '' "■"' "■•"' '""= "»^ "'«'•'■ Explain .h. tens. 
 subnidio: dat. of purpose: "as a reserve force" 
 
 M 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 paliu : distinguish in meaning pdlfis, palUs 
 
 waning .0 a.«ck ,hen, (it en.m^'Xn'sl^clllsMTn'ihrrarrM 'if Z,^ 
 (the enemy should fiist begin to cross it"— W tn ™'i '^ 
 «ra««^: H. 529, II. i A. I G. 334. t-l-U^^mZX'^"?"-^ 
 ginning of crossing the marsh) ahould be rnaJo bv them" .7„, ,1 * T 
 junctive; H. 529, II.iA.4G.342. ■"• - "y them . for the sub. 
 
 tor'L'ir-'^^tbi. '2.1 H1^,^T;'A'.Tc^°7/°r"«^ ''- -=^ 
 
 •0 eonsilio : " with the object." 
 
 castellum : a redoubt which Titurius occupied with six I*.ai«nc ^ ♦», 
 south bank of the Axona {Ai»ne). ^ ^'"^ ^^«'°"^ °" ^''e 
 
 expugnarent : distinguish in meaning oppugno, expugno. 
 
 sir-potUssent : the construction is : partem avarnm copmrum transducers 
 conati mnteo comiho ut, si minus potument pofUcm'expu,rnare7tt^t7r 
 Jad"te*n mISe'. " '" ^''"''""' ^^P"" the ^conditionif^ the attempt 
 
 nobis Usui : H. 390, i ; A. & G. 233. 
 
 comnuaiu 1 ahh of separation : H. 414, I ; A. & G. 243. 
 
 
122 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 equitatum—pontem: for the two accusatives: H. 376 ; A. & G. 239, d. 
 
 levis arviaturae: for genitive of description : H. 396, V.; A. & G. 215. 
 
 eo loco : the batt. is said to have taken place betv/een the mouth of the 
 little stream Miette, which lows through the marsh mentioned in Chapter 
 IX. into the Axona {Aisne), and the modern village of Ponfavert. 
 
 impeditos : " hampered in their movements." 
 
 circumventos interfecerunt^circumvenerunt et interfecerurU i H. 549-5 » 
 A. & G., 292, R. 
 
 hostes : the main body of the Belgae who remained drawn up in battle 
 array, diflFering from the hostes impeditos mentioned before who were 
 simply a detachment. 
 
 oppido : Bibrax ; 544, 2 ; A. & G. 301. 
 
 spem 8e/efelliase : literally, " that iheir hope had deceived them." 
 
 neque=et nan, 
 
 iniquiorem : " less favourable " for them than the original position where 
 the legions were drawn up. 
 
 constituerunt — esse —fut) convenirent : constituo takes either— (i) the 
 infinHive or (2) ut or ne with subjunctive, generally when the subject of the 
 main verb and dependent verb differ. Rarely do we find the construction 
 varied in the same clause as here. 
 
 domum : what words are construed like the names of towns? H. 380 
 II., 21); A. &G. 258, b. 
 
 introduxusent : H. 524 ; A & G. 336. 
 
 convenirent : in direct disc arse this would be conveniamu$. convenite , 
 
 H 523. "I- ; ^' &G., 339- ^ ... 
 
 copiisi "supplies" here: what are the usual meamngs of cojna m sm 
 gular and plural ? H. 421, I.; A. & G. 249. 
 
 Jinibus : for the dative : H. 386 ; A. & G. 228. 
 
 his—poterat : " these could not be persuaded to delay any jpnge* or to 
 refrain from bringing aid to their countrymen."— /its: H 384.5 > A. « 
 G. 230. 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 ea- eonstituta ; express this by other constructions. 
 
 secunda vigilia : from 9— 12 p.m. 
 
 caslris egressi=ex castris egresd : for abl. H. 413 ; A. ft G. €43, c. 
 
 nullo iniperio : " without any definite marching order," or " command," 
 The abl. absolute is explained by cum-tumultu and by qaum—properaret. 
 
 primum—locum : " the first place in the line of march," U., to get at the 
 head of the retreating column. 
 
 ^^^.^.,,t^^,tdfirptur .- " thev so managed matters that their setting out 
 ha'dSrthe appearance of a 'rout." For subjunctive: H. 498, H-. N. 2 ; 
 A. & G. 332, c.—/ugae : dative : H. 391, I.; A. & G. 234, a. 
 
NOTFS. 
 
 123 
 
 per exptoratores : what is the difference between this expression and 
 ah exploratorihus f H. 415, I., i, N. i ; A. & G. 246, b. 
 
 nondum perspexerat : " he liad as yet no intelligence." 
 
 exercitum=peditatum : as the foot soldiers made up the bulk of the 
 Roman army, milites is often used for pedites ; exercitus for peditatua. 
 ca8tri8==in castris, 
 
 qui moraretur=ut is vioraretur : " to stop" : H. 497, I.; A. & G. 317. 
 hia=equ%tibu8 implied in eqaitatum. 
 
 novi8simo8, scil. hostes: "the rear ot"the enemy." 
 
 magnam — conciderunt : "slew a great number of them as th»y were 
 fleeing." Distinguish concldo, conndo in derivation and meaning 
 
 quum — consisterent : " since those on the rear of their column, to whom 
 the Romans had come, were making a stand." — ventum eat: H. 301, i ; 
 A. & G. 146, c. 
 
 priores — ponerent : " (while) those in advance (of the rear guard), be 
 cause they thought they were out of danger, and were not kept together by 
 any necessity or command of their officers, when the shout reached their 
 ears, all broke up their ranks in confusion and rested their hope in flight." — 
 priores, scil. hostes : those at the head of the retreating column. — vide- 
 rentur — contiiierentur : subjunctive by attraction: H. 529, II.; A. & G. 
 342. — ^rturhati-t ordinibus is more closely connected with verb ponerent 
 than the first abl. abs. : ex audito clamore. — ponerent: H. 517; A. & G. 
 326. 
 
 quantum — spatium: "as long as the length of the day permitted," i.e., 
 as long as it was daylight. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 poatridie ^us diet : H. 398, 5 ; A. & G. 214, g: see note B.I., Chapter 
 xxui. 
 
 priusquam se — reciperent : " before the enemy could recover them- 
 selves -r H. 520, II,; A. & G. 327. 
 
 magna itinere confecto : " l)y making a forced march." What was the 
 length of a regular day's march ? What, of a forced march ? See note 
 B.I., Chapter vil. 
 
 Noviodunum : the ending -dun is Celtic for " town ;" cp. Lugdunum : 
 Melodunum : so that Noviodunum means Newtown. The modern Sots- 
 sons (a corruption of Suessiones) is on its site, nearly 30 miles west of 
 Berry-au-Bac. • 
 
 ex itinere: " on his march." 
 
 latitudinem fossae murique altitudinem : note the chiasmus : H. 636, 
 V. 4 ; A. & G. 344, f- 
 
 paucis defendentibas—quamvls pauci (id) defenderenl : " though those 
 who defended it were few :" the abl. absoi. is concessive here. 
 
 Usui : H. 390, II., N. 2 ; A. & G. 233, 300. 
 
!! 
 
 i 
 
 124 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 vineas ayere: "to get ready the limae." The vineae were wooden 
 frames, eight feet high, seven wide and sixteen long, protected with raw 
 or wet hides. Under this protection the men advanced to the wall of the 
 enemy, undermined the wall or filled up the ditch. 
 
 aggere jacto: "a platform being constructed." The aggeres were 
 platforms for the artillery or for moveable towers. 
 
 rmgnitudim—celeritate: H. 416, I, 2), N. I j A. & G. 245, b. 
 
 operum: " siege works." 
 
 Oalli : app"' '.ir^-. : " they, as Gauls." 
 
 et—impetr.,'. and at the request of the Remi, they (vSu*!wiones) 
 
 obtained iheir v inat their lives should be spared :" for subjunctive • H 
 498, I.; A. &G. 331, a. 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 prim%s=principibus : H.441 ; A. A; G. 188. 
 
 Bralmpantium : an old tov/n Bratuspante which once stood near Breteiiil 
 in Picardie, at the head of the Somme Valley. 
 
 contulissent—abesset : bring out the changes of tense in translation : so 
 also in accessisset — poueret. 
 
 neM— venire: "that they placed themselves under his protection and 
 power."— ^'u* may be both objective and subjective genitive and hence 
 implies a mutual pledge being given. 
 
 neque=et non. 
 
 pueri : "children " : not necessarily " boys " merely. 
 
 passis manibua: "with outstretched hands," expressing humiliation. 
 
 more: abl. of manner : H. 419, III., Note 2 ; A. & G. 248. Remark. 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 pro hi9=pro P Vovacis i " in defence of these."— cm w=(7ae«arcOT. 
 
 reverterat: conjugate this verb. What verbs are semi-deponent? 
 
 facit verba : " intercedes." 
 
 Bellovacos : what are the chief rules for oblique narration : H. 523-525 • 
 A. & G. 335-342. In verba facit is implied diait on which the indirect 
 narrative depends. 
 
 omni tempore : note that the ace. omne tempus is not ordinarily usee, 
 to express duration of time. 
 
 m qui dicerent: " who kept raying" ; H. 524 ; A. & G. 336. 
 
 omnea—perferre : "endured every kind of ill-treatment and insult." 
 Explain the use of the plural of abstract nouns : H. 130, 2 ; A. & G. 75 c. 
 qui : the antecedent of this is eoa understood, the subject of pro/ugiase. 
 principes^auctorea : " advisers." 
 
 in Britanniam profugisae : Britain has often been a refuge for French 
 agitators as in the recent case of Boulanger. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 126 
 
 ut—utatur: "that he would exercise his well-known clemency and 
 moderation towards them." What verbs govern the ablative? H. 421 ; 
 A. & G. 249. • ^ ' 
 
 fecerit : explain the fut. perf. : H. 527, i ; A. & G. 337. 
 
 quorum— conmierint: "by whose aid and help, whatever wars happened 
 they (Aedui) were wont to hold om."—ai(xinis—opibus: abl. means. 
 Change from Bellocacoa to the end ot the chapter into direct narrative. 
 
 CHAPTKR XV. 
 
 homris—cmisa : "out of regard for Divitiacus and the Aedui."— Z)i«t- 
 Uac»: objective genitive: H, 396, III.; A. .<k G. zi'j.—cauaa: H.4i6: 
 A. & G. 245. ^ ' 
 
 auctorUate: H. 419. II.; A. & G., 251. ^muUitudine: H. 424; A. 
 & G. 253. 
 
 eo loco : Bratuspantium. 
 
 N^ervii : these were looked upon as the most savage people of the Belgae. 
 
 natura: "character." 
 
 nullum— mercatorihm : " traders have no access to these." For m^ca- 
 torihus see note on Chapter i., B. I. 
 
 nihil— pati=(eos) iwn pati quicquam vini : " they do not at all permit 
 the use of wme : for the partitive genitive : H. 397, I.; A. & G. 216, a. 
 
 inferri: H 535 ; H. & G. S^o.—reliquarum rerum governed by quic- 
 quam miphed m mhil. For a similar statement regardiatr the Belirae 
 generally see Chapter I, B.I. ** 
 
 W.S rehv» : " by these enjoyments." 
 
 quod—exiHimarent: what two reasons for the subjunctive?— i,'orMm : 
 would mios be permitted here ? 
 
 increpitare atque inc.mare. : "they rebuked and even blamed." Distin- 
 guish et, atque and -que as connectives. Supply eos as subject of increpitare 
 iiicusare.—qui=quippe qui : "inasmuch as they": H. 517; A. & G. 320 e! 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 eorum=Nerviorum. 
 
 triduum : scil., spaiium, ace. of duration of time =tres dies, 
 millia : note that plus, minus, amplius have no influence on constructions 
 of extent of time or space : H. Arj, I., N. 2 ; A. & G. 247, c. 
 in itinere : " (already) on the march." 
 
 mulieres—coiijcxisse: the construction is : inveniehat (eon) conjecisse 
 mulieres (hoinines) que qui, etc. 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 qui^-dsHgant : " to pickout."— 5'«*=«#n : H.497, 1.: A. &, G. 317. 
 ex — Qallis'. join this with complures: H. 397.3, N. 3 ; A. & G. 216 c 
 
126 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 dedititiis : the Ambiani, Suessiones, and HcUovaci. 
 corum—perspocta: " the usual marching order on the patt of our army 
 during these days being observed." 
 eorum dierum : depends on itineria. 
 
 inter — intercedere : " that between every two legions a great number of 
 beasts of burden were placed." Distin<,ruish impedimentuin, impedimenta, 
 and acurcina in meaning. The impedimenta seem here to refer to the horses, 
 waggons or any beast of burden used in transporting the heavy material 
 of the army. 
 
 neque — adoriri : ** and that there was no trouble, when the first legion 
 reached the camp, and (when) the other legions were a long way oflF, in 
 attacking this (legion) still encumbered with baggage."— nfgfo^ii : partitive 
 genitive after quidquam.—apcUium : H. 379 ; A. & G. 257 
 
 futurum ease : depending on demomtrarunt, and having the clause ut — 
 auderent for subject : " the result would be that the other legions would not 
 be bold enough to withstand the attack :" H. 4 ,8, II., N. 2 ; A. & G. 
 332, e. — retiquae, scil., legionea. 
 
 adjuvabat—poaaet: "the following fact added weight to the advice of those 
 who brought this intelligence, that the Nervii, long ago, since they could 
 do nothing with cavalry (for up to this time they did not pay any heed to 
 this branch of the service, but whatever power they have rests in their in- 
 fantry), that ihe more easily they might ol)struct the operations of the cav- 
 alry of their neighbours, if they came against them (Nervii) for the purpose 
 of plunder, had caused, by lopping the trees when young and by inter- 
 twining the branches which grew out thick in a later 1 direction and by 
 interposing brambles and briars, these hedges like a wall to form a 
 defence, which far from being able to enter they could not even see tl.rough." 
 Such is the literal translation. Break up the sentence mto several separate 
 sentences for a good English version. 
 
 antiquitua. explain the ending of the adverb. — quo : H. 497, III., 2 ; 
 A. &G. ^17, S.—veninsent : H. 529,11.; A. & G ^^.—effecerant iU : 
 H. 497, II., N. 2 ; A & G. 332, e. — instar muri : inxtar is an indeclin- 
 able substantive : H. 134 ; A. & G. 77, i.—non modo -non modo non : 
 cp. the Greek use of ov ^idvov for ov p6vov ov, 
 
 non—coJisilium : " this plan should not be neglected by them :" for 
 dative aibi . H 388 ; A. & G. 232. 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 loci — quern locum: see note on itinera duo, quihus itineribua : B.I., 
 Chap VI. This place is said to be on the River Sabis (now Sambre) in 
 France, near the Belgian frontier, about two miles S. W. of Maubeuge. 
 
 declivis : a hill sloping from the top to the bottom was called declivis ; 
 from the bottom to the top, acclivis. 
 
 huic — contrarius : " facing and opposite to this." There is little differ- 
 ence between adveratia a.nd contraHus: the former seems to mean th&t the 
 two armies corresponded in form and extent. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 127 
 
 pasaus — ducentoa : some say that the hill began to rise about 200 paces 
 from the margin of the river, others tliat it was 200 paces from the bottom 
 to the top. — pnnHiis : ace. of extent • H 379; A &G 257. 
 
 injiinus apertua^zinfima parte apertua opposed to ab auperiore parte 
 fdlvMtrU : "so thickly wooded on the top, so that it was not easy to see 
 into it." 
 
 secundum: here a preposition : "down the river :" we have also secundo 
 flumine, adverao flumine for "down the river," "up the river :" aecundo 
 and adversoheing adjs. in abl. absolute, agreeing with Jiumine. 
 
 pedum — trium : genitive of description : H. 396, V.; A. & G. 215, b. 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 copiia : ablative of accompaniment : H 419, III., i, i) ; A. &■• G. 
 248. a 
 
 ratio — detulerent : " the system and arrangement of the army was diflfer- 
 ent from what the Belgae hnd reported to the Nervii." — hahehat : from the 
 unity of idea contained in ordo ratioque - H. 463, II., 3 , A. & G. 205, 
 b. — ac : H. 554, I, 2, N ; A & G, :56, a 
 
 8!uA eotmietudine : " according to his usual custom : " abl. of manner. 
 
 expedites : " without baggage." 
 
 duae legionea : ihe xiiith and Kivth legions. 
 
 totum — claudehant : " brought up the whole rear." 
 
 praesidto impedimentia : for two datives j H. 390, I.; A. & G 233. 
 
 identidem • "repeatedly." 
 
 neque — auderent : " and when our soldiers did not dare to follow those 
 ia retreat further than the level and open ground extended in front." 
 negue=et non. — quern ad finem=ad eum finem ad qr.em^^naque eo quo : 
 H. 445, 8 ; A. & G. 200, b. — porrecta . literally, " stretching in front." 
 
 quae — venerant: "which had been the first to come up i " H. 443 ; 
 A. & G. 191. 
 
 opere dimenso : " the work allotted to each being messured out." After 
 picking out a place for the camp (Chapter xvili., locum idoneum castris 
 deligere), the six legions which first came up began to fortify the camp 
 {castra munire), after the ground had been marked out for each by the 
 surveyors (castrorum metatores, or meniiores). Note that dimenao is 
 passive." K. 231, 2; A. & G. 135, b. For the participles of deponent 
 verb used passively see note B.I., ( hapterxi. 
 
 ubi—fecerunt : " when the first part of the baggage train of our army was 
 seen by those who were concealed in ambush in the forest, which had been 
 agreed upon among them as the proper time for beginning the battle, on a 
 sudden they darted forth with all their forces, and made an onset on our 
 cavalry in the same order as they had drawn up their line of battle and 
 ranks within the woods, and as they had encouraged each other to do." — 
 prima: H. 440, 2, N. 2 ; A. & G. 193. 
 
 mind canvenerat : in apposition to the clause ubi — visa sunt. — tempics : 
 
 predicate after convenerat. — omnibus copiis: abi. of accompanimeut ; H. 
 419, II.; A. & G. 248, a. 
 
128 
 
 KOTES. 
 
 proturbatis: "driven forward in confusion." Another reading is pet' 
 lurhatis. 
 
 paene— tempore ." "almost in one and the same moment".' H. 429 , 
 A. &, G. 256. 
 
 ad silvaa ' " at the edge of the woods." 
 
 in manihm : may mean what a person has under his hand ; hence what 
 is in his power, or as here what is close at hand ; cp. Sail. Bell. Tug. I, 57 ; 
 eupere proelium in manibus facere. 
 
 adverso colle : "up the hill " ; cp. secundum in Chapter XVIII. 
 They made straight for the Roman camp with the hill before them. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 Caesari : for dative : H. 388, 561, I.; A. & G. 232, 334, i. 
 
 vexiltum — dandum : notice the ai^yndeton in this sentence. Why does 
 Caesar here use it? — vexillum (diminutive of velum, "a sail") was a 
 crimson flag hung out from the praetorium as the signal of battle. Plutarch 
 calls it jpoiviKovc A^'*«"^. " a crimson cloak." 
 
 quum — oporteret : " when they had to rush to arms." Explain the sub- 
 junctive here: H. 521, II., 2 ; A. & G., 325. 
 
 signum : "the signal of battle." The various instruments in Caesar's 
 army were: (l) tuba : a trumpet, straight, with a funnel-shaped opening 
 and used for giving signals to form in line, advance, and retreat ; (2) comu : 
 horn, originally made of buffalo horn, gave the signal to the army to 
 assemble and hear the address of the a commander, or the sentence of death 
 pronounced ; (3) bucina : clanon w?.s sounded to mark a change of watch. 
 In Caesar time the lituttJi was also used, though not mentioned by him. 
 It was used for cavalry and had a harsh and high note. 
 
 qui — arcessendi : " those who had gone a little too far to seek materials 
 for the mound had to be summoned." The antecedent of qui is ei milites 
 understood, subject of arcessendi sunt. 
 
 milites cohortandi : referring to the usual harangue {militum cohortatio) 
 of the general before the action began. 
 
 signum dandum : it is better to take ihis= signum committendi proelii 
 dandum "M : " the first order to charge." Others say it refers to 
 the tessera or watch-word given to the men, so that by calling it they 
 might avoid mistake or confusion in distinguishing friends and foes. It 
 was usually some auspicious term or name. The watch-word of Caesar was 
 usually Venus Oenetrix ; of Brutus, Libertas. With tessera : cp„ Greek 
 avvBtjpa. 
 
 mccessus : " approach" of the Nervii from below. 
 
 his — militum : " two things, namely, the skill and experience of the 
 soldiers were of assistance to him to meet these difficulties." — difficulta^ibust 
 dative, depending on subsidio : H. 390, I.; A. & G. 233. — usus : a more 
 lU word than scieniia in Caesi; 
 
 miporta 
 156, a. 
 
 eyes 
 
 554, I, 2) 
 
worn. 
 
 129 
 
 nan — poterant- "they were able to give the command to themselves 
 with no less advantage than to receive the command from others." This 
 shows the high degree of discipline to which Caesar had brought his 
 legions. 
 
 ah — vetuertU : " Caesar had forbidden the different lieutenants to leave 
 the fortifications and their respective legions, unless the camp was forti- 
 fied." For distributive numeral: H. 174, 2, i); A. & G. 95, a. 
 
 idsi — castria . the full constraction : nid deceasinHetU munitia castris : 
 for abl. absol : H. 431 ; A. & G. 255. 
 
 nihil{:=ine hituin •. " not a mark, "or =nejiluin, " not a thread,") is here 
 used for an emphatic non . H. 378, 2 ; A, & G. 240, a. 
 
 videbantur, scil, adminittranda esse . " but they did of their own accord 
 what they thought ought to be done." 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 necessariis — imperatia : " having given (only) the necessary orders " : H. 
 431 ; A. & G. 255. 
 
 quam in partem — obtulit : the full construction is : in earn partem quam 
 partem fors obtulit : "in the direction which fortune first jiresented." — 
 fars : (from /ero,) whatever fortune brings : H. 445, 9 ; A. & G. 2CX), b. 
 
 retinerent— posset : for the imperfect subjunctives : H. 502, 2 ; A. & G. 
 
 332, b. 
 
 tit — his defensoribus earuni 
 
 502, 2 ; A. 
 
 neu=^el ne : cp. Caes. de Bell. Oall., 4, 17 
 rerum vis minuere:tnr neii ponti nocercnt. 
 
 animo : H. 424 , A. & G. 253. 
 
 g«od — ^sset . this gives the leason for shjiium dedit, 
 
 quam quo=qv,cim tUeo: " than the throw of a dart " : H 
 & G. 320, c 
 
 pugnardibiis occurrit : ' he finds them already engaged in fighting." 
 infiigniai these s m to be the crintae, feathers black and red, and 
 other ornaments worn by the Roman soldiers to distinguish tlie legions and 
 cohorts. These were moveable and were not worn on the march. 
 
 scuiis : H. 414 ; A. & G. 243. The scutum was protected on the march 
 with a leathern cover to shield it from the effects of the weather. 
 
 quam — conspexit : the full expression would be : hac in parte et ad haec 
 signa quisque comtitit, quam primam in partem devenit, et quae prima 
 aigna conspexit. On ordinary occsions it was a serious offence for a 
 .'joldier to be absent irom bis regular post. 
 
 in — 8ui8=in quaerendo sua {signa) : "in seeking out his own standard." 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 m4igi» — postidabat : "more in accorda' 'e with the position of the ground, 
 the slope of the hill, and the urgency of the occasion than v/ith the prin- 
 ciples and arrangement approved of by military science." — magis tit— 
 posiulahai i distinguish tue use Ci tue iudic. aud the subjunctive with iU 
 following the comparative. 
 
 9 
 
m 
 
 MOTES. 
 
 qjcum — renfterent: "since, as tlie different legions were scattered, dif- 
 ferent places held out against the enemy." — dlveiHiH —le<jion\buH • abl. ab- 
 solute. — aliae— parte: H. 459, I.; A. &G. 203, c. 
 
 resiaterent — impediretur : for causal quum: H. 517 ; A. & G. 326. 
 
 aepibunque — interjectis -. H. 431, 444, I.; A. & G., 255, 93, b. 
 
 proinderi, scil. poterat : the subject of which is the cljuse quid — esaet. 
 
 fortunae: genitive depending on eventm ; "the varying success of for- 
 tune also followed :" that is, some divisions were victorious and sonne 
 defeated. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 acie : genitive=ari<"» : H. J20 ; A. & G. 74, a. Compare Aulus Gellius : 
 Caiiut Caesar in libro de Aiialogia tsecundo, hujus die et hujiut specie 
 dicenduvi putat. 
 
 ea pars : the sinistra para occupied by the soldiers of the ixth and 
 xth legions. — his — Alrebatibua. 
 
 ex loco superim^e : the prepositional abl. absolute ; " since they occupied 
 the higher ground." 
 
 conantes, scil, eos {Atrebatea) : "as they (the Atrebates) were trying." 
 
 ipsi—k(jio)ium nonae, et de.cimae militea. 
 
 transire : for infip.itive after non dubitaverunt see note under Chapter li., 
 B. II. 
 
 diversae : " separately": H, 443 , A. & G. 191. 
 
 erant c'ongressi : scil. milifes, from legioneb. 
 
 pjj. loco — proeliabantur : " had gone duwn from the high ground and 
 were fighting on the banks of the river." Explain the force of the 
 imperfect. 
 
 nudatis: " being stripped " of defenders. 
 
 intervallo : H. 379, 2 : A. & G. 257, b. 
 
 latere aperfo : "their flank being left uncovered": abl. abs. In this 
 case latua=l<itu.s sinidtum. 
 
 mvimum— locum: " the height occupied by the camp." 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 levia armatiirae : see note on levis arrnaturae : Chapter X, B. II. 
 
 adversis : " face to face." 
 
 decumana porta : the Roman camp had four gates : porta praeloria, in 
 front, facing the enemy, and cal'ed from being near the praetovium or head- 
 quarters of the general ; opposite to this was the porta decumo.na in the 
 rear of the camp, and so called because the loth cohorts of the legion (de- 
 cima cohors) were stationed there ; porta principalis dextra, in the centre 
 on the right hand side of the camp, and porta principalia sinistra, on the 
 left hand side. 
 
 respexiaaent — vidisaent : H. 521, II., 2 ; A. & G. 325, 323. 
 
NOTX8. 
 
 131 
 
 quorum--HncfutarU : "whose reputation for valour is very h\g\\ amoiitj 
 the G&\\\s."— opinio sometimes means, as here, the impression conveyed to 
 others. 
 
 auxilia—civitcUe=-auxllioru7n loco ah civihiu : "as auxiliaries by their 
 countrymen." Fhis accounts (or ah. So also at the end of this chapter 
 civitate = civihua. 
 
 caatris : for ablative : 421, I.; A. & G. 249. When does potior govern 
 the genitive ? H. 410, V., 3 ; A. & G. 249, a. 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 Caesar—scuio—detracto—processit: to this main sentence there is a 
 long protJiesis or introduction which may conveniently be divided into two 
 parts, the first extending to ease impedimento vidit, and the second, to aul)- 
 "iiitti posset. 
 
 ah — cohortatione—ah decima Ugione quam cohortattis erat. 
 
 signis — collatis : causative to esse impedimento : " since the standards (of 
 the maniples) were crowded together.'*^ Distinguish aquila, sigtmm, vexil- 
 lum in meaning. 
 
 centuriorihus occisis : this and the four succeeding ablatives absolute are 
 causal to reliquos esse tardiores : " all the centurions of the fourth cohort 
 were slain, etc., therefore, all the rest of the men were gerting cowed." 
 —primipilo : primuspiltts was the first centurion of the first manipulus of 
 the triarii and was the first in rank of the sixty centurions of the legion. 
 He was entrusted with the eagle of the legion, ranked among the equites 
 as regarded pay, and had a place m the council of war along with the 
 consul and tribunes. 
 
 et — excedere=et nonnuUos aJb novissimis locum deserere ac proelio ex- 
 cedere : " while some in the rear were quitting th.ii posts and withdrawing 
 from the battle." Others ha\«e desertos : "abandoned by those in the 
 rear." It is better to supply loco with deserto. For proelio : H. 414' 
 A, & G. 243. • t '*' 
 
 hostes — instare : " and that the enemy both in front did not cease coming 
 up, and on both sides were pressing (our men) hard." With instare 
 supply noatris militibus. 
 
 et rem — vidit: "as he also saw that the danger was great." With 
 angusto, scil. loco. We still in American parlance speak of a man being 
 in a " tight place." The length of the sentence and the number of the 
 dependent clauses led Caesar to repeat vidit. 
 
 subsidium : " reserves " : the Xiilth and Xivth legions were too far 
 off to be of any assistance. 
 
 scuto — detracto : " snatching a shield from a soldier in the rear." In 
 uni militi we have a Graccism for ah uno milUe This use of the dative 
 for the abl. of agent with cd> is generally confined to perf part, pass.: H. 
 385, II., 2 ; A. & G. 229. With this meaning of uni : cp. the English 
 a, an : A. S. dn, Fr. un, all really same. 
 
 signa — laxcire : " to advance and to open out their ranks." Distinguish 
 sigria inferre, re/erre, convertere, efferrt : ad signa convenire, a signia 
 
132 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 discederf, collatis .fifpiis coifi'mere, signia infpstis tre aut incedere. The 
 original meaniiifj of matipulus was a handful (ma mis, pfpo) of 
 tjrass at the top of a pole referred to by Ovid. K.isti. Ill , 115. The pole 
 was changed into a spear and the wisp of grass was replaced by gilded, 
 silver, or bronze animals, of which the eagle was retained as the emblem of 
 the legion. Afterwards the animals were replaced by a round ball of 
 metal. — laxare: to give full play to the sword and to lessen the deadly 
 effect of the enemies* missiles. 
 
 milUibua : dative : H. 386 ; A. & G. 228. 
 
 pro se quisque : "each man to the best of his ability." 
 
 etiam — cuperet : ' ' even in the most critical moment desired to do his 
 best." — navare—gnavare : " to do actively :" cp. gnarus. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 juxta, sell., duodecimam legionem : " next to the twelfth legion." 
 tU — inferrent : " that the (two) legions should gradually draw together, 
 face about and charge the enemy." The seventh legion took up its posi- 
 '.ion in rear of the twelfth, so that it faced in the opposite direction and 
 thus the two would present a double front to the enemy. The expression 
 conversa would thus refer to the seventh only, the two forming thus one 
 continuous line. For coiivema signa — inftrrent = converte.rent signa et — 
 inferrent : H. 549, 5 ; A. & G. 292, R. 
 
 ferret — timerent: H. 517 ; A. & G 326. With timerent, scil., hoates. 
 l^xplain the use of vi and ne. after verbs ol fearing : H. 498, III.; A. & G. 
 
 aversi '. "in the rear." 
 
 legionum — duarum : the xiiith and xivth. 
 
 castris : H. 421. I. ; A. & G. 249. The ixth and xth legions under 
 L>abienus had driven the At rebates across fhe river and gained possession 
 fo the enemy's camp. 
 
 gererentur—esset — vernareturi for subjunctives : H. 529, I.; A. & G. 
 
 334- 
 qui, referring to milites implied in legiones. 
 
 versaretur : agreeing with the nearest nominative as the most important 
 subject: H. 463, I.; A. & G. 205, d. 
 
 nihil— :fecerunt' : " they came up as fast as they could :" literally, "they 
 left nothing undone with respect to speed." For the partitive genitive 
 reliqui : H. 397, I.; A. & G. 216, a, i, 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 
 etiam jni — procuhuissent : " even such as had lain down badly wounded:" 
 literally, "spent with wounds." For subjuuctive : H. 503, I.; A. & G. 
 320, a. 
 
 scutia innixi i 'supporting themselves on their shields:'' H. 425, II., 
 I, I), N.; A. & G. 254, b. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 133 
 
 equUe« vero—praefenrnf : the construction is tafita rerum commulatio 
 est facta ut equites vero—praijhrenl : "such a chanf,'e in the battle took 
 place that indeed the cavalry, to wipe out by their valour their disgraceful 
 flight, put themselves in front of the common soldiers in every part of the 
 field." For militilus: H 386 ^ A. & G., 228. 
 
 at', often used to introduce a new subject, or a transition from one part 
 of a description to another. 
 
 in — salutis : " even in the utter despair of safety." 
 
 his dejfctis : " when these in turn were struck down"; abl. abs. 
 
 qui supercsse.nt : soil, ei hostea qui superesaeyit : for subjunctive of inde- 
 finite antecedent : H. 503 ; A. & G. 320. 
 
 tU, ex tumulo : " as from a hillock." 
 
 ut—focum: "so that it ought to be concluded, that men of so cjreat 
 valour had not witliout sufficient reason dared to cross a very broad river 
 ascend very high banks, (and) enter upon a very disadvantageous position " 
 nequidqvam, h^rti=/rudra. What is the usual distinction between J'rustra 
 and ncquidquam ? 
 
 quiie—redeyerat : "all of which things, though in themselves most diffi- 
 cult, their great courage had rendered easy of accomplishment. "—r«icoe- 
 rat=reddiderat. ^ 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 prope—redacto : "when the nation and name of the Nervii had been 
 almost exterminated." There seems to be some exaggeration in this state- 
 ment as the Nervii aided the Gauls in their uprising against the Roimns 
 I5.C 52 : see Caesar, de Bell. Oall 7, 75. 
 
 pucHs : " children " 
 
 quuvi—arUtrarentur : since they saw that nothing would stop the con- 
 querors nor defend tiie vanquished." On causal quum : H. 517- A &G 
 326, 
 
 omnium : depending on consensu, 
 
 millibussexaijinta : in Chapter iv. the Nervii had promised 5o,ocx5. 
 
 vix ad quinr/enio.^ : hyperbaton for ad vix quimjentos : so a similar in- 
 version of Older, see (Jaesar de Bdl. Gall. B. I., Chapter VI., vix qua sin- 
 ijuli Probably the exaggeration of the losses was (or the purpose of ex- 
 citing pity in Caesar 
 
 possent : H. 524 ; A. & G. 336. 
 
 Jinitimis imperamt : translate, mUites civitati imperant : militibus im- 
 ptravit. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 supra : Chapter xvi., B. 11. 
 
 QTinnibus coplifi : ablative ufaccumpaninient: H. 419, 111., 11) ^ 
 
 & G, ..j.8. a ' 
 
 auxiiio Neroiia : fo» two dr.Kves : H. 390, I.; A. & G. .iTLX. 
 
134 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 mnirent=in itinere esserU : '* were on the march." 
 
 oppidum : some say that this town, Aduatum, was on the plateau at the 
 junction of the Meuse and the Sambre, now Namur, not far from the field 
 of Waterloo. Others say it was situated on the hill Falhize, on the north 
 bank of the Meuse, opposite the town of Huy, some miles below Namur. 
 
 quod quum : " and though this (town) :" quod=et id, scil., oppidum. 
 
 despectus : " wide prospect:" owing to the height of the hill on which it 
 was built. 
 
 in — pedum : join ducentorum pedum with aditus. For case oi pedum : H, 
 402, 417, I., N. 2.; A. & G. 247, c, 214, c. 
 
 magni ponderis : H. 396, V.; A. & G. 215, b. 
 
 ex—pugnati : according to some the name Aduatuci is purely Celtic, 
 from advMt, " runners." 
 
 citrajlumen : on the west side of the Rhine. 
 
 custodiam — ac praesidio : we have also cwitodiam — ac praesidium ; eus_ 
 todiae — ac praesidio. Some also omit una. 
 
 eorum: the Cimbri and Teutones who fell at Aquae Sextiae 102 B.C. 
 and at Campi Raudii loi B.C. 
 
 quum—de/enderent : " when at one time they earned on an aggressive 
 war (against their enemies), at another time warded it off when made 
 upon themselves." With helium inferrent, scil. hostihus: with ilkUum scil. 
 sibi. Observe that inferre helium, not invadere, is the technical term " to 
 invade." 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 
 prima adventu : "as soon as they arrived " : op. primu luce : "as soon 
 as day dawned. " 
 
 parvulis proeliis : "in skirmishes." 
 
 pedum duodecim, scil. in altitv/linem : for the genitive of description : 
 H. 396, v.; A. & G. 2is.--oppido : scil. in. 
 
 vineis—conslitui : the vineae were brought forward to cover the men who 
 raised the mound {agtjer) on which the tower {turris) was to be placed and 
 brought up to the wall. The men in the tower then drove the beseiged 
 from the wall : cp. Sallust. Bell. Jug. c. 76. — turrim : what nouns have 
 (i) the accusative singular in -im : (2) in -im or -em ? 
 
 irridere — increpitare : historical infinitives. 
 
 quod — instrueretur : the quod introduces the reason of the Gauls, .lot of 
 Cat:sar: H. 516, II,; A. & G. 341, d. — ah properly governs nmro under- 
 stood. — tanto spatio : ablative of degree of difference : H. 423 ; A. & G. 
 250. 
 
 tantulae ataturae: 
 
 brevitas no8tra=hrevita8 nostrorum militum. 
 
 eonjiderent : what would the form be in direct discourse ? H. 523 II. Jj 
 A. & G. 338. 
 
 "of such trifling stature:" H. 396. V.; A. & G. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 135 
 
 & G. 
 
 of treating merci- 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI. 
 moveri, scil. turrim, 
 
 specie : "sight." 
 
 non : join this with sine ope divina. ^ 
 
 qui—po88ent=quipp€ qux—possent : "inasmuch as they — were able"- 
 H. 517; A. &G., 320 e. 
 
 quamr-audirent: "of which they had constantly heard from others." 
 Audto, as OKOvu m Greek, has often a perfect meaning in the present. For 
 the mood of despoliaret: H. 523, III.; A. & G. 339. 
 
 traditiff armi8=ai arma tradita essent : H. 507, 3, N. 7 : A. & G. 310. 
 
 dbi—conmiesserU : " that it would be better for them, if they should be 
 brought to such a condition, to endure any lot whatever at the hands of 
 the Roman people than to be tortured to death by those over whom they 
 had been accustomed to hold absolute sway." The subject of praeatm-e 
 is the part quatnvis — consueaaerU. ,^ 
 
 CHAPTER XXXII. 
 
 eotuuetudine sua : " in accordance with his habit"; 
 fully a defeated foe: H. 416 ; A. & G. 245. 
 
 ariea : generally the Romans spared the inhabitants, if the city surren- 
 dered before the battering ram was applied. 
 
 in JfTerviis : " in the case of the Nervii." 
 
 ne quam : is quam from qtUa or qui ? 
 
 re—suoa : " when the answer was reported to their people they said 
 they were ready to do whatever was ordered (by Caesar)."— ad jmo« • 
 explain ad. Why may not suia be read for ad suoa ? H. 384, II., 3 
 A. & G. 225, h.—facere, scil. eoa, i.e., Aduatucoa. 
 
 muri, i.e., of the town : agger, of the Romans. 
 
 pace stmt uai : "they enjoyed peace," " they kept quiet." What verbs 
 govern the ablative? H. 421, I., 11.; A. & G. 229. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 
 aub veaperum : " at the approach of evening : " cp. virb vhitra. There 
 is also a reading aub veapere, which has not quite the same meaning. In 
 Caesar, de Bell. Gall. 5, 13 aub bruma means "in the depth of winter " 
 Sometimes stt6 with ace. means also " a little after:" Livy 21, 18: aub 
 hanc vocem — aucclamatum est, 
 
 illi : afterwards distributed, partim—partini, subjects of fecerunt. 
 
 ante inito consilio : " having previously formed a plot." 
 
 quod — crediderant: what does the indie, here express? H i;i6 • A & 
 G. 333. 
 
 deditione facta : express this in other ways.— praeaidia deducturoa, scil 
 esae : " would either withdraw their outposts," from the line of circumval- 
 lation where the Roman sentries kept watch. Supply aut with deducturoa 
 (eaae). — denique: "at least:" here=aaltem. 
 
 acutis—intentia : " having made shields pf bvk or of osiers intertwined." 
 
13G 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 The e,c governs viminibns as well as cortice. Others take viininibutt hUer- 
 textis as abl. absolute. 
 
 tertia viyilia • for the Roman watches, see note on B.I. Chapter xil. 
 
 aacensua : because the Roman works were on a height above the level of 
 ihe plain. 
 
 omnibus copiis : abl. of accompaniment : H. 418 ; A. & G. 248, a. 
 
 repentino : adverb for the more usual form rcpente which some have. 
 
 iynibm: '-by fire signals."— ^oariwm : nearest that part of the town 
 from which the sally was made. 
 
 concursum est : op. itur^ ventum eat : H. 301, I ; A. & G. 146, c 
 %U — debuit: "as brave men were bound to fight, when their case was 
 nearly desperate, on disadvantageous terms against men hurling their mis- 
 siles from a rampart and towers." — in extrema — mlutin : the prepositional 
 ablative absolute : see note under quod arbitrabaiur, Clapter xxxill, B.I. 
 —qui—jacerent : H. 503, i ; A. & G. 320.. a. 
 
 nectio : " booty," in this case the inhabitants as well as their goods. 
 Properly speaking scctio was property sold on the public account whether it 
 was property taken in war, or property forfeited to the populuH, or property 
 sold for the payment of a penalty. Sector was a purchaser of such pro'- 
 perty. Some say the word is derived (l) from sequi, " to follow," on account 
 of the merchants (rmrcatores) followirg the army for the purpose of specu- 
 lating in such property, or, (2) from secure, " to retail," because the pur- 
 chaser {sector) retailed to the merchant what he bought in a lump. 
 
 milHtiiii quinquafjinta triwn predicate genitive of characteristic : H. 
 396, v., A. & G 215 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 
 
 Venetos The names cf the triljes here mentioned still sur"ive in cor- 
 rupted forms: Veneti, in the modern Vaime/i; Redones, in Bennes; Aulerci 
 I'.burovices, in Evreux , Sesuvios, in Siez. So in Chapter XXXV., Carnutes, 
 Andes, Turones, may be seen in the modern Char ires, An;/ers, and Tours'. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV 
 gitae incolerent : for subjunctive of attraction : H 529, II. ; A. & G. 342. 
 
 se : referring to nationibus. 
 
 qui — poUicerentur^ut ei poliicerentur : H. 497"; A. & G. 317 
 le(jationes=k(jatos : abstract tor concrete : see note B. I., Chapter vii, 
 Ita/iam : Caesar means Gallia Cisalpina, or ( literior, which, though 
 
 within the natural boundaries of Italy, form'ed no part of Italy in a political 
 
 sense at this time. Gallia Cisalpina was a provincia. 
 
 ex — Caesaris : "in accordance with the letters of Caesar." 
 dies-—supplicatio : we have also mention of mpplicationes in Caesar, de 
 
 Bell. Gall : 4, 38; 7, 90. In these cases the genitive dierum is used. 
 
 Ot course dies is ace. of duration of time. A supplicatio was a religious 
 
 thanksgiving and festival for a successful victory, iiroclaimed by a resolution 
 
 of the senate and celebiated with or without a triumph. 
 
 accidit nulli : the longest celebration Ix^fore this tim. was the supplicatio, 
 fasiing for ten days, in honour of I'Dinpey's victory over Mithradates. 
 Note emphatic position of nuUi. See Chapter VI, B. II. 
 
 811 
 
 A 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
PROPER NAMES. 
 
 H. 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 adj = adjective ; f. = fem. ; m. = masc. ; N. = noun. ; n. - neuter : pL - olural • 
 jr. = sinKular. ' *^ f'"*-*' ■ 
 
 sing. = singular 
 
 A. 
 
 A = Aulus, t ; N. m.; a Roman praenomen. 
 
 Ad^tiici, drum : N. pi. m.: the Aduatuci, a people of Gailia Belnwa Accordinir 
 to ( aesar they were descended from the ' imbri and Teutones, who had been left 
 
 JSvl^ ^^ r Sriv^'PThi^la 'h*"' '''^'" these t«;o nations made a descent on 
 Italy (B. 11. C. XXIX.). This is, however, contriidicted when he says that the 
 Belgae were the only Galno tnbe who kept the Cimbri and Teutones out of their 
 Tm^I)' confluence of the Sabis {Smnbre) and the Mosa 
 
 Aedaus, a, uni ; Adj. : an Aedwtn. The Aedui were a powerful nation of Gaul 
 Their confederacy embraced all the tract of country between the Alitor thi> 
 middle Loire, and the Sadne, and extended a little below this river to thrsouth 
 Their capital was Bibracte. When Caesar came into Gaul he tonndtb^TetiSd 
 been overcome by their rivals, the Arverui and the Seqwmi, who ha^l cal'ed in the 
 wd of Anovistus, a Geiman prince. Caesar espoused the cause of the Aedui and 
 restored them to their former place of power. "^^^ui, ana 
 
 Aemmus. i ; N. m. : L. Aemilius, a Roman officer in command of a decuria of 
 Gallic cavalry (B. I., C. xxin). u»o«/t» qi 
 
 A.ldiiasbi8, is ; N. m. ; also called the Dubis (now Doubs), a river on which Vesontlo 
 (now £e»anfo70, the chief town of the Aedui, was situated. The word Dubis meant 
 the W„cA: river: (cp. Celtic d/t«, "black," as in the modern names 2Zi)™* 
 Dowlas, Biffglea, Dublin). Alduasbis means, "the river of Mack rocks.'^ ^''"'^> 
 
 AJlobroges. ««»; N. pi. n..: the AUohroges, a people of Gaul between the Isaro 
 (Isere) and the Rhodanus (Rhone) in the country occupied bv Dimvhinl %n1t,^ 
 ^ndPiedmo7it Their chief city was Vienna ( vJnne), a^bouttwS^ermif^s below 
 ^\and""™ ^^<"">- ^^^ "*"« 'nea'is "highlanders," from al, " hiyh ;" 6roS! 
 
 ^^P-f^'J"??* 'rpu- -P'; ^•■}^^- ^i^* ^^"^® ^^^" "*™e 'rom the Celtic alp, meaninir 
 •lofty." Their length is about 600 English miles. The following are the d "^ 
 sions generally given to this chain : Alpes Maritimae, from Nice to Aft Vian • 
 Alpeg Cottim from Mt. Viso to Ml. Cenisf ^i//fi« GVawe, fron Mt LSn to' ilnu 
 St Bernard; ^Z/,«« Penhio^ from the Great St. Uernkni to the source^ oV the 
 Rhine and Rhone ; Alpen lihaeticae, from the St. Gothard to Mt. Brenner ?n thP 
 Tyrol; J ip«« ^Toma^, froniMt Brenrjer to the head of the river PlaWs' Mm, 
 Carmcae vel Juhae, extending to the confines of Illyricum. ' ^''^^^ 
 
 Ambarri, drum; N. pi m.: a people of Gallia Celtica, situated between the Aedui 
 and the AUobroges, along either bank of the Arar {Sadne.) "* 
 
 Amblanl, arum; N. m. pi : theAmbiani, a tribe of Gallia Belgica, to the north of 
 the Bellovaci, and the river Samara {Somme). They had as their caiVitfti^^ 
 robriva, on the Samara. This town wU afte/wards c'alled Alibiani (^^'^',^S' 
 S,mT^ "" " ^wardic, now called DepaHmmt^ia 
 
 Andes. JEum ; N. m. pi. : «/te Andes, a Gallic tribe that occupied the modem >J«,v.« 
 or what 1? now called Department dela Mayenne. They o^n.pied tKorth bank 
 
 Andeoavi or Andegavi. Caesar says that'tVii'v'were^ n^I^" uTsea 'hZ hfn?/ '.*'?" 
 nient he is inaccurate a» the Nannetes intervened (B. II., C. xxxv.; B. 111. c vii ." 
 
138 
 
 PROPER NAMES. 
 
 I i 
 
 ll i 
 
 ABddcumbdrltiSt i : N. m. : a colleague of looius in the embassy which the Remi 
 
 ■ent to announce their submission to Caesar. 
 Aqulleia, a« ; N. f. : a celebrated city in Northern Italy, in the territoiy of Venetia, 
 
 between the Alsa and Natiso, and about seven miles from the sea. 
 Aqidtania, a« ; N. f . : a district of Gaul between the Garumna (Garontie) and the 
 
 Pyrenees. According to Strabo, the Aquitani differed from the GauUi both in 
 
 physical features and in language. They resembled the Iberians. 
 
 Agultftni, arum ; N. m. pi. : the Aquitanians, one of the three great divisions of 
 Gaul inhabiting Aquitania, the district between the Garumna (GaronM) and the 
 Pyrenees. They resembled the Iberi rather than the Gauls. 
 
 Arar, <*ri» : N. m. : the Avar (now ttie Satim), a river of Gaul, risintr in Mons Vosgesus 
 (non Vosges) and after a southern course falling into the Khodanus (^Rhone). The 
 dty of Lugdunum (now Lyons) stands at the junction of the two nvers : (B. I., 
 C. XII.) 
 
 Ariovistus, t ; N. m.: a king of the Geimans who invaded Gaul, conquered the 
 greater portion of the kingdom and subjected the inhabitants to the most cruel 
 and oppressive treatment. Caesar maroneu against him and defeated him in 
 battle. He died of wounds or through chagrin at his defeat. His name is by some 
 derived from the German Heer, an army ; Fiirst, a leader, but see Chap, xxxi., B. 1. 
 
 Arunciileius, i ; N. m. : Lucius Auntculeius Cotta, one of the legati in Caesar's 
 army in Gaul. When Ambiorix, a king of the Eburones was seeking to withdraw 
 him and his colleague Sabinus from winter quarters, Colta was opposed to leaving 
 the encampment but finally yielded. The Roman army was drawn into an 
 ambuscade, and both he and his colleague fell. 
 
 Arvemi, 6rum ; N. pi. : a powerful tribe of Oaul, whose territories lay between the 
 souroeu of the Allier and Dordoone, brat, hes of the Loire and Garonne. The 
 district is now Auver<im. The name is from ar or al, "high;" and verann 
 (fearann), " country'* or " region." 
 
 AtrSb&tes, um ; N. in. pi. : the Atrebates, a native of Gallia Belgica of high renown 
 for valour. Their territory lay S. E. from that of the Morini and S. W. from that 
 of the Nervii, answering to the modern Artois in the Department du Pas de 
 Calais. Their chief town was Nemetacum (now Arras, or as the Flemings calls 
 it, Atrecht). 
 
 Aulerci, drum ; N. m pi. : the Aulerci, a general term applied to four different 
 tribes in Gaul : 
 
 (1) Aulerci Brannoiflces, clients of the Aedui, whose territory lay between the 
 
 latter and the Sequani, and corresponded to the modem Briennois. 
 
 (2) Aulerci Cenomanni : N. W from the former, above the Andes and Turones ; 
 
 and west of the Carnutes, their country corresponded to the modem 
 Department de la Sarthe. Their capital was Suindinum, afterwards 
 C'anonianni, now Maus. 
 
 (3) Aulerci Kburones: often called simply Eburones, N. W. of the Carnutes 
 
 along the west bank of the Sequana (Seine), above Lutetia {Paris). Their 
 chif-f town was Mediolanum, afterwards Eburovices, now Evreux. 
 
 (4) Aulerci Diablintes, north-west of the Cenomanni, their chief town was 
 
 Neodunum, afterward Diablintes (now Jableins), 
 Axona ae ; N. m. : Axona, a river of Gaul, passing through the country of the 
 Remi. It is now called Aisne. It flows S. W., joins the Isara (Islre), and both 
 fall into the Sequana (Seine). 
 
 B&CiUus t ; N. m. : Publius Sextius Baculus, a centurion of the first rank m the 
 army jf Caesar who on several occasions distinguished himself for his valour 
 (B. II., 0. XXV.; B. III., C. v.; B. VI., C. xxxviii.). 
 
 Bdl^ares, ium ; JN . m. pi. ; A name given to the people of the islands of Majorca 
 and Minorca off the t )ast of Spain. The name was also applied to the islands 
 themselves. The word i? probably from /SoAAeiv "to throw" or "shoot" and 
 referred to tlie skill of the people in the use of the sling or the arfOW. 
 
 Belgae arum ; N. m. pi.: a people of Ancient Gaul, separated from the Geltae in 
 the time of Caesar by the Rivers Matrona(ifa>ne) and Sequana (Seine). 
 
PBOPER NAMES.* 
 
 139 
 
 Bellovftd, drum ; N. masc. pi.: the lielUivaci, a powerful nation oT the Beljrae, to 
 the north of the Parisii. Their capital was Caesaromifrus, afterwards Bellovaoi. 
 now BeauvaU. 
 
 Bibracto, is ; N. n. : a larjfe town of the Aedui in Gaul on tne Arroux one of 
 the tnhutanes of the Loire. It was afterwards called Ausnistoduiiuin. which name 
 still remains in the modem Autun. 
 
 Bibrax, actis ; N. n. : Bihrax, a town of the Remi, eight miles from the Axona, 
 (now^tsne). Some say it corresponds to the modem Bray, others to Braigne 
 others to Biivre. 
 
 Biturlges, um; N. m. pi., a name given to two nations of Gaul : 
 
 (1) Bituriges Cubi, a people of Gallia Celtica, west of the Aedui, their chief city 
 
 was Avancum, afterwards Bituriges, (now Bourges), and their territory 
 corresponded to a part of the modem Berry and Bourbonnais, in the 
 Department du Cher et de I'hidre. 
 
 (2) Biturigen Vivisci were situated near the mouth of the Garumna (Garonne) 
 
 and their capital was Burdigala (now Bordeaux). 
 
 Boduoirnatus, i ; N m. : a leader of the Nervii in the attack made by Caesar. 
 
 Boil orum ; N. in. pi. : a people of Celtic Gaul, who dwelt on the waters of the Sollac 
 From Gaul they passed into Germany and settled in the present Bohemia, a cor- 
 ruption of Boierheim, i.e., the residence of the Boii. They afterwards went to 
 Bavaria, a corruption of Boaria. Their name means " the terrible ones " from 
 Celtic bo, "fear." 
 
 Bratuspantium, i ; N. n. : a town of the Bellovaoi, near the village of Grateveucfw. 
 between Breteuil and Montidier. ' 
 
 Britannia, a»;N.t: the island of Great Britain. 
 
 O. 
 
 Caburus, i; N. m.; Caius Valerius Caburus, a Gallic chieftain who obtained the 
 right of Roman citizenship (civitag). He is afterwards mentioned as holdinff the 
 supreme power among the Helvii (B. VII., C. L.xv.X 
 
 Caeroesi, drum ; N. m. pi. : the Caeroesi, a people of Oallia Belgica between the 
 Treveri and the river Mosa (Meuse), who along with the Condrusi, Eburones and 
 Paemani went under the general term of the Germans. According to some the 
 name still exists in the little river Chiers, between Mouson and Sedan. (B II 
 C. IV.) • V • ., 
 
 Caesar, drw; N m. : Ctuus Julius Caesar : see Introduction. 
 Caius, i ; N. m. ; a Roman firaenomen. 
 
 Caleti, drum, also CalCtes, ium ; N. pi. : the Caleti or Caletes, a people of Gallia 
 Belgica. They probably occupied the district not far from the neighbourhood of 
 the modern Rouen. 
 
 Carnutes, um; N. pi.: the Camutes, a nation of Gaul, between the Sequaiia (.S«;v«ci 
 and the Liger {Loire) and west of the Parisii. They were clients of the Remi 
 Their territory was the chief seat of the Druids, who held here their courts oi 
 justice. Their chief to A n was Autricum (now <7Aar<re«): B. II. 0. xxxv • B V 
 C. XXV., XXIX., Liv., etc. ' * • « • •» 
 
 Cassianus, a, um ; adj. : of or belonging to Oassius. 
 
 Cassius, L.; N. m. : Lucius Cassius was consul 107 B.C. In that year a coalition 
 was formed of the Cimbii and Teutones. After devastating Gaul they united 
 with the Helvetii and resolved to attack the llonian Provinc'm at several points 
 The Helvetian tribe Tigurini under Divico attacked the territory of the Alio 
 broges by the bridge of Geneva and the fords of the Rhone. The rest of the Hnlvttii 
 moved south. The Romans divided their forccj. Cassius, the consul hastened 
 to Geneva, while his legatus, Scaurus, moved against the combined horde of 
 Cimbri and Teutones. Both commanders were unfortunate. Cassius and his 
 army were cut to pieces on the borders of Lake Lemaiinus (Getieva), while Scaurus 
 was defeated and taken prisoner. 
 
 OsSticus. ?■• N. nv- a chief of the Sequani^ on whom Orgetorix prevailed to seize 
 the supreme power in his native State. 
 
iO 
 
 PUOPKK NAMES. 
 
 Catamantoloedls, i« ; N. in. : the father of CuHth^ua. 
 
 Oaturiffes, um ; N. in. pi. : a Oallio iiaMoii dwclliii!,' amonjf tha Oottian Alps. Th«ir 
 
 capital waK(;tttiniH;(!», tracfH of which are still to ho found at C/tour</M, between 
 
 Gap and limhiun in thu <lt'partnu;nt of des llauUH-Alpeti. 
 Celtae, arum ; N. ni. pi.: one of the tribes that inhabited Ancient Gaul. The word 
 
 is derived either from ceilt or ceiltnch, "an inhabitant of the forest," or from the 
 
 root OKI,, "hi^rh;" (ep. CfL^m, colvmna) hence Veltae means "hijrhlanders." 
 Centrones, vm ; N. pi. m : a. people of Gaul who dwelt among the AlpesGraiau. 
 
 They wore defeated by Ci>e«ar in several battles. Their chief town was Forum 
 
 Glaudii Centronum (now C< iilron). 
 
 CimbfirlUB, / ; N. m. : Cmiherhig, a brother of Nastia, who alonfj with the latter 
 was Joint commander of the Suevl when they were endeavoring to oroHs the Khine 
 and form a junction with Ariovistus. When the German princes were overthrown 
 they retreated (H. I., C. xxxvii.). 
 
 Cimbrl. orum ; N. pi. m. : a ticople of Central Kurope who invaded the Uonmii 
 empire in the time; of MariiiH. They were a branch of the Celtic tribe. They are 
 supposed to have had their ori^iii in the (Mmbric (Miersonese (Jutland). 
 
 Considilis, t; N. m.; I'ublius Considius was an officer in Caesar's army, lie was 
 employed in the war a),'ain8t the Helvetii. , 
 
 Condrusi, orum ; N. ni. pi. : the Condnisi, a people of Gallia BelKica, on the rijrht 
 
 bank of the Mosa {Meuxe), In the district of the modern Narnur and Liege. 
 Cotta, ae ; N. m. ; Lucius Arunouleius Cotta: see Arunculeius. 
 Cnelus, i ; N. m.: Cneiun, a Roman praenojrifn. 
 
 Crasaus, t ; N. m.; M. Li(Mniu8 Crassus, siirnamed Dineg, was a member of the first 
 triiiinvirate. lie was noted for his enormous wealth. At Carrkae. he fell in battle 
 ajiiainst ..he Parti lians. 
 
 Cretea, wn; N. m. pi.: the Creta,u: the inhabitants of Crete (now Candia), an 
 island in the Eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea, celebrated for their skill in 
 archery. 
 
 CurlosolTtae. artim , N. m. pi. : the CuriosoHtae, an Armoric nation in Gaul north 
 of the Veneti and northwest of the Hedones. They ociuii>ied the district 'of the 
 modern St. Malo, between Diitant and Lamhelle, m Brittany (B. II., 0. xxxiv.). 
 
 D. 
 
 Divico, fmia ; N. iii. ; an influential noble aniont? the Helvetii, lie was the leader of 
 the embassy sent to Caesar by the Helvetii after their defeat. 
 
 DivitiAcus, t ; N. m. : a leading nobleman of the Aedui, who possessecl i^rcat influ- 
 ence with Caesar in consequence of his fidelity and attaciimeiit to the Hoinans. 
 
 Dubls, J.v: N. m. ; the. Dithh (now the Dmibs), was a river of Gaul, rlainir in the 
 chain of Jura, and fallinu: after a course of sixty leaHjues into the Arar(now Sa6ne) 
 near Cabillonum (now Chalons): B. I., C. xxxviii. 
 
 Duranorix, luin; N. m, : a v>owerful and ambitious chieftain of the Aedui and 
 brother of Divitiacnis. He was disaffected towards Caesar and the Romans' and 
 when tbo former waa on the point of setting out to Britain, and luul ordered 
 Dumnorix to aciompany him, the Aeduan on a suilden marched away with his 
 cavalry. lie was overtaken and slain. 
 
 B. 
 
 Eburones, uw ; N. pi. m. : the /■.Vhomikin, a imtion of Gallia Relnica to the S. W of 
 the IJbii. Caesar mentions them ,i8 Germans. Their territory lay on both sides of 
 the Mosa (J/ckw), fi-om the modern Liege to Aix-laC/iape'Ue. Their chief town 
 was Aduatuoa (B. II., C. iv.X 
 
 FlaccUB, i ; N. ui. : Flaccus, a Romau praetiomen. 
 
PROPER NAMK8. 
 
 141 
 
 II wati 
 
 o. 
 
 GabinTuB, i ; N. m. : AuIuh Gahinum was t,ril>une of tho Commoim 09 H.O.. and 
 
 the\r;\lii;rn;i" hc^pimu.'^'"''*^ ''""•"^' ""'^••"^^'*' '"""•'^''' "' '"^^ '^'""- «-^ »' 
 
 Oalba, ae ; N m.: r/ai/r, Kinjf of tho Hu.-HsioneM. appoinf.od co.ninnnder of t,he Beldo 
 forcoH Aftor t,ho victory of Ca.'Har. his sonn wore delivereil up to tho Roman 
 
 K "UnoTSf ;jo„*,'L'i' ■^•.'i;i,f!"-'- '"" ■' • '" ""'"' '"- "■" "•"""■ 
 
 Gain, Ontm ; N. m. pi. : the Inhabitants of nallia ; thft Gauls. 
 
 Gallia, ae ; N f : Gaul, corr.sspondinsr to Fraruio and the northern lUlian provinces 
 of I'leiniont, Venetia and Lo.nbarJv. Gaul w,w divided in anllia TraZnl na 
 or Ulten,^, or laul beyond the Alpa. con.i)ri8inif nearly all hVanco- a d/iS 
 Cmlmna, or Cih-nor. or (Jaul, this side of the Alps, i.o , Northern It^i'ly 
 
 G&rumna, afl ; N. f : now tho <inro,me, a river of Gaul, It runs from tho Pyrenees 
 (,mo„.te^ Pyrennaec^ and on.ptios into tho Hay of Hisc .y (Ocmuu^ J"h<KL,? 
 Aecordn.j,' to iJai'sar, the Garunina separated Aquitania from Gallia Celtioi^" 
 
 06nava, ae ■ N f. : a city of the AllobroKos, at the Western extremity of Laka 
 Lcmmanus (deneva) on the south bank of the river Uhodai.us (lihone) 
 
 Germani, Ormn, ; N. pi. m. : Germans. 
 
 Germania, ae ; N. f. : a diHtriot of Central Europe inhabited by the Germans Th« 
 
 mann^^ a man," so the Germani means "warriors," or (2) from the Celtic w/r 
 "war," and wa/iH. "a man." Other derivations are given. ' ' 
 
 ^'''^oIKh^er^ Eiiropt ^'■"'"''*' * "''™° ^'^*'" *° ''" inhabitant of Greece, a oount.o' 
 Gral6c61i, Srum; N. pi. m.: a tribe of Gaul dwelling near the Alpt. 
 
 H. 
 
 Harudes, Mm ; N. pi. m.; a German tribe, in the vicinity of the Marcomanni be- 
 tweonsjho llhme and the hesul waters of the riNur Danube. This Xtriot wi, in 
 the VI 'nity of the present cities of Hothioeil and K'ursternbenj ""*''"°"^ *•« '" 
 
 HelvStius, a, urn; adj.: Helvetian. 
 
 HelvStii, orurn; N. pi. m.: a nation of (Jaul conquered by Caoaar It U n-pn<.r..u» 
 supposed that Helvetia corresponded to modern ,S,^;^z«4„5 but the boZS^s 
 of the ancient, province were of less extent than the modern Hwit/erl n beir^L* 
 bouiided on the north by the Khenus and Lake Brigantiims (Sa/t e^ • on h« 
 Mt JuJr ° l^hodanus («/,.««) and Lake Lemannus^/e.c^.O,^ rihVwest b? 
 
 ^^^P^iJi'^S' ? • ^,- '-i, '"^i?"*"- -'^^^ ""'"'^ '" '^'^"^cd from a corrupt form of e<r,reo.'ou 
 the western land : " op. ian,po<;, •' the evening star ; " vesper," evening." '^^ 
 
 I. 
 
 Icclus, i; N. m.: /rrnw, a nobleman of the Remi, sontalong with Andooumboriuq on 
 jm embassy to acknowledge the submission of their natior, to Caesar. " 
 
 "^^S^/Jria!"'" "■ '' ^"^'■'""'™' *^^ '""'^'^'•" •*'«<^'-'°t ocoi^Pieii by Dulmatia, Jiomia, 
 Italia, a»; N. f.: Italy ; a country of Southern Europe. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jura,ffl«; N.f : a range of mountains extending from the Rhodanus (/?Ao»^) to the 
 Rhenus (Rhme) and sei-arating the territory of the Jlelvetii from tl at of the 
 Sequan.. The word is from the Celtic. Jou-ran." the doimin o/GoJ-Zv ''JuppUer" 
 
 LS.bIenu8. *; N. m. : TUuh LaMeniut was mm nt Pn«>par'° n^"* •■= -•- •• ~ — 
 
 ^'^'^- ^^t^i^i':!;.^L^ Civil wars he l^ft-^esarfo^!^;^;^ "'^l^ 
 
 at Pharsalia, but fell at Munda. 
 
U2 
 
 PROPER NAMES. 
 
 L&tSbrtpres, uw»; or Latobrlgl, lirum ; N. m. i>l.; a people of Belgio Oaul. They 
 f'xtffiui'tl aloiifj the hunks of the Rhine, ahoufc ninety miles west of Lake Hrigaii- 
 t'lnua (Co null I nce), 
 
 Lemannvis, t ; N. m. : now Lake of Geneva, separatinj,' the territory of the Helveti' 
 from that of Oaul. It is about 45 miles lony; by 1 1 wide. 
 
 LSuci, Srum ; the Leuei, a people of Gallia Beljjioa. 
 
 Lillg6nes, um ; N. m. pi. ; a people of Gaul, whose territories inhibited Mons Vosgesus 
 
 (Vo«(/<'»), and consequently, the source of the Mosa (Meutie) and Matrona {Marn*). 
 
 They hail a town named also Linyonea (now Lan;ire») and their territory corres 
 
 ponded to the modern department of de la Ilaute-Marne. 
 
 LisCUS, i ; N. m. : Liscus was chief nm!,'istrate or Vergobret of the Aedui, who g»ve 
 to ( 'aesar information of the conduct and designs of Dumnorix. 
 
 Lucius : LuciuB, a Roman praenomen. 
 
 M. 
 
 Mfi.g6tOt>ria, o« ; N. f.: a town, near which Ariovistits defeated the oombined force» 
 ■ of the (Jauls. Some say it corresiwnds to the modern Moiiite de Broic, near the 
 
 village of I'lintaiUer: others to Bitigium, now ISini/eii. 
 Marcomani, drum : the Mareomani, a German people. The word is from Ger 
 
 man mark ; English march: hence the name means m,arch, or, bolder men. 
 Marcus : a Roman jiracnomen. 
 M&rlus, i ; N. m. : Caius Marius, a celebrated Roman general, opponent of Sulla. 
 
 (See Roman History.) 
 Matrona, ae ; N. f ; a river of Gaul, now the Manie, which formed part of the old 
 
 boundary between Gallia Belgica and Gallia Celtica. 
 MSn&pIl) orum ; N. pi. m.: the Menapii, a nation of Gallia Belgica, occupying both 
 
 sides of the lower Rhine. Their fortress was called Cmtellum Menapiorum (now 
 
 Kessel) on the Mosa {Meme) : B. II., c. iv. 
 Messala, oe ; N. m. : Marcus Valerius Messala was consul along with Maroua Piso 
 
 B.C. 61. 
 Mettius, t ; N. m ; Mettius, a Roman officer in Caesar's army. 
 Moritli, orum ; N m. pi.: the'Morini, a tribe of Gallia Belgica, whose territory lay in 
 
 the district of Calais and Dunkirk, a part of their territory bordering on the sea 
 
 The name means *' sea people " : being derived from the Celtic mor. ' ' the sea " : 
 
 op. Lat. mare. 
 
 N. 
 
 Namelus, t ; N. m. : » Chieftain of the Helvetii, sent along with Yerudootius at the 
 head of an embassy to Caesar. 
 
 NaBda, ae ; N. m.: Nasua, a chief of the Suevi. 
 
 Nemetea, um : N. pi. m.: the Nemetes, a German tribe, along the west bank of the 
 river Rhine occupj in^ part < f the Grand Duchy of Baden. Their chief town was 
 Noviomagus (now Hpireg). 
 
 Nervii, orum ; N. pi. m.: the Nervii, a powerful nation of Gallia Belgica, whose ter- 
 ritory was N.E. of that of the Atrebates. The river Scaldis (Scheldt) iMisaad through 
 part of their territories. Their chief town was Ba«acum (now Bavay), which was 
 afterwards supplanted by Cameraoum, (now Cambray), and Turnaoum, (now 
 Toumay). 
 
 Noreia, ae ; N. f. : the capital of Noriomn. 
 
 Norica: seeNoricum. 
 
 Nftricum, t ; N. n. : a province of the Roman empire, bounded on the north by the 
 Danube, on the west by Vindelicia and Rhaetia, on the east by Pannonia, and on 
 the south by Illyricum and Gallia Cisalpina, The chief town was Noreia, the 
 capital of Norica or the Norici. It wiis in days of Caesar besieged by the iJoii. 
 
 Noricus, o, um ; adjective : of or belonging to Norieum. 
 
PROPEK NAMES. 
 
 143 
 
 N6vI6di^num, I ; N. n. : Noruuhmum. There were three towna nt fhl. nam., i.. 
 Ga« : (1) NovuKl„nu.„ Smssionum. a town of Z'^Tm^^ nLt'"^ & 
 NovKxlurmm Aeduorum. beU.n^nnK to the Ae,l.ii, on the brinks TlWW/)^ 
 bZuSZ' • ^ ^ ^«^''^"""'" '^'l^ri^-". a city of the Bitun^ea. noXuiiJ^i'. 
 
 NOmldae. drum : N pi. m ■ ">.e Numidicas, a people of Northern Africa, emoloved 
 in the Human armies as light Hkirniishers. . *^ "• mern mnoa, employed 
 
 O. 
 
 Oc6ftnua, t ; N, m.: the Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 Oc61um. t ; N. m. : a city among the CoMi;in Alps ; now VsRrau in Piedmont. 
 
 OrgStorix, luis ; N. m. : a nobleman amonir the Helv^H! i-nnHt.,! «,.=. j« 
 
 noblea and p.evaile.) on his people to seek a country other than their nSfan> 
 He WW. chosen to carry out the plans of the conspirators. Hir corVduct feU unH^; 
 suspicion and he was put on trial. Bv the aid of hiw t-»./..in„^ ^ ''""'*"°' je" under 
 himself, but shortly allerwa^is di.^ L wrlpeld^'-LTh" tn C^^^^ 
 
 ^® n^,i*' "^'"^ ' ^- '"'• i"-i "^* «*'«»«. a people of Gallia Celtica, in the N W of 
 Gaul. They occupied the part of moflern Srittany, around caoi FinisLrl; in 
 their country was Brivates Portus (now Brent). »^««n« oape i^misterre. In 
 
 P. 
 
 P"*Publiust a Roman praenomen. 
 
 Paemanl omm; N. pi m.: the Paemani, a people of Gallia Beleica th^ir **rri*«... 
 IL.o."iv.x' '"''"' " ' °' *'' Mosu(;»/«ule/not far S the mc;derrzS^l^^^ 
 
 Pedlus, i : N. m. : Quintut Pedim, a nephew or great-iieohew of Ciu>>^r u^ ; 
 
 spoken of as one of the lei/ati of Caesar : (B. II.. c. II.). ^ °' Caesar. He is 
 
 Piso, &nis ; N. m.: Luciut IHgo, consul 61 B.C., with \f. Messala. 
 
 PISO, onis ; N. m.: Luciua Piso was consul 112 B.C. Five vears aft«r h. .^.^^ 
 
 heutenant under the consul Cassius, but waa slain togS Sh hTm I^*^," 
 Tugunni. He was ancestor of L. Piso, Caesar's father-in-law ' ^ ''^ 
 
 Piso, 6ni8 ; N. m. ; Marcus Piso, consul with Messala. 
 
 ^".S^^ki^H '"•*'" r*- t'je ^V'-cn^s. a range of mountains separating Gaul from 
 Spain. The derivation of the word is from the Celtic m/rennrll.K,u . ?^ 
 mountain." From this root may be derived liren^^^ "^^ZV^l^'j^^^t 
 Austria ; Femor, m the Tyrol. ^"" ' ^'"*, m 
 
 Q=QuintUS : a Roman praenomen. 
 
 R. 
 
 Bauraci, <>rum ; N. m.: a Gallic tribe above the Helvetii and b«fv.,„»„ ♦». c. 
 
 and the.Rhine. Their chief town was Rauracm ^ aft^mards c^led'ff''"%"^ 
 Rauracorum, tnd now Aujst, a small village near Jlcdle. ^"^"^^ ^"^<* Augusta 
 
 RMones, um ; N. pi. m.: the Redones, a tribe of Gallia Lucdunenaia n,.^,,^ • .u 
 district near the modcr!> Rennet. '^"fcounensis, occupying the 
 
 Bomi, Orum ; N. pi. m. ; the Itemi, a powerful Gallic nation urhna« «„ -^ • 
 
 oortdnum. the modem Rheims. »'"**"™' "^"^^ "^tion whose capital was DurO- 
 
 Bhenus, t ; N. m. : the Rhine, rising in the Leonontinp Alna a mtt^ u 
 
 Gothard, in the countiy of the Grlons. It pasTertSout&e rIw ^^;.^^' 
 stance), a tervvavds through Lake Acron,U8(r««) neXwStto & 
 t1.i m'" Pk «' ** flows northerly, receiving various tributVstrlm.^ti n/^^''^* 
 the North Sea. The denvation is from the Aryan root *7-m '■ to flow " '^ 
 
 Rhodanus, i ; N. m. : the Rhone, a river risinff in thp i on««nt,C 'Vi 
 
 than two leagues from the sources of JiL SJ" T.^i.^eP??*'"^ Alps, not more 
 nuH (Geneva) and flows in a swift currentTo'the sYnurSlicur&/«r/'''"''"^' 
 The word u derived also from the Aryan root sru, " to flow?" ^ ^ ^ Lyons). 
 
PROPER NAMES. 
 
 144 
 
 Rdma, fl« ; N. f. : Ronu : (derived from in*, " to flow," properly Srouma, " the 
 
 Btreain town.)" 
 RoraanilS, <», um : Rnmnn. 
 Rutenl, drum ; N. pi. : the li.uUni, a people of GoMia Aquitania. 
 
 8. 
 
 Sablnus, t ; N. m.: Qutntua Titurlus Sabinut, one of the Ufiatt of Caesar. 
 
 Sabia. ix : N. m. : the Sal.ls (now S'>mhre), a river of Oallia IJeldca lisini,' among the 
 
 Nervii and joining the Mosa (;>/«(«««) in the territory of the Aduatuci. 
 Santoni.' ortmc or Santones. urn; N. m. pi., a people of Gallia ^Jeltica, whOBe 
 
 territories lay between the Pictoncs on the north and the Uarunina on the south. 
 
 Their chief town was Mediolanum, called Santones, now Saintex. 
 Sadusti, drum ; N. pl. m.: the Seduaii : a German tribe, forming part of the army of 
 
 Ariovistus. 
 RAffrtTaanl Srurn: N. m. pl. ; a people of Gallia Celtica to the south of the Aertn 
 ®^andh. whose re;rit;»ry lay the 6ity of Lugdunum {Lyons). The chief town of the.r 
 
 tribe was Forum Seguaianorum (now Feurs). 
 SenonSs, um ; N. pl. : the Senones, a people of Gallia Lugdunensis. whose capital 
 
 waa Agendicum (now Lens). 
 SSauana, ae ; N. f. •. a river of Gaul, rising in the extreme northern part of the ter- 
 ritory of the Aedui and falling into the Oceanus Britan incus {Emjlinh Channel). 
 Sfiauanus, a, um ; adj. : a Seqvanlan. The Sequani were a people of Gallia Celtica. 
 ^ey calied in the aid of Ariovistus to aid them against the Aediu. After the 
 
 defeat of their German allies, they severely felt the power of the Aedui. Caesar, 
 
 however, restored them to their former power. Their chief town was Vesontio 
 
 (now Besanqon). 
 SesuvH, Srum ; N. pl. m. : the Sesuvii, a people of Gallia Celtica, who occupied the 
 
 modern diocese of 5'^ez. 
 Siiessiones, um ; N. pl. m. ; the Suessioi^cs, a Gallic people who occupied the 
 
 district around the modern town of Soissons 
 
 Suevus, a, um ; adj. 
 Eastern Germany. 
 
 c*nna ae- N m. : Lucius Cornelius Sulla, a celebrated Roman. He served as 
 aukesto'r to Marius in Africa and afterwards was the great political opponent of 
 his old commander. After gaining the highest offices of the State, he gave up the 
 dictatorship, and died B.C. 79. 
 
 T. 
 
 Teutones, um; also Teuton! drum ; N. m. pl. : a name Riven to a branch of the 
 
 ffVeat Germanic family. Along with the Cimbn they devastated Northern Italy 
 
 Ind Gaul from 113 to 102 B.C. 
 Tigiirinus, a, um ; adj. ; a canton of tte Helvetii, near Lake Zurich. ^ 
 Titurius : see Sabinus. 
 Tolosaties, um ; N. pl. : a people of Aquitania. Their chief town was Tolosa (now 
 
 Toulouse). 
 Tlbrocci, Orum ; N. pl. m.: the Tibrocci, a people of Germanic origin. Their capita 
 
 was Br'ocomagus (now Brumt). 
 Ti-oTT^ri omm • N. pl. m. : the Treveri, a nation of Gallia Belgica, N.E. of the Rhine, 
 
 between the Mosa (Mettse) and the Rhenus (llhine). Their chief city was Augusta 
 
 Trevirorum (now Treves). 
 TnHnol drum ■ N. pl. : a German tribe, whose territories lay to the north of the 
 
 Helvetii. The modern Stuhlingen marks the site of the ancient capital. 
 TnrnnPia «TO ' N. pl. m.: the Turones, a powerful nation of Galha Celtica, which lay 
 
 a?oi*ig the banks of the Liger {Loire). Their capital was Caesarodunum, afterwards 
 
 Turones, (now Tours.) 
 
 of, or belonging to the Suevi, a powerful tribe in North- 
 
PROPER NAMRH. 
 
 146 
 
 tiM 
 
 u. 
 
 Unelll. iirutn ; N. pi in.: the Unelli, a people lying to the N. W. ol what to now called 
 Hvrmaiidy. Their chief town was Coriallum , now Couril). 
 
 V. 
 
 V&16rlu8, »■ ; N. m. : Valeriua : a Roman praenomen. 
 
 Vangllones. UTO ; N. pi, m. the Vnn(,ione», a Oerman people on the Rhine in the 
 neiKhbourhood of the modem Woitng. 
 
 Veldcasses, r«m; N. p\ m.- the Velocmses, also called Bellocani, a people of 
 
 ?f the SecSata(l!^t'x •'"' '°''" *^ K^ton.agus (now Rotun) on the north iLk 
 
 ^^^m^'emTeLu'a?^' "' ' "^^ »"«"««'. » People of Gallia Cisalpina, in the district of 
 
 Veromandiii, (5rum; N. pi. m. ; the Veromawim, a people of Gallia Belirioa 
 Their chief town was Augusta Veronianduoru.n (nowV Quentin), in the old 
 division of France called VermnandoiH. '' 
 
 ^^^^^?}^^^' ' l ^- "I- -f? ""^'^^ "ii*"? Helvetii, sent along with Nameius was at the 
 
 Sug^i ZTo'mT^pr^r • ^''' °'^^''* ^"^ *° '^^"^«^ P^™'--" ^ --^ 
 
 ^° Ariovistus ' ^' '"" ■ ^°*'*"'' * '''"*^ **' Noricum : whose sister was a wife of 
 
 10 
 
a. orui. 
 abl. . 
 
 aca . 
 aco. to 
 adj. . 
 aav. . 
 
 c=c\nn 
 
 of. «=■ confer. 
 
 comm. gen. 
 
 oomp. . 
 
 oonj. . 
 
 contr. 
 
 dat. . . 
 
 def. defect, 
 
 dem. demonstr. 
 
 dep. 
 
 desid. 
 
 dissylL 
 
 esp. 
 
 etym. . 
 
 f. . . 
 
 folld. 
 fr. . 
 freq. 
 fut. . 
 
 aperf. 
 ich. 
 
 gen, 
 
 r 
 
 im] 
 
 inci 
 
 ind. or indie. 
 
 indeol 
 
 indef. 
 
 inf. or infln 
 
 intens. 
 
 AterJ. . 
 
 interrog. 
 
 ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 active. 
 
 ablative. 
 
 accusative. 
 
 according to. 
 
 adjective. 
 
 adverb. 
 
 with. 
 
 compare. 
 
 common gender. 
 
 comparative degree. 
 
 conjunction. 
 
 contracted. 
 
 dative. 
 
 defective. 
 
 demonstrative. 
 
 deponent. 
 
 desi'Srative. 
 , dissyllable. 
 
 especially. 
 
 etymology 
 
 feminine. 
 , followed. 
 
 from. 
 
 frequentatiiT*. 
 . future. 
 . genitive. 
 . governing. 
 . Greek. 
 . imperfect. 
 . inchoative. 
 , indicative. 
 . indeclinable. 
 . indefinite. 
 . infinitive. 
 . intensive. 
 . interjection. 
 , intsrrogatiTe. 
 
 irr. or meg. 
 
 m. . 
 
 n. or neut 
 
 nom. 
 
 num. 
 
 obsol. 
 
 ord. . 
 
 P. or part. 
 
 Pa. . 
 
 pass. 
 
 perf. 
 
 pers. 
 
 pluperf, 
 
 plur. 
 
 pos. . 
 
 poss. 
 
 prep. 
 
 pres, 
 
 prob. 
 
 pron. 
 
 [§ ] 
 
 reL . 
 
 Sant. 
 semi-dep, 
 sing, 
 subj. 
 sup. 
 trissyl 
 1 1. . 
 uncontr, 
 V. a. 
 V. dep. 
 T. n. 
 voc. 
 
 irregular. 
 
 masculine. 
 
 neuter. 
 
 nominative. 
 
 numeral. 
 
 obsolete. 
 
 ordinal. 
 
 participle. 
 
 participial adj. 
 
 passive. 
 
 perfect. 
 
 person, personal. 
 
 pluperfect. 
 
 plural. 
 
 positive degree. 
 
 possessive. 
 
 preposition. 
 
 present. 
 
 probably. 
 
 pronoun. 
 . paragraph in Public 
 Sonools Li^n Primer. 
 
 relative. 
 
 Sanscrit. 
 . semi-deponent. 
 , singular. 
 , subjunctive. 
 , superlative ; supine. 
 . trisyllable. 
 . teohnioal term. 
 . unoontracted. 
 . verb active. 
 , verb deponent. 
 . verb neuter. 
 . vocative. 
 . equal to. 
 
 N.B.— The figures before v.a., v. dep., and v.n. denote the conjugation of the verb. 
 Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very uncertain or unknown origin. 
 Such forms and meanings of words, as do not belong to the text an not inserted in 
 the Vooftl^My. 
 
 U0 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 nal. 
 ee. 
 
 In Public 
 bin Primer. 
 
 It. 
 
 supine. 
 
 m. 
 i. 
 
 It. 
 
 the verb, 
 iwn origin, 
 inaertedin 
 
 a ; tee ab. 
 
 ^ ab (a), prep. gov. abl. [akin to Ok. 
 air6: Eng. "off"] From ; in the direction 
 of; on; by. 
 
 ab-do, didi, ditum, dure, 8. v. a. [ab, 
 "away;" do, "to put"] To hide, con- 
 ceal. 
 
 ab-duco, duxi, duotum, ducere, 3. 
 v.a. ab, ["away;" dfico, "to lead"] To 
 lead away. 
 
 abs-ens, ent Pa. [abs-um, "to be 
 absent"] Absent. 
 
 abs-tinSo, tlntli, tentum, tincre, 2. v. 
 n. (forabs-tenfio; fr. abs { = ab), "from;" 
 t^neo, " to hold"] To refrain, abulain. 
 
 ab-sum, ffli. esse, v.n. [ab, "away;" 
 sum, "to be"] To be away ; t* be absent 
 or distant— With Dat. of person : To be 
 wantimj to a person ; i.e. to be of no aid, 
 or service to one. 
 
 ac ; see atque. 
 
 ac-cedo, cessi, cessum, cedere, 3. v.n. 
 [for ad-cedo; fr. ad, "to;" cedo, "to 
 go"] To go to or up to ; to draw near, 
 approach ; to be added. 
 
 acceptus, a, um, P. perf. pass, of ac- 
 cipio: With Dat Agreeable, or accep- 
 tcu)le, to. 
 
 ac-cldo, cidi, no sup., cidore, 3. v. n. 
 [forad-cftdo ; fr. ad, " upon ;" cado, "to 
 fall "] To fall out, happen, come to pass. 
 
 ac-cipio, oBpi, ceptum, oIp6re, 3 v. a. 
 [for ad o4pIo ; fr. ad, " to ; " cApIo, " to 
 take"] To receive. 
 
 ac-clivis, e, adj. [for ad-cliv-is ; fr. 
 ud, "up, upward;" cliv-us, " a hill "] 
 Up-hill, inclining or sloping upwards ; 
 ascending. 
 
 accliv-itas, itatis, f. [aocliv-is, "up- 
 hill, ascending"] An acclivity, ascent, 
 rise. 
 
 ac-commodo, commOdavi, comiuS- 
 datum, commCklare, 1. v. a. [for ad-oom- 
 mOdo ; fr. ad. " to ; " comni5do, " to ad- 
 just"] To Jit on. 
 
 aa-curi*o, curri and oiiourri, cur- 
 sum, currere, 3. v.n. [for od-curro ; fr. 
 ad, " to ;" curro, " to run "] With ad : 
 To run to or up to; to hasten up to. 
 
 ac-cus-o, avi, atum, are, 1. r. •. [for 
 
 ad-cau8-o ; fr. ad, " to ;" caus-a, "a ludi- 
 cial process"] To bring to trial, chide, 
 blame. 
 
 acer, acris, acre, adj. [root ac, 
 " sharp ;" cp. acuo, acus ; okomc)} ; Eng- 
 hsh, edge] Sharp, fierce. 
 
 ftc-ervus, ervi, m. [usuallv referred 
 to root AC, "to make pointed, to point "] 
 A heap. 
 
 S.C-ies, liSi, f. [AC, root of actt-o, "to 
 sharpen;" see acer] Of the eyes: Keen 
 glance or look ; keenness. Order, or line, 
 of battle. An army in order qf battle. 
 
 acr-iter, adv. [acer, acr-is, "sharp"] 
 
 Sharply, vi;/or<iusly. 
 
 ad, prep. gov. aoc.: To, toward*; up 
 to ; at, by, near to ; for the sake of ap- 
 pearances. With Gerund and Gerundives: 
 For the purpose qf. 
 
 fi,d-aequo, aequavi, aequatum 
 aequare, 1. v. a. [ad, " to ;" aequo. " to 
 make equal "] To bring to an equality:— 
 cursum ad-aequare, to keep pace with 
 them. 
 
 ad-diino, Smavi, amatum, &mare, 1. v. 
 a. !5d, to denote 'commencement'" 
 amo, " to love "] To begin to love, to con- 
 ceive an affection for. 
 
 ad-duco, duxi, ductum, ducSre, 8. v 
 a. [ad, "to;" dfico, "tolead"] To lead 
 to or up, prompt, induce. 
 
 ad-go, Ivi or h, Ituin, ire, 4. v. a. and 
 n. [ad, " to ;" So, "to go"] Togo to ap- 
 proach. 
 
 ad-equito. equltwi. Squltatum, «qul- 
 
 J?v?.l^-X-*-J,'^'.".'*°'' «q"'to. "to ride"; 
 Withoct: To ride to or towards : to ride 
 up. 
 
 &d-hib6o, hibai, hibltum, hibere. 2. 
 v, a. [for ad-habeo ; fr. ad, "at;" hftMo. 
 " to have "] To summon to. 
 
 adi-tus, tOs, m. [aduo, "to go to"] 
 Means qf approach, access. 
 
 ad-Jicio, jecl, jectum, JIc6re, 3. v. a. 
 [for ad-jaclo; fr. ad, " without force:" 
 
 JSnTn «'«-nnoaf"l 'I'n //.'•■» ti.~ r •' 
 — 1_, J .„_...... ^.^ ....J^J.^ „^^,^ 
 
 ad-juvo, JQvi, jiltuni. jftvare, 1. v, a. 
 [ad. "without force;" jQvo "to 
 assist "J To assist, help, aid. ' 
 
148 
 
 .VOCABll.\RY. 
 
 . vS 
 
 ad-minlatro, mlnistravl, mTnia- 
 tratum, nilnistrart', 1. v. a. [ad, "without 
 foro«;" miiiistro, " to serve "] To take ia 
 hand, execute, perform. 
 
 ad-miror, mlriitus sum, mTrfiri, 1. v. 
 dep. [ad, "without force;" nilror, "to 
 wonder "] To wonder or he astonished. 
 
 ad-m'itto, mlsi. luis^sum, inittiire, 3. 
 V, a. [od, "to;" initto, "to allow 
 to go "] Of a horse as Ohject : To give 
 the reins to. 
 
 ftdolesc-ens, entis, comm. gen. [P. 
 pres. of adOh'so-o, "to grow up ;" as 
 Subst.] A ymith. 
 
 adolescent-ia, lae, f. [rulOlescens, 
 JldOlescent-is] Youth. 
 
 ftd-orior, ortus sum, Orlri. 4. v. dup. 
 [My 'against;" Orlor, "to rise"] To 
 attack, assault, assail. 
 
 adsci-SCO, vi, turn, scCre, S.v.a. incep.: 
 [adscl-o, "to take to one's self knowingly; 
 to admit "] To take to one's self ; to uniie, 
 join. 
 
 ad-sum, fai, esse, v. n. [ad, "at;" 
 sum, "to be"] To be present: to be at 
 hand. 
 
 adven-tus, tos, m. [adv6n-lo, "to 
 come to "] Approach, arrival. 
 
 adver-sus, sa, sum, adj. [for ndvert- 
 Bus; fr. advert-o, "to turn towards"] 
 OpposUe, unfavorable, unsuccessful. 
 
 ad-vertO, verti, versum, vertGre, 3. 
 V. a. [ad. " towai-ds ;" verto, " to turn "] 
 To observe, recognize, perceive by direct- 
 ing the mind towards an object. 
 
 aedific-lum, li, n. [aedlflc-o, "to 
 build"] A building of any kind. 
 
 a>egr-e, adv. [aeger, aegr-i, "feeble, 
 sick "J With difficulty or effort ; scarcely. 
 
 aequal-Iter, adv. [aequal-is, "equal"] 
 KquMly, reg^ilarly. 
 
 aequ-itas, Itiltis, f. [aequ-us, "even" 
 also ' ' just "] Evenness ; justice, fairness. 
 
 aequ-O, avi, atum, are, 1. V. a. [aequ- 
 us, " equal "] To make, or render, equal ; 
 to equalize. 
 
 aequus, a, um, adj. [root ik, "to 
 make like or even : " cp. imitor, aemulus; 
 eiKio] Equal. 
 
 aes-tas, tatis, f. [root imi, " to bum :" 
 op. aedes, aestus; oXOut, aiSijp] Summer. 
 
 aes-timo, timavi, timatnm, timare, 
 1. V. a. [prob. for aer-ttmo ; fr. aes, aer-is, 
 "money"] ' To reckon, consider. 
 
 aeatxi-arium, arii, n. [aestus, un- 
 contr. Gen. aestfl-is, " a tide"] A part of 
 the coast which the sea ulicrnatcly covers 
 and leaves ; a salt mamh, a morass. 
 
 aetas, tatis, f. [for oevitos: op. 
 
 aovum, aotornus (=aevltemus): Gothic, 
 avis, •'time;' (Jennan, cwig, "ever;" Uk. 
 atoii', ifi ; all fiom root Aiv, a Icnjithencd 
 form of 1, " to go "J Age, time of l\fe ; old 
 age. 
 
 af-fero, attftii, allfituni. af-fere, 3.v.a. 
 [for ad-fero; fr. ftd, "to;" fCro, "to 
 bring "] To bring, take, or carry to or up 
 to ; to cause, impart. 
 
 af-ficio, foci, fectum, ficfre, 3. v. a. 
 [for ad-facio ; fr ad, "to;" fucTo, "to 
 do "J ToJrcat or use either well or ill.— 
 When foUd. by Ace. of person or thing 
 and Abl. of thing, the phrase is usually 
 rendered by a verb or verltal expression 
 akin to the Lat. Abl.: e.g. ailicere ali- 
 quem dolore, to grieve or annoy one, 
 and in Pass, construction, alfici clolore, 
 to be grieved or annoyed ; with, supplicio, 
 to punish. 
 
 aflfin-itas, Itatis, f. [alTin-is, " a kins- 
 man or relation by marriage "J Relation- 
 ship by marriage, kinship, connexion. 
 
 ager, agri, m. [root ao, "to drive:" 
 first apjilied to driven cattle, then to 
 where they are driven : cp. Gk. aypos ; 
 Gothic, nkrs ; German, acker ; English, 
 acre] A field, land. Plur.— 'i'Ae fields, 
 the country ; territory, district. 
 
 agger, oris, m, [aggCr-o (ad, "to;" 
 gero, "to carry:") "to bring to a place"] 
 Materials for constructing a mound ; a 
 mound raised for military purposes. 
 
 aggredior, gressus sum, grudi, 3. v. 
 dep. [for ad-gradlor ; fr, ad, "to;" gril- 
 dior, "to step"] In a hostile sense: To 
 attack, assault, assail. 
 
 a^-men, minis, n. [ftg-o, "to set in 
 motion "I An army on march ; a column. 
 —Of troojis : agmen claudere, to close tlie 
 Kne of march, i.e., to briwj up the rear. 
 
 &eo, egi, actum, ugiire, 3. v. a. [see 
 agerj To drive, set in motion, brim/ for- 
 ward , to do, perform, effect. Without 
 Object.: To treat, speak. With ut and 
 Subj.: To aim at doing, etc.; to endeavor 
 or .ttrive to do. With gratias : To give or 
 return tha.iks, to thank. Of a court of 
 justice : To hold. 
 
 fi,lfi.cr-itas, itatis, f. [aiacer, alacr-is, 
 "eager"] Eagerness, ardour, alacrity. 
 
 al-arius, firla, arlum, adj. [al-a, "a 
 wing " of an anny] Of, or belonging to, 
 or on the wings of an army — As Siibst.: 
 alftrli, oruin, ni. plur., tioldiers in the 
 wing of an army. 
 
 fi,li-as, adv. [ali-u8, "another"] At 
 
 another time: — alias alias, at one 
 
 time at another time; now 
 
 now. 
 
 &li-enua, Cna, enum, a<ii. [alius, "an- 
 other"] Off or belonging to,anotlier. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 119 
 
 SC 
 
 r): Gothic, 
 "ever;" Ok. 
 , leri<;Uiencd 
 ofltfe; old 
 
 [-fere, 3.v.a. 
 ' fCro, "to 
 try to or up 
 
 *re, 3. V. a. 
 fi'icTo, ' ' to 
 rell or ill.— 
 on or thing 
 i ia usually 
 I expression 
 afficere ali- 
 annoy one, 
 Ifici dolore, 
 h, supplicio, 
 
 -is, " a kins- 
 J Relation- 
 nnexion. 
 
 'to drive:" 
 le, then to 
 Qk. ayp6<: ; 
 r ; English, 
 -The fields, 
 
 (ad, "to;" 
 to a place"] 
 mound ; a 
 •poses. 
 
 gredi, 3. v. 
 
 "to;" gra- 
 
 sense : 2'o 
 
 "to set in 
 ; a column. 
 , to close tlie 
 p the rear. 
 
 I. V. a. [see 
 , hrimf for- 
 t. Without, 
 'ith ut and 
 to endeavor 
 ; To give or 
 a court of 
 
 !er, aliicr-is, 
 , alacrity. 
 
 j. fal-a, "a 
 elonijinf/ to, 
 -As' Siihst.: 
 Hers in Uie 
 
 other"] At 
 
 las, at one 
 
 now 
 
 talliis, "an. 
 inotlier. 
 
 _ftlIquam-<Mu, adv. [aliquam (adv.) 
 m some degree " (only u«ed in connec- 
 tion with dm and multus) ; diu, " for a 
 long time "] For some loru;, or consider- 
 able, time. 
 
 aiiquid, adv. [adverbial neut. sing, 
 of aliquisl In some degree, to som£ ex- 
 tent, somewhat. 
 
 &ll-quls. quid, (Gen. aitoujus ; Dat. 
 ttllcui ; Fern. Sing, and Neut. Plur. not 
 used) indef. pron. subst [Alius, quis] 
 Someone, somebody ; something, 
 
 aUter: [al-is, old form of al-ius] 
 Otherwise.— &\iter ao.: Otherwise than, 
 differently ; in another way. 
 
 ai-ius, la, lud (Gen.: alius, Dat. ttlli), 
 adj. [root au-, "tochanije :" op. alibi, ali- 
 quis, alter; Gothic, alls, alia; O.H.O. 
 elles (else); Gk. oAAos. aWd, a\- 
 Kd(T<Tia] AmitJier, other. — Of manv : 
 
 alius alius, one another.— '1^ he 
 
 remaining, remainder of.— As Subst.: 
 &lil, drum, m. plur. The rest, the others. 
 
 &1-0 fli, Itum and tum, Gre, 3. v. a. 
 [root Ai.or oIj, " to grow :" cp. ad-ol-. x>, 
 sub-ol-esco ; oASuj] To nourish, main- 
 tain, cherish. 
 
 al-ter, tfira, tSrum (Gen. alterlus, 
 Dat. altcri), adj. [see alius] The other of 
 
 two; alter alter, the one the 
 
 other. 
 
 alt-itudo, ItQdInta, f. [alt-us "high"] 
 Jleight, depth. 
 
 al-tus, ta, tum, adj. [see al-o] High, 
 lofty; deep, 
 
 ament-Ia, lae, f. [aniens, anien-tis, 
 " foolish "] Folly, ir^fatuation. 
 
 amic-itia, Itlae, f. [amlc-us, "a 
 frient"! "] Friendship ; a league of amity, 
 alliance hetween nations. 
 
 am-iCUS, Ica. Icuin, adj. [am-o, " to 
 love"] Loving, friendly, fcincf.— As Subst.: 
 A friend. 
 
 a-mitto, misi, missmn, mittCre, 3. v.a. 
 [a, "from;" mitto, "to let go"] To let go 
 
 &m-or, oris, m. [am-o, "to love"] 
 Love. 
 
 ampl-i-fic-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. a. 
 [for ainpl-I-f.lc-o ; fr. anipl-us, "larjjfe," 
 fi), connecting vowel; fao-Io, "to make"] 
 To enlarge, extend, ina-case, enhance. 
 
 amplius, cbmp. adv. [adverbial neut. 
 ot aniplior, "more extensive"] More, 
 further.— The adverbs amplius, plus, and 
 nnnus are often Joined to numerals and 
 
 mere qualifying adjuncts, without influ- 
 encing the construction. 
 
 am-pl-U3, a, um, adj [am ( = ambi), 
 
 "around;" pl-Go, "to All "J Ample, cx- 
 tens-ive ; noble, distinguished, illustrious. 
 
 an, conj [prob. a primitive word! In- 
 troducing the second half of a disjunctive 
 sentence: Or.— an .... an, whether. . ..w 
 see also ne. 
 
 anceps, ciplt-is, adj. [for an-capit-s ; 
 fr. an( = ambi), "around;" caput, car-rt- 
 IS, "a head"] Twofold, doubtful n- 
 certain. 
 
 angust-iae, larum, f. plur. i-eus- 
 tus, "narrow"] A defile, pass. 
 
 angU8-tus, ta, tum, adj. [ujrangor- 
 tiis; fr. an),'or, "compression"] Narrow 
 dangerous or critical. ' 
 
 anim-adverto, advert!, adversum, 
 advertere, 3 v. a. (animus, "the mind • " 
 adverto, " to turn towards"] To perceive 
 observe; folld. by Objective clause, to 
 chastise, punish. 
 
 an-imus, Imi, m. [root an, "to 
 breathe: ' cp. anima ; avejiAos] Mind, feel- 
 ings, disposition, courage, heart. 
 
 an-nus, ni, m. [root am, "to go 
 round:" cp. ei/i^o^, eviat/Toj; annulus] 
 Of time : A year. 
 
 ann-iius, a, um, adj. [ann-us, "a 
 year"] Yearly, annual.- -In adverbial 
 force : Annually. 
 
 ante, adv. ond prep.: Adv.: Befwe 
 previously:— jianoia ante diebus, a few 
 days before I'rep. gov. aoc.: Before. 
 
 ant-ea, adv. [prob. for ant-eara • fr 
 ant e, "before;" cam, ace. sing, fem of 
 pron. is, "this, that"] Formerly, previ- 
 ously, once. 
 
 antiqu-itus, adv. [antiiiu-us, "an- 
 cient"] Anciently, of old, informer times. 
 
 ant-iquus, Iqua, Iquum, adj. [ant-e. 
 *' before' •] Former, ancient, old. 
 
 a-per-io, fli, tum, ire, 4. v. a. To 
 
 open. 
 
 aper-tUS, ta, tum, adj. [aper-Io, "to 
 uncover'] Uncovered, exposed.— ot tilacea' 
 Open, clear. 
 
 ap-pell-o,avi, atum, are,[forad-pelI-o- 
 fr. ad, "towards;" pello, "to bring" 
 1. v. a To address, accost, speak to — 
 With second Ace. To call a person or 
 thing, that which is denoted by second Ace. 
 
 ap-peto, pOtlvi or pCtli, pStltum. 
 pctCre, 3. v. a [for ad-p6t-o ; fr. ftd, " to 
 or towards;" pOto, "to seek or go to"] 
 To seek or strive after ; to endeavour to get 
 or obtain. 
 
 ap-propinQu-itas, Itatis, f. Near- 
 ness of telationship. 
 
 ap-propinquo, prOpinquavi, propin- 
 quatum, propinquare, 1. v. n. [for ad- 
 
150 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Srftpinquo ; !r. M, " to ;" propinquo, " to 
 raw near "] With Dat.: To draw near to, 
 approach. 
 
 Apri-lis, lis, m. [contracted from 
 ApSmis; fr. &p6ri-o, "to open"] The 
 month of April, in which the earth opens 
 itself for fertili ly. 
 
 &p-ud, prep. gov. aoo. [prob. obsol. 
 Xp-o, ap-Io, " to lay hold of "] With, near 
 to, among. 
 
 arbitr-ium, li, n. [arbiter, arbttr-i, 
 " one who treats a thing according to his 
 ovm will ; a master "] WUl, pleasure. 
 
 arbitr-or, atus sum, ari, 1. v. dep. 
 [arbiter, arbltr-i, "an umpire"] To hold 
 as true in one's mind ; to suppose, deem, 
 consider, regard, think. 
 
 arbor, oris, f. [root ar, "high"] A 
 tree. 
 
 ar-ces-so, slvi, situm, sSre, 8. v. a. 
 [for ar ced-80 ; fr. ftr (= ad), " to": ced-o, 
 " to go"] To call, 'summon. 
 
 aT€L\Xua, Qa, ttum, adj. : [root ar, 
 "high"] High, lofty, steep; difficult, 
 arduous. 
 
 &ries, ICtis, m. A military engine : A 
 ram, a battering ram ; a long beam, 
 sometimes as much as a hundred feet in 
 lengrth, to which was attached at one end 
 a mass of iron in the shape of a ram's 
 head. It was suspended by ropes or 
 chains to another beam lying across two 
 banks of timber, and driven violently, 
 again and again, against the wall of a 
 beleaguered town, till a breach was made. 
 
 ar-ma, morum, n. plur. [root ab, "to 
 tit :" op. annus, artioulus, artus ; dpOpov, 
 apt0n»s, i.p<ipi<TKu] Arms, weapons. 
 
 &nna-tura, turae, f. [arm(a)-o, "to 
 arm"] Armed soldiers or troops.— levis 
 aimatflra, light-armed soldiers. 
 
 anu-O, &vi, atum, are, [arm-a, " arms"] 
 To furnish with arms or weapons ; to 
 arm, e(iuip. 
 
 arrogran-ter, adv. [for arrogant-ter ; 
 fr. arrogans, arrogant-is, "arrogant") 
 Arrogantly, presumptuously. 
 
 arrogant-ia, lae f. [arrdgans, arrO- 
 gant-is, "arrogant"] Arrogance, pre- 
 sumption. 
 
 arXi arcis, f. A citadel. 
 
 a-scendo, soendi, scensum, scendSre, 
 3. v. n. [for ad-scand-o ; fr. ad, in " aug- 
 mentative" force; scando, " to mount "J 
 To mmint, ascend, climb. 
 
 ascen-aus. sfis, m. [for ascend-sus ; 
 fr. asoend-o, " to ascend "J An asceni. 
 
 at, oonj. But. (akin to Or. dr^p, 
 "but."] 
 
 at-que (oontr. ac) oonj. [for ad-que; 
 fr. 8d, denoting " addition ;" qu6, " and "] 
 And also ; and.— With comparative ad- 
 jectives or words expressing dissimilarity, 
 difference, contrariety : Than —After 
 words denoting similanty : As, with. 
 
 at-tingro, tigi, tactum, tingSre, 3. v. a. 
 [for ad-tango ; fr &d, " against ; " tango, 
 "to touch"] To touch on, border upon; 
 arrive at, come to, a place. 
 
 auctor-itas, Itatis, f. [auctor, "a 
 producer"] Weight of character, influ- 
 ence, authority. 
 
 auc-tus, ta, tum, adj. [for aug-tus ; 
 fr. aug-eo, "to increase"] Great, aiitin- 
 guished. 
 
 aud&c-ia, lae, f. [audax, audac-is> 
 "bold"] Boldness. 
 
 axidacius ; see audacter. 
 
 audac-ter, adv. [audax, audac-is, 
 "bold"] Boldly. 
 
 aud-eo, ausus sum, audCre, 2. v. semi- 
 dep. To dare, or venture, to do some- 
 thing. 
 
 audtens, ntis: P. pres. of audio.— 
 With Dat.: Obedient to. 
 
 aud-io, Ivi or ii, Itum, ire, 4. v. a. 
 (" To give ear to ;" hence) 'To hear [akin 
 to aus ( =oi5s), avToj, " an ear "J. 
 
 aug-3o, auxi, auctum, augSre, 2. v. a. 
 To increase, augment. 
 
 aut, oonj. O :— aut...aut, either., or. 
 
 aut-em, oonj.: Bui, on the other hand ; 
 besideSffurther, moreover [akin to avr-ap], 
 
 auxil-ium, Ii, n. [prob. from obsol. 
 adj. auxU-is, (=aug-sll-is, fr. aug-eo, " to 
 increase"), "increasing"] Help, aid, as- 
 sistance, succour: auxlllum ferre, ta 
 bring help or succour.— Plur.: Auxiliary 
 troops or forces ; auxiliaries. 
 
 fi,var-itia, Itlae, f. [&var-us, "avari- 
 cious "] Avarice, covetoumess. 
 
 a-verto, verti, versum, vertSre, 3.v.a, 
 [a, "away;" verto, "to turn"] To tum 
 away : — aversus hostis, an enemy (turned 
 away, i.e. unth his back towards one, or) 
 in retreat.— To tum asids, divert. 
 
 &VUS, i, m. A grandf^Outr. 
 
 B. 
 
 barb&rus, i, m. A btfbarian, 
 
 bellic-osus, osa, osum, adj. [belllc-us, 
 " warlike "J Very warlike, martial. 
 
 bell-o, avi, atum, are, i v.n. [bell-um, 
 " war "] To wage war, to U/Ur. 
 
 b-ellum, elH, n. [old form du-ellum ; 
 fr. dQo, "two"] War, vmrfmre. 
 
or ad-que; 
 16, •• and "] 
 irative ad- 
 similarity, 
 m —After 
 vrith. 
 
 5re, 3. v. a. 
 ;" tango, 
 ier upon; 
 
 uctor, "a 
 iter, influ- 
 
 r aug-tus ; 
 ati aistin- 
 
 audac-is> 
 
 audac-is, 
 
 2. V. semi- 
 I do some- 
 
 >t audio.— 
 
 re, 4. V. a. 
 hear [akin 
 
 •J. 
 
 5re, 2. v. a. 
 
 ither.. or. 
 
 )ther hand ; 
 I to avT-ap\. 
 
 from obsol. 
 i,ug-C'0, " to 
 Ip, aid, as- 
 . ferre, to 
 Auxiliary 
 
 as, "avari- 
 
 rtC-re, 3,v.a, 
 "] To turn 
 m,y (turned 
 rds one, or) 
 
 r. 
 
 irmn. 
 
 J. [belllc-us, 
 rtial. 
 
 n. [bell-um, 
 
 a du-ellum ; 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 151 
 
 
 J^nd-flc-Ium, li, n. [for MnS-f&o- 
 i«m ; bene, "well;" f.io-Io, "to do"] 
 /(indneat, favour, beuefit. • 
 
 bi dii-um, i, [bidtt-us (for bl-dl-vvis; 
 fr.bl (=bi8), "twicer d'-es. "» day"] 
 " pertaining to two days "J A space, or 
 period, qftwo days ; two days, 
 
 blenn-!um, i, n, [Mennl-us, (for bl- 
 ann-ius ; fr. W (=bi8), " twice;" ann-us, "a 
 year"); "pertaining to two years"] A 
 space, or period, of two years ; two years. 
 
 bipartit-o, adv. [blpurtit-us, " divided 
 into two parts"] In two divisions. 
 
 bon-itas, Itatis, f. [bOn-ns, "good"j 
 The good, or superior, quaiiiy of a thing ; 
 goodness, excellence. 
 
 bonus, a, um, adj.: Oood in the 
 widest acceptation of the term ; kind, fa- 
 vourable.— Ai Subst.: bonum, i, n. Ad- 
 vantage, profit. 
 
 bracchium, li. An arm. [akin to 
 
 )8paxi«oi/,] 
 
 brSvis, e, adj. In time : Short, britf. 
 
 br6v-itas, itatis, f. [br6v-is, "short"] 
 Of time : Shortness. — Of persons : Short- 
 ness ; stiort or small stature. 
 
 C 
 
 G&d-aver, AvSris, n. [0^-0, " to fall 
 dead "] A dead body, corpse. 
 
 cAdo, c6cldi, oasum, c&dSre, 3. v. n, 
 [root CAD, "to fall:" cp. casus, Kara] To 
 fall, fall down ; to fall dead, die. 
 
 c&l&mitas, atis, f. [perhaps for cad- 
 amitas, from czid-o, " to fall"] Miifortune, 
 disaster, calamity. 
 
 c&l-o, onis, m. [c&l-a, " a log or billet 
 of wood :" op. Kikov] A soldier's servant, 
 camp-foUoioer. 
 
 C&pio, cSpi, captum, c3ipere, 3. v. a. 
 To take in the widest sense of the term. 
 —Of arms : I'o take up.— Of a place : To 
 reach, arrive at. 
 
 captiV-U8, i, m. [oaptlv-us, (fr. cSplo, 
 "to take"), "taken prisoner"] A pri- 
 soner, eaptvoe. 
 
 C&p-ut, Itis," n. [cp. >ce(^oA^ ; Gothic, 
 haubith ; German, haupt] The head ; a 
 person, man. 
 
 carrtis, i, m. A two-wheeled cart for 
 heavy loads. 
 
 castel-lum, H, n. dim. [for casfcer- 
 lura; Ir. oastium, oa8i(e)r-i] Asmallfort; 
 a caMle, fortress. 
 
 castraj 6rum, n. plur. [prob. for skad- 
 trUui J ukiii to fOOt SKAu, " tO COVcF: 
 op. German, schatten ; English, shade] A 
 camp or encamjnnent as containing seve- 
 ral soldiers' tents or huts. 
 
 Ca-SUB, sfis, m. [for cad-sus ; fr. ctd-o, 
 " to fall o"t, happen "] Chance, accident. 
 
 C&tena, ae, f . A chain, fetter. 
 
 causa, ae, f. [root bka, "to cover:" 
 op. o-Kvros, scutum] A cause, reason. 
 
 cav6o, cSvi, cautum, o&vSre, 2. v. n. 
 To be on one's guard ; to take care or pre. 
 caution. 
 
 cedo, cessl, cessum, cedSre, 3. v. n. 
 To go away, vrithdraw, retreat, [akin to 
 Xaiofiai (=xaS-<rofiai,), " to retire "]. 
 
 C616r-itas, Itatis, f. [oeler, " swift"] 
 Swiftness, speed, celerity. 
 
 cSlSr-iter, adv. [id.] Swiftly, speedily, 
 quickly. 
 
 cel-o, avi, atum, ftre, 1. v. a. [root kaii. 
 "to hide :" cp. icaAvn-Tw] To hide, cmiceal, 
 
 cens§o, fli, um, ere, 2. V. a.: Of the 
 
 Senate : To decree, resolve, ordain. 
 
 cen-sus, sus, m. [for cens-sus; fr. 
 cens-eo, "to make a return of property" 
 for assessment] An enumeration taken of 
 the Helvetii by Caesar's order. 
 
 centum, num. adj. indecl. A hundred 
 [akin to Sans, gatan ; Gr. tKarov]. 
 
 centiiri-o, Snls, m. [tenturi-a, "» 
 century " or division of troops in the Ro- 
 man armies "] A centurion. 
 
 cer-tus, ta, turn, adj. [fr. ckr-, root 
 of cer-no, "to decide"] ^Swrc, certain.— 
 Phrases : Certiorem facere, {to make very 
 iure,i.e.)to i'nform; certlor fieri, (to be 
 made very sure or cevtain, i.e.) to be in- 
 formed. 
 
 C-eteri, etCrae, etCra, adj. plur. [rare 
 in sing.) The other, the rest : the remain- 
 ing, retnai^ercf. Subst.: cet^ii, drum 
 m. plur. 2 he rest. ' 
 
 Cibai4-a, orum, adj. [olb&rl-ua (olbus 
 "food,") "pertaining to food"] Provi- 
 sions, victuals. 
 
 cingo cinxi, cinctum, cingCre. 3. v. a. 
 Of places as Objects : To surround, en- 
 fircle, inclose. 
 
 circinus, i, m. [see circum] A 
 of compasses. 
 
 circ-iter, adv. fcirc-us, " a circle "] Of 
 number: About, near, nearly. 
 
 Clrciii-tus, tus, m. fcircfteo, "to jro 
 around :" see circum] A circuit, comrov:, 
 ciiCidtout route. ' 
 
 circum, prep. gov. ace. [probably ad- 
 verbial ace. of circus, "a ring:" cp. 
 KipKoi, circulus] Around, rovrd about 
 all rowiuJ ; near, in the neighbovrltood of. 
 
 circum-do, dedi, datum, dure i. v.a. 
 [circum, "around;" do, "toj'Jif'j To 
 sunwmd, inclose, eto. 
 
 pair 
 
 W-" — -^ 
 
 x> 
 
 n 
 
 i 
 
 G-/y 
 
 '. f~—^ 
 
 « 
 
 I 
 
 M 
 
 WO 
 
 ■'■■•■«f*--,„,..._^j 
 
 te. 
 
 Fl 
 
152 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 drcum-duco, duxl, ductum, dQotSre, 
 
 3. V. a. (oircum, "around;" duoo, "to 
 lead "] To drato around. 
 
 Circum-jicio, Jed, jectum, jlc6re, 3. 
 V. a. [for oircum-jaclo ; fr. circum, 
 "around;" jaolo, "to cast'] With Dat. 
 of pers. Objects: To place, or thrmo, 
 troops, eta, round a city ; to surround a 
 city with troopa. 
 
 circum-munlo, mQnivi, munltum, 
 mamre, 4. v. a. [circum, " around ; " mu- 
 nlo, " to fortify "] To fortify around, or 
 all round ; to secure or protect by forti- 
 fications. 
 
 circum -sisto, Bteti, nosup., sistSre, 
 8. V. n. [circum, " around ;" sisto, " to 
 stand "] To stand around. 
 
 circuin-v6nio, vSni, ventum, venire, 
 
 4. V. a. [oircum, " around ; " vfinlo, "to 
 oome "] With accessory notion of hostility: 
 To surround, enclose on all sides, beset. 
 
 cis, prep. gov. aoc. On this side of. 
 citer, tra, trum, adj. [for cis-ter : fr. 
 oiB, "on this side"] On this side, hither. 
 cit6rior, us : see otter. 
 
 Cit-ra, prep. gov. aco. loiter, oitr-i, "on 
 this side "] On this side of. 
 
 Citr-O, adv. [id.] Hither: — only in con- 
 nection with ultro : hither and thither, to 
 and fro. 
 
 civ-Itas, Itatis, f. [civ-is, "a citizen"] 
 Citizenship ; a state, commonwealth. 
 
 Clam-or, oris, m. [clarao, " to cry 
 out "] Outcry, clamour, shouting, a shout. 
 
 Clau-do, si, sum. d6re. 3. v. a. [root 
 oiiAV, akin to »c^ei-w, " to shut"] To shut, 
 shut up ; to close, end, finish.— cloMdere 
 agnien, (to close the litu qf march, i.e.), 
 to bring up the rear. 
 
 clement-ia, lae, f. [clemens, dement- 
 is, "mild;" indisposition, "clement"] 
 Mildness of disposition, clemency. 
 
 cli-ens, entis, comm. gen. [for clu-ens, 
 which is also found ; fr. cla-eo, "to hear;" 
 hence, " to obey "] A dependant., adhe- 
 rent. 
 
 c6-fi.cervo, ficervavi, Scervatum, 
 S,cervare, l.v.a. [co (=cum), " together ;" 
 ftcervo, " to heap "] To heap together, 
 heap up. 
 
 CO-6mo, 6mi, emptum, 6mSre, 8. v, a. 
 [co(=cum), in "intensive" force; 6mo, 
 " to buy "] To buy up, buy, purchase 
 
 COep-1, (pres. ante-classical), me, r. 
 def. n. and a. [contr. fr. co-fipio ; i ,. o* 
 (=cum), in "augmentative" for--; ftpio 
 " to lay hold of "] To begin to do. 
 
 cd-erc§0, ercOi, erolturm. ■ nu-re, 2. v. 
 ft. lfo» oo-arceo ; fr. co (^^ouki;, ta " inten- 
 
 sive " force ; aroCo, " to enclose "J To re- 
 strain, hold in check. 
 
 c6-gito. ffltavi, gitatum, gltare, 1. v.a. 
 [contr. Ir. co-agito ; fr. co (=cum), in "in- 
 tensive " force ; agito, " to put in mo- 
 tion "] To weigh thoroughly in the mind ; 
 to ponder, think. 
 
 co-gnosco, gnOvi, jniltum, gnosogre, 
 3. V. a. [co(=cum), in "augmentative" 
 force; gnosco, (=no8co), "to become ac- 
 quainted with "I To become thoroughly 
 acquainted with, learn, make inquiry 
 about ; to investigate. 
 
 COgro, cOCgi, cOaotum, c6g6re, 8. v. a. 
 [contr. fr. co-ago; f r. co (=cum), "to- 
 gether;" ago, "to drive"] To collect, as- 
 semble ; to force, compel. 
 
 cohors, tis, f. [cp. xopros, "an en- 
 closed space;" Lat. hortus, "yard or 
 garden"] A cohoH; the tenth part of a 
 Koman legion. 
 
 cohorta-tio, tianis, f. [cohort(a>or, 
 "to^ exhort"] An address, exhortation. 
 
 c6-hortor, hortatus sum, hortari, 1. 
 V. dep. [CO (=cum , in "stiengthening" 
 force ; hortor, " to exhort "] To exhort 
 to encourage, animate. 
 
 COl-ligo, llgavi, llgatum, llgare, l.T.a. 
 
 for con-rigo ; f r. con (=cum), " together;" 
 
 llgo, to bmd or fasten "] To pin together 
 
 by means of something driven through 
 
 two or more things. 
 
 COllis, is, m. [root cbl, " to be high :' 
 cp. celsus, columna ; KoKuvr)] A hill. 
 
 col-loco, lOoavi, Ifioatum, Idoare, 1 V 
 a. [for con-lOco ; fr. con (=cum), in "in- 
 tensive" force; loco, "to place"] 7h 
 put, placej or station anywhere ; to pUice 
 a woman vn marriage ; Le., to give a wo- 
 man in marriage. 
 
 cplloqa^ium, li, n. [colldquor, "to 
 confer with"] A conference. 
 
 col-l6quor, lOquutus sum, lOqui. 3. v 
 dep. [for con-lOquor ; fr. con (=cum), "to- 
 gether ;" lOquor, " to talk "] To talk to- 
 qether or with a person ; to hold a confer- 
 ence, confer unth. * 
 
 V. 
 
 Bono , ___„ . 
 
 consume by fire. 
 
 comm§a-tus, tQs, m. [oomm8(a)o. 
 " to go to and fro "] ProviHons, mprHes. 
 
 com-mSmoro, memOravi, mfimdr- 
 atum, memorare 1 v.a. [com (=eum), in 
 "augmentative" force; m^mftro "to 
 mention "] To make mention of, recount 
 
 com-mSo, meavi, meatum, tueare i 
 V. a. [com (= cum), in " intensive " force ; 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 16?. 
 
 mSo, '• to go »] To &o, come, travel, eto., 
 frequently to a place. ' 
 
 cpm-mlnu8, adv. room (=cum), "to- 
 gether ;" minus, " hand "] Hand to hand, 
 »n close fight. 
 
 com-mitto, miri, mlssum, mittere, 
 3^v. a. [com (=oum), •• together ;" mitto, 
 , to cause to go"] Of battle : To engaqe 
 Mi, commence.— ^\th Dat.: To trust, in- 
 trust.— WWh. ut and Subj,: To give occa- 
 non, or cause, that. ; to perpetrate, com- 
 tntt, do, anything wrong. 
 
 commod-e, adv. [commod-us, " con- 
 venient"] Conveniently, suitably, readily. 
 
 com-mod-us, a,um, adj. [com ( = 
 cum), "with;" mod-us, "a measure"] 
 Convenient, suitable. 
 
 ,^<^P^-T^on-6f&(Ao. feci, factum, 
 fftcere, 3. V. a. [com (=cum), in "aug- 
 mentative " force ; m6n-§o, " to cause to 
 thmk; (e) connecting vowel ; fade, "to 
 make ' ] To remind forcibly, put in mind, 
 impress. 
 
 com-movSo, movi, motuni, mOvere, 
 2. V. a, [com (=oum), in "intensive" 
 force; mOveo, "to move"! 'To move 
 greatlu or thoroUijhly.—MGntaMy : To dis- 
 turb, affect, disquiet. Of a battle: To 
 bring about, force. 
 
 com-munlo, mfinlvi or miinii, 
 munltuni, munire, 4. v a. [com ( = ouin), 
 in "intensive" force; mfinio, "to 
 fortify'] To fortify strongly or on all 
 sides. 
 
 com-munis, mQne, adj. [com (=cum) 
 "together;" perhaps, mflnis, "serving"! 
 Common, general. 
 
 commuta-tio, tlonia, f. [commut(a> 
 
 0, " to change entirely "] A changing, 
 change, Mteratxon. 
 
 com-muto, miitavi.mutatum, mutare, 
 
 1. v. a. [com ( = cum), in "intensive" 
 force; muto, "to change"] To change, 
 wholly alter. 
 
 com-paro, pilravi, pSratum, pftrare, 
 l.v.a. [com ( = cum), "together ;'^ piro, 
 
 to hnng or put "] To make or get ready, 
 prepare ; to acquire, procure. 
 
 com-pello, paii pulsum, peliere, 3. V. 
 a. [com (=cum), in "augmentative" 
 force; pello, "to drive "J To drive, force 
 the enemy. 
 
 com-p6r-io, 1, turn, ire, 4. v. a. [com 
 (=cum), in " augmentative " fores ; root 
 MR, akin to per-ior, "to pass through"] 
 To find out accurately ; to ascertain. 
 
 com-plector, plexus sum, plecti, 3. 
 V- dep- [com (=cum), "with ;" pleoto, "to 
 sntwine "j To ctnbrace, clasp. 
 
 com-plSo, plevi, pletum, piere. 2.v.a. 
 [com ( =cum), in " augmentative " force ; 
 
 j Pl«o."t<) fill"] Sometimes with AW.: To 
 \ M completely or entirely wUh. 
 
 DlnnM^r^'^^'/P"*'^ J"^^ sometimes 
 W'lH ^^- f^*?*?" ( = C"m). in "auifnienta- 
 tive force; plures, "very many"! Vmj 
 many, several ^ ' ^^ 
 
 cona-ta, orum, n. plur. Csinir nrnii 
 
 ri«?.""^^J°""(*>-°'-' "to '^tSpi'"] At- 
 tempts, endeavours, efforts. 
 
 erSZt^^effo^: "^ ""'^ ^" «"«"'^'' 
 
 a. icon (^cum), m "auffineritative" 
 force; cedo. " to yield "] To^^SXn- 
 
 con-cido, cidi, cisum, cidCre. 3 v a 
 [forcon-oaedo; fr con (=cum), in "lue 
 mentative" force; caedo, "tocut"! 5^o 
 cut up, slay. Ml, destroy. " ''"'^ J ^ " 
 
 Concili-o, avi, atum, are. 1. v a. Toon 
 
 call ] A meeting, assembly, council. 
 
 m?r»^i"*i^^°?°' oj^^vi, clamatum, ola- 
 miire, l.v.a. [oon(=cun.), in "intensive"' 
 force; clamo, "to cry out"] Tocr^llt 
 aloud; to exclaim, shout ovt. 
 
 con-curro, curri (rarely oflcurri^ 
 ?"fn "T,; "".yS'-e. 3. V. I [con (=3' 
 'together;' cur,o, "to nn"] Torurl 
 together, or in a body. 
 
 concur-sus, sus, m. (for oon-curr-sus 
 fr. concurr-o, "to run together"! A run 
 ning together. ^ ^ ^^^ 
 
 cond-itio, Itlonis, f. [cond-o, "to nut 
 together"] State, or cmditum, of Tper- 
 8011 ; an agreement, teitns. 
 
 con-donp, dOnavi, donatum, donare 
 1. v. a. [con ( = cum), in "augmentative" 
 force ; dono ' to give " as a present] To 
 forgive, overlook. ^ 
 
 con-duco, duxi, ductum, ducCre 3 
 y. a [con (=oum), "together:" duco 
 " to lead "] To assembk, collect. ' 
 
 conf^ro, contflli, collatum, conferre 
 v. a. irreg. [con (=cum), "together- 
 fero, "to bear"] To bHng togetZr- 
 to collect, gather ; to compare: To rbear 
 one s self, e«c., i.e.) betake one's self.-ot a 
 fault, blame : To ascribe, attnbiite. to one, ■ 
 lay to uic amrije of, thro-w upon one. ' "' 
 
 confer-tus, ta, turn, adj. [for oon- 
 ferc-tus : fr. confercio, "to mm or presB 
 
 G-H 
 
 O 
 
 ir- 
 
 V 
 
 r' ? 
 
 \ 
 
154 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 fldCre, 3. V. n. 
 in "intensive" 
 With Dat.: To 
 
 (ilofle together"] Crowded together, cloxely 
 jHnked. 
 
 con-ficio, feci, feotum, fIciSre, 3. v. a. 
 [for con-facTo ; fr. con ( = cuin), in " aug- 
 mentative" force; facTo, " to do or make"] 
 To prepare, accomplish. 
 
 con-fido, flsus sum, 
 aemi-dep. [con (=cuinV 
 force; fido, "to trust''] 
 trust. 
 
 con-flrm-o, ftvi, stum, are, 1. v. a. 
 [con(=cum) in "augmentative" force; 
 finn-u8, "strong"] To strengthen, eon- 
 firm ', to encourage ; to assert. 
 
 COnfll^o, flixi, flictum, flIgCre, 3. v. n. 
 [con ( = cum), "together;" fligo, "to 
 dash "] 2'o come, or enter, into conflict ; to 
 engage, contend, fight. 
 
 con-gr6dIor, gressus sum, gredi, 3. 
 V. dep. [for con-gradior ; fr. con (=cum), 
 " together with ; " grftdlor, "to step"] 
 In a friendly sense : To meet loith one ; 
 In a hostile sense : To engage, come into 
 collision, fight, etc. 
 
 con-jicio, jcci, Jeotum, JlcCre, 3. v. a. 
 [for con-jacio ; fr. con (=cum), in " aug- 
 mentative " force ; jacio, "to cast"] Of 
 weapons : 2'o hxirl, throw, east. —Of per- 
 sons : with in catenas : To throw into 
 chains. 
 
 con-jungo, junxi, junotum, jungire, 
 S.v.a. [con ( = cum), '" together;" jungo, 
 " to join "J TO join together, unite. 
 
 con-jura-tio, tlonis, f. [conjur(a)-o, 
 "to swear together;" hence, "to con- 
 spire, plot"] A conspiracy, lea^jm. 
 
 con-juro, Juravi, juravi, juratum, 1. 
 v.n. [con ( = cum), "together;" jQro, "to 
 swear"] Jo enter into a confederacy; fo 
 combine, xmite. 
 
 Conor, atus sum, 5ri, l.v.dep. To en- 
 deavour, trg, attempt. 
 
 con-quiro, quisivi, quTsllum, quirCre, 
 S.v.a. [for uon-quaero; fr. con, in "aug- 
 mentative" force; quiiero, "to seek"j 
 To seek n/ler rr search out, earnestly or 
 carefully 
 
 con-sanguin-6iis, 6a, Sum, adj. [con 
 (=:cum), denoting "correspondence;" 
 sanguis, saiiguiii-is, "hloort"] Related by 
 blood, akin.— A 8ubst.: consangiilu- 
 eus, 6i, m. A hlood rehdion, kinsman. 
 
 con-scisco, sclvi, scitum, sciscgre, 3, 
 V. a. [con (=cum), in "augmentative" 
 force; scisco, "to decree"] With mortem 
 sibi : (To deo-ee death to one's self, i.e.) To 
 kill, or destroy one's self; to commit 
 suicide. 
 
 con-sci-us, a, um, adj. [con, "with;" 
 801-0, " to know "] Conscious. 
 
 con-8crIbo, •oripsi, •tcriptum, sort- 
 here, 3. V. a. |con, "together;" Boribo] 
 Of soldiers : To enrol, enlist. 
 
 consen-sus, sQ*, m. [for consent-sus; 
 fr. consent-io, " to agree "J Agreement, 
 consent. 
 
 con-sentio, sentii, sensum, sentlrc^ 
 4. V. n. [con (=cum), -"with;" sentio. 
 "to think"] With cum; To agree, or 
 combine, with ; to m^<ke common cause 
 with. 
 
 con ' Squor, scquutus sum, sSqui, 3. 
 V. dep. [con ( =cum, in " augmentative " 
 force; sCquor, "to follow"] To follow, 
 follow after.— In a hostile sense : To pur- 
 sue : to obtain. 
 
 con-servo, servflvi, 8ervatum,8ervare, 
 1. V. a. [con ( = cuni), iu " augmentative" 
 force; servo, "to keep"] To preserve, 
 keep unhurt or alive. 
 
 con-sido, sedi, sessmn, sTdure, 3. v. n. 
 [con (=-cum), " together ;" sido, " to sit 
 down"] Of troops: To take one's station ; 
 to encamp ; to settle. 
 
 consilium, li, n. A plan, design ; an 
 assembly ; a couricU of war. 
 
 con-similis, simile, adj. [con (= 
 cum), iu '' intensive " force ; similis, 
 "like"] Altogether, or wholly, like, 
 
 con-sisto, stiti, stttum, sisttre, ;^. v.n. 
 [con ( = cum), in "augmentative" force; 
 sislo, " to set one's self," i.e., •' to stand "] 
 To take one's stavd ; stand still.— Ot 
 troops : To take up a position ; to halt, 
 make a hah. 
 
 con-solor, solatus sum, solari. 1. v. 
 dep. Icon ( = cum), in "augmentative" 
 force ; solor, " to comfort"] To comfort, 
 to console. 
 
 con-spec-tus, tus, m. [con-splc-lo] 
 Sight, view.— in conspectu, before the eyes, 
 or in the presence of some one. 
 
 con-spicio, spexi, spectum., sploere, 
 S.v.a. [for con-spCcIo ; frcon(=cum), 
 in "augmentative" force; speclo, "to 
 see"] To see, behold, observe. 
 
 con-spic-or, atus sum, ari, l. v. dep. 
 [for con-spccor; fr. con ( = cum), in "in- 
 tensive " force ; spkc, root of spec-io, " to 
 see "] To see, behold, get a sight of, descry. 
 
 constant-ia, iae. f. [constans con- 
 stant-is, "standing firm"] Of character: 
 Firmness, steadfastness, constancy. 
 
 constan-ter, adv. [for oonstant-ter ; 
 fr. constans, constant-is, in force of "uni- 
 form"] Uniformly, unanimously, with 
 one voice. 
 
 con-stitiio, stitfli, stitatum, stltnere, 
 3. V. a. [lor con-statuo ; fr. con (=cum); 
 statfio, " to place "] To draw up an army 
 or fleet in order of battle ; to pott troops ; 
 
VOCABULARY 
 
 155 
 
 to jnit, station : to arraiufe, re;/H!ate, net 
 in order : to Jix, appoint, to renolve, de- 
 termine., (ieciih, 
 
 . consue-aco, vi, turn, sc're, 3. v. n. 
 inch, [consufio, ' to be awiistomed " [To 
 a^scHStom one's .'^df.-h\ ptirf. lenses: To 
 hriv* accustomed one's self, i.e., to be ac- 
 customed or wont, 
 
 consue-tudo, tCidlnls, f. [for consuet- 
 tudo ; fr consuet-us, '• accustomed "1 
 Custom, habit, usage. 
 
 consul, niis, m. A consul : one of the 
 two chief mapistratea of the Roman state, 
 chosen annually after the expulsion of the 
 km^. 
 
 conaul-atus, Stus, m. [consul] The 
 office of a consul ; the consulship. 
 
 consiilo, Oi, turn, f re, 3. v, n.: To take 
 counsel, deliberate, consult.—Imyiers. Pass, 
 inf. perf.: con8ultum(esse), 27ta« counsel 
 was taken, that it was deliberated. 
 
 consul-turn, ti, n. [con-sftlo, " to de- 
 teniiineupon " A resolution, decree. 
 
 con-sumo, sumpsi, sumptum. su- 
 mere, 3.v.a. [con ( = cum), in " intensive " 
 force; sumo, "to take "J To annihilate, 
 destroy, bring to nought, waste. 
 
 con-tem-ptus, ptus, m. [for con- 
 t«mn-ptus ; fr. oontemno, " to despise "] 
 Scorn, contempt. 
 
 con-tendo, tendi, tentum, tendgre, 
 3.v.n. and a. [con (=cum), in " auis> men- 
 fative " force ; tendo, 'to stretch"] To 
 irutke an effort or endeavour; to strive 
 eagerly after, exert one's seif zealously for. 
 — With accessory notion of hostility: To 
 strive, contend, struggle. 
 
 conten-tio, tianis, f. [forcontend-<io; 
 fr. contend-o, " to contend"^ A conten- 
 tion, contest. 
 
 continen-ter, adv. [fo ntinent-er; 
 fr. contlnens. continent-is, " continuous"] 
 In time : Continuously, without interrup- 
 tion. 
 
 COn-tin§o, ttnOi, tentum, tinere, 2. v. 
 a. [for con-tCneo ; fr. con(=cum), "to- 
 gether;" teneo, "to hold"] Of places: 
 In Pass.: 'To be surrounded, encom-jjossed, 
 or enclosed by ; to comprise, occupy ; to 
 restrain. 
 
 GOn-tingo, tigi, tactum, tingSre,3.v.a. 
 and n. [tor con-t.'in<jo ; fr. con (=cum), in 
 " intensive " force ; tannfo, "to touch"] 
 Act.: To touch, reach, extend «o.— Neut.: 
 To happen or chance ; to fall out, come to 
 pass. 
 
 contin-^us, rta, num, adj. rcontin-So, 
 '_• to hold together "] Of time: Successitje, 
 in sUccessimi. 
 
 contra, adv. and prep. Adv.: ("Over 
 Bfainst ;" hence) On the other side, mi the 
 
 other hand, in return, in rephi ; in omm- 
 sitiiin ; on the contrary. Prop. irov. aco • 
 
 Against. 
 
 con-traho, traxi, tractum, trfthere, ^ 
 l\\ f^'^'L^^J^''^^' " together ;•• triho, 
 
 to draw"] To draw, or bring together: 
 to collect, assemble. 
 
 contra^rlus, ria, rinm. adj. [contra, 
 "over agamst"] Of places: Lying over 
 against, opposite. 
 
 contumel-ia, lae, f. [contfimeo, 
 through obsol. adj. contOmel-us, "swel- 
 ling greatly "] Insult, affront, contumely. 
 
 con-venio, vgni, ventum, vCiHk; 4 
 y. n. [con (==cum), "together;" venio, 
 
 to come "] To come, or meet, together ; 
 to collect, assemble ; to be agreed upon. 
 
 conv^en-tus, tQs.m. [oonv6n-Io] An 
 assembly, assemblage, meeting ; a judicial 
 assembly, a court of justice. 
 
 con-verto, verti, versum, vert«re, 3. 
 y. a. [con (=-cum), in "augmentative" 
 force , verto, " to turn "] To turn or turn 
 round; to wheel round. -Pass, in reflex- 
 ive force : To turn one's self round, turn 
 round; change. ' 
 
 con-vin o, vioi, victum, vinoere, 3. v 
 a. [coa (=cum), in "intensive" force' 
 vmco, "toconquer ;" hence, " tos' w or 
 prove conclusively-] To show, or prove, 
 very conclumvely. 
 
 con-voco, vflcTivi, vOcfitum, vfioare. 
 
 »7"*-i/.M°"J=°",?'>' "together;" v6co, 
 "to call"] To call together ; to convene, 
 convoke, summon. 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 o-p-!a, lae, f. [contr. fr. oo-op-ia ; fr 
 -- (=cum), in "augmentative^' force 
 ops.Op-is, "means"] Copiousness, plenty 
 Plur.: Forcer, supplies. 
 
 » *^PP?"^?V;^' ^^?' ."^"™' ^^i- fc3p-Ia, 
 plenty"] Furnished abundantly, or well 
 supjMed with a thing; aboundina in 
 wealth, rich. 
 
 c-or-am, adv. [contr. fr. co-or-am • fr 
 CO (=cum). in "augmentative" force- 
 OS, or-is, " the face "] Personally, in ver- 
 son. ^ 
 
 cornu, U8, n. [root car, " hard ;" op 
 carina, calculus; Ktpaj, Kapvov] Of an 
 army: Awing. 
 
 corp-us, ^ris, n. [root cer or orb, " to 
 
 make"] The body. 
 
 cort-ex, Icis, m. and f. The bark oi 
 
 tress. 
 
 cre-ber, bra, brum, adj. [crb, root oi 
 cre-sco, " to increase :" hencel Fremumt 
 numerous. ' 
 
 credo, didi, ditum, d6re, 8.t.». To 
 
 believe; to think, suppose. 
 
 M. 
 
 iC 
 
 'r" 
 
156 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 
 if' 
 
 lis' 
 
 Hi 
 
 
 ll 
 
 cr§mo, &v\, atum, are, l v. a. [root 
 OAR, "to burn:" cjt oarbo] To bum. 
 
 cr6-o, 4vi, atuiii, are, 1. V. ii. [root CUB 
 oroBR, "to make"] To vuike a person 
 
 '.«?n-.ing:, fl.^, king, consul; to create, 
 
 j)f>mt 
 
 <_ i j-SCO, vl, turn, scPre, 3. v. n. [akin 
 toorto] To increase, to become greater or 
 larger. 
 
 cri-nis, nis, m, [for cro-nis ; fr. crb, 
 root of oies-co, "to grow") 'The hair of 
 the he&A. 
 
 criicia-tus, tfld, m. [cruc!(rVo, "to 
 torture"! 7',rtu.-e. 
 
 crudel-itas, Itatis, [crQdel-is, "cruel"] 
 Cruelty. 
 
 crudel iter. adv. [id,] Cruelhj, wUh 
 cruelty. 
 
 cul-tus, tue, m. [for ool-tus ; fr. cOl-o, 
 "to cultivate"! Mode, or manner, qf 
 living. 
 
 cum. prep. gov. abl.; [op. Greek $<Jv, 
 avf] With, together tmth.— In com\ws\tion 
 (also com, co): With, together.— In " aug- 
 mentative" or "intensive" force, to de- 
 note completeness, a high degree. Witli 
 pei-sonal pronouns cum always follows its 
 case, e.fl'. secum, nobisoum, etc., and usu- 
 ally 80 with Relative pronouns, e.g. qui- 
 buscum. 
 
 cunctus, a, um, (mostly plur. cunc- 
 tl, ae, a) adj. |contr. fr. coiijunotus ; fr. 
 conjungo, "to join together" orconvino 
 tus, " bound together "j All, the whole. 
 
 cdpid-e, adv. [cupid-us, "ciner"] 
 Eagerly, zealously, paaaionately. — Comp : 
 Too eagerly. 
 
 capld-itas, Itatis, f. [id.] Alongim/, 
 denre, eagerness. 
 
 ciip-idus, Ida, Idum, adj. [cfip-Io] 
 With (ien. or Gerund in di : Desirous of 
 desiring, eager for. ' 
 
 Ciip-io, Ivi or Ii, Itum, ore, 3. v. n. With 
 Dat.: To wish well to ; to be favourably 
 disposed towards. 
 
 CU-r, (anciently quo-r), adv, [con- 
 tracted ace. to some, fr. quare (=qua-reV 
 u'.c. to others, fr. cui rei] Why, where- 
 fore. 
 
 ci\r-a, ae, f. [for coer-a ; fr. coer-o old 
 form of quaer-o, ''to seek"] Care, solici- 
 tude, attention. 
 
 cur-o, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. [our-a, 
 "care"] With Ace and Gerundive: To 
 take care, order, or caiuse, th&tso:iiGthhur 
 be done. 
 
 our-auH, sua, m. (for curr-sus; fr. 
 turr-o, *u) ruu"j A running, speed, 
 
 course .—oursimi adaeqimre, (to mak« 
 equal their running (i.e.) to keep up with 
 the jHice of tht; horses. 
 
 cu8-toa, todis, oomm. gen. [root Bcir, 
 " to cover •" op trKurot, ff«ta ; icutum] A 
 guard, keeper. 
 
 CU8t6di-a, ae, f, [custodl-o, '"to 
 guard "] A guard, a protecting fores. 
 
 D. 
 
 damn-o, avi, atum.flni, l. v. a. [dam- 
 uiiniin the meaning of " :i penalty"] To 
 condemn. 
 
 de, prep. gov. Abl.: From, away from; 
 in the course of, during, in ; qf, about, 
 concerning, respecting .from, out of, from 
 auvnig anunibtrof persons.— Of a cause, 
 reuioii, etc.: From, for. 
 
 de-b6o, bni, bitum, bore, 2.v.a. fcontr. 
 fr. de-hi'ibt-'o ; fr de, "from ;" i.fibt-o, "to 
 have"] To owe.— Wi^hlnf.: 'To be bouTid 
 to do; I ttc, ou^ht to do, etc. 
 
 de-cedo, cessi, cessum, cedere, 3. v. a. 
 :de, "away ;' cCdo, to go "J To go away 
 or depaH ; to withdraw. 
 
 dec-em, num. adj. indecl. [Greek, 
 
 Si<a ; Knglis/i, ten] Ten. 
 
 de-cei'no, orOvi, crCtum, cernCre, 3. v 
 a. [de, in "strengthening" force, cerno, 
 "to decree "J To decree. 
 
 de-certo, certavi, certatum, cei-tare, 
 1 v. n. [de, in "strengthening" force; 
 certo, " to contend "] 2'o contend, or fight, 
 vigonrously or earnestly. 
 
 decide, cidi, no «up., oldere, 3. v. n. 
 [for de-cftdo ; fr. de, " down ;" cado, " to 
 fall"! Tofalldoivn. 
 
 d§c4mus, Ima, Imum, adj. num. adi. 
 
 [d.c-em, "ten"] re7i<A. ^ 
 
 de-cipio, cepi, ceptum, clpCre, A. v. a. 
 iforde-ofipio fr, de, in "streni;fhenir<g" 
 force; capio, "to take;" hence, in bad 
 sense, "to deceive"] To deceive. 
 
 de-claro, cliiravi, clarr\tura, cMrare. 
 1. v. a. [de, "completely ;" eliiro, "to 
 ns.ike clear"] To announce, declare. 
 
 de-cliv-is, e.adj. [de, "down;" cliv- 
 us, ' ' a sloping ground or hill "I Sloping 
 dovmivards or from the top to the bottom. 
 
 decum-anus (decim-), ana. anum, 
 adj. [dOcim-a, " the tenth " (.ohortj Of the 
 tenth cohort, decuman.— j^ort& decumana 
 the decuman i/ate, the name of the main 
 gate of the four in a Roman camp, given 
 to it from the tenth cohorts of the legions 
 being station d near it. It was the fur- 
 thest from the enemy. 
 
 d8-cutTO, cuni and cii-cam, cureum, 
 currire, 3. v. n. do, " down ; " ourro, " to 
 
VOOABULARV. 
 
 157 
 
 'to 
 
 run"] To run down; to lead or draw off. 
 
 de-iatigro, fitltfavi, fitiji^itum, fiitiif 
 are, i, y a. [de, denotinsr "completenesH ;" 
 (atigo, to weary "] To weary thorouohly, 
 weary out, exhatutt. '^ "' 
 
 de-fendo, /* ndi, fengum, fendiire, 3. 
 ;^ («1^'' away from;" obsol. fendo, "to 
 strike ] To ward off; to protect, d^end. 
 
 defen ?io, sloiiia f. Ifordefend-sio; fr, 
 de-fendo. " to defend " A defeiidiiuj, de- 
 
 defensor, soria, m. [for defend-sor- 
 fr. defend-o, " to defend "J A defender. 
 
 de-f(Sro, ttUi.l/ituni. ferre, S.v.a. irree 
 ^.16 ''down;" fero,"tobrinK"] With ad: 
 Of the command of an army : To Imnd 
 over to, confer upon.~To report, utate. 
 announce, whether by speech or in wrft' 
 '"if. 
 
 de-fetiscor, fessus sumrfctisci. 3. v. 
 dej). mch. [for de-fatiscor ; fr. de, in 
 
 atrengthening •■ force; fatiscor, "to 
 grow taint"] To become quUe fant or 
 wearii. -Jn perf. tenses: Tobeqxdtefaint 
 or weary ; to be wearied oiU or exhaudcd. 
 
 de-ficio, feci, fectum. fIcCre, a, v. n 
 for de-f.lclo ; fr. de, "away from ;' fa. lo, 
 «?^"2^*^ ?/ supplies: To fall. Jail 
 Short be watUtng.—Ot persons, etc.- To 
 revolt. 
 
 ■ ?®"^.?1*?® (trisylLX adv. [do, "from;" 
 Hide, "thence"] Of time: In the nek 
 place, afterwards, after that. 
 
 dejec-tus, tQs, m. [for dcjac-tus fr. 
 dC'jioio, " to throw or cast down •" 
 through de '-down" ; jac, root of jaclol 
 A declivity, eloping ground, a slope. 
 
 de-jicio, jeci, jectum. jTc<^re, 3. v. a. 
 [for de-Jftclo ; fr. de, " down , " Jacio, " to 
 ti-row"] To throw ov cant doM^n. --dejecti 
 ea spe {tinoion doim froin that hope, i e ) 
 disappointed in that hope. 
 
 del6o, evi, Stu n, ere, 2. V. a. To put 
 anend to, efface t > recollection of, blot 
 out, 
 
 de-libei-o, llbSnlvi, liberatum, hbfir- 
 fre, 1. V. a. [for ds-hbro, fr. de, in 
 
 strengtliening " force ; libro, "to poise 
 or weigh "] Toxveigh well in one's iiiind • 
 to ponder, cvnxider, dedberate. ' 
 
 de-ligo, lI^Tivi, llgatum, llgare, 1. v. a. 
 [dc, -down;" llgo, " to bind "] To bind 
 down ; to bind fast, fasten. 
 
 de-ligo, logi, lectum, llgCre, 3. v. a. 
 [for de-lcgo; fr. dc, " out;" lugo, "to 
 Choose ] To choose out, select, pick out. 
 
 de-miniio, mtnai, mlnutu;i], nimnere, 
 \.^: '^'.M^^- '". "8tren}jthening" force: 
 tnijiuo, 'to rj..ikc less"] To make less; 
 to lessen, diminish. 
 
 j d6ml88U8 ft [urn, P. perf. pnm. of Ho 
 mitto] OflocaliUes: /-ow^ytiTir of 
 the hca<l : lioued doum, droopin}r. 
 
 *?:f;^*F°' '"'*'- '"'ssum, mittt're, 3. v 
 B. [da, •down;" iritto, "to let go "J To 
 let, or allow, to go dotvn ; to lower, let fall. 
 
 de-monstro. monstravl, mongtratum 
 I nsi rare. 1. v. a. fde, in "augmentative" 
 
 l:;:.?o„r"'*~' '°''*'°*'^ ^'"'--. 
 
 deij um adv. [alengthened form of 
 the demonstrative partidedem. lai-dem 
 tan-dem] At last, at length. ' ' 
 
 de-nego, nf^avi nCgatum, n5g.1re, 1. 
 
 de-nt nae, na, num. distrib. adj. tfcv 
 dec-ni ; fr. decern. " ten "| Ten each. 
 deDi-que,adv. [f rdein-que; fr.dfin 
 then ;" que, •• a„d "] At l^gt'h, oi foS." 
 
 Sr,^f^^n.fu'J"''' '^J- fconnected with 
 oao-uc] Thick, dense. 
 
 ture. 1 V. a. [de, -n un;" nuntto, "to 
 send a message "] To intimate, announce- 
 to menace, threaten. uimounce , 
 
 Xi:'^'^^^"i ^oLeentiSir.'^rli. 
 
 V. a. [de, "down" p6no,"to W"] !7'o 
 put or lay down in a place ; to lay aside. 
 
 de-p6puio, popttiavi, pCpniatum 
 p6pQl5re, 1. y. a. [defin " strengthen ng'' 
 force: populo, "to ravage"! % ravaae 
 utterly; to lay wasU. i ■^'^ ravage 
 
 . de-p6piilor, pOpQiatus sum, p6»t,i. 
 an, l.v. dep. [c^, in "strengthern-." 
 force : populor, " to ravage "] Toravmi^ 
 utte> > ; to lay waate. ^oratage 
 
 de preca-tor, t5ris, m. [dopreo^pVor 
 
 to intercede with "] An i^LFS/-,^ 
 
 iiitercessore, (h^ being an intercessor, i e ) 
 
 at his intercession. »*«««/r, i.e ; 
 
 da-prgcor, prGcJtusmm, vrSciri ■ . 
 V dep. [de, in ';.tren,fi.ning" "iW- 
 precor, "to pray "J To pray, entreat, ben' 
 or beseech earnestly; toprdyfor. ^' 
 
 de-s6ro, aei-Oi, aertun-i. serAfv- .^ v p 
 dfi,m" negative "force; soro, "to join"! 
 Toforsake, abandon, desert ' 
 
 de-signo, signavi, signatupi. alirnSrP 
 1 V a. [de, "out;" aig^ "tiSy j 
 To denote, point out or at. »"•■ j 
 
 de-si Bto, etlti. stUum sj-' --^- " 
 :rte, "awLiy from ;\"" sUto '"to 'i'et'" \; j?: 
 self, stand •] " To get one's self aw^y K 
 
 x> 
 
168 
 
 VOCABUI.ARY. 
 
 55- 
 
 
 ■^ 
 
 11 
 
 ;, 
 
 despec-tus, tns, m. [denptolo, "to 
 look down upon :" de, down ; hvpcIo, "to 
 look at "J A view, proitpeet from hi(;her 
 ground. 
 
 de-spSro, spCravi, spuratuin, spOr.Tre, 
 
 1. ▼. a. [dfl, denotinjf " reversal " apero, 
 "to hope"] To give up or lost hope, to 
 detpait. 
 
 d§-spIcIo, spexi, spectum, HpIcCre, 3. 
 V. a. [for de-speoio ; fr.de, "down ;" spi!* 
 (no, " to look at "J To disdain, cojitemn, 
 despise 
 
 de-8p6lIo, spOlIfivi, spOlT&tuin, spOlI- 
 are, l.v.a. [dc. in "strengthening " fone ; 
 spdllo. "tosooil"] With Abl.: Jo despoil 
 or deprive q/. 
 
 de-stitdo, stittii, stltiltum, stifnere, :i 
 v.a. [for de-statuo ; fr. de, " away from ;" 
 statuo, " to put " or " place "] To forsake, 
 abandon, desert. 
 
 de-8tringo, strinxl, strictuni, strin- 
 gCre, 3. V. a. (dC, in " stren^theninur " 
 force; strinjro, " to draw " a sword from 
 the sheath J To unshcath, draw out. 
 
 de-sum, ftti, esse, v. n. [da, "away 
 from ;" sum, " to be "] To be loantiwj, to 
 fail. 
 
 de-super, adv. [de, "from ;" Buper, 
 "above"] From above. 
 
 deter-^or, lus, comp. adj. [obaol. 
 deter, fr. ae, " below "] (''Lower;" hence) 
 Worst, 
 
 de-teirSo, terrfti, terrltum, terrere, 
 
 2. V. a. [de ''away from," terreo. "to 
 frighten "] To deter, discourage, kinder, 
 prevent. 
 
 de tr&ho, traxi, tractum, trahrire, 3. 
 V. a. [de, "away;" trftho, "to draw"] To 
 withdraw, remove, take away. 
 
 detrl-mentum, menti, n. [dctero, 
 "to rub oflE:" de "from;" tero, "to 
 rub"] Loss, hurt, damage, injur]), detii- 
 maU, 
 
 d§us, i, m. A god, deity [akin to Gr. 
 6e6s, and Hans, deva, "a god."] 
 
 dS-vSho, vexi, veotum, v6hGre, 3, v.a. 
 [d8, "down" or "away;" v6ho, "to 
 carry "] To carry down or away. 
 
 de-v6nIo, veni, ventum, venire, 4. v. 
 n. [de, " down ;" vgnio, " to come "] To 
 come down. 
 
 dex-ter, tra, trum, adj. [root dbk, " to 
 /eoeive" or dtk, " to point out ;" cp. fie'xo- 
 fiai, SeiKvvni dico, index] To, or on, the 
 right side .' right. As Subst. : dextra, 
 ae, f. The right hand. 
 
 dico, dixi, dictum, dicSre, 3. v. a. [see 
 dexter] To say ; stnte-, report ■ ani^oint. 
 —Of a cause : To plead. 
 
 dlctlo, tlOriis f. [difl-o, "to p<«»ft •) 
 A pleading or def eroding. 
 
 dlc-tuui, ti, n. [dico "to »|'i.'ak"J l»i 
 order, command. 
 
 dies, Ot, m. (in sing, aomef inics f.) [root 
 Div, "toHhme;" op. divus. 5i-Fov ; O.H.O. 
 zio ; Lith. divas^- deus] A day:— inalto 
 die, when the day was far spent, or late in 
 the day. 
 
 diffiSro, distnii dilatiun, differre, v. n. 
 I for dis-fero . fr. dis, " aiiart ;" fero, " to 
 carry "] To differ, he different. 
 
 dlf-ficillSj ffclle, adj. [for dis-ficnis ; 
 fr. dis, in " neH:ative " force ; filcUis, 
 " easy ''] Not eaxy, hard, difficult. 
 
 difficul-taH, titis, f. [difTlcul, old 
 form of difflcll-is, "difficult"] A diffi- 
 culty, difficult circumstnnce. 
 
 diligen-ter, adv. [for diligent-ter, 
 fr. diligens, diligert-is, "diligent"! Dili- 
 gently, car^uUy. 
 
 di^n-itas, Itatis, f. [dign-us, "worthy*] 
 Di^jnvty. 
 
 diligent-ia, lae, f. [diligens, dill 
 gent-is, " diligent "] Car^ulness, atten 
 tineness, eamextnen.1, dilujence. 
 
 di-metior, mensus sum, meiiri, 4. v. 
 dep. [dl (=dia), "apart;" metlor, "to 
 measure") To measure out. 
 
 di-mico, micavi or mlci'ii, micatuni, 
 mioure. 1. v. n. [di (=dis) " greatly ;" 
 mleo, '* to move to and fro "] To fight, 
 combat. 
 
 di mitto, misi, niissmn, mittere, 3. v. 
 a. [dl (=(li.s), " apart ; " mitto, "to send"] 
 To send away, dismiss. 
 
 dir-imo, erai, eniptum, ImCre, 3„ v. a. 
 [for dis-emo ; fr. dis, " apart ;" omo, " to 
 take"] Of a conference : To break up, put 
 an end to. 
 
 di-ripio, ripfii, reptum, rIpCre, 3. v. a. 
 [foi di-rapio ; fr. dl (=dis), "apart;" rapio, 
 "to tear, etc."] To plunder. 
 
 dis-cedo, cessi, cessum, ccdere, 3. v. 
 a. Idis, " apart ;" cedo, " to go "] To go 
 away, depart, withdraw, i^ 
 
 disces-sus, sus, m. [for disced-sus ; 
 fr. disced-o, "to depart"] A departing, 
 departure. 
 
 discipl-ina, inae, t. [for disclpai-ina; 
 fr. discipfll-u3, '' a learner "] Discipline. 
 
 disco, didici, no sup. discdre, 3. v. a. 
 [same root as dexter] To learn. 
 
 dis-jicTo, jeci, jectum, JIo6re, 3. v. a. 
 [for dis-jiclo ; fr. dis, " asunder ;'' JScIo, 
 " to throw "] To disperse, scatter, rout. 
 
 di spergo, spersi, spersum, spergere, 
 f^. V- n. ffo!* riy-si^fi.r^'fs ■ fp fi; / — f^!"> **in 
 
 spargo, "to'soat- 
 
 different directions ;" 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 159 
 
 
 t^f*] To teatter in diffrent aircrtinru ; to 
 fU»p4r$e. 
 
 <l*8'P6no, pftsoi, i)0«Uuin, ponCre, 3. 
 V. a. [dl8, "in differt'nt diroctiona ;" 
 pono, "to place"] Of troops: To set in 
 order, draw up, pout. 
 
 dis-sipo. sipavi, sipatum, slpire, I. v. 
 a. [dl«, " apart ;" obsol. slpo, ^' to cast, 
 throw "J Military t.t.: To disperse, route, 
 put to flight. 
 
 .. <i^:t''^6o, tlnOI, tentum, tinere, 2.v.a. 
 [for dis-teneo ; f r. dis, '' away off • " 
 teneo, "to hold "J To keep at a distance, 
 off or away ; to hinder, detain. 
 
 di-tio, tlonis, f. [prob. forde-tio; fr. 
 do, 'to put," through root DA] With rc- 
 lerenre to the person under whom one 
 places one's self: Dominion, sway 
 authority. •'' 
 
 diu, adv. [Adverbial Abl. of obsol. 
 dius (-dies), •'^adav "] For a long time ; 
 a long while. 
 
 diutum-itas, lUtls, f. [dm-tum-us, 
 of long duration "J Long duration or 
 continuance ; length. 
 
 diu-turnus, turna, turnum, adj. [diu 
 'a long while "J Oj long duration ; long, 
 prolonged. 
 
 di-tUTlus, uma, urnum, adj. [di-es 
 " a day "] Of, or belonging to, the day ; by 
 day. 
 
 diver-sus, sa, sum, adj. [tor divert- 
 8U8 ; fr. divert-o, " to turn away," also 
 "to turn in a different direction"] Sepa- 
 rate, apart from others; different 
 various. ' 
 
 div-es, Itis. adj. [rc^t Div, "to shine ;" 
 see dies] Rich, wealthy. Conip. : divit- 
 lor and dit-lor ; Sup.: divlt-isslmus and 
 dit-isslmus. 
 
 di--\^do. visi, visum, vIdCre, 3. v. a. 
 [di (=.dis), "apart;" root vid, "to part 
 asunder:" c;>. viduus, vidua; English 
 widow] Tc diok'e, separate. 
 
 di-Vinus, ma, mum, adj. [see dies] 
 Dvmne. 
 
 do, dCdi, datum, dire, l.v.a, (root da, 
 " to give :" op. dos, domum ; Soo-i?, hi- 
 6mm] To (;i»e in the widest acceptation of 
 the term : negotium dare alicui, ut or uti, 
 c. Sabj.,«o direct, or commission, one, to 
 ao. --With ad fugam: To put, etc., to 
 /light, 
 
 doc-eo. Hi, turn, ere, 2. v, a. [akin to 
 dic-o] To teach, instruct, inform, show, 
 
 d6l-6o, ai, Itum, ere, 2. v. n. To be in 
 pam : to grieve, sorrow. 
 
 Ori^, sorrow. 
 
 I, m. Craft, fraud, ffuile 
 
 dSl-ua, 
 deceit, 
 
 domes-ticus, trca, tlcum. adj. [prob 
 for domuH-ticus ; fr. doimm, " u house " 
 hence, " one's country or home"] Dmiea- 
 ti«, at home, m one's ovm country. 
 
 i„^*^"^fx""^"^.'. "• "• f'""" ^lOm-I-cfll- 
 lum ; fr. dflm-us, " abode ;" (i), connect- 
 ing vowel; root (,UL=«aA, in iaA-VTrro,, 
 
 to conceal"] A habitation, dwellin,/, 
 
 r,£^"^'^""J?Y' 5*"^ *"'"• *". '• V- dep. 
 [root DAM, "to tame:" cp, Sa^do>, auci« • 
 
 domo doniinus; Eng. tame] 2'o ru/«. hear' 
 sway, have dominion, ' 
 
 . <^o«}^s. * «n<* us. t- [root dam, " to 
 huild : cp. Sifiu, Sofxoi ; Ooth. timrjan ; 
 O.n.O. zinimer, "sawn timber"] A dwell- 
 ing, house, abode, domi. At home.— 
 aorao, From home,— Attar verba ot mo- 
 tion: domum. To the house, home 
 homewards, 
 
 don-o.fivi, atum, are, l.v.a. [see do] 
 / o give as a present ; to present. 
 
 A ^^^}^^,^}^'}^?^">> '• [dubi<<a-.o, " to 
 doubt '] A doubting, doubt, hesitation. 
 
 _ dub-ito, Itavi, Itatum, Itare, 1 v n- 
 
 intens. [primitive form du-bo, fr. dft-o, 
 two "] To hesitate, doubt, be in doubt. 
 dub-ius, Ia,Ium, adj. [obsol, dilbo 
 to move two ways, vibrate to and fro ;" 
 
 [f r. d 1 10, " two "] Doubtfta, unceHain. 
 du-cent-1, ae, », num. adj. plur. [duo, 
 tw'o;" cent-um, "a hundred "J 7'wo 
 
 hundred. 
 
 duco, duxi, ductuni, ducSre, 3. v a 
 lo dratv lead, conduct, in the widest 
 sense. -pucere uxorem, to lead a loif" 
 (home), 1 e. to mam/. —Ducere in matri- 
 momuni, to lead (home) for marnane i e 
 to marry.~Ot a commander : To 'lead 
 move or march troops ; ijiduce ; reckon 
 regard ; to draw out, prolong. 
 
 . 7^/^^'f*'^- f'^^'itodiu] While, whUi^t, 
 while that ; until, until that. 
 
 du-o, ae, o, num. adj. plur. Two [fivo]. 
 
 duo-decim, num. adj. plur. indecl. 
 
 °/'*V,^^,^''T ' ^'^- ^"°' " **o ;" decern, 
 ten"] Iwelve. ' 
 
 du6decim-us, a, urn, num. adj- 
 [duOducim, " twelve "] rti'ei^A. 
 
 duo de-viginti, num. adj. plur. in- 
 decl. [duo, " two ;" de. " from I'^^vlsrinS 
 " twenty "] £iV7/i«een. ' ^ ' '^^""*' 
 
 du-plex, pllcis, adj. [for du-plic-s • 
 fold, double. 
 
 durus, a, um, adj. 
 some, diJicuU. 
 
 M 
 
 -P 
 
 § 
 
 r - J 
 
 ^1 
 
 Hard, severe, UM 
 
i 
 
 160 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 dux, dttcis, comm. sen. (ford»c-s ; (r. 
 (luc-o, "to lead "1 A ijidde, conductor.— 
 < )f troops : A leader, general. 
 
 e ; see ex. 
 
 ed-itus, Ua, Ituni, adj. cd-o, " to put. 
 or set, forth "] Raised, elevated. 
 
 e-do, dtdi, dltum, dere, .i. v. a. [C(= 
 ex), " out ;" do, " to put "J To put out or 
 forth. 
 
 e-duco, duxi, ductum, dficure, 3. v. a. 
 [e (=ex), "out;" duco, "to load"] To 
 lead out or forth. 
 
 ef-femin-o, avi, atum, are, l. v. a. 
 [for ex-fOmln-o ; fr. ex, denoting^ 
 "chanffe;" fOmlna, "a woman"] To ren- 
 der effeminate, enervate. 
 
 eflGSro, extfili, datuu:, eflferre, v. a. 
 irrcK. Iforex-fCro; for ex, "out; frro, 
 "to bear"] To spread abroad, pvUish, 
 ■proclaim. 
 
 ef-flcio, feci, feotum, flcere, 3. v. a. 
 [for ex-fi1cIo ; fr. ex, " out ;" faolo, " to 
 make"] With double Ace: To make or 
 render An object that which is expressed 
 by the second Ace. 
 
 6go, Gen. m6i (plur. nos), pera. 
 pron. /. 
 
 e-g^edior, greisus sum, grfidi, 3. v. 
 dep. [fore-sr8.i!or; fr. e (=ex), "out , " 
 jrradlor, "to step"] To <jo out or come 
 forth ; to leave 
 
 egregie, adv. [see egregius] Excel- 
 lently, admirably. 
 
 e-gr&g-ina, la, lum, adj. [e (=ex), 
 " from out of ;" grex, grog-is, " a flock "J 
 Excellent, eminent. 
 
 electus, a, um [pf. part, of eh'go] 
 Chosen. 
 
 eligo, legi, lectum, Il^tre, 3. v. a. [e, 
 "out of" logo, "to choose"] To choose or 
 pick out ; to select. 
 
 e-migro, migravi, mlgratum, migrare, 
 1. V. n. [e (=ex), "from;" migro. " lo 
 depart "] To depart from, emigrate. 
 
 e-mitto, misi, missum, mittfire, 3. v. 
 a. [C (=ex), "away froni"j mitto, "to 
 send '■] 2'o throiv away, cast aside or off. 
 
 Smo, Cmi, emptum, CmCre, 3. v. a. 
 [Cmo, " to take "1 Tolruy, purchase. 
 
 emol-imentum, Imenti, n. [emol-Ior 
 "to work out"] Effort, extortion, lahoiir, 
 difficulty. 
 
 6nim, conj.: For. 
 
 e-nuntio, mmtiavi, nimtlatum, nun- 
 tmre, 1. V.&. [o (=rx), "out;" nuntio, 
 " to tell "] To dirulge, disclose, reveal. 
 
 6o.adv. [prob. for eoni (^oum), old 
 aco. sing. masc. of pron. is, " this, that") 
 Of place : To that place, there. Of a cause 
 or re.ison : For tlic cause or reason that 
 follows ; on that account, 
 
 6o, Ivi, or li, Itum, Ire, v. n. To go 
 [root I, akin to Sans, root i, Gr. i-ivai, '% 
 go"] 
 
 eodem, adv. [for eomdem, (=eun- 
 dem), old aco. masc. sing, of idem, " the 
 same"] Tothesam^ place. 
 
 equ-e-s, Itis, m. [for equi(t)8; fr. 
 equ-U3, "a horse;" (t), epenthetic; i, 
 root of eo, "to go"] A horseman.— Th\r.: 
 Horse-soldiers, cavalry. 
 
 §qu-ester, estris, estre, adj. [equ-us, 
 "ahorse"] Pertaining \ 
 
 cavalry-. 
 
 ' to a horse, horse-. 
 
 equita-tus, tus, (Dat. 6qul-tatu, ch. 
 39, etc. ) m. [CquTt(a)-o, " to be an eqtus or 
 horseman ; to ride"] Horse soldiers, 
 cavalry. 
 
 eauus, i, m. [ac, " swift :" op. wku'?, 
 aquila] A horse.— ex equis, on hm-seback. 
 
 e-ripio, ripfli, reptum, rlpCre, 3. v. a. 
 [for G-rap;o : fr. 6 (=ex), "away ;" r&pio, 
 " to snatch "] To snatch away.— With 
 Dat. of person and Ace. of thing : To de- 
 prive one of something ; to deliver, set 
 free. 
 
 erup-tio, tlonis, f. [Srumpo, " to sally 
 out "j A sm-tie, sally. 
 
 et, conj . And .•— et — et, both .... o»id 
 [akin toGr. en, '* moreover."] 
 
 §tiam, conj. [akin to et] And also, 
 and furthermore ; likewise, also, besides ; 
 even. 
 
 etTam-si, conj. [etiam, "even;" si. 
 "if"] Evt.i if, although. 
 
 et-si, conj. [et, "even;" si, "if"] 
 Even if, although. 
 
 e-vello, vein and vulsi, vulsum, vel- 
 iCre, 3. v. a. [d (=ex), " oiit ;" vello, " to 
 pluck "] To pluck out, pull otit. 
 
 even-tus, tfis, m. [Svfin-io, " to turn 
 out, issue "J Issue, result, consequence, 
 event. 
 
 ex (e), prep. gov. abl.: Of local rela- " 
 tions: Out of:—ex vinculis dicere, to 
 plead in chains.— From .-—ex equis, (from 
 hor.yes, i.e.) on horseback ; ex itinere. (out 
 of the march, i.e.) during or on the march. 
 —From, in consequence of; in accor- 
 dance, or conformity ivith ; through, by:— 
 ex coinnumi consensu, by common con- 
 sent.— 01 time : jlfter .-—diem ex die, day 
 after day.— Of parentage : By. 
 
 ^ ex-agitOj agltavi, agUatem, Sgltare, 
 i.v.a. icx, --without force;"' agito, "ta 
 disturb, chase "] To hara$$. 
 
TOCABULART. 
 
 161 
 
 ex-anlmo. avi, itum, are, 1. v. a. 
 {ex, implying "^negation ;" aniin-a, " life"] 
 In Pass, only : To be deprir.ed tifxtretujlh ; 
 to be weakened ; to be weah or exhausted. 
 
 ex-audIo, audlvi m- audii, audltunit 
 andire, 4.v.a. [ex, " thoroughly ;" audio, 
 " to hear "] To hear thoroughly ; to hear 
 distinctly or clearly. 
 
 ex-cedo, cessi, cessum, cSdSre, 3. v 
 n. [ex, "out or away," cedo, "to go "J 
 Togo out or awaij ; to withdraw, depart' 
 
 ex-cipio, oepi, ?eptum, olpure, 3. v. a. 
 [for ex-oupio ; fr. ex, " without force ; " 
 aiplo, " to take "J To take, receive ; to in- 
 tercept, encounter. 
 
 excur-sio, sionis, f. [for exourr-sio ; 
 fr. excurr-o, " to run out ;" hence, " to 
 Bally forth "] A sally, onset, attack. 
 
 exemplum, i, n. An example in the 
 widest acceptation of the word ; A way, 
 manner, sort, kind. 
 
 exSo, ivi or li, itum. Ire, v. n. irreg. 
 [ex, "out or forth;" go, "to go "J Togo 
 out, OT forth, from. 
 
 ex-erc6o, ercfli, ercltum, ercere, 2. v. 
 a. [for ex-arceo ; fr. ex, " out ;" arceo, 
 " to inclose "j To practise, exercine. 
 
 exercita-tic, tlOnis, f. [exercIt(a)-o, 
 " to exercise "] Exercise, practice. 
 
 exercita-tu8, taj turn, adj. [id.] 
 Well, or fully exercised, trained, prac- 
 tised. 
 
 exerc-itus, Itus, m. [exeroCo, "to 
 exercise "] A trained, exercisi'd, or disci- 
 plined body of men ; an army. 
 
 exig-ii-itas. itatis, f. [exigii-us (of 
 time), 'short''] Shortness. 
 
 exim-ius, la, lum, adj. [exim-o, " to 
 take out "] Of abstract things : Extraor- 
 dinary, remarkable. 
 
 existlma-tio, tlSnis, f. [exi8tim(a)-o 
 " to think "] Opinion, judgment. 
 
 ex-iatimo, istlmavi, istlmatum, istiin- 
 are.l. V. a. [for ex-aestlmo ; fr. ex, "witli- 
 out force;" aestlmo, "to think"] To 
 think, imagine, deem, suppose. 
 
 exp§di-tus, ca, turn, adj. [expCdl-o, 
 to set free"] Unencumbered, vdthout 
 baggage, light-armed. 
 
 ex-pello, pilli, pulsum, pellere, 3. v.a. 
 [ex, " out ;' pelJo, " to drive "J To dnve 
 out, expel. 
 
 ex-p6rior, pertussum, pCriri, 4..v.dep. 
 [ex, " thoroughly ;" obsol. pCrlor, " to go 
 or pass through ;" hence, " to try "J To 
 try, prove, put to the test: to mMce trial 
 of, experience. 
 
 eXDlora-tor. toria. tn. fes'ilor'siVo 
 
 "to spy out"] A spy, scout. " ' "^ ' 
 
 explora-tus, ta, turn, adj. [explor(aV. 
 o, 'to search out") ("Searched out'^) 
 Certain, as^rertained, sure, knoum. 
 
 ex-primo, prcssi, pressum, primSre, 
 3. V. a. [for ex-prCmo ; fr. ex, "out;" 
 prfimo, " to press"] To ixtort, elicit. 
 
 ex-pugrno, pugnivi, pugnatum, pug- 
 pare, 1. v.a. Jex, '^thoroughly ;" pugno. 
 "to fight"] To take by assault; to storm 
 cajitme. 
 
 ex-quiro, quislvi, qulsltum, quIrCre, 
 i. V. a. [for ex-quaero , fr. ex, "very 
 much ;" quaero, "to seek for"] To search 
 out, asceitain. 
 
 ex-sequor, sCquQtus sum, sCqui, ?.. 
 V. dep. [ex, denoting "to the end or 
 close;" sCquor, "to follow"] To follmo 
 up, carry out, enfwce. 
 
 ex specto, spectavi, spectatum, spec- 
 tare, 1. v. a. [ex, "very much;" specto, 
 to look out"] To wait fw, await, wait 
 
 to see ; to expect. 
 
 ex-striio (-triio), stnixi struotum 
 struors, 'A. v. a. [ex, 'HhorouKhly;" strOo! 
 to heap up"] To pile up, raise. 
 
 [ex, out "] On the outside, outward •— 
 extremum agmcn, (the last pari, or ex- 
 tremity, of the line of an army on the 
 march, etc.; i.e.) the rear:— in extremis 
 suis rebus, (in their extreme circum- 
 stance : i.e.) in their utmost or areatesi 
 danger. 
 
 extra, prep. gov. ace. [contr. f. extCra, 
 aU. smg. fem. of extCrus, "outward") 
 Out, or outdde, >,f ; beyond. 
 
 extremua, a, um, sup. adj.; seeex- 
 ter. As Subsr,. : extremum, \,n. The 
 end, extremity. 
 
 ex-uro, ussi, ustum, ur2re, 3. v. a 
 lex, denoting ' completeness ; " uro, "to 
 burn ' J To tmrn up, consume by fire." 
 
 P. 
 
 facll-e, adv. ifocil-is, "easy") Eagily, 
 with ease :~nou facile, not easilv. i e 
 with dijticuUy. 
 
 mc-IIis, He, adjec. [Jac-Io, "to do"] 
 Easy, devoid of diffwidiy. 
 
 fac-Inu3, InSris, n. [fac-Io, " to do "1 
 In bad sense : A bad deed, crime. 
 
 fftcio, feci, factum, filcere, 8, v. a. and 
 n. [root akin to ru, " to be" in a causa- 
 tive sense : op. fu-i; -bam in imperf. act. 
 of verbs ; Gk. <^i)a>] Act.: To make, in the 
 wiaestEcceptatio.i of the term:— proellum 
 fncere,) to make,^ i.e., to engage in battle ; 
 so hoc t-FoeHu facto, when thU ent/age- 
 meat had taken place : potestateiu sui 
 
 -*-*..., 
 
 "* Si 
 
162 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 —]■■ 
 
 i: 
 
 In 
 
 li 
 
 facere, (to maJre an opportunity of him- 
 Ke^f; I.e. at ch. 40) to afford an uppor- 
 tunity offujhfiwi ivith him ;— faoere judi- 
 cium, (to make i.e.) to form an opinion : 
 — Torfo.— Neut.: With adverbs: To act, 
 behave:— tr cere arroganter, to act arro- 
 gantly or presumptuously. 
 
 [fac-io, in the sense 
 to Bide"] A party. 
 
 fac-tlo. tlunls, (. 
 of **to talte part, 
 side, faction. 
 
 fac-tum, ti, n. [fao-io, "to do"] A 
 deed, action, act. 
 
 f&cul-tas, tatis, f. [obsoi. ficui (-fa- 
 cJl-is), *' easy "J Power, means, oiiportu- 
 nity. supply, abundance. Plur.: Means, 
 resour'xg. 
 
 fallo, f Sfelli, falsum, fallfire, S. v, a. To 
 deceive [akin to Gr. ac^aAAw]. 
 
 fa-mes, mis, t. Hunger, famine ; [root 
 BHAO, "to eat:" op. fagus ; Gr. ^riyo^, 
 4>aytiv ; Goth, boka ; Eng. beechl. 
 
 f&mil-ia, lae, f. [for famftl-Ia , fr. film- 
 lil-us, " a servant " | (" the whole number 
 of servants under one master ; a house- 
 l)old ;" hence) A family. 
 
 famili-aris, are, adj. [famlll-a] Of, or 
 belonging to, a family; intimate, friendly, 
 on good terms.— Aa Subst. familiaris, 
 ia, m. An intimate friend. 
 
 ftl8, n. indeol. The will of the gods : 
 —or it may be translated by the Eiiffiish 
 adj Lawful, permitted, allowable. 
 
 fastiflTO, avi, atuio, are, 1. v. a. To 
 make pointed ; to raise or bring up to a 
 point.—P. perf. pass.: Sloping up to a 
 paint , sloping down, steep. 
 
 mtum, ti, n. [f(a)-or, "to speak"] 
 Dfstiny, fatf.. 
 
 f&veo, favi, fautum, f&vere, 2, v. n. 
 With Dat.: To he well-disposed or favour- 
 able to; to favour. 
 
 felic-itas, Itatis, f. [felix, fellc-is " for- 
 tunate "] Good fortune, success. 
 
 fer-ax, aois, adj, ffur-o, Tof the soil), 
 "to bear, bring forth"] Fruitful, fertile, 
 productive. 
 
 fSre, adv. Nearly, jlm^st, about. 
 
 fer-o, tali, latum, ferre, v. a. [root 
 KBti, " to bear :" op. cjn'pw, (jt^pvri, <i)6poi, 
 ^aperpa ; ferax, fertilis, fortis, fortuna; 
 Goth, bar, baira ; .\.S. bere, (Soot ; here, 
 barley)! The root tul or tol. " to bear " 
 appears in 7\ano, rdXavTov ; tollo, tolero; 
 Gothic, thula; O.H.G. dolem] To bear, 
 io carry ; to submit to, suffer, tolerate, 
 endure, any person or thiutf.— Of aid: 
 To carry, bring, render. 
 
 iSi-1 liiii. ". "• •-••.-i -» ;;-«- 
 
 mmit of any kind ; r ><. a noori^ 
 
 fertn-itas, Itatia, f.- [fertn is. " fer 
 tile"] FertUUy. 
 
 fer-us, a, um, adj. ' Pierce, savage 
 [akin to «>;p, Aeolic <i>rfp, "a wild animal."] 
 
 fM-es,6i, f. ltld-o,"totrust;"] Trust, 
 faith ; fidelity ; pledged or plighted faith; 
 a promise. 
 
 f ilia, ae, f. [akin to filiua] A daughter. 
 
 filivis, li, m. [rootFti, "to beget"] A 
 
 son. 
 
 GngO, flnxi, Actum, flngere, 3, v. a. 
 [akin to Gr. Oiyya'^u), "to touch;" l-at. 
 tetigi, fl£:ura : Goth. dei<ju ; Eng. dough] 
 To form, mould, fa-ihion, etc.:— vultum 
 finj;ere, {ioforrn, ormoitZd, etc., (Ac coun- 
 tenance, f.e.) to command tkcir counte- 
 nance, 80 as to hide the fears that fllle<l 
 them. 
 
 fi-liis, nis, m. [probably for fld-iiia, fr. 
 findo, "to divide," through root ru>\ 
 An end. Piur.: Borders of a country ; 
 and 80 territory, land, country, included 
 wthin borders. 
 
 f in-itimus, Itlma, Itlmvm, adj [fin-ib; 
 see finis] Bordering upon, adjoining. 
 nei(ilil>ouyiiig As Subst.: finitimi, 
 6ru;n,m. plnr. The nelghhov ring peoples 
 
 f io, factus, sum, fieri, v. pass. Irreg.; 
 [see facio] To be made ; to oeeome ; ti 
 happen or come to pass ; to be brnught 
 about 
 
 flr-inus, ma, mum, adj . [for *er-mus, 
 fr. fCro; hence, "able to bear:" (see 
 fero)] Strong, firm. 
 
 fld.gr-itO, itavi, itatum, Itare, 1, v a. 
 7'o demand earnestly. — With double Ace.: 
 To demand something earnestly of one 
 
 fl§0. flevl, fletum, flene, 2, v. n. [root 
 PLU, " to flow :" cp. 4>\eut, fluo] To weep. 
 
 fle-tU3, tOs. m. [fle-o, "to weep"] A. 
 weeping, lamentation. 
 
 flore-ns, ntis, adj. [flore-o, " to flour- 
 ish "] Flourishing, prosperous, 
 
 flu-men, mtnis, n. [fltt-o, " to flow "J 
 A stream, river. 
 
 fl\io, iiuxi, fluxum, flilere, S.v.n. [see 
 fleoj To flow. 
 
 fore f-futurum essa), fut. inf. of sum. 
 Fore uti, (t.hM it would be, that ; J.e ) 
 that the result would be, that. 
 
 for-s, tis (only in nom. and abl.), f. 
 [jprob. forfer-tis; fr. fer-o, "to bring"] 
 Chance, hap. — Adverbial Abl.: forte, 
 By chance or accidtnt, percluinc*. 
 
 for-tis, te, adj. [see fero] Brave, hold, 
 courageous. 
 
 fnT^.f^.PiV nAv. ifnrt-'.s. "hra.?s"1 
 Bravely, Solidly, tvith bravery. 
 
 c 
 
 ti 
 
 [1 
 X 
 
VOCABULAKY. 
 
 163 
 
 fort-Itildo. ItlSdInii., 1, [f rt-ls 
 " brave "] Courage, vulo nr, bravery. 
 
 fort-una, Qnae, f. [fors, fortis, 
 "chance"] Fortune, whether good or 
 bad. Plur. : Property, fortunes. 
 
 fos-sa, ae, f, [for fod-sa; fr. f6d-Io,"to 
 dig"] A ditch, trench, fosse. 
 
 tra^go, fregi, fractum, frangCre, 3. v. 
 a. [root RAO or rro : cp. Gr. priyvvfii, 
 prjyfitV, pu>( ; Lat. friare ; Ger. brechen ; 
 Eng:. break, wreck] To shatter, wreck, 
 rum, etc. 
 
 frater, trig, m. A brother 
 
 frater-nus, na, num. adj. [frater, "a 
 brother "] Of, or beUntgiiKf to, a brother ; 
 fratf.mal. 
 
 fip6m-itus, Itus, m, [frem-o, "to roar"J 
 A roaring ; a dull, heavy sound or noise. 
 
 frons, frontis, f. [akin to Gr, 6-(/)pu'-s ; 
 Eng. brow] The fora part, or front, of 
 anything. 
 
 ftig-us, firis, n. [akin to Gr. ptyoy, 
 piydu) ; Lat, frigeo ; Ger, friezen ; Eng. 
 freeze] Cold, frost. 
 
 ftuotu-OBUS, osa, osum, adj. [fruc- 
 tu8, (uncontr. gen,i tructuis, "fruit"] 
 A hounding in fruit, fruitful, fertile, pro- 
 ductive. 
 
 fiructus, tfls, m, [for frugvtus; fr. 
 iru-or, "to enjoy"] An enjoying, enjoy- 
 ment ; fruit, produce of the soil 
 
 f rumen c-arius, aria, arium, adj. 
 [frunient-um, "corn"] Pertaining to 
 corn ; res frumentaria, com, provisions. 
 Of iplacea^ Atounding in corn. 
 
 frument-um, menti, n. [fru-or, "to 
 eat"] Com, grain. Plur,: Corn. i. e. 
 crops. 
 
 frux, frugia (mostly pi.) f, [for fru^-s ; 
 fr. FRUG, a root of fru-or, "to eat"] 
 Fruits oftha earth ; produce of the fw Ids. 
 
 mg-a, ae, f. [fflgfo, " to flee "] FLight ; 
 in fugam conjicere, {to ihrow into, i,e.) 
 to put to Jiight, rout. 
 
 fugio, fngi, fOgltum, filgCre, 3. v. n. 
 [akin to <f>vy, root of <jievyu>, " to flee "] 
 To Jlee, Jlee away, take to jiight. 
 
 fCigltiv-us, i, m. [fugltiv-us, " fleeing 
 away ") A runaway, fugitive. 
 
 fii-mus, mi, m. [root onu, "to shake:" 
 cp. flu/no?, Svia, Ovfia ; Lat. favilla ; O.II.G, 
 tunst (storm); Eng. dust] iimoke. 
 
 ftinditor, Ttorfg, m. [fund-a, "a 
 filing "] A slinger. 
 
 flindo, ffidi, ffisum, fundi're, 3, v. a. 
 [root PUD, "to pour out ;" cp. (Jr. xv<m, 
 xeo} ; Eng. gush J To rout or overt /irovi. 
 
 furor, Gris.ra. [ivLT-o] Rage, fury, mud- 
 ne8». 
 
 gai-6a, €ae, f, [root kai., " to cover :" 
 cp. ffaAujTTw, celo) A helmet, hf.ad-piece. 
 
 gener-atim, adv, [genua, gCnfir-is, 
 " a race "] By races, nations, or trihee. 
 
 gen-s, tis, f. [rootoKN, "to produce:" 
 yiyvoixai, yeVoe ; gigno, genus, gnascor ; 
 Goth. kuni(= Lat. genus)] Anation,tribe. 
 
 gSnus, Cria, n. [see gens] A race, 
 stock, family. Of things: Kind, sort. 
 
 gSro, gessi, gestuiu, geriire, 3, v. a. 
 10 do, perform, carry on. Of war: To 
 wage. 
 
 gladius, !i, m. A sword. 
 
 gl6r-ia, iae, f. [for clu-oria : fr. root 
 KLU, " to hear :" cp, Gr. xAeos, »t Autos, 
 (cAeiTos ; Lat. cluo, ausculto, cliens, in- 
 clytus] Olory, renown, fame. 
 
 gl6ri-or, atus, sum, ari, 1. v. dep. 
 [glori-a, "boasting"] To boast, vaunt, 
 pride one's self, hrag. 
 
 grandis, e, adj. Great, large. 
 
 grat-ia, Iae, [grat-us, "pleasing"] 
 [see gratus] Favour, kindness, shown 
 by another to one's self ; credit, influ- 
 ence. — Favour shown by one's self to 
 another; courtesy, kindness.— In Abl. 
 followed by Gen., Gerund in di, or Gen. 
 with Gerundive : For the sake, or purpose 
 of; on account of. -Plur.: Thanks. ' 
 
 gratula-tio, Hon is, f. rgratul(a)orJ 
 Joy, rejoicing, congratulation. 
 
 grat-ulor, niatus sum, tilarl,!. v. dep 
 |grat-us, " pleasing"] To vnsh one joy. to 
 
 offer congratulations. 
 
 gratus, ta, turn, adj. [akin to vopo, 
 Xa/Hs ; O.PLG. grierig, greedy] Dear, 
 ■pleasing, delightful 
 
 grav-is, e, adj. [akin to /Sapv's : cp 
 Ppi, ^piflus ; Lat. brutus] Heavy, weighty; 
 severe, dangerous. 
 
 gravl-ter, adv. [grav-is, "serious"! 
 Heavily, seriously, severely. 
 
 gr^V-or, atus sum, ari, 1. v. dep 
 [grav-is, "heavy "1 To feel vexed, or an- 
 noyed, at : to do something reluctantly. 
 
 hab-eo, fli, Itum, 6re, 2. v. a. To have, 
 in the widest acceptation of the term ; to 
 ^)Oi',v. ,v; to account, consider; to hold, 
 i.e., to do. make, perform. 
 
 hibern-a, orum, n. plur. [hibern-us, 
 "wintry:" root him, "to snow:" cp, hiems; 
 Gk, x>-<"f, X^i-t^'"", XeiMa ; Sansp. him' 
 hm-a, "snow;" soHiina'.aya, "house of 
 snow;" Hiinavat, "giited with snow" 
 
 G-r 
 
 y If 
 
 t 
 
IM 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 !l' 
 
 'I 
 
 InuHMi, KmodiW With ellipse of oastra, 
 ••»»<•♦» ifl occ;iMi'.Milly expreHsed . Wii.ter- 
 eaanp, winter 'iu,fti'rn. 
 
 hie, haec, hoc(t;eii. hujuH; Dat. huic), 
 pron. dein. [pronoininul root i aspirated ; 
 0^ a dera. suffix : op. i-n, i-ta, ipse ; 
 This person or thiriff : As Subst. : Thia 
 tnan,M. 
 
 hie, adv . (1. hio] In this place, here. 
 
 hl6m-o, an, atum, are, 1. v, n. [see 
 under hiberna] To vinter', to ham;, or 
 take up, ivinter-quaiters.] 
 
 h6-mo. minis, conim. gen. fprob. 
 same root as facio ; jfenerally referred to 
 huiiuia, "the ground," ami so, "the one 
 pertaininji: to the ground"] A human 
 heiiKj, a perstm; a man, a wuman. 
 
 h6nes-tU3, ta, turn, adj. [for honos- 
 tus; fr. honos. ( = honor), "honour"] 
 Honourahk 
 
 hdnor, (bonos), Oris, m.. Ilorwur, 
 respect, esteem; jnib lie honour ordmdnc- 
 tion in recognition of service rendered to 
 the state; official dignity, office. 
 
 honor-i-f ic ua, a, um, wlj. [forhon- 
 or-i-fao-us ; fr. hOiiOr, hOnOr-is; (i) oon- 
 neoting vowel; faoio, "to do "J 'fhat 
 lioen honour to oiie ; honourab e. 
 
 hdra, ae, f. [for Fosara ; same root 
 a» f tap ; Lat. ver ; Slav, jara (.spring); 
 Zend, yare ; Goth, jer(a); Norw. jiiar ; 
 Ger. jahr ; Eng. year] An, hour. 
 
 horreo, no perf. nor sup., Cre, 2. r. *. 
 To shudder, or be j'riijhteiied at. 
 
 hor-tor, tatus sum, tari, l. v. dep. 
 [root AR or OR, "to raise :" cp. opiu/aii] 
 To utrongly vrge ; to exhort, adoine. 
 
 hos-tis, tis, comm. gen. [Sana, root 
 OH AS, " to eat ; " hence, the " one enter- 
 vitdtor, friend, guest; an vntcrtainer ; 
 a host 
 
 hospit-ium, li, n. [hospes, hosplt-is] 
 hospitality, entertainment. 
 
 hoS-pe8, pltis, m. [akin to Sanscrit 
 OHA8," to eat ;" andpet-o, " to seek."] A 
 tained "J An enemy, or Joe, of one's 
 country. Plur.: The enemy. 
 
 hue, adv, [for hoc, adverbial neut. ace. 
 of hlc, " this"] To this tdace, hither. 
 
 hume-nitas, itatis. f. |iifnnan-us, 
 "kind;" also, "refined" in manners] 
 Kindnesg, humanity ; eouriexy, or po- 
 lished, manners ; refined behaviour. 
 
 I-bi, adv. [pronominal root, i] 
 
 In that 
 
 Ic-tus, tus, UB [Tc.o, " to strike ") A 
 str< kf, hU)w. 
 
 idem, CiVlem, Idem, (tJen. ojusdem; 
 Dat. Gl(lem), pron. doni. [pronominal 
 root I, with demonstrative 8uf3x dem] 
 The sam^-. 
 
 Iden-tidem, adv. [for Id^m-tldem ; 
 fr. Idem (nf^ut. of Idem), "the same;" the 
 compoxition of tident is uncertain] he- 
 pea tiully, from tim^ to time, every now 
 end then. 
 
 idondUS, a, um, adj. Fit, suitable, 
 
 convenient. 
 
 Id-U8, Hum, f . plur. [prob. Td-tlo, " to 
 divide;" root vid, as in divido. henoe the 
 day dividing the montli] TheJdes: the 
 fifteenth day of the months March, May, 
 July and October; the thirteenth day 
 of tlie remaining months. 
 
 ignis, is (Abl. igni), m. Fire. 
 
 i-gnd-i'O, ravi, ratum, rare, 1. v. a. [for 
 in-gno-ro; fr. in, " ne^'ative" particle; 
 root "NO ; whence nosto, old form gno- 
 sco, " to know "J A'ot to know, or huno 
 of, to be ignorant of, to be unacquainted 
 with. 
 
 i-gnosco, gnovi, gnutr.m, gnoscfire, 
 3. V. n. [fr. in-gnosco ; fr. In, " not ; " 
 gu'isco ( = nosco), "to know" with refer- 
 ence to a fault- or crime] With iJat. : 
 To pardon, foryiiie. 
 
 il-le, la, lud (Gen. illlus; Dat. illi), 
 pron. adj. [for is-ie fr is] That. 
 
 illie, adv :ille (pron.), "that"J In 
 that place, there. 
 
 im-mortS.ii3, mortale, adj. [for in- 
 mortalis- ir. in, " not;" mortalis, ' mor- 
 tal" ! Ihimortal, wtdf/ing 
 
 impedi ment.utu, menti, n [impedi- 
 o] A hindrance, ob,^taele, impediment. 
 Plur. ; The hagga<je of troops. 
 
 ira-p6d-Io, Ivi or li, Itum, ire, 4. v. a. 
 [for in-pGd-ifo ; fr. in, "in; pes. ped-is, 
 "the foot"] To hinder, obstruct, impede. 
 
 impSditUS, a, um, P. perf. pass, of 
 imp<?aIo,— Of troops: Encumbered with 
 baggage. 
 
 Jm-pello, paii, pulsum, peliere, 3. v, 
 a. If or in-pello ; fr. in, "against;" pello, 
 " to drive '] To push forwards ; to i'>H- 
 pel, %irge, instigate. 
 
 im-peiidSo, no perf nor sup,, pen- 
 dere, 2. v. n. [for in-pendeo ; fr. in, 
 "upon or over;" pendCo, 'to hang 
 down "] To overhang. 
 
 impera-tor, ioris, m. [imper(a)-o, 
 " to command "] A commander, esp . a 
 
 cnmmander-inchief, 
 
 imp6ra-tum, ti, n, [impes-(ft)-o, "to 
 
 ,-.— 1 »»1 A .- .-J -_i 
 
 
VOCABULABY. 
 
 161) 
 
 
 "to 
 
 • *'??*^-J*^?' P^^r'K P<5rItuM, adj. [for 
 
 fuP-l With Oen.: Umkilful, umkiUed, 
 or'.nexp^iencedtn, not acquainted with. 
 
 Imp6r-Ium, li, n. [imper-o, "toccm- 
 mand j Command; suimne i.'^vMir 
 aominwn, ' 
 
 lmp6ro, pCravi, pCratum, i)«rtre, 1. 
 v.a. [forinparp; tr. m, "upon;" piro. 
 
 to put ] To comrruind, order hid: 
 to make a requisition for, to demand. 
 
 Im-p^trOj potravi, pcHratum, pGtrare 
 1. V. a [for inpatro, fr in. " withuut 
 force; patro, " to perform "I To net. 
 
 Imp6t-U8, U8, m. fimpeto, "to fall 
 upon, or attack "J Jn attach, asuault 
 on-»et ; tmpetuoitity, force. 
 
 im-ploro. pldravi, ploratum, plorare, 
 I-" a- f'or i"-P}oro; fr. in, "upon." 
 ploro." to bewail;" hence, "to cry out 
 aloud"] To beg, beseech, entreat, im- 
 plore, 
 
 im-p6no, pOsfli, pOsItum, p(3,ifiie„ 3 
 l^- [fo/jn-P^no; fr- In, "upon;" ocno! 
 "to put "J WithDat.: To put or place, 
 upon, to mount on horses. Of a tribute • 
 lo impose. 
 
 im-porto, portavi, portatum, portare, 
 1 V, a. ,for in-porto; for in, "into;" 
 porto, " to carry, or brin«: "j To carry or 
 07-iruj into < country to import. 
 
 im-pr6bu8, prOba, probum, aaj. [for 
 m-prdbus; fr. in, "not;"pr0bu8 "goud"! 
 Had. aootninable, wicked. 
 
 imprdvl8-o, adv. limprovlsus, "un- 
 fort.^een "] Unexpectedly, Huddenly, on a 
 yuddiin 
 
 im-provtsus, provlsa, prOvlsum, adj. 
 ffor m-provisu8 ; fr. in, "not;" prOMsun 
 " foreseen "] Jfot foraieen, unforeseen, 
 xmemiected : -de improviao, unexpectedly. 
 
 Im-pugno, pUifnavi, pugnatum, pug 
 nare, 1. v. a. [for in pugno ; fr. in, 
 •against;" pugno] To pjht against; to 
 attack. 
 
 impune, adv [impun-is, "unpun- 
 ished"] Without puniifhvrtent, without 
 harm or loxs, unth impunity. 
 
 impun-itas, Itatis, f [idl Freedom 
 Qvsajcty, from punish m^eru ; impunily. ' 
 
 in, prep. gov. abl. and actr.: With Abi. : 
 in; awcrn^.— With Gerunds or Gerund- 
 ives : In, durino ; on, ui'on. - With neut. 
 adj. to form adverbial exprossions : in oc- 
 culto, secretly, in secret.— With Ace • 
 /n«o.— With verbs of rest to denote going 
 mto or to, a place and then doing the ac- 
 tion denoted by the verb :— oollocare pro 
 i>inqua« suas nupluni in alias oivitates 
 
 itotake his Hnswomen, to be married, into 
 other states, and there give them in mar- 
 naff,:; i.e.) to .'tettle his kinswomen in 
 man-xige m other. .totes. -Upon ; against, 
 at. Jo: ; toj towards; afUr, accordim 
 to .--miruni in inodunn, afterawond.erful 
 m^inner, •' 
 
 in-cen-do, dl, sum, d6re, 3. v. a. [for 
 n-cando ; fr. m, " in or into ;" root can. 
 
 bum'"' "" ' ^' "'""^ ^'^ *^^ '^^^^> 
 
 incldo, cidi, oasum. cldtire. 3. v n 
 
 f^ii I ^ ,^ *? '^"** ^°°- ^^ person : To 
 fall into the hands of. 
 
 in-cido, cIdi, cisum, cidcre, 3. v. a. ffor 
 in.C|.edo; fr. In. "into;" caedo "to 
 cut ] To cut partially ; to make a cut in. 
 
 in-ClpIo, cOpi, ceptum, oluCie, 3. v. a 
 take ] To begin, commence. 
 
 Incitatus, a, um: P. nerf na«. nf 
 inclto: Ofahoree: Atfullspe^^' 
 
 In-clto, citavi, citatum, oltare. 1 v a 
 ll"^5H *'*?'°"* 'orce;cIto, "to set' in 
 rapid motion j To arouse, excite, incite. 
 
 Incolo. c51ni, cultum, cfllere, 3. v a 
 wnda [in " ,n ; " colo^ to " dwell "1 Act • 
 To mhabit Neut. : T^o dwell, reside ' 
 
 ln-colCiml8, oClilme, adj. [in, in " in 
 terisivo "force ; obsol. cfllflmis, »life"j 
 <^u'te safe, safe, in Mfety. ' 
 
 .. .^w !;n°^°^°^,"^^ ^' "■ [incominrxiua. 
 
 incredibilis, crsdlblle, adjeotiv. fjn 
 " .;ot, ; ■ crMlbllis, • ' to '>e believed "j & 
 to he heheved, incredible, extraordinary 
 
 in-orep-ito. itavi, itatum, itare. i v 
 a. and n. freq. [incrCp-o, " to make a noile 
 aganiBt; to exclaim loualy against"! 
 Act.: re inveii,h a>,ainsti to taunt re. 
 proach. Neut.: To taunt, revil. 
 
 in-cus-0, 4vi, atum, are, l.v.a ffor m 
 oau^-o fr. in, " against ; " oans-a ^ 
 S^il^i ^ ^^--> fi^AT'unt,: 
 
 fr^Sr;'!'"^.*!?"'^' f^?-- inourr-sus ; 
 ir. incuir-o, "to run aga nst ;" henof- 
 to attack "] An attack, unset, kssauft.' ' 
 l-n-de, adv. [probably fr pronomin.l 
 root I , with n epenthetic ; de, suffix "' ' 
 p^e ■ From that place or quurierO^Je ^ 
 Of UmH- After that. "^ "'"^r,i.%enLc. ^ 
 
 indlc-ium, li, n. [indlc-o, "to make ^ 
 known "] Injormafion. ^^^^ 
 
 r, ^'^.■**ico, dixi, dicfiim, diofire 8 v „ 
 '"' .."^"K'Sieniative" rorj«: dloo ''fr, 
 
 nt 
 
 T 
 
 t'l 
 
166 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 If 
 
 'f 
 
 indlsrn-Itas. Itfltis, f. [indisn-us, •un- 
 worthy^'] Unworthy treatment, iiulvj- 
 nity, etc. 
 
 indiligen-ter. adv. [for indilitrent- 
 ter; fr. indtlleens, indlll^'ent-iB, "care- 
 leas"] Carelesdy, heedlessly, neijlvjentiy. 
 induco, duxi, ductuui, ducere. 3 v a. 
 [in, " into ; " dfico, ' to lead "J To move, 
 excite, stimulate. 
 
 lndulg6o, ulsi, ultum, ulgOre, 2.v.n. 
 With Dat.: To be kind, or indulgent, to , 
 to favour. 
 
 indiio, dncre, datum, daSre, 8. r. a. 
 [op. ivBviu,] To put on. 
 
 in-6o, ivi or 11, Itum, ire, v. a. [in» 
 "iuto;" 6o, "to go"] To enter upon, 
 6«(/in, commence.- 01 a plan: iofvnn, 
 adopt. 
 
 in-erm-is, e, adj. [for in-armis ; fr. 
 In, "not;" anna, "arms"] Not having, 
 or without arms ; unarmed. 
 
 in-enn-us, a, um, adj. [tor in-arm us , 
 fr. In, "not;" »rn' a, "arms"] Not hav- 
 ing, or without arm^ ; unanned —The 
 fonn inermus is rare ; inermis is gener- 
 ally found. 
 
 inf6r-lor, lus. coinp. adj. [infer-us, 
 " that is below "] Lower 
 
 in: iro, tftli, (il)-latuni, ferre, v. a. [m ; 
 ffiro, " to bear ; " in, " into "J To bear, 
 carry, or bring, into or 1o ; [in " against ;" 
 To bring, or :arry against: — bellum in 
 ferre (to eaiTy war agninst one, i.e.) to 
 to mahe war upon, one, wage war against 
 one; — so inferre calainitatem or injuri 
 am, 1;o inflict a calamitii or injury ; in 
 ferr? vulnera, to inflict wonm^s ; signa 
 inferre, (to carry the stavdards against 
 one ; i.e.) to advance to the attark. Of 
 a cause or reason : To assign, albg"-. 
 
 in-f-6rus, era, Crum, adj. [in, 'inf 
 suiflx 6ru8, with riigamma or f prefixed] 
 Pos.: That is below, beneath, or under- 
 neath; low. 
 
 in-flecto, necti, inflexum, infiectCro, 
 3. V. a. [in, " without force ;" fleoto, "to 
 bend"] To bend. With 1 ersonal pron. 
 in reflexive force: Of things; To bend 
 itself, become bent. 
 
 in-flilo, fluxi, fluxum, fltiere, 3 v. n. 
 [in. " into ; " flCio, " to flow "] Of a river : 
 Tofljow or run into ; to empty itself into. 
 
 iu-gens, gentis, adj. [in, " not ;" gens 
 " a race or kind "] Vast, immense, huge. 
 
 in-flrr§dior, gressus sum, grCdi, 3. v. 
 dep. [for in-gritdlor ; fr. In, " into ;" grid- 
 lor, "to step"] Toimter. 
 
 iniqu-itas (qua.l;isyll.)Ita(i3, f. linl- 
 iju uC" tr=?ven ;" ■■''-■ " "nfavorahh; "] 
 Uneoeness ; unjavourableness. 
 
 In-Imlcus, ImK», ImTcum, adj. (for 
 In-aniUrjs; fr in, "not," ftmlcus, 
 " fiicndlv •■] Unfriendly, hostile, mimi- 
 cal. As" Subst. in-imicU8, i, m. A 
 jirivate enemy or foe. 
 
 in-iquuB. Iqua, Iquum, adj. [for in- 
 aoqiius; fr m, " not ;" aequus, "Just J 
 Unjust. 
 
 in-itiurr, tli. n [inCo, "to go in,"] 
 A beoinning, eoTnmenceinent. 
 
 Injlclo, jCc'i, jectum, jlcCre, 3. v. a. 
 [for in-jAcIo, fr. in, "into;" jficlo, "to 
 throw"] Mentally, with Ace. of thing 
 and Dat. of person, and in Pass, with 
 I)pt of person alone: To i)ifuse soma- 
 thing ituo wie, ; toinspire one with some 
 feeling. 
 
 injuria, ae, f [injur-Tus,"injurious"l 
 Unjust or urrongful cmnluct, injustice, ; n 
 wrong, injurv-' Adverbial Abl.: Injuri.'i, 
 unjustly, undeservedly, without cause. 
 
 in-jus-sus, sus (only found in Abl 
 Sing,), m. [for in-jub sua , fr in, "not;" 
 jubOo, to "command" J Without com- 
 mand :--ininsa\i suo, vnthout his com- 
 mand or order. 
 
 in-nascor, natus sum, nasci, 3. v. dep. 
 [in, " in ; " nascor, "to be born "] Men- 
 tally . 2'o anse, or spring ui, in the 
 mind ; to be produced 
 
 innocenti-a, lae, f. [inn^mns, inn6 
 cent-is, "innocent"] Uprighhiess, in- 
 tegrity, innocence 
 
 inop-ia, lae, f. flnops, In«p is, " with- 
 out means"! Want, hick, scarcity. 
 
 inopina-ns, ntia, adj. [In, "not;" 
 opiii(a)or, "to expect "| N"t expecting, 
 off one's guard, unaware. 
 
 in-quiro, quistvi, quisltum, quTrCre, 
 8. V a. [for in-'uiaero, ; fr. in, " witliout 
 force ;" quaeiO, " to seek "] Mentally : 
 Without object : To enquire, make en- 
 quiries. 
 
 in-sciens, sclentis, adj. [in, " not ; " 
 sciens, "knowing"] Unaware, without 
 one's knowledge. 
 
 in-S<^quor, sequutus sum, sCqui, 3. v 
 dep. [in, " after or upon ; " sCipior, " to 
 follow "] To follow after or close upon ; 
 to pursue, press tipon the fleeing enemy. 
 
 insid-iae, larum, f. plur. [insId-Co, 
 " to take up a position in a pface "] An 
 amhush, ambuscade; artifice,, plot, 
 treachery. 
 
 insign-e. is, n. [insign-is, " having a 
 mark on it"] ("Tliat which has a mark 
 on it ;" hence, " a dislinciive mark," etc.; 
 hence) A standard, ensign. 
 
 in-Hien-is, e, adj. liu, " upon ; " sig- 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 167 
 
 8««r- 
 
 nam, "• mark"l Marked, remarkable, 
 especial, * 
 
 In-Blllo, Bllfli and slHi, no sup., sfllre, 
 
 *•♦!• i"' ^'"^ 'St*^^'®: '•■• '"■ " upon ;" sa'fo, 
 
 "to leap "J To leap ti, or i/por.. 
 
 in-slsto, stiti, no 8up,, sistPre, 3. v n. 
 
 'I"' l^?^S.li ^'«*<'' "*o set one's self to 
 stand I With Dat.: To stand on or upon. 
 
 insolen-ter, adv., [for msolent-ter ; 
 fr. insolens, insolentis, " inaolent; "1 In- 
 lolently. 
 
 in-sta-r, n. Indeol. [in, "In;" sta, 
 root of sto," to stand"] A likeness of: 
 like, correspondinij to, re^emblin^. 
 
 In-stitiio, stltni, stltntum, stitncre, 3. 
 y a. [for in-statiio; fr. in, 'without 
 ♦oroe ; stftt-Qo, " to set "| Of persons : 
 1 o tram up, inHnict. 
 
 institu-tinn, ti, n. [instittt-o, "to 
 institute '] ImtUution, cvstuui,. 
 
 ln-8to, stIti, statum, stiire, 1. v.n fin 
 •'upon;" sto, "to stand"] To pre^'n 
 hard, assail, vigorously.— Ot time: To 
 *e close at hand. 
 
 in-striio, struxi, struotum, strticre, 3. 
 ''^J}?' " ^^'thout force ; " strflo, "to 
 «uiid ] Of troops : To arrange, draw 
 up,. form. 
 
 ^intel-llsro. lexi, lectum, llgSre, 3 v. a. 
 (for inter-rCffo; fr. inter "between;" 
 lego, "to choose "J To perceiw, under- 
 stand, comprehend, 
 
 inter, prep. >?ov. ace. Between, amnnq; 
 inter se, among themxelves, i.e mui'u- 
 ally, one with another Of ti nie : During 
 
 inter-cedo, cessi, cessum, cCdCre. 3 
 V. n. [inter "between;" c6do, " to jro 
 ©r come"] Of time: To intervene: to 
 be, or exist between 
 
 inter-clpio, cspi, oeptum, cfpcre, 3. 
 y. a. ffc>.- inter-capio; fr. inter, "be- 
 tween;' cnio. "to take"] Of things: 
 i o intet'Xfji ; to seize in pas.sing. 
 
 inter-ciado, clusi, clusum, cludCre 
 3.V a [inter "between ;" clf.do(=clau' 
 
 supplies. ^ ^'" '"' "-^ ^"''""^ '^°™ 
 
 inter-dico, dixi, dictmn. dicOre, 3. v 
 w/fi^n'"'. ^*«'een ; " dice, "to sptalc "] 
 With Dat. of person and Abl of place : To 
 prohibit one from coming into a place • 
 to shut one out from a pljw6. ' 
 
 inter-diu, adv. [inter, "durinc-" 
 djes, • day "] During the day, by daL' 
 
 val?- "^{^"^^'e '^r-. ^'■'^'' " a* inter- 
 vals , duni] Sometimes, occasionally. 
 
 int6r-6a, adv. [for intCr-cam ; fr 
 
 L#"-^';'A?f^*'^«»: ^'^m- ^^- sing, fern 
 ofi8]0ftime: Meanwhile, in thf mZl , 
 
 i 
 
 inter-fido, fed, fectum, ric6re,8. ▼. 
 a. [for inter-fftcro ; fr. inter, " between ;" 
 f&cio, "to make'] To destroy, esp. to 
 kill, siay, slaughter. 
 
 interim, adv, (inter, "between;" 
 Im = 8um, aoo. maso sinp. of is] Mean- 
 while, m the meantime 
 
 int6r-Ior, lus. comp. adj. [comp. of 
 obsol. adj. mter-us, " within ''] Inn^ ; in 
 the interior of a country. 
 
 between; to intersperse. 
 
 inter-mitt o, misi missum, mittSre, 3 
 V. a. and n | inter. • apart ; " mitto, " to 
 make to go "] Act.: To leave off, or discon- 
 tinue, for awhile ; to i-iter^apt the doing 
 of a thing : intennissa nocte, a night 
 having intervened. Neut. : to leave a nace 
 or interval. 
 
 intem6c-ro, lOnis, f. [intern6o-o, " to 
 kill utterly"] UtUr destruction, exter- 
 mination. 
 
 inter-pell-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. a. 
 inter, "between;" pello, "to drive "J To 
 obstruct, hinder, molest, disturb. 
 
 inter-pono, pOsfli, pOsltum, prtnfire, 
 
 y,»'*kJ'"*®'"' "between;" p5no, "to 
 
 put ] Of a pretext, reason, etc ; To allege, 
 
 interpose. 
 
 interpres, etis, oomm. gen. An in- 
 terpreter. 
 
 inter-scindo, soldi, scissum, soin- 
 dere, a.v.a. [inter, "between;" scindo, 
 
 to cut or tear "] With accessory notion 
 of destniction : To cut down, break up 
 tear to pieces, destroy. 
 
 inter-8um. fai, esse, v. n. [inter, 
 "between;" sum, "to be"] Of space, 
 10 be between, intervene. 
 
 inter-vallum, valli, n. [inter, " be- 
 tween ;" vallum, "the mound" of a camp) 
 An interval of space ; distance. 
 
 in-texo, texOi, textum, texfire] 3.v.a. 
 (In, "in or among;" texo, "to weave"] 
 10 interlace, interttvine. 
 
 intra, prep. gov. ace. [eontr. f r. intSra. 
 abl. sm^. fern, of absol. interus, "within"] 
 On the ini/ide of, within. 
 
 in-tro, travi, tratum, trare, 1. v. n. 
 With accessory notion of force : To pene- 
 trate, get inside, enter, 
 
 intro-duco, duxi, duotum, duoSre, 
 3.v.a. [intro, "within, inside;" dQco, "to 
 lead"] Folid. byinc. Aca: To lead with- 
 vn, inside of or into. 
 
 intro-mitto, misi, m'-hium, mittfire, 
 3.v.a. [mtro, " within ; ' miito, " to send") 
 i o senii ii/irhin or inside ; ic tend in. 
 
 OKI, 
 
 A'^J 
 
 m 
 
168 
 
 VOCABULAKY. 
 
 .^^k. 
 
 Mr 
 
 In-ttiSor, tnuus sum, tfiCri, 2. v. dep. 
 [in, '* at or upon ; " tncor, " to look "] To 
 look at or ujKm ; to cast the eyen down 
 upon. 
 
 In-USlt&tus, usIUta, usltatuin, adj. 
 fin, "not;" usitiitus, "usual"! Not visual, 
 ummial, uncairimon. 
 
 in-utUis, utile, adj. lln, "not;" utU- 
 is, "useful ] Not US' Jul, useless, qf no 
 use. 
 
 in-vfinio, veni, ventum, venire, 4. v. 
 a. [in, " upon ; " vCnlo, " to coins "] To 
 find, discover. 
 
 in-v6t6rasco, vCtCiavi, no sup., vct- 
 CrasoCre, 3.v.a. [in, "without force ;" vet- 
 erasco, "to prow old"]. To grow old: 
 to he established. 
 
 in-victus, victa vietum, adj [in, 
 "not;" victus, "conquered"] (Incon- 
 quercd, unv.^vjuixlied , not to be ion- 
 qvtred, invimihl'. 
 
 in-video, v'.di, visum. vIdCre, 2. v. a. 
 |in, " at or ton irds ;" video, " to look "] 
 In a bad senȣ To envy 
 
 invito, avi, atum, are, l. v. a. To 
 inirite 
 
 in-vit-us, ta, turn, adj. Umvlllinr), 
 reluctant, againxt one's loill. 
 
 i-pse, psa, psum, pron. dein [for is- 
 pse ; fr. is : suffix, pse] Self, very, identi- 
 cal. 
 
 ira-cundus, cunda, cundum, adj. 
 (ira-scor, "to be anj^ry"] Very anijry 
 or wrathful, full of rage or pasrnon. 
 
 ir-ridiciile, adv. [for in-ndicule ; fr. 
 In, "not;" ridlcfdis 'laughably, hu- 
 mourously "] Not humourously, ummtti- 
 ly ; without unt or humour. 
 
 Ir-rideo, nsi, risum, ndere, 2. v n. 
 [for in-rideo; fr. in, "without force;" 
 rideo, "to laugh;" hence "to laugh in 
 ridicule "] To laugh in ridicule ; to mock, 
 jeer. 
 
 is, Sa, id, pron. dera. [pronominal root 
 1 1 This, that person or thing just men- 
 tioned. 
 
 ita, adv. : 7 ftiw, in this way or Tnan- 
 ner, so ; in the following way or man- 
 ner ; accordingly. 
 
 ita-que, conj. [Ita, "thus;" qu6, 
 " and "] And thu^; and so. On this, or 
 that account ; therefore. 
 
 item, adv.: So, even so, in like man- 
 ner ; also, likewise. 
 
 i-ter, tinuris, n. [iio, "to go," through 
 root i] Of troops : A march ; a journey , 
 a road, way. 
 
 iter-um, adv. Anew, afresh, a second 
 time, aaain. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jft-c6o, cfll, oliuiii, oCre, 2. v. n Ta 
 have fallen in battle, etc.; to be lying 
 slain. 
 
 jacio, jCci, jactum, jicCre, 8. v. a. Tc 
 throw, cast, jUng.— Of earthworks: Tt 
 throw tip, construct by throwing up earth. 
 
 jac-to, tavi, tatuui. tare, 1. v. a. freq. 
 [jacio, "to throw"] Of the arms: To 
 throw or toss abirut.—Ot matters: Tc 
 agitate, discuss. 
 
 jam, adv. [prob. for earn, fr. is, " this"] 
 At this time, now; already. 
 
 jCiba, ae, f. The mane of a horse. 
 
 jiibSo, i.ussi, jussum, jflbCre, 2. v. a. 
 
 To order, command, bid. 
 
 judic-ium, H, n. [jftdico, " to judge"] 
 A trial ; decree, decision ; judgment, 
 opinion. 
 
 ju-dic-o, fivi, atum, are, 1. v. a. and n. 
 [for jur-dlc-o; fr. jus, jflris, "law;" 
 dic-o, " to point out "] Act. : To decide, 
 determine; to deem, consider, judge. 
 Neiit.: To settle, come to a decision or de- 
 termination. 
 
 Jug-um, i, n. [jungi, "to join," root 
 JUG I Of mountains: A height, summit 
 ridge A yoke formed by a spear fastened 
 horizontally to the top of two other spears 
 se*, uprightin the ground, beneath which a 
 vatKjuished force was compelled to pass 
 as a token of submission. 
 
 ju-mentum, menti, n. [for jug- 
 nientum ; fr. jungo, " to yoke ;" root jug] 
 A draught animal, beast of burden. 
 
 junf^O, junxi, junctum, jungSre, 8. v. 
 a. [see jus] To join, unite. 
 
 ju-ro, ravi, ratum, rare, 1. v. n. [root 
 YU, "to join" or "bind"] To take an 
 oath ; to swear. 
 
 JU-S, ris, n. [rootvo, "to join;" cp. 
 ievyvvfjii, jungo] Law, whether natural, 
 human or divine. A right or privilege; 
 power, authority. 
 
 jus-jura-ndum. Gen. juris-jura-ndi, 
 n. [jus, " a right ; " jur(a)-o, " to swear"] 
 An oath. 
 
 just-itia, Itlae, f. [see jus] Justice. 
 
 just-US, ta, turn, adj [for jur-tus ; fr. 
 jus, juris, " law "] Ju:St, proper, right. 
 
 jilvo, juvi, jutum, jtlvare, 1. v. a. To 
 help, aid, assi^it. 
 
 luxta, adv. [prob. for jug-sta ; fr. 
 JUG, root of jungo, " to join ;" bta, root 
 of sto, "to stand "J Close at hand, hard 
 ky, near. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 169 
 
 ' this"] 
 
 Kftl-endae,endarum, f. plur.C Thinifs 
 to be called out or proclaimed"; i.e., the 
 Nones, whether they were to be on the 
 fifth or seventh day of the month. The 
 proclamation was alwa\8 made by the 
 Pontiflces on the^V;*( day of the month 
 hence «»lled) Thi Kalends [killo=»caAi. 
 "to call out." ' 
 
 l*]5-or, oris, m. [root lab, "tojret" 
 or " to gain :" cp. Aa/3etV] Toil, exertion, 
 labour. ' 
 
 1& bor-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v n. and 
 a. [labor, "labour"] Neut.: To labour, 
 toiL Or soldiers. To be hurd presxed: 
 to be m dan/er Act.; To labour at; to 
 endeaootir eartustly to effect. 
 
 l&C-esso, esslvi or essli, essltum 
 essfire, 3. y. a. intens. [see lacrimal 
 10 attack, fall upon, assault, assail. 
 
 lAcrlma, ae, (old form dacrlma). f. 
 [root DAC. "to bite;" cp, Gr. Wco, 
 fittKos] A tear. 
 
 lacus, Qs, m. A kike, [akin to Aok- 
 IC05, " a pit, pond."] 
 
 ,ia-pis, pidis, m. A stone [akin to 
 Ao-ay, " a stone."] 
 
 larg-Ior, Itus sum, Iri, 4. v. dep, [lar«- 
 us, "large," hence "bountiful"] To 
 bribe. 
 
 largr-iter, adv. [largus, "largo;"' 
 hence, " extensive "] Extensively, to a 
 great extent, very much or greatiy 
 
 largi-tio, tlOnia, f. [largl-or, " to bes- 
 tow freely "] In a good sense : Liberality. 
 
 lass-itudo, Itudlnis, f. [lass-us, 
 "weary "I Wearmess, exhaustion, fa- 
 tmue. ' "^ 
 
 lat e, adv. [lat-us, " wide "1 Widely, 
 e~*emnvely, far and tride. 
 
 lat-So.tti Itum, ere, a.v.n. [root lat, 
 to be hid ; cp. \av0dfw, Antfnl To be 
 ntd, be concealed. 
 
 lat-!tudo, Itudlnis, f. [lat-us, " wide "] 
 Width, breadth. ' 
 
 latus, a, urn, adj [for stlatus : root 
 STAR, to scatter ;" cp. sterno ; aropei/- 
 
 7Z''\ 2- ^J ^^:. ^*'''^°; Enj-'- strew, 
 straw] Broad, wide. 
 
 .. ^^iH?' ,.!ll' "• fP'ob. akin to latus, 
 "wide '] ("The extended thing ;" hencej 
 A side. Of an army: The flank: 
 latere aperto, on (thein open lUink 
 1. e. on their right flank, which was 'more 
 •jxposca to the weapons of the enemy, in 
 
 consequence of its not being protecte<l 
 by the shields of the soldiers ; ch. 25. 
 ^ laua, laudis, f. [for (c)ldus : root CH" 
 'to hear;" see gloria: .'or omission o' 
 
 =clamentorJ Praise^ 
 
 initial c; cp.lamentor^ 
 commendation. 
 
 lax-o, avi, atum, are, l.v.a, [lax-us, 
 loose;" hence, in extent, "brood, ex- 
 tended "1 Of I roops : To open, open, open 
 wide ; to leave or make a spaci Mtween. 
 
 lega-tio, tfonis, t. (leg(a)o, " to send 
 on an embassy"] An embassy. The 
 iKrsons attached to ar^ embassy; delegates 
 
 lega-tus, ti, m. [\A^Anambcrsador; 
 a lieutenant-general ; a lieutenant. 
 
 .. lf,&'J°' ""^"is. '• [ICff-o, " to levy or en- 
 list 'J A Roman legion, consisting of 10 
 cohorts of infantry, and a squadron of 300 
 cavalry. 
 
 legion-arius, aria, arlum, adj. 
 [iCglo, leglon-is, "a legion"] Of , vc be- 
 longing to. a legion ; legionary. 
 
 len-itas, Itatis, f. [icn-is, ««soft 
 smooth ;•• hence, "gentle"] Gentleness. 
 
 ,^^^:}^,^^A^y- ncn-is, "soft;" hence, 
 gentle ] Gently; moderately, gradually. 
 
 lev-is, e, adj. [root lkv, " to raise ot- 
 to he hght:" op. lepus (a hare); Gk 
 e-Aaj^-us f\a<i>-6i] Light (opp. to 
 %Ar'^ ^~ troops: Light.ar;ned; 
 
 levitas, Itatis, f. [lev-is, "li^ht-" 
 hence, in character, "light-minded 
 flciile"] Light-mindedness, fickleness, 
 
 lex, ICgis, f. I=le<,'.s; fr. Ieg-o'"to 
 read ] A law, .statute, decree, ordinance. 
 
 ,-J^^®?:*®^'. '"•^- f^or IJbent-ter; fr 
 hbens, hljent-is, "willing"] Willingly. ' 
 
 liber, era, Crum, adj. [root lct " to 
 loosen:" cp. Av«,, e-Aev-eep-d? ; Latin, 
 solve (=8e-luo)] Free, unrestricted, whe- 
 ther of persons or things. 
 
 Hb^ral-itas, Itatis, f. riibfirai-is 
 "liberal'] Generosity, liberality. ' 
 
 libSral-iter, adv. [liberai-is, ■• per- 
 taining t« a free man ;" hence, "courte- 
 ous"] CouHeously. ^urn. 
 
 liber-e,adv. [liber] Freely, i.e. unre- 
 strictedly, without restraint. 
 
 lib-eri erorum, m. plur. (the sing, 
 only in late Lat.) [root i.ub or lib, "to 
 
 liber-tas, tatis, t. [iiber, 
 Freedom, liberty. 
 
 Eng. liefj 
 " free "J 
 
 OHL 
 
 liC-So, ai, Itum, ere, (usually only in 
 be allowable ; to be permitted or lawJuL 
 
170 
 
 VOCABULABT. 
 
 Pi] 
 
 lienor, ttua rom, erl, 2. ▼. dep. To bid 
 ftt an auction. 
 
 llner-ua, uae, f. [Hng-o, "to lick"l 
 Th* tongue : a langticie. 
 
 lin-tor, tris, ni. [perhaps, lino, ** to 
 •mear ;" see litera] A boat, skiff. 
 
 litera, ae, f. [root li, " to smear :" cp. 
 litufl, lino] Sinj;.: A letter of the alpha- 
 bet. — Plur.: A letter, epistle. 
 
 Jdc-U8, i, m. (Plur. l6c-l, m. and 
 Idc-a, n.) [for (8t)lo(:u9 ; root sta, "to 
 stand ;" cp. 'iarrjixi, 'iaTO<!, '/ttjAt; ; [>ntin 
 stare, sisto, status ; O.H.O. stam ; (iothic 
 standa ; Lith stote) A place. 
 
 lonff-e, adv. [long-US, " lonpr ;" hence, 
 "far on "J bar off, ata diHtance,~W\t\\ 
 Comparative and .Superlative words : By 
 far, very much, greatly. 
 
 loner-inqu-us (tris ,11.), a, um, adj. 
 [for long-hinc-vus ; fr. lotifr-us. " lon}< ;" 
 hino, "hence"! Of time: 0/ long dura- 
 tion or continuance; long contimied, long. 
 
 longr-itudo, itudlnis, f. [long-us, 
 "long^'l Length. 
 
 lon-^us, a. um, adj. Long.—Ot time : 
 Distant, far off, remote. 
 
 16qu-or, utus (and 16c-) sum, i, S.v.dep. 
 To speak, talk. 
 
 lu-na, nae, f. [for luc-na ; fr. luo Co. 
 " to shine "] The modn. 
 
 lux, lucis. f. [for hic-s ; fr. lijc-eo, " to 
 shine :" cp. luceo, lu(c)men ; Gk. A«uk-6?, 
 Aevo-au ; Scotch lowe. a flame] Light, the 
 light of day, daylight. 
 
 luxur-ia, lae, f. [obsol. adj. luxftr-is, 
 "luxurious;" fr. luxus, "luxury"] 
 Luxury. 
 
 M. 
 
 machina-tlo, tIGnis, f. [machTn(a)-or, 
 " to contrive "] An engine of war ; a ma- 
 chine. 
 
 m&K-ie, comp. adj. [mao, root of mag- 
 nus] More ; in a greater or higher degree. 
 
 mS^istr-atus, atf^^, m. [magister, 
 niagistr-i, "master"] 3/; istracy; a ma- 
 gistrate. 
 
 magn-itudo, Itudlnis, f. [magn-us] 
 Greatness, magnitude, large size. 
 
 magn-opere, adv. [for magno operc, 
 the ablatives sing, of magnus " great," 
 and Ojnis, dpfrls, " work " respectively] 
 Greatly, very greatly, exceedingly. 
 
 mag-nus, na, num, adj. [root mao, 
 "to be great:" cp. major (=mag-ior), 
 maximus (=mag siinus), magister ; Gk. 
 fieyas, ixeytOoi ; O. H. G. mihil, mer ; 
 Gothic, mikils, niais, maist (most); 
 Scotch, muckle] Great, large.— Ot sound : 
 
 Powerful, loud. Tn affe: Ortat. advtmefd. 
 
 Old. 
 
 major, us, oomp. adj.: see magnus. - 
 As Siihst.: majores, lit" m. plur.: An- 
 cestors, forefathers. 
 
 m&l-e, adv. [mal-us, " i .d ) Badly, 
 I iijuriously, to one's hurt. 
 
 m&le-fic-ium, Ti, n. or male-fao- 
 Iimi; fr. male, "ba<"y;" fiiclo, "to do"] 
 An evil deed, offetioi, crime ; mischi^, 
 harm. 
 
 m&l-US, a, um, adj. [root mal, "to 
 be black :" cp. /ix^Aa?] Bud of its kind. 
 
 manda-tum, ti, n. [mand(a)-o] A 
 command, order. 
 
 man-do, davi, datum, dare, l. v. a. 
 I man-US, "hand;" do, "to put'] Toen- 
 join, command ; to betake one's self to 
 Jlight. 
 
 man-eo, , sum, ere, 2. v. n. [root 
 MAN, "toreii un:" cp. Mef<«; To remain 
 continue. 
 
 man-i-pul-u8, i, m. [a lengthened 
 form of man-I-iil-u8, for man-i-ple-us ; fr. 
 man-US "ahatiil ;" (i) connectmg vowel; 
 piL-o, ''to fill"] In the early times of the 
 Romans, the standard of a company of 
 soldiers was a pole surmounted by a small 
 bundle, as it were a mere handful of hay 
 or straw : A annpuny of soldiers belong- 
 ing to the same standard ; a maniple. 
 
 manaue-tudo, tudlnis, f. [for man- 
 suet-tudo; fr. mansuet-us, "gentle"] 
 Gentleness, mildness, clemency. 
 
 mft-nus, nus, f. [root ma or man, mean- 
 ing (1) to <omcA, as in manus; (2) to mea- 
 sure, as modus, mctior, metare, mensis ; 
 Gk. ixirpov, ixrjv ; Ooth. mena (moon); 
 Eng. moon, month ; (3) to think, mens; 
 moneo, meniri, mentior ; Gk. ft.aivofi.ai, 
 IxifivrifjiaL, fiovaa] A hand. 
 
 m§,re, is, n. [root mar, "to die:" 
 Sans, maru, "deaih ;" Slav, moro ; Celtic 
 mor ; Tilth, marios, manes ; Gothic, marei; 
 Irish, muir, "sea:" or. mar, "to be 
 bright:" as manner; fxaptxaipto ; English, 
 mei e, " sea " in mer-maid]. The sea. 
 
 mar-Itimus, Itl'.ia, Itlmum, adj. 
 [mar-e, "the sea"] On the sea-coast; 
 bordering on the sea ; maritime. 
 
 mSit&ra.ae. f. A Celtic javelin or pike. 
 
 ma-ter, tns, f. [root ma, " to produce;" 
 Gk. MijTJJp] A mother. 
 
 matr-imonium, Imonii, n. [mater, 
 matr-is, "mother"] Marriage, matri- 
 mony. 
 
 mature, adv. [maturus] Earlg, speed- 
 ily, soon. 
 
 matur-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. a. fma- 
 
 w\ 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 171 
 
 Badly, 
 
 [mater, 
 matri- 
 
 t M, "quick"] To h,ut«n, quu'ken. or 
 a -fleral 
 
 aaaturuB, a, imi, adj. Ilipe. 
 
 maxim-e, sup. adv. [mavim-usl /n 
 the fjretitenf, or hir/hent </. -ree ; very 
 ijreMly ; enin'cially, chiefly. 
 
 m6d!6cr iter, ulv. fmediocris, 
 "nw)derate"J Moderately. 
 
 mM-Ius, ra. luni. adj. Middle, wid \ 
 the muhUe qf that denoted by the subst- 
 with which it is in attribution. 
 
 m6ra6r-ia, lae, f. [memflr, "mindful"] 
 Memory, recollectiun, revumbrance. 
 
 meil-8, ti8, f. [seemanus: The mind, 
 aa beinj,' the orijfin of thought. 
 
 mensis, is, m. (see man us] A month, . 
 as a meivsurc of time. 
 
 merca-tor, tOris, m. Im' rc!(a)-or, "to 
 Iniflo "] A trader, merchant. 
 
 mer-CG-s, dis, f. [for mer-owi-s ; fr, 
 merx, merc-is, "gain ;" ccd-o, ' tv) come"] 
 leward, recoinpm.ie ; terms, condition. 
 m6r-6or, Itua siim, Ori, 2. v. dep. To 
 denerve or merit. -With Adv.: To act or 
 conduct one's, etc., in tlie way denoted by 
 the accompanying verb. 
 
 meri-dies, dici, m. [for mCdi-dles ; 
 fr. m(5di-us. "mid-lie;" dies, "day"] Jlfirf. 
 day, noon 
 
 mer-itum, Iti, n. [tnfir-eor, "to de- 
 serve "] Desert, m^rit. 
 
 metior, mensus sum, mOllri, 4. v. dep. 
 [seemanus] To measure, m.easure, m/^a- 
 sure out for division. 
 
 miles, Itis, comm. gen. A soldier. 
 
 milit-aris, are, adj. [miles, miirt-ig, 
 " a soldier "j Military, ■pcrtdainq to war: 
 —res militaris. mil it ary affairs, i e., viiK- 
 tary science, etc. 
 
 mill-e, num. adj. indecl. A thousand, 
 
 minim-e, sup. adv. mlnlm-us] In the 
 least degree, by no means; 
 
 minim-tim, sup. adv. [adverbial ncut. 
 of minlm-us) Very little, ven) slightly, not 
 at all. 
 
 min-uo, fii, utum, flCre, 3.v.n. [root 
 MIX, "to lessen:" op. minor, ixivvOm] To 
 grow or become less ; io diminish. 
 
 minus, comp. adv. [adverbial neut. 
 of minor] Less ;— nihilominus (sometimes 
 written as one word, nihilominus), by 
 nothing the iess, i.e. none the less, never- 
 iheless, notwithstanding.— To make an 
 emphatic negation : Not at all, in no de- 
 gree: - minus i)os3e, he was quite unable. 
 
 miror, rat us sum, ran 1. v, dep. To 
 wonder ; to wonder, or inan-elot. 
 
 mirus, a, um, adj. [miror, " to won- 
 
 der") Wonderful, amazing, manellous. 
 
 et<- 
 
 tiiiBer, era, Cnim, adj. Wretched, 
 miserable, 
 
 mIs6r-or, nHis sum, arl, I. v. dep. 
 
 miser, ' vvrelcli.l") To lament, dephrre, 
 wail. 
 
 mitto, misi, missum, mittCre, 3. v. n. 
 Ti> let, suffer, or allow, to go ; to camie to 
 {/o ; to send ; to cost, hurl, launch. 
 
 mobn-itas, Itatis, f. [mobil-is.'-move- 
 ahle;" hence, "flekle") Fickleness, 
 changeab'eness, inconstancy. 
 
 m6do, adv. Oidy, merely. 
 
 mo-dus. di, HI. [see manus] A man- 
 ner, method, way, mode. 
 
 moen-ia, lum, n. plur. |root mun, "to 
 ward off :" op. munio ; a-o^iv^iv] Walls, 
 ramparts, as a means of v\,ir«ling off the 
 enemy. 
 
 molest-e, adv. molest-un, " trouble- 
 some] In a tronhlesmne way 
 
 mol-o, ni, Itum, ore, S.v.a. To grind, 
 crash, bruise com. 
 
 mon-eo, fii, Itum. ere. 2. v. a. [see 
 manus] To warn, advise, admonish. 
 
 mon-s, tis, m. iformin-s; fr.mln-Go, 
 to project "J A mountain, mount. 
 
 mor-ior. taussum, i or Iri, 3. v. dep. 
 [see mare] To die, 
 
 mor-or, atus sum, ari, l.v.deo.a. fmor- 
 a "delay "] To delay, i.e., to tarry, linger 
 stay. 
 
 mo:--a, tis, f. [mOr-lor, . , Me "j 
 Death .'—mortem sibi consciscere , see 
 co?iscisco. 
 
 m-OS, oris, m. [prob. for me-os; fr. 
 
 mO-o, " to go "] Practice, usage, custom. 
 
 moveo, movi, niotum, mOvCre, 2. v. a. 
 
 To move, set in motion, 
 
 mulier, oris, f. A woman. 
 
 mult-itudo, Itudlnis, f. [mult-us] A 
 
 great number ; a multitude. 
 
 mult-um, adv. [adverbial aoo. neut. 
 of mult-usj Much, greatly. 
 
 mul-tus, ta, turn, adj.: Sing.: Much: 
 — multo. adverbial abl. of measure: By 
 much ; far, jar more ; very much, etc. - 
 In collective force : Many a, i.e., many, 
 7inmcrotis.— Plur.: Many, numerous. 
 
 muni-mentum, menti, n. [munl-o, 
 "to fortify "J A fortification, safeguard, 
 defence, protection. 
 
 muu-io (old form moen-io), ivi or li, 
 Itum, ire, 4.v.a. [moen-ia, "walls"] To 
 build a wall, or raise fortiftcatioiis, 
 around ; to .fortify, to defend, protect, 
 secure, guard. 
 
 ■■%?-- :| 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 /. 
 
 
 
 
 C/. 
 
 A, 
 
 1.0 
 
 1^ ill 
 
 M 
 
 2.2 
 
 I.I 
 
 t 1^ 12.0 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 rilUlOglclpiiiU 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.6 
 
 ^^W 
 
 <^ 
 
 :\ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 ^^\ -^ *'^ 
 
 \^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
yip wj3 
 
 
 t/.x 
 
172 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 -* 
 
 i 
 
 foHxficatw7i8 ; a foHiftcation, rampart. 
 mOnus, tins, n. J gr^, present. 
 
 moenia] A wall ot % oity. 
 
 N. 
 
 nam, conj. Por. 
 
 n,^?^'^'^^c'^^i- f"*""' "'or;*' suffix, 
 quej An emphatic confirmative particle : 
 i'or, for indeed, for truly. 
 
 na(n)c-i8COr, nactus sum, nancisci, 
 3. V. dep. To get, obtain. To meet vdth, 
 find. ' 
 
 8ci°?t°HL^°J? 'P"" »°a-), tv« sum. 
 SCI, 3. V. dep. [for gna-ocor ; root ona= 
 OAN ; op. ve^-os ; jigno, eens. genus] To 
 beLom.-Ot a hUl, etc.: llrise.sprimj. 
 
 na-tio, trsnis f. [naa^jor, "to be 
 Dorn ] A nation, race of people. 
 
 n&-tur£^ t'ural, f. [id]. The na- 
 ture. I.e. the fiaturul propertu, etc.. of 
 a thing ; natural eituation or position of 
 a country, itc. 
 
 na-tus, tus (found only in Abl. binjr.) 
 m. [na-Boor, "to be born"] BiHh, a^e, 
 
 n&V-o, ayi atum. are, 1. v. a. [nSv-us 
 (-gnfivus), "diligent"] To do, perform, 
 accoinpltahvnth diligence or zeal. 
 
 nav-iciila, lotllae, f. dim. fnav-is, "a 
 vessel "J A gmall v, snel ; a boat. 
 
 nayls, is, f. A ship, vessel [akin to 
 Or. vavt ; Sans, naus.] 
 
 na.adv. a?idconJ. Adv.; JVo, 7iof ■— 
 
 ri?"'^!*"' ""* *"*"• Conj : That not ; 
 lest. After words denoting fear : That 
 After words denoting a hindrance : 
 I hat one, etc., should not, etc., do : from 
 doing, ete. 
 
 ii7?^'i. ^"°'*''c »"d interrogative particle : 
 Whether ;— ne ... an ... an, whether 
 . . . or whether . . or whether. 
 
 nee ; seo neque 
 
 ndcess-aiio, adv. [necessarl-us, "ne- 
 cessary "] Unavoidably, necessarily 
 
 nficess-arius, aria, arlum, adj [ne- 
 cesse, "needful"] Needful, necesmry 
 pressing, urgent ; nearly related to one 
 through natural ties.— As Subst.: ne- 
 CessariUB, li, m. A relative, kinsman. 
 
 ndcess-itas, Itiltis, f. [id.] Need 
 necessitp, urgency, unavoidable force o'f 
 circumstances. 
 
 ndcess-Itudo, itQdinis, f. [id.] Jie- 
 lattomhip; friendship, intimae?f. 
 
 nee-ne. oonj. [neo, " not ;" na. "or T 
 
 Vr not. * 
 
 v,?®»;°'v?''' "^.H' ""'"' ^re, 1. v.a. [root 
 NAK, "to harm :" Lat. noceo, nex, neoare 
 nox, mger ; Gk. ve^poj, viKv\] To hiE 
 
 negr-llffo, lexi, lectum, llgfire, 3. v. a 
 [for nec-lecro ; fr. nee, " not : " lejro " tt 
 gs^ther "I To, leglect. ^' ^ 
 
 nS-gr-o, avi, jtum, are, 1. V. a. ("Ta 
 say no to ;"henoe) To deky. ^ 
 
 n6g-6tium, otii, n, [for nec-atlum • 
 fr nee, "not;" otium, " leisure "]™»i 
 afair, matter, business. 
 
 ne-mo, minis, comm. gen. [contr fr 
 ne-homo ; fr. nc, " not ; ■'homo, "a peri 
 Bon ] No person, no one, nobody. 
 •«?«1"*^.^®' 'contracted nee), conj. [no. 
 a^'^ot.'''''' '^"'^''J ^eUher,'L\ 
 
 n6-qui';iuam, ndv. [ne. "not •" mii 
 quam adverbial abl. neut. of quis'-quarn 
 
 iesZ ""'"' '" "" ^"'''^""'' ^«""- 
 
 [ne 'not;" uter, in force of "either "of 
 
 nerv-us, i, m. Plur.: Might, power. 
 neu, see n5ve. 
 
 noTnor^' <^°"*'''^°*«<* °eu) conj. And 
 
 nihil ; see nihilum. 
 
 ni-hilum, i apocopated nihil confr 
 nil. indecl.), n. [for no hllumf 'fr ne 
 
 thiead ] Aotlmif/.-nihilo minus for as 
 one woi-d, nihilominus, adv.) mtatM 
 the less, nevertheless. notwithLnding. 
 
 nihilo ; see nlhllum. 
 
 nil : see nlhllum. 
 
 nisi, conj. [ne, " not ; " e|. " ifi // 
 not, I.e., unless, except. ^ ^^ 
 
 nitor, nisHs, or nixus sum. nfti 1 v 
 
 S». ''''' ^''-^ ^^ ''^y' - ^^-^; 
 
 no-bilis, bfle, adj. [no-Hco] Renow,„ul 
 celebrated, famed ; of noble bi^th hinh 
 born. As Subst: no-bilis im^; 
 nobleman, "®' *' ™- ^ 
 
 tI^^^^I'^^^' l****^' '• fnobll-is, "noble"! 
 Thenobihty, the nobles. ^ 
 
 npc6o, Oi, Itum, Ore, 2. v.a. [see neoni 
 To harm or injure. nweneoo] 
 
 no9tu, [abl. of obsolete nootus-nniri 
 By night; in the course ofSf^i^ht.^ 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 173 
 
 «i;"ne, "orT 
 
 •e, l.v.a. froot 
 >, nex, neoare, 
 h] To ml 
 
 llgrfire, 3. V. a 
 ; " lego, " U 
 
 . V. a. (•• To 
 
 r nec-dtlum ; 
 elsure"] An 
 
 I. [contr. fr. 
 5mo, •• a per- 
 
 J), conj. [no, 
 'ither, nor ; 
 
 'not;" qui- 
 ' quis-quarn, 
 pose, cause- 
 
 iitrum, adj 
 "either "of 
 her one nor 
 
 ifht, power. 
 
 con J, And 
 
 >ealh: esp. 
 
 ihil, contr. 
 ». ; fr. ne, 
 r filum, «• a 
 linua (or as 
 not at all 
 ending. 
 
 "if"] // 
 
 nfti, 3. V. 
 r depend, 
 
 Renowned, 
 ■Tth, high- 
 it ta. ' A 
 
 I, "noble"] 
 
 [»ae neoo] 
 
 tU8=nox] 
 < night. 
 
 noctrumus, uma, urnum, adj. [nox. 
 "«'t'\ '*"if?ht"j Of or belomfinp to, 
 night, by nighl ; nocturnal. 
 
 n-olo, dlQi, oUe, v. frrcff. [contracted 
 fr. ne volo ; nC, " not ;" vOlo, "to wish"! 
 lo not vnsh, to be unwilling. 
 
 no-men, minis, n. [no-sco] A name 
 purpose, design : suo nomine, on his own 
 account. 
 
 nomina-tim, adv. [n6mln(a)o, "to 
 name '] By name, expt-essly. 
 
 nomin-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. a. [no- 
 men, nomln-is, " a name "J To name: to 
 specify or mention by name. 
 
 non, adv. iVot :— non placed before a 
 negative word forms, in connection with 
 It, a slight affirmative : non nunquam, or 
 as one word, nonnunquam, (not never 
 i.e.) sometimes ; non nuUiis, or as one 
 word, nonnullus, (not none, i.e.) some. 
 
 /<.?T9^:«'-^nta- n"m- adj. inded. 
 ( Nmth ten;" te.) Ninety [non-ua, 
 ninth ; " (a) connecting vowel ; ginta= 
 k6vto.= " ten."] 
 
 .. ^?!J,"4J^°^' ^^- f"°"» "not;" dum, 
 " yet '1 Not yet. 
 
 non-nullus, nulla, nullum, adj. [non, 
 
 not ; " nuUus, " none ;" see non] Some. 
 
 non-nunquam, adv. |non, " not;" 
 nunquam, " never ;" see non] Sometimes. 
 
 nos-ter, tra, trum, pron. poss, [nosi 
 Our, our own, OMr«.— as aubst.: nostri' 
 orum, m. plur. Our men. ' 
 
 novem, num. adj. indecl. nine. 
 
 novus, a, um, adj. : New : novae res, a 
 change in the scute, a revolution. Sup.: 
 Last. As Subst. : novissimi, orum. m. 
 plur. Of soldiers : Those in the rear of an 
 army, the rear. Where a thing is last, 
 the last part of a thing : novissimum ag- 
 men, the last part of an army on march, 
 the rea'. 
 
 nox, noctis, f. [see mooeo.]. Night. 
 
 nubo, nupsi and nupta sum), nuptum 
 nubere, 3. v. a. andn. [nub-es, "a cloud"] 
 (hence, to put on the bridal veil) To 
 marry or wed, to be married. 
 
 nud-o, avi, atum, are, l.v.a. [nud-ua, 
 "naked"] With Abl.: To stnp of, leave 
 bare of or without ; to leave exposed to the 
 enemy ; t<.) leave c^feneeless. 
 
 nud-us, a, um, adj. Naked, bare. 
 
 n-ullus, uUa, ullum, adj. [for ne-ul- 
 lus; fr. ne, " not ;" ullus, "any"] ATot 
 any, none, no • sometimes with Gen. of 
 thing distributed. 
 
 nutn, inteiTo?. particle : In direct 
 questions ; without any correspondiiig 
 force ill Kiiglish. In intJue'.'t questions : 
 Wluther. 
 
 distribute :" cp. ,.«V«i'. voy.6<: ; Lat. ne- 
 mus, immmus] A number. 
 
 .. ^^^;C. adv. Now ;akin to Gr. vvv. 
 
 tive°ruffix f '^^^"^ ''o™ <^«. demonstra- 
 
 „„^:}^^?^.?™' *^^- ['orne-unquam ; fr. 
 ne, not ; unquam, " ever ' ] Not ever. 
 
 never. ' 
 
 nunti-o, avi, atum, are, l. v. a. 
 inuntl-us] To carry or bring intelligence 
 about ; to announce. 
 
 f.^^°*^"^S' ''1? [perhaps contracted 
 fr. nov-ven-tlus ; fr. n6v-us, " new :" v6n- 
 
 tidings; a messenger, courier; news 
 or tidings; a message. 
 
 nu-r>er, adv. [for nov-per : fr nov-us 
 loTJ'Qo. ^'"'^^' ^''**^^' recmUy!^t 
 
 ('^^^:^P *H?'v"- f.""-°> "to nod"] 
 ( Anoddmgr," hence) Command, wiU. 
 
 6b, prep. gov. aoc.: ("Towards, at;" 
 
 hence) To indicate, object or cause • On 
 
 account of. for. 
 
 6b-aer-atu8, ata, atum. adj. [db. 
 
 upon ; {«s, aer-is. " bronze ; "hence 
 ^ money'] Involved in debt.—AaSubat.'- 
 obaeratus, i, m. a deltor. 
 
 ?S:'^.¥°°' <*""'• d«ctum, dfiofire, 3. v. 
 a rob, over against ;" duco, in force of 
 
 to form or construct"] To draw over 
 against or opposite. 
 
 ,.°^Vtus, tus. m. (6b6o, in the force of 
 to die through root obi (=db ; i, root 
 
 of eo, "to go")] Death, destructiok. 
 ob-iicio, jcci, jectum, jlcSre, 3. v. a. 
 
 for ob-jaclo. fr. ob, "before;" jftcio 
 
 "to throw "J To oppose, to ex^se. ' 
 
 /<.9^v^""^^,°°r' t"^ 8"'". visci, 3 v. dep. 
 ( to be melted away" from the mind- 
 hence) With Gen.: [ob. without force •" 
 root LI, "to smear or melt : " see litera'.] 
 To forget. ^ 
 
 ob-secr-o, avi, atum, are, 1. y. a [for 
 ob-sacr-o; fr. 6b, "on account of ;" sacr-a 
 
 'vS ■" ^^ ''*^' *"'*■*"*' i^f^Piore. 
 
 Ob-servo, servavi, servatum, servare 
 I-ui»,^'J"^'**'°"t force;" servo, "ti 
 
 watch "] To watch, observe, mark. 
 obses, Idis, m. andt. [for obsid-s ■ fr 
 
 obsId-6o, " to stay or remain" any where! 
 
 A hostage. ' 
 
 ob-slKno, signavi, signatum, signare. 
 t.v.a. [Ob, " without force ;" signo, "to 
 seal "] To seal, put a seal upon a wiU, 
 
 '•I 
 
174 
 
 VOJABULAKY. 
 
 Ob-stringro, Btrlnxi, rtrictiim, strin- 
 gcre, 3 V ft. [6h, "arourKl;" strinjro, 
 'to bind"] Morally: To bind, attach, 
 connect. 
 
 Ob-tIni6o, tinili, tentum, tlnoie, 2. v- 
 a^ [for ob-tcneo ; 6h, " without force ; " 
 Mneo, " to bold "] To hold or occupy ; 
 to acquirt, get ponsemon of, obtain. 
 
 ob-v6nio, vOni, ventum, venire, 4. v, 
 wJw*i^ "before," vt-Jiro, "to come"] 
 With Dat. : To /all to the lot of. 
 
 OCCa-SUS, siis, ra. [for ocoadsus ; fr- 
 occld-o, •• to set ; "J Of the 8un : The set- 
 ting or going dovm. 
 
 OC-cido, cidi, cisum, cldCre, 3. v. a. 
 for ob-caedp ; fr. db, " a«rainst ; " oaedo, 
 "to strike"] To cut dovm, kill, slay, 
 slaughter. 
 
 <x;cvd-to, tavi, tatum, tSre, 1. V. a. 
 intens. [oocdl-o, " to hide "] To hide, con- 
 ceal. 
 
 OCClll-tus, ta, turn, adj. [id ] Hid- 
 aen, concealed, secret. Ad/erbial expres- 
 sion : In ocoulto, secretly, in secret 
 
 occflpatus, a, una : P. perf. pass, of 
 oooapo : Busy, engaged, occupied. 
 
 oc-ciip-o, avi, atum. are, 1 v a ifor 
 ob-cap-io ; fr. ob, " without force ; " cap. 
 root of cap-Io. " to take "] To take or tor) 
 hold of, to seize ; to occupy, hold posses- 
 nonqf. 
 
 OC-CUPro, ourri (rarely cu-curri ', cur- 
 sum, ourrCre. 3. v. n [for ob cuiro ; fr 
 w* u ?? "^ towards ; " cuno , " to run." 
 With Dat.: To hinder, oppose, prevent. 
 
 OCd&nus, i, m. The Ocean, [d>Keav6<s. 
 
 oct-avu8, fiva, avum, num. adl 
 
 [oo*-o, "eight"] £i<7AfA. ^ 
 
 OCto. lium adj. inded. Eight. I6kt« 
 OCt6-d6cim, num. adj. indecl. ffor 
 
 octo-deoera; fr. octo, " eigrht ; " decern, 
 
 "ten"] Eighteen. 
 
 OCto-glnta, num. adj. indecl ("Eiffht- 
 ten8"J Eiffhty [OCto, "eight;" ginto- 
 Kovra 'm " ten."] 
 
 6ciil\iB, lili, m. An eye. 
 
 6di. isse, v. defect To hate. 
 
 of-fendo, fendi, fensura, fendCre, 3 
 ▼ a. [for ob-fendo ; fr. 5b, " against-" 
 fendo (•bsol.), "to strike."] To mar- 
 tify, vex, annoy, offend the feelings. 
 
 Oflfen-sio, sWnis, f. [for oflfend-slo; fi* 
 
 offendo, •' to offend "] A giving offence 
 
 ,, to ; an offending, or displeasing, of. 
 
 jf OffiSro, obtnll, oblatum, oflerre, v.a 
 
 irreg. [for ob-fdro- fr. 6b, "towards;" 
 
 f6ro, " to bring: ") To present, offer. 
 
 Offlo-Ium, i, n. [for op-faoium ; tt. 
 
 (ops) opis, " aid ; " fade. ••*» , 
 
 Duty, service, allegiance. 
 
 o-mitto, misi, iiiissinn, witWre, Ifv 
 ob-mit(.o : fr. Ob. "without force ; ' mitto, 
 to let go '] Of advice- tangled, dis 
 regard ^ ' 
 
 pmn-ino, adv, [omnii.} Altogether, at 
 
 omnia, e, adj. au. 
 
 onus. Cris, ti. [root y>', " to breathe," 
 «.«., what iiiiikes dim Wreathe :" see ani- 
 mus! A burden, lo.id. 
 
 6p6r-a, ae, f. (6p<<r-or, "to work"] 
 
 yVork, labour. ' 
 
 oportet, flit, Cht, (only in 8rd person 
 
 and inf mood 2. v n. Jt) xs necessary, 
 P, proper, ruM ; (it) behoves. . 
 
 oppidan-US, a, urn, adj. [oppidutn 
 "a town "J 0/or Monjing to atown± 
 AsSsubst.: oppldani, drum, m. Towns- 
 men, townspeople. 
 
 oppldum, in A town. 
 
 Opin-Jo, Wois, I. [opinor, " to think "]. 
 
 Upiniou. helu'j; mputalL.ii. 
 
 op-port-unus, una, ununi, adl. [for 
 ob-port-unu» ; fr. 6b, "over, against;" 
 port-us. "a harbour"] Co7„jn,imt, suit- 
 aide, .•reasonable, oj/pomine. 
 
 op-pnmo, pressi, pressum, prlmCre, 
 3. y. a. [for ob-prOmo, fr. Ob, "asaihst;" 
 promo, •• to press "] To crush, ovenchelrn. 
 overpower ' 
 
 oppugrno, pugniivi, pugnatum, 
 pugnaro, I. v. ». [for ob-pugno ; fr. Ob 
 '•agamst;" pugno, "to fight") To 
 attack, lay .ieige to, besisge, a city, 
 
 j?L^'i^* ^^-'^'"- '^'"a does not occur 
 and the Dat. Sing, is found perhaps only 
 once) f. [probably for ap-s, fr. root Ai- 
 whence ap-isoor, " to obtain "] Means of 
 any kind ; toealth, riches, resources. 
 
 optim-e, sup. adv. [optlm-us, "best") 
 m the best wny ; very or exceedingly well. 
 
 optinaus, a, um, sup. adj. Best; 
 very good or favourable. 
 
 opus, oris, n. Work, labour \ amiii- 
 tary work, fortification. . 
 
 opuS'only in Nom. and Aco.) n. in- 
 deer. Need, ncce^sitif. In connection 
 with some part of sun used aa an Adl • 
 JSeeafml, necessary. 
 
 ora-tio, tlOnis, f. [or(a)o, "to speak"! 
 A speech, oration. ^ ^ 
 
 ord-o, Inis, m. [ord-Ior, " to weave " 
 Arrangeinent, order; a line, rank, of 
 soldiers. ^ 
 
 oriens, ntis, P. pres. of Orlor: in 
 
 °"^IS A' *****'"' *o«w<i» t/w rising tun. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 rce ; ' mitto, 
 nsffUct, dis 
 
 Itogether, at 
 
 to breathe," 
 e :" see ani- 
 
 'to work"] 
 
 8rd person 
 
 9 neeeggary, 
 
 [oppidum, 
 a toion, — 
 m. Towns- 
 
 to think "J. 
 
 >», adj. [for 
 
 against ; " 
 
 'lUnt, 8uU- 
 
 n, prlmCre, 
 
 "against;" 
 •>vei-ivhelm, 
 
 pugnatum, 
 o; fr, 6b, 
 ,'ht") To 
 
 sity. 
 
 not occur, 
 rhiips only 
 ■• root Ai', 
 I Means ot 
 urces. 
 
 18, "best"] 
 inglyw«tl. 
 Ij. Best ; 
 
 )*; amUi- 
 
 CO.). n. in- 
 X)nneftion 
 ian Adj.: 
 
 to speak "J 
 
 > weave " 
 rank, of 
 
 irlor: in 
 inng ran. 
 
 6r-Ior, tus gum, iri. 8. and 4 v den 
 f loot OR, " to rise ;•• Ok. oJoJo OfX 
 
 to oegin, comtncnce. 
 
 K?I^'^»^^^}^^' •"«"". n. [orn(»).o 
 to adorn "] Ornament. dlu^oraHon 
 
 „ ^-O* 'vi. atum, are, 1. v. a, fos flr-iq 
 ;^the^mouth-]Top;.«,. ft^i^/^^rr^^ 
 
 a«elare, set forth, make knovm. 
 
 P. 
 
 #^^^.^'^<^'*'""'S' ^- [pabul(a)-or "to 
 torafire "] A foraging, coUectinffof/Jdder. 
 
 JpS.-biilum. baii, n. [pa-soo "to feoH"! 
 ormimii]a:Food,/od^r ' ^'^ed ] 
 
 pacatua, a, um, p. perf. pass 
 
 Pac-O, avi, atum, are, 1. v, a. [pax 
 Pte-w. " peaca "] To bring into a staUof 
 peace or quietness : totranquilkc. 
 
 paene, adv. Nearly, almost. 
 
 tJf^u' 'a™-, ^ <'<^nton: i.e. A dis- 
 trict of the Gauls or Germans ; the peo- 
 ple of a canton. [See pax.] "^e peo 
 
 P&Iam. edv. Openly. 
 
 pai-U8. iidis, f. A swamp, marsh 
 
 pa» rf ^~ TroT^' 
 f . perf. pass.: Of the hair :' JHsZZZ. 
 
 176 
 
 wiKkt!*^ "^J- -EiZwa^; sometimes 
 
 ^xSf'^^w^^' *» "™' P- per'- Pa«w. of 
 paro. Ready, prepared. *^ *" "' 
 
 par-6o, Oi, Itum, ere, 2. v. u. To obey. 
 pftr-o, ttvl, etum, are, 1. v. a. To 
 *nake, or get, ready ; to prepare. 
 
 sharf^' *^ '• ^ ^"^*' P'''<^' portion, 
 
 partlm, adv. [old ace. form of pars, "a 
 part,-" and used adverbially] Purtlu in 
 part.-A«8ubst.: Sonu, .--partim . V" 
 tim, tome .... totne. ^ 
 
 parv-ttlus, ttlft, tllum, adj. din 
 
 (parv-us, "small"] flight, tkjling, petty 
 
 par-vtis, v», vum, adj. SmaU, little. 
 
 " R^^n ^i"' ""• f'"*" P'«^'*"8 ; fr. PAD, 
 of l^wh. j'^ '"■ ^'"^- As a measure 
 feet *^ ^Poc* equal to five Roman 
 
 •• Ipatco, «.to lie open;" (e), connecting 
 
 "to make "J T^'^^pen, 
 of pateo- 
 
 vowel ; facio, 
 throw open. 
 
 patens, nfcis, p. pros 
 'fpen, lying open, to attiw;k. 
 
 1,-?^^'^°,' **'• ?*' «"P- ^""e. -i. V .n. To 
 exie^L ' *"■ ''^"" = '" ^''■''''''^ <^<' 
 
 who protects, [root pa "to feed7' "p 
 
 patlor, passus, sum, pati, 8. v. dep- 
 
 To bear, endure ; to allow, permit mffl- 
 
 pat-rius, la, luni, adj. [pater patr-lsl 
 
 whS?Ki.^^rex^,2L^'S.^««- 
 ^s Subst.: pauci. Omm, m. p"uV fTw 
 persons, few. ^ 
 
 paul-atim, adv. [paul-ua " litti» "i 
 %««*and little, bylgreesJgraSly 
 
 wfu^^f^^^i' f^y- ^'^-^ ^"^ « «<«« 
 
 wniie , for a short time. 
 
 " ffite'1»''' f'«'y.er}''a» abl of paul-us, 
 what ' ^ " ^*"^' « littleVsome. 
 
 paulul-um, adv. [adverbial neut ol 
 pa^ul-us. . very little"] A v^rS)^ 
 
 paul-um, adv. [adverbial naut nt 
 paul-us, "little"] Alittj!',Ze^t^' **' 
 
 to b nd ;" hence, pal us, pagus, pamna- 
 Gk. nrtyvvyn] Peace. ' *'**'"*' 
 
 pecco, avi, atum, are, J v. n. To do 
 amt,s commit a fault, transgress, of- 
 fend, do wrong. '' ' "•' 
 
 ped-es, Itis, m. [for pfid-i-t-s; fr. pes. 
 Pi^^is, " a foot ; " (t) epenthetic- i. root 
 
 ped-ester, estria, estre,. adj. [pes. 
 P';t'«' "^ioot"] On foot, thcitioi^^, 
 
 pell-ts, is, f. A skin or hide [akin to 
 
 TreAAa, a hide ]. 
 
 pello, pepttii, pulsum, pellC-re, 8. v a. 
 
 To beat, rout, , ut to flight. 
 
 pendo, pSpendi and pendi, pensum 
 
 to hang"] To -weigh, weigh out: to 
 pay. 
 
 *,.^^-'J'^'^^ 8^°^- **»•• Through, through 
 the midst of; all over or along; thrmiah 
 oy, by means of. " 
 
 (a)-or 'to enquire") Am mquiring. 
 enquiry. rt'^—Ut 
 
 ff<).' 
 
 P 
 
 n 
 
 '% 
 
 % 
 
■■ 
 
 176 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 |X 
 
 ,x 
 
 '"%, 
 
 
 !||:-' 
 
 per-dtico, diixi, duotutn, ddcrre, 8. 
 V. a. (per, " through ; " dilco, " to lead "j 
 Of a ditrh, buildint; ; To Muff, carry. 
 
 pSr-6o, Ivi or li, Itum, Ire, v. n. irreg. 
 [per, " through ; " 60, " to go "] To iteT- 
 ish, lose one's life, die. 
 
 per-f&ciiis, ficlle, adj. [pCr, in "aujf- 
 mentative " force ; facilis. " easy "] Very 
 earn/. 
 
 per-f(Sro, tali, latum, ferre, v. irreg. 
 [pfir, •' without force ; " fcro, " to bear "J 
 To hear, mthmit tc, endure. 
 
 per-f ic^O, feci, fectum, flcCre, 3 v. a. 
 [for per-McIo , fr. per, " coniiiletely ; " 
 fftclo, " to make "J To accotnpuxli, exe- 
 cute ; to compleif. 
 
 per-fMnSfO, frogi, fractum, fringCre, 
 3. V. a. [for per-fnini^o ; fr. per, 
 " through ;•' frango, 'to break "J To 
 Weak, to break thnntgh. 
 
 perfClgr-a, ae, m. [perfcig-Io, "to 
 desert "j A deserter to the enemy. 
 
 per-fCiglo, fQgl, fftgltum, filgCre, 3. v. 
 a. (per, "quite;" f Agio, " to flee "] To 
 jUe for refuge : to go over, or desert, to 
 the enemy. 
 
 pSricl-itor, itatus sum, itari, 1. v. 
 dep. n. [p6r5cl-um, "atrial, experiment"] 
 To try, prove, put to the test. 
 
 pdricCil-OSUS, osa, osum, adj. [peri- 
 culuin, " danger "J Full of danger, dan- 
 gerous, perilous. 
 
 p6r£-Ciiluin, clili, n. [obsol. piirl-or, 
 " 10 try "] A trial, experiment, attempt; 
 \vith Oojective Gen. : periculum facere (al- 
 icujus), to make trial of one, put one to 
 the te.4 ; danger peril. 
 
 p)6ri-tus, ta. turn, adj. [obsol. pCrl-or, 
 " to try "J With Gen.: Aequaintedwith, 
 skilled in. 
 
 per-rQin6o, mansi, mansum, man- 
 Cre, -i. V. n. [ncr, *' to the. end ; " manuo, 
 "to stay"] To stay to the end, to con- 
 tinue, endure; remain. 
 
 per-mitto, misi, missum, mittSre, 3. 
 V. a. [p6r, " through ; " mitto, " to let 
 go "] to give leave, or permistfion, to ; to 
 permit or allow : sometimes with Dat 
 
 per-movSo, movi, motum, mSvere, 
 2. V. a. [p6r, "thoroughly ;" movfio, "to 
 move "] To injluinr-e, affect, move deeply; 
 to induce, persuade, prevail upon. 
 
 pernic-ies, isi, t. [for pernfic-Ies ; fr 
 pernuc-o, " to kill utterly ''] Oestr".ction, 
 ruin. 
 
 per-paucus, pauca paucum, adj. 
 [pur, " very ; " paucua, " little "] Sing.. 
 very Hi tie. Plur.: Very few. 
 
 perp6tii-o, adv. [peiputA-u» "con- 
 
 stant "J Cotutantly, uninterrupieMtf. 
 
 jxf jtefually. 
 
 perpdt-ilus, fla, oum, adj. [per. 
 " through ;" root prt or pat, "to extend;" 
 op. pateo ; Qk. ireravvvtul Constant, per- 
 petual ; wholn, entire. 
 
 per ompo, rupi, ruptum, rumpSre, 
 3. V. a. [per, " through ; " rumpo, " to 
 break "] To break, or burst, through. 
 
 per-sSquor, sSqufitus sum, sfiqui, 3. 
 v. dep. [per, in " augnien ative " force ; 
 sCquor, "la follow "] To follmo persever- 
 iniily, to continue to follow. 
 
 persSver-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. n, 
 [persCvCrus, " very strict ") To persist, 
 persevere. < 
 
 per-solvo, solvi, sSlQtum, solvere, 
 3. V. a. [p6r, '' thoroughly ; " sdvo, " to 
 pay "] Of punishment : to pay, 
 
 per-splcio. spexi, spectum, spIcSre, 
 8. V. a I for per-spCcIo ; fr. per, " thor- 
 oughly ;" iBpCcIo, "to 8ee''j To ascer- 
 tain, learn. 
 
 per-suaddo, suasi, suasum. suadere, 
 2. V a. [per, " thoroughly ;" suadeo, "to 
 advise "] To convin",!; persuad*-, induce. 
 With Dat. of person and Ace. of Neut 
 pron.: To convince, or parsxiade, & per- 
 son, of or about a thing 
 
 per-terrSo, terrni, terrltum, terrere 
 2. V a. [per, "thoroughly ; " terreo, "to 
 frighten "] To frighUn thoroughly ; to 
 strike with terror. 
 
 pert!nac-Ia, lae, f. [per».'nax, pertl- 
 nao-is, "obstinate"] Obstinacy, pertina- 
 city. 
 
 per-tlnSo, tintli, teutum, tinore, 2 v. 
 n [for per-t6n6o, fr. per, " thoroughly ;" 
 t6n0,o, " to hold "] To reach, or extend, 
 to a place ; to belong, relate or have re- 
 ference to. 
 
 pertvirbo, turbavi, turbatum, tur 
 bare 1. v. a. (p6r, " utterly ;" turbo, " * 
 disturb"] To disturb utterly, to throu 
 into great confusion', to discompose, em- 
 bar ass. 
 
 per-v6nIo, vCni ventum, venire, 4. 
 V. n. [p«r, • quite ; '' vCnlo, " to come "] 
 To reach or arrive. 
 
 pes, pddis, m. [root pad, " to go;" op. 
 op pid-um ; Gk. irovt, weSiov ; Goth, fotus; 
 O.H.G. fuoz; English foot] A foot, whe- 
 ther of persons, or as a measute ; pedeni 
 referre, {to carry back the foot, ie.) to 
 retire, retreat. 
 
 p6t-o, Ivi and li, itum, Sre, S.v.a. [root 
 PAT, " to fly ;" cp. Lat. penna (=pet-na); 
 trerofiaii To Seek, i.e. to ask, beg, solicit, 
 
 entreat. 
 
 ph&lanx, ngis, t. Aphalanx,\<f>a\dyS] 
 
VOCABULAttY. 
 
 177 
 
 fcP/d"iP' '*' "• . -^ *'®*^y javelin used 
 •> the Reman infantry. 
 
 /.i!*?;^"?.: 'v'"- Thedivisioiigof the'yVt- 
 tion with «,^""^" '"™y-80 in conneo- 
 f r nih m ?'"J'"*^A ««.? P"«"I-PI1U8 [either 
 h AVJ[^T''"• '*°^'°' "'•^'^'-l^oh 
 
 ■,>i?3S'^' ***' '*"'". o™, 2. V n. To be 
 feW'^'/'"'".^'''' 'Of ''■'We. Impers.: 
 i/ood to ; it was resolved. •«««;» 
 
 plan-ittes, Itici, f. fpian-us, "flafl 
 A flat or even surface, a plain. 
 
 pleb-s, is, t. [root PLB, " to be full •" 
 cp. plenus ; ttA^Aoj] The multitude or 
 mass; the populace. »-"»c«i or 
 
 «i£!,1'^"™.9}i® "^^^ fadverbial neut. of 
 plerusque, '^the greater oart of"] For 
 the most part, generally ' 
 
 o^?^^^'?^■^^u®' Pjcra-que. plerum-qup, 
 adj. [astren^rthenedformofplerus, "verv 
 y ] Rare in Sinff.: TU larger or 
 
 many 
 
 greater part of; the m^ijority 'tf. 
 
 plurlm-um, sup. adv. (adverbial 
 neut. of pliiriiii-usj Most '""oia' 
 
 plu-rimus, rinia. rimum. sup. rdl 
 
 ing vowel ; sinius, superl suffix := ple-i- 
 almus; changed as follows : plei slnius 
 
 pll-slraus, ploi-simus, ploirOmua,' plal 
 
 Plur.. Very 
 
 rTmus] Sing.: Very much 
 many, moat numerous 
 
 .,iP^"®lr^'°'"'^' '^^' [adverbial neut. of 
 piUHj More. 
 
 poena, ae, f [root pu, "to purifv" 
 or -cleanse:" op. purus/ poenio ,Tk. 
 ^Sn^H^"."''^ ^""'P'^^ation, expiation, 
 ^w^?/r" = ~P^"'« ^''^^' V^ndire,per. 
 ^^lli^ ^""'•. S"" P^'V, satisfaction i.e. 
 to undergo pumshimnt, pay the penalty- 
 r«^"?«"^ repetere (to reseek satisfaction' 
 i.e.) to luflAct punishment. 
 
 poi-IicSor, llcltus sum, llceri, 2. v 
 
 2vP;if'":.P'^*""u^!."'^; ^' inseparable pre- 
 fix p6t, "much ;" llcCor. " t6 bid " at an 
 
 thhjg""^ "^ -^'"■'*' °' P^o^riise, ^ 
 
 pond-US, 6ri8, n. [for pend-us: fr 
 pend-o, "towei»h"]^«;ef^k 
 
 p6no, pOstti, pOsItum, ponSre, 3 v a 
 [usually regarded as contracted fr posino 
 (t.e. po, inseparable prefix with auginenta- 
 tive force ; sino. " to let down,") " to let 
 
 tTLV'^J ' " ^"' '"^^^'^ ^'- a root Pos] 
 Jo put place, or set. Of a camp : To 
 pitch ; to appoint, assign. 
 
 pon-8, tis, ni. [root 'PAK, " to .'o " on 
 pasHUS, p,!8- Ok. noi^, n,6io,, naroi' 
 i''itgjmtU] A bridge. ' 
 
 popiila-tio, tronis, f. [i)opul(a)-or 
 
 inV rJv^T^ "■' ^ '«J'"'«^ «"»"'«. <*raW 
 
 [P(^pul-U9, "a people"] To lay waste, 
 raoige, devastate. j »>».<■ , 
 
 PnP°."P^^'^^? '•'P f'orpol-pol-us; root 
 
 porrect-us, a, um, adj. [for porreg- 
 tus; fr. porrlgo, "to stretch out;" through 
 from por pro , reo, root of rCgo] Of fo- 
 calities: Extended, extensive, long. 
 
 ■por-rigro, rexi, rectum, rlgOre, 3. v a. 
 [pro forward ;" rego, "to reaoh"] To 
 stretch or extend. 
 
 through:" Gk irdpoj ,r«pci(o ; iat portus 
 pentus ; Goth, foran ; Eng. ferry, fa.^ 
 in thorouchfare) A gate of a city, house, 
 por-to, tavi tatum, tare, 1. V. a. To 
 cany, convey [prob. akin to .^«'p w.] 
 
 portor-ium, li, n. (obsol. portor = 
 portitor, " a carrier »] A toll or impost 
 paid on goods carried through a country. 
 
 posco, pOposci, no sup., poscfire. 3 
 V a. To require, demand 
 
 P08sea-aio. slonis, f [for possed-slo- 
 fr. possldeo, " to pos.se83,'] A possession', 
 occupation ' 
 
 pos-sidSo, scdi, sessum, sidgre 2 v 
 a, [for pot-sGd6o; fr. p6t (inseparable pre- 
 
 ^'''} A w""^ ' ^^''^°' '■ *" »•' "i 2-0 Lve 
 and hold ; to be master of; to own or pos- 
 sess ; to take, or hold, possession gf. 
 . possum, pOttti, no sup. , posse v n 
 irreg. [for pot-sum; fr. pOtis, "ible"' 
 sum, " to be 'J To be able, or potverfxU ■ 
 t6 have power to do, etc., something. ' 
 post, adv. and prep, [perhaps con 
 tracted from pone ("behind") est. "it 
 is "I Adv.: Of time: Afterwards, after, 
 [a<er.-Prep. gov. Ace: Of place : After 
 behind: Of time; After, subsequent to. 
 
 . post-6a, adv. [probably for post earn. 
 t.e. post, " after ; " eam, ace. sing, fem 
 of is, " this." " that "J After this or Ih^t] 
 afterwards. In combination with auam 
 or as one woid : After that. ' 
 
 postea-quam ; see postea. 
 
 P08t-6rus, era, erum, adj. [post] 
 
 Coming after, following, next. 
 
 post-quam, (also written as two 
 words, post quam,)conj. [post, " after • " 
 quam, "that"] After that, when, ag 
 soon as. 
 
 J^ 
 
178 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ill!: 
 
 postr-i-dle, adv toiii;r. fr poster I- 
 dle, i.e. poHtC-r o .He; the respective 
 abUtivesof postt-r us, " f<j!lowijij;;"d:c3, 
 " day ; " with (j) connecting vowelj On 
 th« day <nfUr, on ihe following diy, on 
 the morrow. 
 
 postai&-tum. tl, D. [po8tul(a)-o] 
 Mostly plur.r A thing demanded ^ a de- 
 mand 
 
 posttUo, ivi, fttum, tore, J. v. a. 
 [usually considered akin to potco] To 
 demand, reqtust, requirff desire. 
 
 p6tens, ntis, ^part. pres. of possum ; 
 but found only as) adj, Highly, pown- 
 ful, strong, potent, etc. 
 
 pStent-atus, fttas. maso. [pOtens, 
 potent-is, " powerful "] PoZttttwi power, 
 dominion, rule, command. 
 
 p6tent-Ia, lae, f. [id.] Migkt, force, 
 power; authority, sway, influence 
 
 jpdtes-tas, tatis, f [fur pAtent t^s ; fr 
 potens. pfitent-is, ' ' powerful " ] Powtr 
 A posxibility, opportuidly :— pot«statein 
 ■ui faoere, to give, or present, an oppor- 
 tunity (cf himself, Le ) of fighting with 
 htm ; ch. 40. 
 
 potior, itus, sum, Iri, 4. v. dep [p«t- 
 is, 'powerful"] To become tnasur of; 
 to obtain, get possession of. 
 
 p<StI-us, comp, adv. (adverbial, neuter 
 of poti-or, "preferable"] Prrfe.rahly, 
 rathet, more :--poi;ius quam, ra'Iur than. 
 
 grae, prep gov. abl [akia to pro, 
 ifore"] In con^parison qf, com- 
 pared with 
 
 prae-ftciltus. a«jtita. acutum, Rdj. 
 Iprae, "before;" acutus. "sharp"] Sharp 
 toward*, or at, the end ; sharp at the 
 point. 
 
 prae-bSo. btll, Wtum, b6re, 2, v. a. 
 [contracted fr. prae hilbgo; prae, ' be- 
 fore;" hibeo, "to have or hold"] To 
 f^PPiy, furnish, provide. 
 
 prae-C&vdo, cavi, cautum, cftvere, 2 
 V. n. (prae, "before." "befnrehand;' 
 oSveo. '^to take heed "J To take heed 
 beforehand; to beware, be on one's gttanl 
 
 prae-oedo, oessl, cessum, ced^re. S. 
 T. a. [prae, "before ; " cedo, " to go " ] 
 To turpast, excel. 
 
 prae-ceps, cipltis adJ [for prae 
 oftpit^; fr. prae, "before;" clput, 
 o&plt-is, " the head "J In hecdlong haste , 
 headlong', in adverbial force precipi- 
 tately. 
 
 prae-cTpTo, oepi, oeptum, olpere, 
 V. a. and n. [for praex&pio : fr prae. " be- 
 forehand ;" cSpIu. " to take " J To etjcin, 
 direct, order, bidt command. 
 
 praedpiie, adv. [praecipuus, "espe- 
 ciai " Especially 
 
 prae-dico, drcavi, dlcfctum, dicare, 1. 
 V. a. [prae, "publicly;" dico, "to pro. 
 claim "J Toproclaim publicly ; to declare, 
 publish, announce. 
 
 praed-or, atus sum, ari, i. ▼. dep. 
 [praeda, "plunder"] To plunder, tpoil, 
 pMliige, etc. 
 
 praefec-tuB. ti, m. [for praefao-tus ; 
 fr prae-ficio, " to set before "J A pre- 
 fect, commander. 
 
 prae-f(&ro, tali, i.ltum, ferre. v.a. irreg. 
 [prae, " before ;" fero, "to bear or carry'] 
 With Personal Pronoun in reflexive foroe: 
 With Dat.: To put, or place, <mefs s^. 
 eta, in front of or bifore. 
 
 prae-ficio, feci, fectum, flcfire, 8 ▼. 
 a [for prae-facio, fr. prae, "before;" 
 f acio, ' ' to make " ] T6 set or place ov^r , 
 to appoint to the eommand of. 
 
 prae-mitto, misi. missum, mittSre 
 8. v a. [prae. "before;" mitto, "<» 
 send"] To send before ot forwards; t» 
 send in advance 
 
 prae-m-Ium, li. n. (foi prae-em-lum,* 
 ifr prae. "before;* fim o, "to take"] 
 Rvivard, recompensa 
 
 prae-opto, optavi, optAtum, optSre, 
 1. V, a. [prae, " beyond or more than ," 
 opto, " to wish "] To with for, or choose, 
 the rather; to prefer. 
 
 prae-pono, pfisfli, pfisitum. pfinere, 
 8. V, a. [prae, "before ppflno, "to put"] 
 To set over aa ooramander. 
 
 prae-SCribo, soripsl, scriptum, 80«:I:- 
 6re, 3. v. a. ; prae, "before;" scnbo. "to 
 write"] To order, appoint, direct, prC' 
 scribe 
 
 praescrip-tum, tl. n. [for praescrib- 
 tum; fr. prapsoribo. "to order"] An 
 ordtr, eommand. 
 
 prae-3-ena entis (abl. elng, usually 
 praesente of persons, praesenti of tbinm ) 
 adj [prae • before ,'' sum, " to be " 1 
 Present 
 
 praesent-Ia lae. f. [praesens, prae- 
 Bent -la, "present"] A being present, 
 presence. Phrase : In praeaentift. For 
 
 ihe preseyit, at present. 
 
 prae-ser-tim, adv. [prae, "before; " 
 
 sGr-o, "to arrange"! EsptdttUy, par- 
 ticularly 
 
 praesid-ium. H, n. [praesldeo, "to 
 •it befce ; " hence, "to gruard " J ProUe- 
 Kon, difenee; aprotectitxaforee, garrison. 
 
 prae-ato, stiti, stitum, stare, l. v. n. 
 and ft. [ prae, " before ;" sto, "to stand " ] 
 Neut.: With dak. To be superior to; to 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 PJ 
 or 
 tr 
 ee\ 
 
 taj 
 rk 
 pil 
 
 to. 
 
VOCABUi'.ARY. 
 
 Act.: To give, supply, 
 
 lurrasg, exael. 
 furnith 
 
 prae-aum, (tti, esse, v n. rnrae •' Im 
 fore;- sum, "to U'J With ?at *' To h; 
 
 beyond ; beside.., »u addtfiu fo'' exc^t 
 
 praetSr-fia, adv [ for praefer-eam • 
 h: praeter, •• beyond ; " earn ace S* 
 feiii. of pron ia ••thi2» i d '■T' ^• 
 
 over./urth" ' '* 1 Besides, more. 
 
 a„P^aet§rI-tus. ta. turn, adj. [praeter- 
 So "to go by "J As Subst.: praeter 
 Ita.5rura.n.piur. Thing, pas^.thtiaL 
 
 SS^'. I-rP"''^'*'' .*" »f« before") 
 with ttr^H? Roinan magistrate charged 
 with the admmistration of justice At 
 
 aflvTeJt ^" ^"'^'"o"' «««• hi Sgener- 
 ally sent lo some Province as its gover- 
 
 ,praetor-i8, a commander, general"! Of 
 or bclonpingto, a praetor ; pmetorian ■- 
 praetona cohors, a prmto'tln Zhi^iT 
 b'o^y'gtV*^^"^^ ^ general"2'if, 
 prices, um ; see prex. 
 
 3 ?^a^"S,^.?i^?' 'Jf ""*'• hensum, handere, 
 ^. V. a.Jprae, m "auj-mentalive" force' 
 obsol. hendo "to Jay hold of :'^ akin ?o 
 
 Jinnly , to seize, grasp ^ 
 
 prSmo. pressi, pressum. prCmSre 3 
 wa;, harass, beset with difficulties 
 
 3 ^''f ^^°' ''?"''!' P'ensum, prendSre, 
 seeVehemio "*'■*'**'•* '"'•'" «" p'^^'-^o^ 
 
 ^ZZy:^,^!^J^^rly..r!''^:i^: 
 pri-dle, adv. ffor prae-dle • fr nnu» 
 
 or J6) connecting' vowel ; pilus, " the 
 Su"J^ ^'^.''^1"?J .?'/*«>««, o^ chief. 
 Hi fl^T* ^/^'ie .<:narii.-T?he word is obi 
 
 n r'on^ K «''P''?S8ion primus centurio 
 K.Lf?' . y''°™'""'"ff primus and pilus 
 to-ether by means of a connecting vowel 
 
 179 
 
 ''?';?"J. ^' A^st, in the firH ploM'^ 
 quam prunum. a» som as pnssiblt. 
 
 primus, ma, mum, sup. adl rfor 
 prae-mus; fr. prae •• hpfn«. ."^tJ 
 , perlative suffix mSsj ^rst the ^^'^ 
 
 ciltulT '°P""''»: Principally,^. 
 can s-""/?®?:^' ^''P-f; «*J- VOT prim. 
 
 ffi'i M:..r"l;"fjL ?"*;" <»P-io;"to 
 
 Of rank V^i; ^^/'^«' « 9"^" o^time.- 
 «„w • \'^'fi^''ty principal, chief ~Aa 
 Subst.: pnnceps, Ipis. n^. AchSflaA- 
 a ehvif person, leadiiig man '^"**-'"**"' 
 
 princlp-atus, atoa. m. forinopn. 
 
 place; the pre-eurnvmce ; chief authoHu) 
 
 chiejtainship, the chief otfimrarSc''' 
 
 I pri-or, us, comp. adj. rfor nmo «.. . 
 
 S] "^^^f^;"^?,^' , co^paKv^rfflx: 
 As ,S,r«r A,,?'^" '^ b* translated first. 
 As^ubati priores. um, m. phir • Th^ 
 former ones, the first me, Uiorled' 
 
 P» >s. before J J?orm«r ; old, amient. 
 
 prS^'^^beS'l* b;/"^""'"''^''' "•"»• 0' 
 . fnur, oeiore ] i>e/o7e, «ooner --nrii • 
 
 I quam (or, as one woAl, priuiauamV 
 
 sooner than, bef or* that. P"^1^^«^). 
 
 priasquam ; we prius. 
 
 I priva-tUB, ta. turn, adj. fprlvraVo 
 "tomakepnru»,"i.e. ' 'single"] '^SSiS.' 
 
 pro, prep. gov. abl.: Before, in front 
 t'f/:^W ^'Mo', in favour of;Z 
 in the place qf, instead of; esp. in con! 
 nection with the title of any officer to de 
 note his substitute ; e.g., pro praetoJ^ !^ 
 In proportion to. in accordaJicTwith^ 
 conformably to; as, just as. for. ^ 
 
 prob-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v a fnrfth 
 us, -good "J Topro^, demomtrktlr^^' 
 
 pro-cedo, cessi, cessum, ced6re. S v 
 •. Ipro, "forward;" c6do, "to iro»l rA 
 go Jorwards, advance. ' 
 
 primo, prim-um. adv. [prim us. 
 
 prooul, adv. [pro. ••fo'w-id-" ,r^* 
 
 If^^C'^f'V''" ^F- ^'eler; riot's 
 place: Of place: Atadistunce,farjf 
 
 cumbo " to he (Town"] Of the woundSi 
 etc.: lo full, or sink, fonvards aec^m 
 pan ed with a notion of subsequent J^S-" 
 jrahonon the ground ; Tof\ or S*. 
 
 pro-curro, cncurri „nd ourri, our- 
 sum, currfire, S.v.n. [pro. " forwards •'• 
 cuno, "to ran "1 2-0 nmVorSl ad. 
 v,mce xoith a run or raiMly. ' 
 
 pro-d-eo, rvi or U, Itum. i». t. n. 
 
 ^..1 
 
180 
 
 VOCABULAHY. 
 
 Ipro, " forth rtr forwnnl!* ;" d. •>j>rnt.het!o; 
 «o, "tORo") Toijo, ,>\ oinff/atth or , for 
 
 prd-do, illtii, ititum, dcrf, ;j v. a |}iro, 
 " forth or furwAnU ;" do, " to put "| To 
 hiimi domn, trtn.<mU, 
 
 prd-ddco, iluxj. duflttim, dr.oPrc, 8. 
 V. a. (pro, " forward ; dtUio. "to '.e.id'J 
 To l«iHij'orwai\lK or forth. 
 
 proell-or, Mu» mnn. Ari, l v drp. 
 (pro«Miiin, "a Imtdo "| To join bolllf, fit- 
 gag* in hatllr, battle, J>:iht. 
 
 proellum. ll, n A Untth, enijaijcinfiU 
 -prooHuin ooninilttiTa, to tniaii* in 
 bittU. 
 
 pr8feo-t!o, tlOnii, f |for prafuo tTo; 
 fr. prOfii-iscor, " to set out") A irttlng 
 wt, depattvre. 
 
 pr6-fIc!o, fCol, f*>oti.ni, floPre, S. v. a. 
 [for prOfttolo ; fi. pro, 'forward ; " f:V''o, 
 "to make "J To affect, britiij nhout, ac 
 comjilish. 
 
 prd-flc-lscor, feotus sum, fioiscl, a. 
 V. dep. n. iiuih. Ipro, " forwnrds;" fi\oIo, 
 " to make "] To net out, go, prn'fed. 
 
 pi*0-flf8ro, fll|jci\vl, HiHatuni, fliK^re, 1 
 V a. Ipro, " forwM-dB, down ," flmo, (:*rd 
 oonj.) " to strike or dnxh ") To sti iko, or 
 daih, down orto thf (iround ; to oveithroto. 
 
 pnS-fttsrTo, fnjri. fn^itum, t<\K^rB, 8. 
 V, n. [pro. " forth ;" fnn;lo, " to floe"] To 
 flu forth, run atony, eHcap*. 
 
 prd-firnA-tus, to, turn, adj. [pro, 
 "forth rgna-soor, "to be bom"] Spning, 
 descended. 
 
 prf/-firr6dIor, jjrcssus stun, jcrrdl, 8. 
 V. de^. [for wronriulior ; from pro " forth 
 or forward; Rrmiior, "to step or go"] 
 To ittitp,or (jOffi^rth or forward; to ad- 
 vance, procetd, 
 
 pr6-h!b6o. hibnl, hibltum, hTbOre, 2. 
 V. a. [for pr6-hr»bCo ; fr. pro, " before ;" 
 hllbi'o, " to hold "] To hold or keep back, 
 wtirii off, hinder, restrain, preoint. 
 
 prdjicio, jeol, jectum, jlcEre, 8. v. a. 
 l?or pri>-j.\oIo ; fr. prO, " forwards ;" J.lolo, 
 " to cast "] To throw or cast fonvn-ils :■ ~ 
 projiccre se iid pedes, to throw themselves 
 down at the feet of some one. 
 
 pr6-m6v6o. movi, inotum, ni5vcro, 
 2. V. a. [pro, ' forwinxls ;" mOvCo. "to 
 move"] Of aoamp; To move forwards ot 
 onwards; to udvance. 
 
 prdpe. adv. a;)4prep. [adverbial neut. 
 of obsoT. adj. propis, " near "] Adv ; ne r. 
 — Comp.: prop-lus, Nearer. Prep. gov. 
 aoo.: If ear. 
 
 prO-pello, pftH, pulsum, pellcre, 8. v. 
 (pro, " forwimls • pcllo, "to drive "J 
 rive forwards or before one's self. 
 
 a. IP 
 Tod 
 
 pi«Spftr-o, avi. stum, dre, 1 v.n, fprfl 
 per u« " ipilck •) To ArtWot, viak* hi>»tt. 
 
 pi'dpinaultns, itiit.iN, t. (pr(tpiiii|u- 
 UH, 'niMir I NriiiMwurhood, vioinity, 
 proximity, n«iirn«ii«; relationship, ajl- 
 nity. 
 
 prdplnqu-UB. a, um. adj ffor prOp. 
 hiiK'-im; fr. prOpe; hlno, "from thia 
 nlace"! A'car, Ufiiifibounnu, nt';/A at 
 hanil,rlise. Of rchilionslilp: \ far, re* 
 /atid, kindrfd.- \*H\\h»l.: ptdpliiqu* 
 UH, I. m. A n'lotion, relntive, kinHinan. 
 pi'oplnqua. ae, (. A femde relation, 
 
 fto 
 
 pr6-pdno. pflsll, pOaltum, p(>nfire, !». 
 v. a. (pro, " bfforo or forth ," pon-o, "to 
 put "J To mfution, state, dclare. -\)t 
 statement: To set forth, point out. 
 
 prop-ter, prop. gov. aoo. (obsol. a«lj. 
 prOpin, "near") On account, or by rea- 
 son, qf ; beflaxn>t qf 
 
 pj'optflr-fta. ndv. [for propter-eam ; 
 fr. propter ; earn, aoo. •inn:, feiii. of is, 
 " tliid or that "J On this, or thai, un'ovnt; 
 therefore :— proptcrea quod, becatise that, 
 inasiinuih as, 
 
 prd-pugrno. pugn.avi, pujrn.ltt.m, pug- 
 naro, I. V n. |pri5. " forlli ;" pugno, "to 
 flght "] To make asidly or « rti*. 
 
 pr6pul-BO. silvl, satum, sAre, I. v. a. 
 ititens. (prnju'llo, "to drive forwards") 
 To repel, drive back, ward off. 
 
 prd-sdquor, sCquntus sum, sCqui. .<). 
 v. dep. (pro, "forwards; »(5(iuor, "to 
 follow "] In hostile sense : Tofolow ufttr, 
 pnrnne, ch(t»« the enemy. — Witli Aeo. of 
 person and Abl of thing : To honour oi 
 pri'sent one with something ; to bestow 
 somethinii: on one. 
 
 prdspeo-tus, tfla. m. [prosplolo - 
 for pnmpecio. "to look forwards or into 
 the distiinoe '*] A look out, a dintant view, 
 the prospect. 
 
 pro-splclo, spexl, speotum, spIoCre, 
 8. V. a. [for pro-specio; fr. pro, "before," 
 spcoio, "to see''] To look out for to 
 make provision or provide fir. 
 
 protTnus, adv. [for pro-tenus; fr. 
 pro, "before;" tenua, "up to or as far 
 as"] Of time : Forthiciih, iminediotnly. 
 
 pro-vid6o, vl<li, visum, vidore, 2.v.a. 
 [pro, "beforehand;" video, "to see"] To 
 foresee; to prepare or provide for, 
 
 Pr6vinoIa, ae, f. ("A province;" 
 hence as applied to Gaul) The Itoniar 
 province of Oaul ; called in latter limen 
 Gallia Braccata and Gallia NabOncnsis. 
 
 pr6-v6lO, vfllftvi, vClatum, vSlilre, 1. 
 v. n. [pro, "forth ;" vOlo, "to lly "J To 
 rusJi out, dash forth. 
 
VOCAtULABY. 
 
 181 
 
 
 Mt. vry U0»r; mvy rtrtnrly, $hortlybifi>r$. 
 proXliUUM, tt, um, mil*. kIJ. I .- „r„o. 
 
 i»i piiKUtnl J Pfudfuee. 
 
 / ubhdy ; on bfhalf of the it,it«. 
 publ!ciiH. Ion, Ic'um, a<IJ. (ooiitr.vUd 
 
 h. people"] l^rtuining 'tot hi ^" X} 
 Vuhlte (u oppoted to " privme.") 
 
 pClclor. 
 iinuined "J 
 
 h» 
 
 p OrlH, It), [pud-uo ''to 
 Mhmned ") Shamt. a Mu»t qf dinnf. 
 
 pil-er, CrI, m. [root rv. "to urow " 
 honoe. "the^rowin^thln,,"] A b,li,, l^. 
 
 puflf-n 
 
 '"h:("T-o, 
 
 na 
 
 /itte, f. [root POO, whence 
 to puiioture or itab ') A 
 
 P>'K( 
 
 MM hi»nd to hanS; '<i "W'Jf.*,^,,';^'^/,,^;' 
 
 Thi 
 
 rpur-ut. •• olean •'] fo clrar, Sr/rw. from . 
 
 V. a. (pflt-UH, 
 hold, think, 
 
 puffn-o, ftvl. ttfum, arc, l.v.n. Ipuffnal 
 foytoAt -Imperil. Pa»b.: Puif nfttiun eat 
 rh» SnttU u,n» fought or w^gecT ' 
 
 pur-ffo 
 
 ..ur-ua, "t , 
 
 fault, toexctilpatt. 
 
 pato, ttvl. atutn, Are, I. 
 " clean, oLur"] lo d» m 
 
 nippose. ' 
 
 Q. 
 
 Q., abbreviation for Quintua. 
 
 qua, adv jadverblul abi. fern, of qiili 
 Of place- At, ortn, whih plncf ; tvhrre'. 
 
 quadr ft-g-lnta. num. m\\. it,d,.„i' 
 Fcrty [contr. fr. qu;Haor.«.^,ta r! 
 
 !?o"ar'' ten'-r""*'''*''''^ ''*'*"'' '^'"*'''° 
 
 (ohanKed fr. qiu.tiior-i n-oent-l ; fr. M„a. 
 
 tuor.«'four;' (i). connecting vowd ; < ,) 
 
 epenthetic; cent-um, "a bund n-d'l /.'„«; 
 hundred. ' 
 
 quaero, ciuaeslvi or quoenll, quaea- 
 Hum quaerfre, 8. v. a.. 7'o «?'"*._ 
 To atk, enquire. 
 
 rnS"m,^!«?^J tfirU. m. r„u„ero, thron>jh 
 tmte ^W"*"-''"' ; a Konmn tnugL- 
 
 qua-lls. le. adj. 0/ what sort or kind. 
 quam, adv. fwlverbial aco. fem. of 
 
 viu.h, asnnu!hui>.~-VMt\m\]n.r mm! after 
 conip wohIh: Than; ste j.rius. With 
 Super!. : Ak murh (or little) o« pomblg.- 
 After designation! of time : That, 
 
 qimm dlu. adv. [qn,uii, "aa" rilu 
 
 ;.';;:„*.':;"""••■■"•"•""'■* "'"'is 
 .lrr,,a^■•„•,■a,:!;,'J"'XTh,:r•. 
 
 (InFcrroKntively) "what;" flh *o,H; 
 oountot:" rr.r..at„i«g'") Rm w^iTA 
 
 quantUM, nta, nluin, adj. Iloworent 
 
 ruMpi 
 
 <3(MiM u, >c(iit((7i ; u'/iei 
 O(tUH0, why, Hherifore. 
 
 fr*'!?.^^'^'"^; '*• ^"'"' ""'" »dj. (rontr. 
 Fot.Hh '''' " '«"»t"<". •four-i 
 
 (■kin to Tfo-<ra(..,t. rrfrrap ,v) 
 
 quftrtiioi dAclm, num. adj. indeol 
 (for .nmtuor-docen. . fr. quatuw •• four" 
 deonm. "ten "J Fourteen. ' ' 
 
 que, onclitlo ( onj .<nc/:_quo. . . .out 
 Ifoth.. .and. laklnloT^J. ^*"'' ■••'«"•• 
 
 quem-admfidum (or aoparttfeiv. 
 quc-m ad m«)dum). adv. [ad. after or iw- 
 oor.hng to ;•• with tha a<o. «{, a of <iu 
 'who which;" n.Odua, ' manner 'J Af' 
 ter what manner ; how ; an. 
 
 quftror, queatus aum, quPri, S.r.dep. 
 
 To eomplain ; to comjilmn vf. *^ 
 
 qui, quae, qnod, pron.- Kelative: Who 
 whu-h what th f -At the beginnlriM o 
 a olnuHe Inatend .,f a conj iind denionsir 
 I'lon.: ^m/</.M.-WithSubJ,: To point 
 out a nurpoae: For the purpoieof; 
 that ; in order to or that; tn.~in are' 
 Btnotive force: Ai/ur a..-Wlth cllij.ae 
 of d,n.o..Htra(,lve pron.: //• or $he,wL, 
 that, which, t^uo abl BinR. neut with 
 oomi.n rati vea : lly how m uch ; - quo 
 boo („r CO), by how much ...by eomueh '. 
 the. <Afl. -For Idem qu!. »ee Idem.- 2 
 Interrogative: In indirect (ilauaen. What 
 wV/fiorfc/.-. Indefinite; Any. ' 
 
 qui-cumque, quaecumque, nuod 
 cun.(,uae, pron. rel. (qui ; euflfx oumque; 
 ivhon-er, whatever; whosoever, whatnoever' 
 
 quid, adv. [advarbial neut of 1. quia! 
 I-or what purpose, etc. ; wherefore, why 
 
 quldam, quaedam. quoddam (and 
 MSul)8t. quiddnnj), pron. Indef. [qui in- 
 deflnUe; Buftlx dnm) Particular, ilrtain- 
 soim indefinite jierson ar thing —Aa 
 .Subst.: Maao.: Sir.tf.: A <:e>tainper$on.— 
 fiur.: tertiin /'•rsons ; some persona or 
 other; some. Neut.: Sing.: A certain 
 thtng,- ViVkx.: Cfitain things. 
 
 
 ... ji 
 
 i 
 
182 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 quidem, adv.: /ndetrf ;— ne quTdem, 
 Atleeut, e«rtainly,/or»ooth 
 
 qui-n, oonj. ifor qui-ne : fr. qu!, 
 ablativs of relative nron. qui, " who, 
 which; ne=non] With SubJ.: That not, 
 butthat, — After word? expreHsiiiK doubt 
 or iffnorano« : That ; that not, but that. 
 
 amiln-ddclzn, num. adj. indecl. (for 
 ufnqu-deoem ; fr. quinqu-e, "five;" 
 eoem, " ten "J F\ftem. 
 
 quin-dtlam, con], [or, m two worda, 
 9ufn. " but indeed ;" etiam, " too "| hut 
 \ndeed too ; yea too, moreooer. 
 
 quln-gent-i, m, a, num. adj. (for 
 quinqii-cent-i ; fr. quinqu-e, " five ;" 
 oentum, " a hundred "] Five hundred. 
 
 aui-Xll, nae, na, num. distrib. adj. [for 
 iqu-«-ni ; fr. quinqu-e, " five "] Five. 
 
 quinqu-&-@rinta, num. ad] indeol. 
 (" Five tens ;" hence) Fifty [for quinqun- 
 a-g^nta: fr. quinqus, "five;" (a), con- 
 necting vowel, ginta^Korraai" ten.' J 
 
 qulnque, num. ad], indecl. Five 
 [akin to Or. nevrt ]. 
 
 quin-tUB, ta, turn, num ad], [for 
 quinqutua ; fr. quinqu-e, " Ave "J Fifth. 
 
 qillque = qui que. 
 
 quia, quae, quid, pron. interrog.: In 
 direct questions : What f i.e. what sort of 
 aperson or thing. -In indirect clauses: 
 Who or what, i.e. what vernon or thing. — 
 As Subst.: quia, What person, who; 
 quid, What thing, what. 
 
 quia, quid, pron. indef. Anyone, any- 
 body, anything: someone, somebody, 
 somethii\g ;— ne quis, that no one. 
 
 qula-nam, quae-nam, quid-nam,pron. 
 interrog. [quis, "who or what?" suffix 
 naml Who, which or what, I, etc , pray. 
 
 quis-quam, quaequam, qiiic-quam 
 or quid-quam, pron indef. [quis, " any 
 one;" suffix quam] Any, any whatever. 
 As Subst.: Any one, any body : nee quis- 
 quam, and that no one or nobody. 
 
 S[ul8-qxie, quae-que, quod-que, pron. 
 ef. [quis, " any ;" suffix, que] Each, 
 every, ait/.— With Suiierlatives to ex- 
 press universality : Every most, . .all 
 the most 
 
 quia-qula, no fern., quic-quid orquid- 
 quid, or quod-quod, pron indef. What- 
 ever, whatsoever, —As Subst. . Whoever, 
 whosoever. 
 
 SiXli-vis, quae-vis, quod- vis, pron. 
 ef. [qui, " who ;" vis, 2. pers. sing of 
 volo, " to will "] Who, or what, you please 
 or wiU ; any whatever. 
 
 quo, adv. [for quo-m, old form of 
 (iU«4ii, ace nuiso. sing of qui, " who iTi 
 
 Whither, wh^e ; to the end that, <« order 
 that, soth f, that. 
 
 qu6d, oonj. fadverbial aco. ne»t.sintf. 
 of qui] Because that, inamnvrh as ; that; 
 If so be that, as respects that, with respect 
 <o. -With other conjunctions' Bui :— 
 quod si, but if. 
 
 quO-mlnua, con], (quo ; mfnua] With 
 Sub], after verbs of hindering, prevent- 
 ing • That not ; from doing, «(!«. 
 
 qu6n-!ain, adv. [for quom-jam ; fr 
 
 3uom-:^quuni, "since;" jam, "now"] 
 *n<j« now, seeing then, becatise, whereas. 
 
 qudque, oonj.: Also, too:— placed 
 after the wr, d to be emphasized. 
 
 qudt-annia, adv. (also as two wordn, 
 quot annis) [quot. " as many ;" of time, 
 "each, every, all;" annis, Abl. Plur. of 
 annus, "a year," u Abl. of time] Eve.-y 
 year, each year, yearly. 
 
 qudtI(U-&nus. ftna, &num, adj. [quO- 
 tidl-e, "daily"! Daily, every day; or- 
 dinary, usual, common. 
 
 qu6t-i-dle, adv. [quot, " as many ;" 
 of time, ••ea<.h, every;" (I) oonnectinir 
 vowe' ; die. abl. of dies, "day"] On each 
 or every day, daily. 
 
 qudMes, adv. [quot, ''how many") 
 How many times, how often. 
 
 auum, (old form quoni), relative adv. 
 causal con], [for quom = quem ; fr. 
 lul, "who" Relative Adv.: When.- 
 iausal Con] : Seeing tJiat, since, as. 
 
 B. 
 
 rd.d-iXi tois, f. Mostly plur.: The lower 
 part of a thing ; the foot, botto^n of a 
 mountain. 
 
 rS,-mua, mi, m. A branch, botigh. 
 
 rfi.p ina, vnae, f. [rap-io, "to plunder"] 
 Plunder, ptUage, rapine. 
 
 ra-tio, tlonis, f. [r§or, "to reckon," 
 through root ha, " to think "] A calcula- 
 tion, estimate; condition', tetmx; reason; 
 accMint, design, purpose. 
 
 r&tla. is, f. A raft, float. 
 
 rficena, ntis, adj.: Fresh, recent. 
 
 r6-cIp!o, cepi, ceptum, clpSre, 3. v. a. 
 (for re-cftpTo ; t'r. rC, clplo, "to take"] 
 To take, or get, back ; to recover. — With 
 Personal pron. in reflexive force : To draw 
 back or withdraw ; to betake one^t se^ ; to 
 recede ; to admit. 
 
 rS-ciia-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. a. [for 
 re-caus-o ; fr. re, " against ;" caus-a, " a 
 cause "] To decline, refuse, shrink from. 
 
 red-do, didi, ditum, d6re, 3. v. a. [red 
 (=rd vitb d for df, demoDotr»tiveX 
 
 ^ 
 
 iil: 
 
 W HI 
 
«MP 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 183 
 
 •• bwk r do. •• to ffire -) To give hack, 
 rttum, rfntnre. 
 
 r6<"'-<So, ivi or II, Uum, Ire, v. n. [red 
 (see n:dd , back ;" Co, to go "J To ao 
 or evTMbucM; to return. 
 
 r6d-Igo, Cgl, actum, \g6re, S.v.a. (for 
 rM-ftgp; fr. red (see reddo), "without 
 force;' &sro, "to lead"] To bring or redtie* 
 into a certain state. 
 
 rM-Imo, Cmi, emptum ImSre, 3, v. a. 
 [for red-Cmo, red (see reddo), in " Inten- 
 •ive force : Cmo, " to buy "J To take by 
 contract, to /arm; to obtain, procure. 
 
 r6d-int6gro, Integravi, Integratum, 
 tittlgrare, 1. v. a. [red (see reddo), 
 "again"; intCgro, " to make whole" 
 To restore, renew. 
 
 r6dI-tio tfSnis, f. [rtdCo, "to re- 
 turn ' ; through true root redi] A return- 
 ing, return. 
 
 r6-dvlco, duxi, drutum, dnc6rc, 3. v. 
 a. [re, "back"; dfioo, 'to lead"! Jo 
 lead, or conduct, back. 
 
 . Ff.'l^^.^' *'V*' I'^tum. 'erre, ▼. a. irrei,'. 
 [rS back ; f6ro ; sec fero] To brinij, or 
 eairy, back or backwards: pedem re'ferre 
 {to carry the foot backwards; i, e.) to 
 retire, retreat ; to give back, return, re- 
 pi'y; gratiam refeire: see gratia; To 
 relate, mention. 
 
 re-fWnffO, frCgi, iraotum, fringGre, 3. 
 V. a. [for rcf range ; fr. rfi, " back ;" franco 
 " to break "] 'A break open. ^ ' 
 
 rSg-Io, I6ni8, f. [rCg-o, "to direct"! 
 A tract, teriitory, region. 
 
 regnum, ni, n. (rCgo, "to rule"] 
 boveieignty, supreme power ; aki.igdom. 
 
 rfi-fifrSdior, gressus sum, arrCdi. 3. v. 
 dep. [for rf-gradlor: fr. r6, "back:" 
 gradior, " to st • '] To return ; to with- 
 draw, retire, retreat. 
 
 rfijicio, jcd, Jeotum, JicCre. 3. v. a. 
 [forre-jftclo, fr. re, "back;" jacio, "to 
 cast 1 Of weapons : To cast, throro or 
 hurl back ; to beat back, force back, repel, 
 the enemy ; to fling aside, cast away. 
 
 rS-langruesco, langfli, no sup., Ian- 
 gucscere, 3. v. n. [re, "without force;" 
 languesco, "to became faint or languid "] 
 Of the mind : To become feeble or faint : 
 to become enervated. 
 
 rS-linquo, llqui, lictum, linquere, 3. 
 V. a. [r6, "behind:" linquo, "to leave"] 
 To leave behind in a place. 
 
 rSliqu-us. a, um, adj. frC, "hack;" 
 linquo, "to leave"] That is l^t or re- 
 mains, remaining.— Ab Subst. : reliqu- 
 um, i, n. 7'hat which remains, a re- 
 mainder ; nihil reliqui (nothing qf a re- 
 mainder, L e.), nothing remaining, or 
 
 rd-m&n-do, mansi, no snp., milncre, 
 2. V. n. [rC, "behind;" m&nCo, "to re- 
 main "] To reniiiin or stay behijid, 
 
 r6-mIn-l8cor, no perf. iaoi, 3. v. dep. 
 [see mens] To call back to miTid, remem- 
 ber. 
 
 rd-mitto, miii, missum, mittoro, 3. v. 
 a. [re, "back;" mitto, 'to send"] To 
 seiid back ; to give up, surrender. 
 
 rdmdvdo, mOvl, mdtum, mOvere, 2. 
 T. a. [re, "back;" mOveO, "to move") 
 To remove, withdraw, send away. 
 
 rfi-miinSror, munSratus sum, mOnfi- 
 rari, 1. V. dep. [rS, " in return ; " 
 muneror, " to give or bestow, as a 
 present"] To recompense, reward, repay, 
 requite. 
 
 r§mu8, I, m. [prob. for retmus., 
 akm to <{-p«T-jnJs,j " an oar : " op. iadatru, 
 "torow"'] An oar. r r . , 
 
 r6-nuntIo, nunttavi, nuntiatum, nun- 
 trnre, 1. v. a. [re, "back;" nuntio, "to 
 brmg word"] To bring, or carry back 
 wiird , to report. 
 
 r6-pello. pflli, pulsum, pelli-rc, 3. v. a. 
 re, "back;" pello, "to drive"] Todrive 
 back, repulse, repel. 
 
 r6pent-e, adv. [rfipens, repent is, 
 sudden "] Suddenly, on a sudden. 
 
 rfipentino, adv. [rCpens, repentis, 
 "sudden"] Suddenly, "on a sudden." 
 
 rdpent-inus, Ina, Inuni, adj. [rCpens, 
 repentis, "sudden"] Sudden, unex- 
 pected. 
 
 r6-p6rio, pCri, pertum, pgnre, 4. v. a. 
 [for reprirlo; fr. re, "again;" pario, 
 " to produce"! To find or meet with ; to 
 find out, discover, ascertain. 
 
 r6-p6to, petlvi, or pStli, pfitltum, 
 petCre, 3. v. a. [r6, "back;" p6to, "to 
 seek ; " hence " to demand "] To demand 
 back , to claim what is due, to exact ; 
 poenas repetere (to exact sati^action for 
 an injury, i.e.), to inflict puniahmetit in 
 return for an injury comniitted. 
 
 rS-praesent-o, avi, atum, are, 1. t. a. 
 [r6, " without force ; " praesens, praesent- 
 ia, "present"] To do, or perform, at 
 once, or immediately. 
 
 re-pr6hendo, prehendi, prShensum, 
 prBhendere, 3. y. a. (re, "back;" pr6- 
 hendo, "to seize"] To blame, eer.sure, 
 find fault with. 
 
 r6piidi-o, avi, atum, are, 1. t. 
 [repudi-um, "a divorce;" hence, " 
 divorce ; " hence] To reject, refuse. 
 
 r6-pugxio, pugnavi, pugnatum, pug- 
 nfire, I. v. n. [re, "against or in oppo- 
 sition;" pugno, "to fight"] Toremt, 
 oppose, prove an obstacle. 
 
 a 
 to 
 
 
 T 
 
 VrV 
 
 ■J' 
 
184 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 res. rei, f. [rooUvKR, «'to speak ;" cp, 
 ver-bum ; Gk. epeo>, pfiixa] A Ihing, 
 matter, affair. 
 
 re-sc?ndo, soldi, scissum, scindure, 
 3. V. a. [ro, "away ;" soindo, "to cut "J 
 To cut away, or to pieces ; to break up a 
 bridge. 
 
 re-scisco, solvi or soli, soltum, 
 soisoCre, 3, v. a. (re, " without force ; " 
 Boisoo, •• to ascertain "] To ascertain, find 
 Ota, learn, get intelligence of. 
 
 re-scribo, scrips!, scriptum, scribfire, 
 3, V. a. [re, "again;" scrlbo, "to write"] 
 Of soldiers: To enrol anew, to re-enlist; a 
 word used when soldiers were transferred 
 from their or'j^inal corps to oome other 
 part of the army. 
 
 rS-servo, servavi, servatum, servSre, 
 l.v.a. [re, "back;" servo, "to keep"] 
 To keep buck, reserve. 
 
 rf -sisto, stiti, stTtum, sistOre, 3. v. n, 
 [re, "against;" aisto, "to stand"] To 
 tcithstand, redst, maKe opposition or r«- 
 aistance ; with Dat. 
 
 re-spicio, spexi, bpeotum, spIcGre, 3« 
 V. n. [for re-spucio; fr. r6, "back;"' 
 spfiolo, "to look"] To look back or behind. 
 
 re-8pond6o, spondi, aponsum, -.pon- 
 dere. 2. v. a and r. [re, "in return;" 
 spondeo, " to promise solenuily "] lo a7^^ 
 steer, re2jly. 
 
 reapon-sum, si. n, [tor respondsian; 
 fr. re-spond-Co, "to answer"] An an- 
 svier, reply, response. 
 
 res-publica, rSl-publIcfi,e, f. [res; 
 publlca(f. of publlcus), "public 'J The 
 eommcntoealth, state. 
 
 re-spvlo, spfti, spQtum, spfifire, 8.v.a. 
 [r6, "b:iok;" spfto. " to spit "] Torejett, 
 rtifuse. 
 
 1 a-stltuo, stItQi. 8i!tu*;uni, stItttSre, 8. 
 V. a. [for re-statuo; fr. re, "again;" 
 statuo, '• to set up "] To set up again ; to 
 replace ; to reston. 
 
 r6-tin6o, WnQi, tentuni, tInCre, 2. v.a. 
 [for rC-tCneo ; fr r6, " back ;" tinCo, "to 
 Hold "] To hold, or keep, back ; to restrain. 
 
 re-vello, velli, vulsum, vell^:re, 3. '.a. 
 [rC, "away," vello "to pluck"] 'I'o 
 pluck, or pt'ii. away , to tear vpart. 
 
 r6-vertor, versus sum, %ertl, S.v.dep, 
 [r6, " back ;" vertor, " to turn one's self''] 
 To return. — In the ante-Augustan age 
 the jerfeot and its derivatives were com- 
 monly taken from a form re-verto. 'She 
 present tenses of reverto are critica'lv 
 certain in only t«yo passages in two old 
 authors. 
 
 re-v6co, ftcavi, vocatum, vocare, l. 
 
 v.a. IrC, "back;" v6oo, "to call"] To 
 call back, recall. 
 
 rex, rf^gis, m. [for reg-s ; fr. reg-o, "to 
 rule"] A king. 
 
 rbeda, ae, f. A four-wheeled chariot 
 or carriage. 
 
 ripa, ae, f. A bankot a river or «^>-0am. 
 
 rogo, avi, atum, are.'l. ▼. a. To ask, 
 
 beg, request, solicit. 
 
 rot-a, ae, f A wheel. 
 
 rab-us, i, m. [prob. rfib-Co, "to be 
 red "J A blackberry bush, a bramble. 
 
 rup-es, is, f. [nunpo, "to break," 
 through root Rui>] A cliff, a steep rock. 
 
 rursus, sAv. [oontr. fr. rfiversus, 
 "turned back"] Back again; again 
 anew, afresh. 
 
 S. 
 
 saep-e, adv. [adverbial neut of obsol 
 saep-is, " frequent "J Frquently, often 
 Q/«emim««.— Particular adverbipl expres- 
 sion : saepennmCro (=8aepe ; nftm6ro. 
 abl. of numerus, "number") Oftentimes 
 over and over again. 
 
 sa&itt-arius, aria, Srlum, adj. sugitt- 
 a, "an arrow"] Of or belonging to an 
 a. row; arrm—Aa Subst.: Sagittar- 
 ius, Ii, m. boionxan, archer. 
 
 sSJu-s, lis, f. [for salv-ts ; fr. salv-eo, 
 
 to b« well w ui good health "j Sufetu. 
 
 preservation. "' 
 
 sancio, sanxi, sanctum, sanolrc, 4 v a 
 [SANC, a strengthened form of ihe root 
 Sac, to strengthen, whence sao-«r "aa- 
 cred"J To confirm, ratify. 
 
 san-itas, Itaiis, f. [san-us, "sound" 
 in mmd] Sou^idness qf mind, riaht 
 reason. ' ^ 
 
 sarc- Jna, Inae, f. [sarc-Io, "to patch"! 
 Apaikage:~P]ur.: Baggage. 
 
 sat-is. adj. and adv. Adi.: Enough 
 mjicmd, satisfactory .■—satis habere! 
 to hold or deem mough.— Adv.: To denote 
 dunuiution, like the English "enough-" 
 Moderately, tolerably. ^ ' 
 
 satis-facio, feci, factum, tHaire, 8.v 
 n. ("To ao sufficiently;" hence) With 
 Dat.: To give satisfaction to, whethc bv 
 word or deed; to make amends: to ^fk 
 pardon of or apologise ^oaperson offended 
 
 aatisfac-tio, tronis, f. [sSltisfao-lo! 
 "to satisfy"] Satuifaction, atneniU 
 apology, made to a person offended. 
 
 saxum, i, n [root bao. " tharp:" od 
 sagax sagitta] ^ huve rough s<o»ie; acfo'- 
 tached portion or fragraent of rock 
 
VOCABUr.ARY. 
 
 185 
 
 8c!ent-Ia, lae, f. [aoiens, sdent-fs, 
 "knowing"] Ktimoledfje. 
 
 SCio, sclvi or 8oIi, scitum, scire, 4. v. a. 
 Jo know. 
 
 SCritoo, scripai, scriptum, scrlbGre, 3. 
 V. a. With de : To xorite about ; to make 
 nuntuyn o/in writing. 
 
 BCU-tum, ti, n. [see oustos] A shield. 
 
 sec-tto, tlonis, f. [sec-o, "to cut"! 
 Booty, spoil, plunder. 
 
 se (reduplicated sese), aoo. and abl. of 
 pron. 8ui. 
 
 sddus ; see secus. 
 
 secret-o, adv. [sgcret-us, "secret"! 
 Secretly, privately. 
 
 B§OUm=oum se ; see cum. 
 
 sScund-um, piep. srov. ace. [sPound- 
 us, blowing"] Immediately after, iiext 
 to, after In time or succession ; accordim 
 to, in accordance toith. 
 
 sSc-undU8, unda, undum, auj. [for 
 Mqu-undus; tr. s6qu-or, " fo follow"! 
 iMond: Favorable, propitious fortu. 
 note. 
 
 Sfic-us, adv. [prob. for Bfiquus : fr 
 ■^"•O'), "to follow."] In coinp. 'with 
 nlhllo (leas by nothing ; i.e.) none the 
 less, nevertheless: here nihilo is abl of 
 measure. 
 
 "^aur-ffiir' """*'« ^="'"^' 
 
 se-decisM (sometimes written sex- 
 decim), num. adj. indecl. [for sex-decein • 
 fr. sex, SIX ; " decern, " ten "J Sixteen. ' 
 
 sed-ea, is, fr. [s6d-go, "to sit"] A 
 dwelhnff-place, abode.— Pint. : a settle- 
 ment as comprising the abodes of several 
 persons. 
 
 sedltlosus, dsa, osum, adj. rcon- 
 tracted from sedltlsn-osus ; fr. scditio 
 "sedition"] Setiticus. ' 
 
 -«^^.' «? '^^- '^''i" ^ ^^^^' sania, " the 
 same ;" Qk. onoi] Once. 
 
 semen-tis, tis, r. [for ssmln-tis ; fr 
 »emIn-o, " to sow "] A sowing of seed, 
 
 sem-per, adv. [see semell Ever 
 always, at all times. ' ^ ' 
 
 Sfin-ator, atoris, m. [senex, s6n-i8 
 
 •vn old man "I A member qf the'coiincu' 
 
 «;^^^V (l/ the elders Zt a steteTa 
 
 ..^'^"^*V,*'^J'*"'»' "»• r«enex, sfn-is 
 ^sSn&tusconsultum ; see consul- 
 » Oe old J Ci, aged, advanced in | 
 
 year8.-A8Subst. : comm. gen/: An old 
 
 se-ni, nae, iia, num 
 [for sex-ni ; fr. sex, 
 
 distrib. 
 SIX"! Si. 
 
 adj. plur, 
 
 each, or 
 
 ■ni 
 apiece; six. 
 
 soutent-ia, lae f. [for sentlent-Ia : fr 
 sentiens, sentlent-is, "thinking"] An 
 opinion. ^ ' 
 
 senti9, senai, sensuni, sentlre. 4. v. a 
 1 perceive. t . . ». 
 
 sentis, is, m. A thorn, briar 
 
 sepftra-tim, adv. fsOi>arfaVo " tn 
 separate "] Separately. apLC ' 
 
 sepes, is. f. A hedge, fence. 
 
 sept em, num adj. indecl. SmM—- 
 [akin to cTTT-a]. «w*« 
 
 nlnf ?*m^"*^*°' *»r^^°i'' ^™0'"e 'requently 
 
 LnH - "« '**?* ''''*'^' *« strew or scatter." 
 Hve Z^« f ••e^s'- (Of light) ; " a descrip- 
 tive term for a star. According to this 
 ^oew ;;9epten-triones" means "the seven 
 
 Septimus, Ima, rmum, num ord 
 adj. [sept-em] iSevenih. °"'- 
 
 bu^rt^i^'i"*;!^'*'- ^""l^^' '• f»«pe"o. "to 
 
 Dury J A burying, burial. 
 s6qu-or, Qtus sum, i. 8 t. den rmnt 
 
 BAR, " to follow ;" op ino^a,]To%llT 
 to follow m pursuit qf, pursue. ' 
 
 smiile ^ belonging to, a slave ; 
 
 «i«1^^m"«^^®' ".*^"«' »• fserv-us, "a 
 slave 'J Slavery, bondage, servitude! 
 
 serv-o, avi, atum. are, v. a. To savf 
 protect defend from hk/rn^ ke^ un'. 
 harmed [akin either to epJ-^,, 'pl^dMaT 
 
 to draw or drag," and so, "to draw 
 away or rescue " from an ene.ny, 7tc'or 
 to Sans, sarv-a, " whole, entire." and so 
 
 to make or keej. whole," etc.] ' 
 
 sery-us, i. m. [akin to iovo, "to 
 dr^g-l A stave, servant. '^ ' '° 
 
 se-ae ; see se. 
 
 seu ; see sive. 
 
 sex, num. adj. indecl, Six [ef ]. 
 
 81X . (a) , ginta=«oi/Ta=" ten "J Sixty. 
 „sex-cent-i. ae, a, num. adi fsex 
 aS:..^"'*-""' "«'»undredVS 
 
 sexdScim ; see sedecim. 
 si, oonj. Jif [,ii 
 
 sibi, dat. of pron. suf. 
 
 S, 
 
 ■ r-i 
 
 ■^ 
 
186 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 in Uk* manner; to txieh a degree, to 
 mut-h ; sic, ut, to tnch a degree, that. 
 
 8iC-ut, adv. [sic, "bo;" ut, "as") & 
 at, just at. 
 
 BigfU-I-fer, tM, m. rsignum, " » stan- 
 dard;" (i) oonneotinx vowel; fer-o, "to 
 he»,r"] A ttandard'bearer. 
 
 Sifirninoatlo. tlonis, f [8ig7iiflc(a)-o 
 " to signify "] An intimation, a signal. 
 
 sigrn-J-fic-O, ivi, atum, are, l. v. a. 
 [for sign-I-fac-o ; fr. sign um, "a sign;" 
 0) connecting vowel ; t&o-Xo, " to make "] 
 To thoto, point out, indicate. 
 
 sigrnum, i, n. A military standard 
 or env^n :— signa ferre, to carry on the 
 standards, i.e. to l>reak up the camp ; 
 for inferre signa see infero. A sigwd, 
 
 Bllva, ae, f. A wood, forest [akin to 
 
 silv-estris, estre, adj. [silv-a, "a 
 wood "] Wooded, overgrown wUh woods, 
 woody. 
 
 8im-iil. adv [see semel] Together, at 
 the same time ; simul atque, as soon as. 
 
 elmiila-tio, tlonis, f [simul(a)-o, " to 
 feign "] A feint, pretence, dissimulatiim. 
 
 simul-o, *vi. atum, are. 1. v. a. [for 
 simll-o; fr. sImTl-is, "like"] To feign, 
 preterm, dissemble. 
 
 si-n, oonj. [shortened fr. si-ne ; fr. si, 
 "If;" ne, "not"] If on the contrary, if 
 however, hut if. 
 
 sine, prep. gov. abl. [akin to se, 
 " apart r "without"] Without. 
 
 sinsr^-aris, are, adj. fsingul-i, 
 "single"] Remarkable, extraordinary. 
 
 BXn-ffHh, gftlae, gftla (rare in sing.), 
 num. distrib. adj. One by one, tingle. In 
 adverbial force : Individually. 
 
 sinister, tra, trum, adj. Left, I.e. on 
 the lift hand or side. — As Subst.: sinis- 
 tra, ae, f. The left hand or side. 
 
 Si-quis, qua, quid or quod, indef. pron. 
 [si, '-if;" <iuis, "any"] If any —Ab 
 Subst. m.: BiquiB, If any one. 
 
 si-ve. (contr. seu), conj. f"«i, "if;" 
 
 ve, "or''] Or if, whether :—B\ve(Beu) 
 
 8lve (seu), be it that or that; \f or 
 
 tf; whether or. 
 
 socer, oCri, m. a father-in-law. 
 
 BOCluB, U, m. [root sak, "to follow ;" 
 hence sequorj. An ally, confederate. 
 
 sol, sol ■ m. Iroot brl, " tobe bright ;" 
 op. ser-ei.m (=sel-enus); Gk. aehrfvr). 
 "the moon;" rjAios ( = <r^Aios); Ger. 
 helle, " brightness "] The sun. 
 
 soUiciita-tio, tlonis, f. (Bollicit<a>o, 
 
 " to instigate "] An inttigatnig, IniMinff, 
 instigation, urging on. 
 
 80llIcit-0, avi, atum, are, l.v.a. [root 
 BOLiiOS, 08can = totus, " all, " "whole ;" 
 oelo, "to stir up"] To instigate, urge, 
 urge on ; to tamper with. 
 
 s61-um, adv. [sdl -us, "alone"] Only, 
 merely. 
 
 s6luzu. i, n. Ground, soil. 
 
 solus, a, um (Gen. sollus, Dat. soli), 
 adj. Alone, only, sole. 
 
 soror, oris, f. A sister: soror ex 
 matre, a sister by his mother, i.e., a ha^f. 
 sister on his mother's tide. 
 
 sore, tis, f. A lot. 
 
 sp&tmm, Ti, n. Distance, interval— 
 Of time : Space, interval. 
 
 sp6ci-es, ci, f. [spCo-Io, "to see"] Ap- 
 pearance, show. 
 
 spec-to, tavi, tatum, tare, 1. v. a. in- 
 tens. [id.] To look at euneatly; to regard. 
 
 sp6ciU&-tor, toris, m. [8pecul(a)-or, 
 ' to spy out "] A spy, teout. 
 
 spSciil-or, atus sum, ari, 1. v. dep, 
 n. [specul-a, " a watch-tower "] To spy, 
 act the spy. 
 
 sper-o, avi, atum, are, 1. v. To 
 hope, expect. 
 
 spe-S, 6i, (Gen. Abl. and Dat. Hur 
 onl.v in post classical writers) f. [for 
 spCr-s ; f r. sper-o ; as seen by spgr-et, an 
 old Ace. Plur. in one of the earliest Ro- 
 man writers] Ho2}e, expectation :— in spem 
 venire (to com* into. I.e.) to form or en- 
 tertain a hope 
 
 spir-itus, ItQs, m [spir-o, "to 
 breathe"] In bad sense ana mostly in 
 plur. ; Haughtiness, pride, arrogance. 
 
 sponte ; see spontis. 
 
 spon-tis. Gen., and spon-te, Abl. 
 (fr. an obsolete spons, of which no 
 other cases than the above are found), f. 
 [for spond-tis and spond-te ; fr. spond 6o, 
 "to pledge"] (Gen. spontis occurs only 
 in phrase Suae spontis esse, to be one's 
 ovon master, or at one's own disposal). 
 Abl. sponte, with or without pose, pron.: 
 Of one's (my, thine, his, eta)otro accord; 
 freely, spontaneously. 
 
 St&tim, adv. [8t(a>o, "U stand"] 
 Immediately, at once. 
 
 st&-tIo, tidnis, f. [st<a>-o, ' to stand "] 
 Of soldiers : A pott, outpost, station. 
 
 Bt&tiio, statni, st&tatum, stata^re, 3. 
 v a. [status, uncontr. gen. statO-is, "a 
 standing position "] Totet down ascer- 
 tain in one's own mind ; to consider,deem, 
 judge; to decide, resolve, determine. 
 
VOCABULAKY. 
 
 !•• 
 
 •tft-tttra, turae,f. [8t(a>o "to stand"] 
 BtfigM, attaur*. 
 
 stlp«ndl:arius, aria, &rium, »dj. 
 [•Mpendi-ura, " tribute "] Tnhutary. 
 
 Bti-pend-ium. li. n. [fr. stip-pend- 
 ram ; fr. stlps, stip-is, in original force of 
 
 '■".Mm"'" heaped up; pendo, "to 
 pay ] Tribute, impont, tax, payable in 
 money, as distinguished from vectlgal, 
 which waspaid in kind. 
 
 Btrgp-Itus, Itfls, m. [strBpo. "to 
 make a noise "] A noise. 
 
 Stadngo, (11, no sup. gre, 2. v. a. [akin 
 to Or. ffTTovfiT;, "haste"] To be eager for, 
 verydf.sirousof. 
 
 stiid-ium, li, n. [stiid-go, "to b« 
 eager ] Eoffemesa, eager desire: zeal, 
 energy. ' 
 
 siib, prep, gov Aco. and Abl: [akin 
 to Or. uTToj With Ace: Under, below, be-' 
 neath;nmr, close <o.~With Abl ; Under; 
 at the foot of.— Of time In duiing, at. 
 
 sub duco, duxi, ductum, dficcre. 3. 
 V. a. [snb, "from below;" duco, "to 
 draw J Of troops: lo withdraw, draao 
 off. 
 
 sOb-So, Ivl orjl, Ituin, Ire, t a. [sflb, 
 under;" 6o. "to go"] 2*0 enter; to 
 
 undergo. 
 
 sfibit-o, adv. [sablt-ua, "sudden"] 
 Suddenly, on a sudden. 
 
 sub-jicio, Jeci, ject. m, jToere, 3. v a. 
 j.wsubjacto, fr. sub, "under;" Mo!o, 
 
 to throw •] To throw, place, or bHm 
 under or beneath , to expose to peril 
 
 4. u^^^^t^h a, uai : P perf. pass, of 
 tollo. mated, prottd, haughty. 
 
 Sub-lSvo, levavi, Ifivatuni, levare. 1 
 j:- »• [,80^ "'rom beneath;" Ifivo, "to 
 lift up •] To raise or hold up; to assist, 
 aid. 
 
 sub-miniatro mfnistravl, mlnistrft- 
 turn, ministrare, 1. v. a i8^lh, " without 
 force;' ministro. "to supply"] To sup. 
 ply, furnish. «- ., i i^ 
 
 sub-mitto, misi, missum, mittSre. 
 ■?; /• *• }y\ witliout force ; " mitto 
 " to send "J To send, dispatch. 
 
 r ^^i!^ V;?^*'' '■'^'' "■'■itirn, raSre, 3. v. a. 
 [sftb, "below :" rClo (ace ) "to cast down"! 
 1 undermine. ' 
 
 8ub-soquor, 8<-quQtu8 sum, s.'^qui. 3 
 V dep. [sub. "close after;" sfiqiior, "to 
 folio AT i Of a general o'- troop.s : To fol- 
 low close after. •' 
 
 fr. sub, "behind :" s-'d Co, " to sit ] Of 
 
 «irf° «V • ^ ^"'^ "^ '"*^'''" ; ^* rettrves ; 
 a%a, assistance, tucootur. 
 
 sub-slsto, stIH, iHtum, 8l9t«re,8.T n. 
 srtb " withoQt force f eisto, " to stand "1 
 ■I o take a stand or position. 
 
 sub-sum, ffli, esse. v. n. [sttb, "be- 
 side, near ;" sum, " to be "J To be beside 
 or nertr ; to be at hand. 
 
 sub-trftho, traxi, traotum, tr^lh^re. 3. 
 A *-./f**^l r''"™ below;" traho, "to 
 draw ] Of troops: To draw off, trith- 
 araw. . 
 
 sub-vSho, T«xi, vectum, S. v. a. [sttb, 
 "from below;" vdho, "to carry"] To 
 carry, bring or convey up a stream or bv 
 astieam. ' 
 
 suc-cedo, cessi, cessum, cedSre, 3. v. 
 
 , [for sub-cado ; fr. sQb " towards or up 
 to ; cedo, " to go or oome ' ] To go. or 
 eonie, towards or up to . to approach. 
 
 succea-sus, sQs, m. [for succetl-sus : 
 fr. succed o, "to advance"] ^n advanc 
 itiff, advrnee, apiyroach. 
 
 S<il (no N.m.. Dafc sibi; Aco. and 
 Abl. se, or reduplicated sese (sam* in both 
 numhf^rs), pron. reflex. 0/, etc., himself, 
 her.ielf, Itself, or themsefres. ' 
 
 sum,^ ftSi, esse, v. n. [in pres. tenses 
 aKin to eo--«i = «t-Mi, and to Sans, root as. 
 
 to exist, to be " in Perf. tenses akin t^ 
 <t>y-<a. <t>v-ni, and 8ans, root bhc, "to be"! 
 J obe W :th Gen. ; To be the properfu of 
 to belong to. *- .f » v , 
 
 sutnrc-a, ae, f. [summ-us, " highest "l 
 I no whole otivything, as opp. to a part ■ 
 sumnia belli, the whole conduct or manage- 
 ment of the war. " 
 
 SUm-TOdv6o, movi. mOtum, mflvere 
 2. V a. ifor sub ir.6vi o ; fr. sa6, 'from 
 beneath ; mdvec, " to move "1 To drive 
 off or away. 
 
 su-mo, mpsl. mptum, mSre, 3. v. a. 
 [contr. fr. sub-emo ; fr. siib. " un • " «'mo 
 " to take • ] To take up, to lay hold qfTto 
 take by choice ; to choose, select.— Ot 
 punishment: To inflict. 
 
 sum-ptus,ptQ8, m.[8Qmo, "tospend"! 
 Expense, cost, charge. ^ 
 
 siiperb-e, adv. [superbifs, "proud"] 
 Proudly, haughtily, arrogantly. 
 
 sGper-o. avi, atum, are, 1. v. a. [sflper 
 past 'I To conquer, vanquish, over- 
 coTne. 
 
 Super-s§d6o, sCdi, sessum, sedSre, 2 
 V. n. [silper, " upon, above , s^dfio "to 
 sit'] WiJi Abl.:"^ Th ahstain, or r^rain 
 fiora; put off. ^ ' 
 
 super-sum, fOi esse, v. n. [sttper, ^ 
 "over and above;'' sum, "to be"] To 
 remain ; lo be lift as a remainder. 
 
 super-us, a, um, adj. sflpgr, " above" ! 
 Comp. : siipSnor, us :, Of locality • ; 
 
 hi 
 
 
 tJ^' 
 
 r^ 
 
188 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 High-er, pppet —Of time: Former, pre- 
 ceding,— 8m. : summus, a, um v-Of 
 locality : Hiffhegt , the Mghe4 part, of 
 that denoted by the substantive to which 
 it is in aitribiition.— Of deyree : Ilv/he^t, 
 iU7)tost, veiy great, mod important. 
 
 SUp-pdto, pfttivi, or pCtn p6tltuin, 
 p§t6re, 3. V. n. [for sib p<Sto , fr. silb, 
 " near ; " peto, " to go near to "] To be in 
 hand, or in store. 
 
 supp'.ex. lots, comm. gen. [supplez, 
 *' suppHant ' J A suppliant or supplicant. 
 
 supplicft-tio. tlSnia, f. [supplic(a)-o, 
 " to su^tplioate ''] A public prayer rr 
 thanksuxving 
 
 supplTc-iter, adv [supplex, supplio- 
 is, " suppliant "] As a suppliant wcuid, 
 submissivelij , humAdy. 
 
 supplic-ium, A, r., [8upplIc-o "to 
 Itneel down **] Punishiiient , see sumo. 
 
 Stip-porto, portAvi, portiltuni, por- 
 tare, 1. V. a. ;iot sub-porto ; fr. sub, '* up 
 to ; " porto, ' ' to carry "] To ear^y, con- 
 vey, or b) :.ng up to 
 
 supra, adv. and prep. ' contracted f r. 
 original form sapert, adverbial abl of 
 sftpiirus] Adv. : Of time • Before, above, 
 previouDly. Prep gov. aoc. Abava. 
 
 8U8-cipIO, cCpi, ceptum. oTp^fre. 3. v 
 a. (for Bura-cfipliu f r. suba ( --s 5 b), "from 
 beneath," cAplo, "to take'] To under- 
 take. 
 
 suiipic-!o, onis, ( [susplcor, " to sus- 
 pect'] Suspicion. 
 
 suspTc-(fi, &tu8 sum, &ri. 1. V. dep. 
 Isusplo-lo, • to look at secretly ; " hence, 
 "to niistrnst " - in which sense it is found, 
 perhaps, only in participles] To mistnift, 
 suspect. 
 
 8U8tjn-to, tavi, tatum, tare, 1. v :n- 
 tens. Is'istJnfio. " to sustain," through 
 root 8UOTKN , see sustmeo] To suttain; to 
 hold out 
 
 Sils-tTnSo, tTntti, tentum, tVnere, 2. v, 
 '». [for sobs t<'n?o, fr. subs (= sub), "up- 
 wards, up: tPnfio, "to hold"] To bear, 
 support, swtain, maintaiu . to bear uj) 
 against, unthAtand : to oheik, ret^ram. 
 
 SU-U3, a, um, possess, pion [1. aft i] 
 Of, or helonn tig tn h>inse{f(herH^'J, «tc.); 
 hi», etc., oto>. — AsSubst.: sili, o um, m. 
 plur. rA*ir eonntryinen.-HW . orum, 
 n. plur. T/^eir tkiiigs, cjoj/sr ^i 
 
 T. 
 
 ta-benia-cflluTn cn'.I, n. [tabema, 
 uncontr. Gen. tabern'-i " hut"] A 
 tent. 
 
 XS^bxil^, baiM, f. [8«e tempus ; henoe, 
 
 writing tablet"] A writing. 
 
 "aplan\. 
 list. 
 
 tac-6o, ni, Itum, ere, 2. v. !.. and a.: 
 Neut. : To be silent, hold one's peace. 
 Act. : jf'o he silent, or to hold one's peace, 
 about. 
 
 tao-itus, Ita, Itnm, adj. [tTiceo, " to l)e 
 silent "] Silent, holding Okie's peace, in 
 silence. 
 
 tarn, adv. [prob. akin toUlis, "such"] 
 With Adj. : So, so very. 
 
 tam-dlu, adv. itanr, " so ; " diu, " for 
 a long time"] For so long a time, so 
 long. 
 
 tamen, adv. [perhaps a lengthened 
 form of tam, * so"] Neverthdess, how- 
 ever, noturithstanding, yet, stiU. 
 
 t&m-etsl, conj rcontr. for tftmen- 
 etsi , fr. timen, " however ; " etai, 
 "ihousfh'".! However, though, notwith- 
 standing, althougfi. 
 
 tan-dero, adv [for tam-dem ; fr. tam, 
 "so far," with suffix demj At length, at 
 last. 
 
 . tanti, tantdpere ; see tantus. 
 
 tantii-lus, la, lum, dim. adj. [for 
 tantd-Ius , fr tantus, uncontr. gen. 
 tanto-i, in force of " so smSl' "j So very 
 smail, so smull. 
 
 tant-um, adv. [adverbial neut. of 
 tantus, "so much," also "so little"] So 
 much; only. 
 
 tnnt-us, R, um. adj.: 1. So muoA — 
 Adv?r])ial expression : Tintopere, also 
 written separately tan to opere (=tanto, 
 abl. of tantus ; opere. abl. of opus, 
 "work"; With to great a wcrk;\.e.) 
 So greatly ; so great. - T&ntv. Elliptic 
 Gen. of quality or value. 0/ so great 
 pi-ice or value. 
 
 tardlor, us ; see tardus. 
 
 tardo, avi, atum, are.l. v. a. [tard-us, 
 "slow"] To impede, present a hin- 
 dr<m.e or obstacle to, check, retard. 
 
 tar-dus. da, dum, adj. [prob. for trah- 
 dus; fr. trSh-o] 
 
 tec-tum, ti, n. [for teg-tum ; fr. ti^g- 
 o, " to <over ;" root tto, " to cover ;" op. 
 Gk. ariyoi, O.H.G. dack (deck); Old 
 Norse, theck; English, thatch] The roof 
 cl a baildir.g a house, dic<Ui}^, buiid- 
 i»g. 
 
 tSg-iimGntum, Omenti, n. [t«2-o, 
 " to cover "J A covering, cover. 
 
 toUira, i, n. [-tend-Ium; fr. tendo. 
 " to burl or launch "] A we.ipon whether 
 for hurling or for close quarters. 
 
 tdmex--ariu8, aria, Avium, ^dj. fobsol 
 temerus. " despising "j Ru*h, heidim 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 189 
 
 [Wg-o, 
 
 temSr-e, adv. fid.] <«« After the man- 
 ner of the temeruH^; henoe) Rashly, in- 
 considerately, 
 
 temp6rant-ia, iae, f, [temperans, 
 temperant-is, " moderate"] Moderalicn. 
 
 tempdr o, avi, atum, are, v.n. [prob. 
 akin to tempus, in its etymolosrioal force ; 
 see tempua] To rtfrain, abstain, forbear 
 — With Dat. of reflexive pron.: To moder- 
 ate, or restrain, one's self. 
 
 tem-pus, pftris, n. (root tam, " to out 
 off"; op. tern plum, re'/iei-os] Time or 
 season of the year; time in general: 
 omni tempore, at every time, i.e., always. 
 
 tendo, tetendi, tennum or icntum, 
 tend^re, 3 v. a. [root tan, "to stretch 
 out"; op. Gk TeiVw] To stretch out or 
 forth ; to extend. 
 
 t6n-eo, fli, turn ere, 2 v.a. [see tendo] 
 To hold ; to possess, be in possession of, 
 etc. ; to hold or keep ba<.k ; to restrain • 
 to occupy. 
 
 t§ner, era, frura, adj. [see tendo] Of 
 tender age, younc/. 
 
 ten-to, tavi, tatum, tSre, 1. v.a intens. 
 !t6n-fo] To attempt, endeavour to do. 
 
 ter, num. adv. [tres, tr-ium (with e 
 inserted, "three"] Three times, thrice. 
 
 ter-grum, i. n The back, whether of 
 men or beasts : terga vertere, to turn the 
 backs, i.e., to take tofli(/ht, tojlee 
 
 ter-ra, rae, f. fakin to rfpao/xai "to 
 be dry "] The earth, soil, ground. 
 
 terr-enus, Cna, enum, adj. [ter ra, 
 " earth"] Of, or belonging to, the earth. 
 
 ten'-or, oris, m [terr-eo, "to fright- 
 en'] Affright, alarm, terror. 
 
 . ter-tius, tia, tlum. adj. [tres. t(e)r- 
 ium, " three"] The third. 
 
 testa-mentum, menti. n. [te8t(a)or 
 " to testify or bear witness"] A mil. 
 
 test-imonium, Imonli, n. Itest-or 
 "to bear witness"] Witness, evidence' 
 testimony. * 
 
 testis, is, comm. gen. A witness. 
 
 test-udo, udlnis, f [testa, "a shell"] 
 Military term : A covering, shed, or pent- 
 house, used for sheltering soldiers en- 
 gaged in working a battering-ram. From 
 the head of the ram being projected and 
 then drawn under cover, the machine 
 was called "testudo," or "the tortoise " 
 the name "testudo" was also given to a 
 body of soldiers who, formed in a com- 
 pact mass, and with their shields over- 
 lapping each other like the scales of a 
 tortoise, advanced to the attack cf a 
 place, or defended themselves in the 
 field against the enemy. 
 
 tTmSo, fti, no sup., cre, 2, v a. and: n. 
 
 Act.: 2*0 he afraid of, to /«or.— Neut: 
 To fear, be afraid. 
 
 tlm-idus, Ida, fdum, adj. [tlm-eo] 
 Fearful, afraid, timid. 
 
 tim-or, oris, m. [tlm-CoJ ("A fearing", 
 hence) Fear, terror. 
 
 tol-ero, fravi, firatum, erare, 1 v. a. 
 [root TOL ; see loUo] lo bear, endure. 
 
 tollo, sustiHi, sublatuui, toll.'^re [root 
 iOL, whence trdi : see tiro] To lift up :— 
 tollere anchor;iin,»«o we^h anchor ; to 
 take up from its place ; to carry or crnivey 
 away ; to do away with, remove. 
 
 tor-mentum, menti, n. [fr. torqueo, 
 " to hurl"] A military engine for hurling 
 
 nms'les. 
 
 tot-idem, num. adj. indeol. [tot, "so 
 many"] Ju.st so many, just as many. 
 
 tdtus, ta. tum, adj. ("Increased", 
 hence) All, all the, the whole, the whole 
 of. 
 
 trabs, is, f. A beam, timber (akin to 
 
 Tpdir-»)f, "abeam"]. 
 
 tra-do, dldi, ditum, dfire. 3, v. a. [tra 
 (==trans), "across"; do, "to give"] To 
 give up, hand over, surrender. 
 
 trag-ula, fllae, f. [for trfthtila ; fr. 
 trah-o,.,"to drag"] A kind of large javelin. 
 
 tT&ho, traxi, tractum, trfthure, 8 v. a. 
 To drag away or along. 
 
 trans, prep. gov. aoc. Beyond, across, 
 over. 
 
 trana-duco, duxi, ductum, dfloCre, 
 3. V. a [trans, "across"; duco, "to lead"] 
 To lead across. 
 
 trans-grSdior, gressus sum, gr^i, 
 3 V. dep. [for transgrftdlor : fr. trans, 
 
 •OS.V- CrrSAInr "tn atAn"! 1V« mnoa 
 
 Uo step"] To past 
 
 [for 
 turn 
 
 across"; grSdlor, 
 over, pass, cross. 
 
 transver-sus, sa, sum, adj. 
 (ransvert-sus, fr. transverto, "to 
 
 across"] Cross, transverse, 
 
 tran8-6o, ivi or ii, itum, ire, v. a. 
 irreg. [trans, "across"; go, "to go"] To 
 (JO acrois a thing; to cross, or pass, over, 
 
 trans-figo, flxi, flxum, figCre, 8. v. 
 a. [trans "through"; figo, "to fix"; "to 
 pierce"] To pierce through, transfix. 
 
 trans-nato, n&tavi, natitum, natare 
 1. v. a. [trans, " across", nato, "to swim" 
 To su>im acrons. 
 
 t'-ans-porto, porta vi, portltum, 
 P'^ :■-?, V. a. [trans, "across"; porto) 
 ' to ,arry"] To carry, or convey, acrosf, 
 or over ; to transport. 
 
 tre-cent-i, ae, a, nura, adj. [for tri- 
 cent-i ; fr. tres, tri-um. " three' V; aentum, 
 •'ahnndred"! Three hundred. 
 
 
 ?:-\ 
 
 
190 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 tres, *ri», (Gen, trIumX num. adj. 
 Inree [rpeit, rpia], 
 
 trlb-unus, Onl, m. [tnbuii, "atribe'J 
 A^tribune ;— tribunus milituin, a military 
 tribvm*. 
 
 trib-fio, til, utum, 06re, 3. v. ». To 
 Mertbe, assign. 
 
 tri-d-iium, 01, n [tor tri-dlvum ; fr. 
 tres, tri-uin, " three"; dies, " a day"J A 
 apace qf three days ; three days. 
 
 tri-grinta, num, adj. indeol. (" Three 
 tens ; ' henoe) Thmy (trea, trl-um, 
 
 three ; " ginta»»coi'Ta= •• ten "]. 
 
 tri-ni, nae, na, num. distrib. adj. [tres. 
 tri-uui, "three"] ("Three each or 
 apiece ; " hence) Three. 
 
 tri-plex, pllcis, odj. [for tri-plio-s : fr. 
 tres. tri-um, "three;" plloo, " to fold "1 
 Three-fold, triple. 
 
 tris-tls, te, adj. [akin to rpew, "to 
 tremble"] Sad. sorrowful. 
 
 trist-itia, Itlae, f. [trist-is, "sad '] 
 Sadness, sorrow. 
 
 tiib-a, ae, f. [akin to tub-us, "a tube"] 
 A straight trumpet. 
 
 turn, adv. At that time; «/ien[prob. 
 akin to a demonstr. root to ; Gr. to]. 
 
 tum-ultus, ultus, ni, prob. tflm-go, 
 "to swell"] Tumult, uproar, disturb 
 anee; insurrection, sedition; servilis tu- 
 multus, the iruiurreetion cf the slaves. 
 
 tiimiilus, tUi, m. [id.] A lising 
 ground, mound. 
 
 turpis, e, adj. Shamefvi, base, dis- 
 grac^ul. 
 
 turp.Itado, ItQdInis, f. [turpis, in 
 force of "disgraceful"] D^ace, shame, 
 dishonour. 
 
 turris, is, (aca sing, turrim or tur- 
 rem), f. A tower [ruppisj. 
 
 ta-tus, ta, turn, adj. [tft-cor, " to see 
 to'l Safe, tvcurt. 
 
 U. 
 
 fl-bl. adv. [akin to qui] Of time: When: 
 ubl priraum (whenfirgt,i.^.)a8 8oonas.— 
 •Of place: IFAare. 
 
 ulciscor, ultus s'lm, uloisti, 3. v. 
 dep. Tc punish, take vengeance on. 
 
 Ullus, la, lum, adj. [for un-lus ; fr. 
 uu-us, "one"] .4ny.— As Siibst. : ullus, 
 lus, m. Any one. 
 
 ult6r-ior, lus, coinji. dj .sol. ulter. 
 " that is beyond "] Fun 
 
 ultr-a, prep. gov. aco. [obsol. ulter, 
 ultr-i, " that is beyond "] Beyond. 
 
 Ultr-O, adv. [id. 1 To the further »ide, 
 on the other side ; beyond :— ultro 
 
 On hie, etc.. part ; 
 
 citroque; see citro. 
 of one^t own accord. 
 
 un a, adv. (ivlveibial abl. of Ou us, 
 one "] At one and the same time ; in 
 compuny, together 
 
 u-nde, adv. [for cu-nde (=qu-nde), fr. 
 qui, "who, which"] From which place, 
 whence. 
 
 undScim-us, a, um, num. adj. [un- 
 decim, " eleven "] (" Of, or pei-taining to, 
 undecim; " henoe) Eleventh. 
 
 und-i-que, adv. Jund-e ; (i) connecting 
 vowel ; que, indefinite suffix] (" Whenoe- 
 soever ; " henoe) From all paHs or every 
 quarter; on all sides. 
 
 un-i-versus, versa, versum, adj. 
 [un-us "one:" (i) connecting vowel; 
 versus, "turned"] All together or col 
 lectively ; the whole, entire, etc. —As 
 Subst. : universi, Onim, m. plur. All, 
 the whole of a body of persons. 
 
 un-quam, adv. [un-us, "one"] At 
 anif (one J lime ; eoer. 
 
 iln-ua, a, um, (Gen. Qnlus ; Dat. Qui), 
 adj.: One; with Gen. of "thing dis- 
 tributed," quarum.— As Sulist. n.:unum, 
 One thing ; alone, only. 
 
 _urb-s, is, f. [piol).iirb-o, "to mark out 
 witli a plough ''] A city, a walled town. 
 Amongst the Komans : The dty, i e 
 Rome. 
 
 urgfSo, ursi, no sup., urgSre, 2. v. a. 
 To press hard or beset. 
 
 U-s-que, adv. [akin to qui ; with (s) 
 epenthetic; qu6, indefinite suffix] Even:— 
 usque ad, even up to or tUl a stated time ; 
 even up to a stated place. 
 
 U-SUS, sus, m. [for ut-sus, fr. ut-or] 
 Use, employment ; service, advantage, 
 benefit :— ex usu, advantagcou)ily;—vis\x\ 
 esse, to be serviceable, either alone or in- 
 troduced by ad; e.g. ad bellum.— Cuatom; 
 experience. 
 
 Ut (ori-nnally iitl), adv. and conj. 
 [prob. akin to qnij Ad. : an ; when.— 
 ConJ. : Thnt = to with English Inf.— 5'o 
 tluit ; to the end that, in order that. 
 
 ut er, ra, rum, (Gen. utrius ; Dat. 
 utn), adj. [prob. like ut, akin to qui] 
 Whether, or which, of the two; which.— 
 One, or the other ; either one ; either of 
 two. 
 
 uter-que, uti-ilque, utrumque (Gen. 
 utrius-que ; Dat. utrique), pron. adj. 
 [uter, "which" of two; "one or the 
 other;" que, "and"] Both one and the 
 other ; both, each. 
 
 ilti ; see ut. 
 
 .,lfj*°^,l, "^"^ '^"■"' "*'• 3. V. dep. With 
 Abl. : lo use, make use qf, employ.— 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 191 
 
 Of laws: To mj&y the ex«roiB6 of.— Of 
 peace : Tob4in poMsegticn of, enjoy. 
 
 Utr-lm-que, adv. [uterque utr-(lu8V 
 que ; with adverbial suffix ini inserted 
 between a ue and the flnt portion of this 
 eompound word] On both tides. 
 
 Utrum, adv. [adverbial neut. of uter] 
 
 Whether .-—utrum an, whether or ; 
 
 —utrum . . . neone, whether or not. 
 
 UX«or. dris, f. A to^fe, tpouse. 
 
 v&o-O, Rri, atum, are, 1. v n. To he 
 empty, void, or vacant ; to be unoccupied. 
 
 Vftc-iius. da, fium, adj. [vio-o, "to be 
 empty "] With ab : Devoid or destitute 
 of; without. 
 
 vadiuu, i, n. (vad-o, " to go "] ("That 
 through which ons can go ; ' hence) A 
 shallow, shoal. 
 
 V&GT-or, atus sum, ari, 1, v. dep. [vag- 
 us, "wandering"] To wander, roam at 
 large, pto. 
 
 V5.1-66, tA, Ituin, ere, 2, v, n. • ("To be 
 strong or vigorous " in body ; hence) To 
 be strong in some respect; i.e. to be power- 
 fulj eta— 2*0 prevail. 
 
 V€lll-vim, i, n. [akin to vall-us, "a 
 stake, palisade "] An earthen waU or ram- 
 part set with btakes, palisades; a 
 palitaded mound. 
 
 V&r-Ius, la, lum, adj. ("Party-col- 
 oured, spotted ;" hence) Varying, differ- 
 ent. -^ 
 
 vast-o, ftvi, atum, Rre, l.v.a. [vast-us, 
 "empty"] ("To make vastus;" hence) 
 To lay waste, devastate, ravage, 
 
 vaticina-ttO, tlonis, f. [vatIcIn(a)-or, 
 " to predict "] A predicting, soothsaying; 
 a prediction. 
 
 ve, enclitic conj. Or [akin to Sans. wS. 
 " or."] 
 
 vect-igul, I^lis, n. [vect-is, in ety- 
 mological force of " carrying "] A tax, 
 impost, etc., paid to a state or sovereign. 
 
 Vdh6men-ter, adv. [for vehement- 
 ter; fr. vehemens, vehement-is, "vio- 
 lent "J Violently ; stroryjly, powerfully, 
 vigourously. 
 
 vel, oonj. [akin to vol-o, vel-le, " to 
 wish"] ("Wish or choose;" hence) Or ^' 
 youtoM, or:— vel vel, either ...or. 
 
 vel-ox, ocis, adj. [prob. for vol-ox ; 
 fr. vdl-o, " to fly "] Sw^t, quick, speedy. 
 
 v61-tit, adv. [vel, " even ;" ut, " as "] 
 £ven as, just as. 
 
 ven-do, didi, ditum, d6re, 8.v.a. [ven- 
 um, "sale;" do, "to place"] To sell, 
 vend. 
 
 v6nio, veni, ventum, v*nTre, I. v n 
 [akin to (ik. paivto] To come ;—lmpem. 
 Pass.:— ventum est, (it was come by them, 
 t.e,) they came. 
 
 verbum, i. n. [root vbr, " to say :" 
 cp. tpiu)] A Word. 
 
 v6r-eor, Itus aum, eri, 2. v. dep. To 
 fear, dread, be afraid qA 
 
 vergr-o, (perf, aoc. to some versi), no 
 sup ere, 3.v.n. To bend, turn, iiicline 
 Itself ; I.e., of places • Tu Ite, or be situate, 
 in any direction ; to verge towards. 
 
 ver-o, adv. [vSr-us, "true") ("In 
 truth ; hence) But in fact, but indeed, 
 however. 
 
 ver-so, savi. satum, sare, l.v.a. intens. 
 [for vert-so ; fr. vert-o, " to turn '] To 
 Uim much or often ; to keep turning :— 
 Piias. in a reflexive force, to be engaged in: 
 to buried mth. 
 
 verto, vefti, versum, vertere, 3. v. a. 
 fo turn :— terga verlere, (to turn their 
 backs, i.e.)to take tojlvjht. 
 
 venis, a, um, adj.: True 
 
 vesper, Sris oTid 6ri, m. [root vab, 
 " to dwell :•• hence, " the dwelling place 
 of the sun :" cp. !i<ntepo<:\ The eoening. 
 
 V6t6r-anus, ana, anum, adj. [vet-us 
 vet6r-is, " old "] Of soldiers : Haviiv) 
 served for a long time ; veterar.. 
 
 v6t-o, tli, Itum, are, l.v.a. To forbid. 
 
 Vfit-U8, 6ri8, adj, [akin to f<Tos, •' a~ 
 year "] That has existed for u, long time, 
 old, ancient. 
 
 vexo, ftvi, atum, are, 1. v. a. Intens. 
 r=veh-8o ; fr veh-o] To harass, ravage, 
 lay waste, 
 
 vex-illum, illi, n. dim. [for v6l-illum; 
 fr. vdum, " a sail ;" hence, " a cloth "] 
 A standard, banner, flag 
 
 via (old form ve-a), ae, f . A way, road. 
 
 victor, toris, m. [vinco, "to conquer," 
 throuijh root vio] Conqueror, victor.— Aa. 
 Adj.: Conquering, victorious. 
 
 Vlctor-ia, Tae, f. [victflr, victdr-is, "a 
 conqueror "j Conquest, victory. 
 
 vic-tus, tils, m. [for vigv-tus ; fr. vivo, 
 " to live"; through root viav] A living ; 
 a way, or mode, of life. 
 
 Vic-US, i, m. [root vio, "to dwell"; 
 op. villa («vic-ula); oUos] A village. 
 
 vid.60, vidi, visum, vldSre, 2. v. a.: 
 [root viD, "to see"; cp. F&tlv} Act.: To 
 see " to see." 
 
 vlgn-ia, lae, f. [vigil-o, "to watch"] 
 A watch by night. The Romans divided 
 the night into four watches, of three 
 hours each, oommenoing at 6 o^dook in 
 
 .r""' 
 
 *.#■'■ 
 
/• 
 
 -\ 
 
 t^fki)^' 
 
 192 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1-Gtlnti, num. adj. indecl. ("Twice 
 •; nence) Twenty (for bi-gintl ; fr. bi. 
 
 V. a. 
 
 to 
 
 the evening, and ending at 6 o'clock in 
 the morning. 
 
 VI- 
 ten' 
 (sabii), "twice"; ginti = «eoi'T05"*'ten"'J 
 
 Vl-men, minis, n. [vl-So, " to bind ' ] 
 A pliant twig ; an osier, withe. 
 
 Vinolo, vinxi, vinctum, vinoli 2, 4 v. a. 
 [prob. aiiio to vincoj To bind, tie. 
 
 vlnco, vlei, viotum, vinogre, 8. 
 To conquer, overcome, vanquish. 
 
 vlnc-Olum, nil, n. (vinoIo, 
 bind "] A chain, bond, fetters. 
 
 viree : see vis. 
 
 Vino-R. ae, f. [vlnfi-us, "peffaining to 
 the vlire"] A vinea ; a Icind of pent-house, 
 mantlet, or shed (built like an arbour), 
 used in sieges by the assailing party to 
 defend themselves against the missiles 
 and the fire hurled from the walls. Its 
 usual length was sixteen feet, and its 
 height eight feet The sides were formed 
 of wicker work, while the roof was com- 
 posed of wicket'work or planks covered 
 ^^with raw hides, wet cloths, earth, etc., 
 in order to prevent the Are hurled by the 
 enemy from destroying it. Under cover 
 of these vineae the besiegers carried on 
 their military operations ; eittier under- 
 mining the walls, or making a breach in 
 them by the use of the aries, or battering- 
 ram. 
 
 Vin-um, i, n. Wine [Folvot]. 
 
 vir, viri, m. A man. 
 
 Vir-tus, tQtis, f. [vir, " a man"] Cour- 
 age, bravery, valour. 
 
 via vis (plur. vires, ium)f., Strength, 
 
 might' pmver , force, violence: — vim 
 /ttt, - - - 
 
 facere, (" to make.' 
 or force [FivJ. 
 
 i.«.) employ violence 
 
 Visus, a, um, P. pcrf. pass of vldCo :— 
 pro vise, (for that which had been seen. 
 I.e.) as seen. 
 
 Vl-ta, tae, f. [for viv-ta ; fr. viv-o, " to 
 live"] Life. 
 
 vito, ftvi, fttum, &re, 1. t. m. To avoid, 
 shun, shrink from, 
 
 vlx, adv. With difficulty, fxareely, 
 hardly. 
 
 v6c-0, ftvi, iltum. are. 1. v. t.: To call, 
 etc.; to cite, summon, etc. 
 
 v6lo, vOlOi, no sup., velle, v. a. irrcg. : 
 To be willing : to wish, desiie ; to have a 
 wish or daiire for.— Only in interroga- 
 tions, whether direct or indirect To 
 slgn&y, fnean [akin to 0dAoMat(^0ouA- 
 ofiat). " to wish." 
 
 Vdlun-ta,8, tStis, f. [for v61ent-tas ; fr. 
 vdlens, vOlent-is, ••willing"] Will, incli- 
 nation, free-will ; wish, desire ; good- 
 trill, favour. 
 
 vdlup-tas, tatis, f, [vfilap-e, " accord- 
 ing to one's desire or mclinations "] 
 Delight, pleasure. 
 
 vox, v3cis, f. [for voc-8 ; fr. vOc-o. "to 
 call "] The voice ; a word, speech, etc., as 
 that which is spoken. 
 
 vulff-o, adv. [adverbial abl. of vUt|r- 
 us, " the common people"] Commonly, 
 generally, everywhere. 
 
 vulgrus, 1, m. and n. The multitude 
 or mass; the common people, mob, popu- 
 lace. 
 
 vulndi-o, avi. fttum, Sire, 1. v. a. 
 vulnus, vulnfir-is, ' a wound"] Towotmd. 
 
 VUln-US, eris, n. A wound. 
 
 VUl-tus, tQs. m. [prob. vfil-o, "to 
 wish' : Expression of countenance, mien, 
 looks ; face ■ 
 
 THB OOPP, OIiARK COHPANV, LIMITRD, PRINTRRS, COLBORNR STRRRT, TORONia 
 
TpE %, 6lRS[\ CO., limW. 
 
 CLASSICS. 
 
 feiiopbon's anabaete, Booft in. 
 
 White's Grammar School Text nnri a/^ i , 
 
 tory Notes by^o^/lr^.^'^SirM.A:"' ^"P'*"-^" 
 
 75 Cents. 
 
 (Notes only, in sep,-.r.ite volume, 35 Cents.) 
 
 Ibomer's 3«a&, Booft VI 
 
 30 Cents. 
 
 ^ctQii's Uencii>, Booft v. 
 
 Notes and Vocabulaty by John Henderson, m.A. 
 
 60 Cents. 
 
 Caesar's Bedum (Ballfcum, Boofts i iS ii 
 
 Notes, VocabuW and Maps „y Joh'n HeZL m A 
 
 75 Cents. 
 
 (Also in separate volumes, each 50 Cents.) 
 
 tkeHe?'s & (Biles' Ikeps to tbe Classics, 
 
 ,^ ^'^' ««"' upon application. 
 
 Simpson's latin prose, 
 
 ^ Part I.— Caesarian Prose. 
 
 Special Canadian Edition, - . qq Centa. 
 
J} 
 
 GERM"AN. 
 
 •Kicb['0 Culturoeocbicbtlicbc, 
 
 PITT PRESS EDITION. 
 
 Notes and Index by H. J. Wolsten holme, BA. 
 
 — IN ONE VOLUME WITH — 
 
 Scbmcr'0 Dcr ZTaucbcr, 
 
 Notes by W. H, Van der Smissen, M.A. 
 
 $1.50. 
 
 Jfrc?ta0'0 2)(e SouvnaliBtcn, 
 
 Commentary by Walter D. Toy, M.A. 
 40 Cents. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 jenault^0 %c Cbicn ^n (Tapttainc, 
 
 ^^^ ©aubct's Xa Belle miventai^e. 
 
 With Notes and Vocabulary by E. J. MclNTYRE, 
 St. Catharines Collegiate Institute. 
 
 75 Cents. 
 
 jercftmann^'Cbatratn— " flDafcame XCbereae," 
 
 Notes by PROF. F. BtCHER, Harvard College. 
 
 70 Cents. 
 
 Xabicbe— %a ©rantmaire, 
 
 Notes by Schele de Vere, Ph.D., LL.D. 
 
 30 Cents. 
 
 Be Ifivaa^ SntroMictor? 3frencb IRea&eiv 
 
 50 Cents. 
 
 THE COPP, CLARK CO., LTD., TORONTO. 
 
 i' 
 
 i,; • ii 
 
 In t 
 
ENGLISH. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Sbaheepcare'e Cempc^t, 
 
 CLARENDON PRESS EDITION. 
 
 Notes by W. A. WRiGHT, M.A., LL.D., Tiin. Coll., Cambridge. 
 
 40 Cents. 
 
 Scott'6 3\)anboc, 
 
 BLACK'S EDITION. With Author's Notes. 
 
 15 Cents. 
 
 nDacaula?'0 Marrcn Ibaetino^, 
 
 With Introduction, Chionological Tables, Critical and 
 Explanatoiy Notes, &iC. 
 
 — TOGETHER WITH — 
 
 Notes on Composition and Analysis of Scott's Ivanhoe, 
 
 "( 
 
 By G. Mercer Adam 
 
 — AND — 
 
 George Dickson, M.A., 
 
 Princiiial Upper Canada Coll. 
 
 40 Cents. 
 
 Cbauccr'6 prologue, 
 
 CLARENDON PRESS. 
 
 Edited by Rev. R! Morris, LL.D. With additional Notes by 
 Rev. W. W. Skeat, Litt. D. 
 
 I- 
 
 Special Canadian Edition, 
 
 60 Cents. 
 
 11 
 
 Xiteraturc, 1800^91, 
 
 SBIxEIGTIONS from LONGFeHvLOW 
 
 With Life of Longfellow, Notes, &c., by H. L Strang, B.A., 
 
 and A. J. MoORE, B.A. 
 
 75 Cents. 
 THE COPP, CLARK CO., LTD., TORONTO.